(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Graduate catalog"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1978univ 












GRADUATE CATALOG 1976/1979 




niversity oj Maryland at College Par< 



GRADUATE CATALOG 
1978/1979 

University of Maryland 
at College Park 



Coo- Design by Tom Siaey 



Academic Resources 

Near the University of 

Maryland 

College Park 



Baltimore 

Johns Hopkins 

University 

UM Professional 

Schools 



Johns Hopkins 

Applied Physics Laboratory 

□ 



□ Atomic Energy 
Commission 



National Bureau D 
of Standards 



National Institutes 

of Health □ 
National 
Medical Library 



Naval Ordnance 
Laboratory 



Bethesda National 
Naval Medical XNational 

] Center x Agriculture^ 

Library 



'Baltimore 
Washington 
Parkway 



G Goddard Space 
Flight Center 



Baltimore 
Washington 
International 
Airport 



College! 
k Park 



. Beltway: 495 



Washington. DC 



Smithsonian 
Ecological 
. Center 



Annapolis 

US. Naval 
Academy 



Dulles International 
Airport 



National 
Airport □ 



Resources Located In 
Washington 

American University 
Catholic University 
Corcoran Gallery 
Folger Shakespeare Library 
Freer Gallery 
Georgetown University 



George Washington University 
Howard University 
Library of Congress 
National Archives 
National Gallery of Art 
Naval Observatory 
Naval Research Laboratory 
Phillips Collection 
Smithsonian Institution 



Chesapeake Bay 



Contents 



ACADEMIC RESOURCES MAP/ii 
THE UNIVERSITY 

Academic Calendar/1 

University Officers/2 

Graduate School Officers and Staff /3 

Graduate Council Committees/4 

Plan of Academic Organ izat ion /5 

University Policy Statement /5 

Policies on Non-discrimination/5 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

History, National Organizations, Major 

Role/6 
Governance/6 
Location/7 
Special Research Resources, Special 

Opportunities for the Artist/7, 8 
Libraries/8 

Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus/8 
Consortia/10 

FEES AND EXPENSES 

Graduate Fees/11 

Determination of in-State Status for Admis- 
sion, Tuition, and Charge-differential 
Purposes/11 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

Fellowships/12 

Assistantships/12 

Loans and Part-time Employment/13 

Veteran Benefits/14 

STUDENT SERVICES 

Housing/14 

Food Services/14 

Career Development Center /1 4 

Counseling Center/14 

Health Care/15 

Health Insurance/15 

Publications of Interest to Graduate 

Students/15 
Student Data/Information Policy/15 

ADMISSION TO GRADUATE 
SCHOOL 

Graduate Programs/18 
Administrative Offices/19 
General /1 9 

Criteria for Admission/19 
Categories of Admission to Degree 

Prog rams 120 
Non-degree Admission Categories/21 
Offer of Admission/22 
Admission Time Limits/22 
Change of Objective, Status, Termination 

of Admission /22 
Admission of Faculty /22 
Application Instructions/22 
Foreign Student Applications/23 
Records' Maintenance and Disposition /23 

REGISTRATION AND CREDITS 

Schedule of Classes/24 
Developing a Program /24 
Course Numbering System/24 
Designation of Full and Part-time 

Students/24 
Grades for Graduate Students/24 
Minimum Registration Requirements/ 

Dissertation Research/Continuous 

Registration /25 
Partial Credit Course Registration for 

Handicapped Students/25 



Graduate Credit for Senior 

Undergraduates/25 
Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level 

Courses/26 
Credit by Examination/26 
Transfer of Credit/26 
Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be 

Accepted for Graduate Credit/26 
The Inter-campus Student /26 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable 

to all Master's Degrees/26 
Graduate School Requirements for the 

M.A., M.S., Thesis Option, Non-thesis 

Option/27 
Requirements for the M.Ed. Degree/27 
Requirements Applicable to Other Master's 

Degrees/28 
Graduate School Requirements Applicable 

to All Doctoral Degrees/28 
Graduate School Requirements for the 

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy/29 
Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of 

Education/29 
Requirements for Other Doctoral 

Degrees/29 
Commencement /29 

THE GRADUATE FACULTY/30 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Administration, Supervision and Curricu- 
lum Program /48 
Aerospace Engineering Program/50 
Agricultural and Extension Education 

Program /52 
Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Program /53 
Agricultural Engineering program/55 
Agronomy Program/56 
American Studies Program/58 
Animal Sciences Program /59 
Applied Mathematics Program /62 
Art Program /65 
Astronomy Program /68 
Biochemistry Program/69 
Botany Program /70 

Business and Management Program/72 
Chemical Engineering Program/80 
Chemical Physics Program /82 
Chemistry Program /82 
Civil Engineering Program/85 
Comparative Literature Program/88 
Computer Science Program /89 
Counseling and Personnel Services 

Program /92 
Criminal Justice and Criminology 

Program /94 
Early Childhood-Elementary Education 

Program /96 
Economics Program /99 
Electrical Engineering Program/102 
Engineering Materials Program/108 
English Language and Literature 

Program/109 
Entomology Program /1 11 
Family and Community Development 

Program/112 
Food, Nutrition, and Institution 

Administration Program/114 
Food Science Program/116 
French Language and Literature 

Program/118 
Geography Program /1 20 
German Language and Literature 

Program/123 
Government and Politics Program /1 25 



Health Education Program/128 

Hearing and Speech Sciences Program/129 

History Program/131 

Concentration in the History and 
Philosophy of Science/136 

Course of Directed Study Leading to the 
M.A. in History and the M.LS./136 
Horticulture Program/137 
Human Development Education Program 

(Institute for Child Study)/138 
Industrial Education Program/141 
Journalism Program/143 
Library and Information Services 

Program/ 144 
Marine-Estuarine- Environmental 

Science Program /1 47 
Mathematical Statistics Program/148 
Mathematics Program /1 49 
Measurement and Statistics Program/154 
Mechanical Engineering Program/156 
Meteorology Program/160 
Microbiology Program/162 
Music Program/163 
Nuclear Engineering Program/167 
Nutritional Sciences Program/169 
Philosophy Program/170 
Physical Education Program/172 
Physics Program /1 75 
Poultry Science Program/179 
Psychology/180 
Recreation Program/184 
Secondary Education Program/185 
Social Foundations of Education 

Program /1 89 
Sociology Program/190 
Spanish Language and Literature 

Program/193 
Special Education Program/195 
Speech and Dramatic Art Program/197 
Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Program /201 
Urban Studies Program /203 
Zoology Program /205 

ADDITIONAL GRADUATE LEVEL 
COURSE OFFERINGS 

Afro-American Studies Courses/209 
Applied Design Courses/209 
Agriculture Courses/209 
Anthropology Courses/209 
Architecture Courses/210 
Chinese Courses/211 
Crafts Courses/212 
Dance Courses/212 
Engineering Cooperative Education 

Courses/212 
Engineering Science Courses/212 
Engineering Technology Fire Service 

Courses/213 
Fire Protection Engineering Courses/213 
Foreign Language Courses/213 
Geology Courses/213 
Greek Courses/214 
Hebrew Courses/214 

Housing and Applied Design Courses/215 
Human and Community Resources 

Courses/215 
Information Systems Management 

Courses/215 
Japanese Courses/216 
Latin Courses/216 
Women's Studies Courses/216 

Other University of Maryland 
Campuses /21 7 

Index/218 



WV" 






*v: 



■ r** ' ■-■ v' 



&£**- : ' * '. 



"MM*/... 



>-M. 



?**■ 







mmm 






^ 



:n>: 



jr% 



& 






■ . JS^V.r^ 




University of Maryland, College Park 



Academic Calendar 



Spring Semester, 1979 



January 16, 17 


Tuesday, Wednesday 


Registration 


January 18 


Thursday 


Classes Begin 


March 18-25 


Sunday-Sunday 


Spring Recess 


May 9 


Wednesday 


Last Day of Classes 


May 10 


Thursday 


Examination Study Day 


May 11-18 


Friday-Friday 


Final Examination Period 


May 18 


Friday, 2:00 P.M. 


Commencement 



Summer Session, 1979 (tentative schedule) 



Session I 

May 21 
May 22 
May 28 
June 29 

Session II 

July 2 
July 3 
July 4 
August 10 



Monday 
Tuesday 
Monday 
Friday 



Monday 
Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Friday 



Registration 
Classes Begin 
Memorial Day 
Classes End 



Registration 
Classes Begin 
Independence Day 
Classes End 



Fall Semester, 1979 (tentative schedule) 



August 20-21 
August 22 
September 3 
November 21-23 
December 7 
December 8-9 
December 10-17 
December 18, 10:00 A.M. 



Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Wednesday-Friday 

Friday 

Saturday & Sunday 

Monday- Monday 

Tuesday 



Registration 
Classes Begin 
Labor Day 

Thanksgiving Recess 
Classes End 
Exam Study Days 
Finals 
Commencement 



Spring Semester, 1980 (tentative schedule) 

January 14, 16 Monday, Wednesday 

January 15 Tuesday 

January 17 Thursday 

March 9-16 Sunday-Sunday 

May 7 Wednesday 

May 8 Thursday 

May 9-16 Friday-Friday 

May 16, 10:00 A.M. Friday 



Registration 

Martin Luther King Day 

Classes Begin 

Spring Break 

Classes End 

Exam Study Day 

Finals 

Commencement 



The University / 1 



University Officers 



Board of Regents 

Chairman 

Dr. B. Herbert Brown 

Vice Chairman 

Mr. Hugh A. McMullen 

Secretary 

Dr. Samuel H. Hoover 

Treasurer 

Mr. N. Thomas Whittington, Jr. 

Assistant Secretary 
Mrs. Mary H. Broadwater 

Assistant Treasurer 
Mr. John C. Scarbath 

Members: 

Mr. Percy M. Chaimson 

Mr. Ralph W. Frey 

The Hon. Young D. Hance, ex officio 

Mr. A. Paul Moss 

Mr. Peter F. O'Malley 

Mr. Jeffrey J. Silver 

The Hon. Joseph D. Tydings 

Mr. Wilbur G. Valentine 

Mr. Samuel M. Witten 



Central Administration 
of the University 

President 
John S. Toll 

Vice President for General Administration 
Donald W. O'Connell 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 
R. Lee Hornbake 

Vice President for Graduate Studies and 

Research 

David S. Sparks (Acting) 

Vice President for Agricultural Affairs and 
Legislative Relations 
Frank L Bentz, Jr. 

Vice President for Development 
Robert Smith 



College Park Campus 
Administration 

Chancellor 

Robert L. Gluckstern 

Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 
Nancie L. Gonzalez 

Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs 
Darryl W. Bierly 

Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 
William L. Thomas, Jr. 

Provosts at College 
Park 

Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences 
Francis C. Stark 

Division of Arts and Humanities 
Robert A. Corrigan 

Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences 
Murray Polakoff 

Division of Human and Community Resources 
George J. Funaro 

Division of Mathematical and Physical 
Sciences and Engineering 
Frank Kerr (Acting) 



Deans at College Park 

School of Architecture 
John W. Hill 

College of Agriculture 
Francis C. Stark (Acting) 

College of Business Management 
Rudolph P. Lamone 

College of Education 
Dean C. Corrigan 

College of Engineering 
George E. Dieter, Jr. 

College of Human Ecology 
John R. Beaton 

College of Journalism 
Ray E. Hiebert 

College of Library and Information Services 
Kieth C. Wright 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and 

Health 

Marvin H. Eyler 

Administrative Dean for Graduate Studies 
Robert E. Menzer (Acting) 

Administrative Dean for Summer Programs 
Melvin N. Bernstein 

Administrative Dean for Undergraduate 

Studies 

Robert E. Shoenberg 



2 / The University 



Graduate School 
Officers and Staff 



Dean for Graduate Studies 

Robert E. Menzer (Acting Dean), B.S. Universi- 
ty of Pennsylvania, 1960; M.S., University of 
Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 
1964. 

Associate Dean for Graduate 
Studies 

Marie S. Davidson (Acting Associate Dean), 
B.S., Dillard University, 1959; M.S., University 
of Maryland, 1967; Ph.D., 1971. 



Assistant Dean for Graduate 
Studies 

Archie L. Buffkins, B.S., Jackson State Univer- 
sity, 1956; M.A., 1961; Ed.D., Columbia Univer- 
sity, 1963. 

Assistants to the Dean 

Alice M. Piper, B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 

1941. 
Joanna F. Schmeissner, B.A., Agnes Scott 

College, 1960; M.A., Yale University, 1962. 



Director of Graduate Records 

Carl L. Seidel, B.S., University of Maryland, 
1963. 



Assistant Director 



Lois M. Lyon, B.A., University of Michigan, 
1952. 



Graduate Council 



Ex-officio Councillors 

Chancellor, Robert L. Gluckstern 

Vice Chancellor, Nancie L. Gonzalez 

Acting Dean, Robert E. Menzer 

Acting Associate Dean, Marie S. Davidson 

Appointed Councillors 

Dr. William L. Klarman 
Dr. Elizabeth Pemberton 
Dr. Dudley Dillard 
Dr. David Clark 
Dr. William Hornyak 



Elected Councillors 

Ms. Nan Booth 

Dr. Mark Keeney 

Dr. Dean Tuthill 

Dr. Bernard A. Twigg 

Dr. Roger Meersman 

Dr. Herman Belz 

Ms. Sylvia S. Wagonheim 

Dr. John D. Russell 

Mr. Michael Massagli 

Dr. Don C. Piper 



Dr. Irwin L. Goldstein 
Dr. Alan Nash 
Dr. Rachel Dardis 
Dr. Robert W. Ridky 
Ms. Beverly Ann Hogg 
Dr. Robert Huebner 
Mr. David Kramer 
Dr. Patrick F. Cunniff 
Dr. Bruce Reinhart 
Dr. David Matthews 



The University / 3 



Committees of the 
Graduate Council 

COMMITTEE ON ACADEMIC 
STANDARDS 

Prof. Beatrice C. Fink, Chairman, French & 

Italian, 1979 
Prof. Theodore W. Cadman, Chemical Engi- 
neering, 1979 
Prof. Martin Gannon, Business & Manage- 
ment, 1980 
Prof. Marshall L. Ginter, IPST, 1978 
Prof. Irwin L. Goldstein, Psychology, 1978 
Prof. J. Norman Hansen, Chemistry, 1978 
Prof. Elizabeth Pemberton, Art, 1979 
Prof. Marie B. Perinbam, History, 1978 
Prof. Robert W. Ridky, Secondary Education, 

1980 
Prof. Arthur Thompson, Horticulture, 1979 
Prof. Robert M. Wilson, Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education, 1980 
Mr. Gregory Nenstiel, Graduate Student, 

Secondary Education, 1978 
Mr. Winston Scott Jones, Graduate Student, 

Nuclear Engineering, 1979 
Dr. Robert E. Menzer, ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS 

Prof. Mark Keeney, Chairman, Chemistry, 

1980 
Prof. Pedro Albrecht, Civil Engineering, 1979 
Prof. Esther K. Birdsall, English, 1978 
Prof Antonio F. Chaves, Geography, 1978 
Prof. Lindley Darden, Philosophy, 1979 
Prof. Jean R. Hebeler, Special Education, 1979 
Prof. J. Dan Knifong, Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education. 1980 
Prof. Paul A. Meyer, Economics, 1978 
Prof. Charles W. Reynolds, Horticulture, 1978 
Prof. Peter Wolfe, Mathematics, 1980 
Mr. Karl Wright, Graduate Student, 

Agricultural & Resource Economics, 1978 
Mr. Michael Courlander, Graduate Student, 
Criminal Justice & Criminology. 1979 
Mr. Carl L. Seidel, ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON ELECTIONS 

Prof. John H. Vandersall, Chairman, 

Dairy Science, 1979 
Prof. Otto Best, Germanic & Slavic Lang., 1980 
Prof. Jomills H. Braddock, Sociology, 1979 
Prof. John Eliot, Human Development Ed., 

1980 
Prof. Henry A. Lepper, Jr., Civil Engineering, 

1978 
Mrs. Alice M. Piper, ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON FELLOWSHIPS 

Prof. Edward Z. Dager, Chairman, 

Sociology, 1978 
Prof. Roger A. Bell, Astronomy, 1980 
Prof. C. Rose Broome, Botany. 1978 
Prof. Robert F. Carbone, Admin., Supervision 

& Curriculum, 1980 
Prof. Marie S. Davidson, Inst, for Child 

Study, 1978 
Prof. Douglas J. Farquhar, Art, 1978 
Prof. Parris N. Glendening, Government & 

Politics, 1980 
Prof. James Haley, Zoology, 1980 
Prof. James A. Hummel, Mathematics, 1979 
Prof. Henry Mendeloff, Spanish & 

4 / The University 



Portuguese. 1979 
Ms. Ruth Gordner. Graduate Student. Urban 

Studies, 1978 
Mr. David C. Leonard, Graduate Student, 

English, 1979 
Dr. Archie L. Buffkins, ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON GRADUATE 
FACULTY 

Prof. Patrick Cunniff, Chairman, Mechanical 

Engineering, 1980 
Prof. Louise M. Berman, Admin., Supervision 

& Curriculum, 1978 
Prof. Sherod M. Cooper, Jr., English, 1978 
Prof. Rachel Dardis, Textiles & Consumer 

Economics, 1979 
Prof. Clifford M. Foust. History, 1979 
Prof. John A. Haslem, Business & 

Management, 1979 
Prof. Billy V. Lessley, Agricultural & 

Resource Economics, 1980 
Prof. Jack Minker, Computer Science, 1978 
Prof. Glenn W. Patterson, Botany, 1980 
Prof. George Ritzer, Sociology, 1980 
Dr. Robert E. Menzer, ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS AND 
COURSES 

Prof. Bernard A. Twigg. Chairman, Horti- 
culture, 1980 
Prof. Audrey Barnett, Zoology, 1979 
Prof. Douglas G. Currie, Physics & Astronomy 

1979 
Prof. Patricia Florestano, Urban Studies, 1978 
Prof. Karen Kirby, Mathematics, 1980 
Prof. David Lockard. Secondary Education, 

1979 
Prof. Leonard I. Lutwack, English, 1978 
Prof. Roger L. Meersman, Speech & Dramatic 

Arts, 1979 
Prof. Roger C. Pfaffenberger, Business & 

Management, 1980 
Prof. Don C. Piper, Government & Politics 

1978 
Prof. James M. Stewart, Chemistry, 1978 
Prof. Cyril P. Svoboda, Human 

Development, 1980 
Prof. Eugene W. Troth, Music, 1978 
Ms. Barbara Williams, Graduate Student, 

Astronomy, 1978 
Mrs. Barbara Sadowski, Graduate Student, 

Early Childhood Elementary Ed., 1979 
Dr. Robert E. Menzer. ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON PROGRAM 
REVIEW 

Prof. William L. Klarman, Chairman. 

Botany, 1979 
Prof. Herman J. Belz, History, 1980 
Prof. Everett C. Carter, Civil Engineering, 1980 
Prof. Marjorie H. Gardner, Science Edu- 
cation, 1978 
Prof. Albert Gomezplata, Chemical 

Engineering, 1980 
Prof. Ramon E. Henkel, Sociology, 1978 
Prof. Myron O. Lounsbury, American Studies, 

1978 
Prof. Gerald R. Miller, Chemistry, 1980 
Prof. Ellen Skolnick, Psychology, 1979 
Prof Betty F. Smith, Textiles & Consumer 



Economics, 1979 
Mr. James Beall, Graduate Student. Physics. 

1978 
Ms. Linda J. Cades. Graduate Student, 

English, 1979 
Dr. Robert E. Menzer, ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS 

Prof. John Duffy, Chairman, History, 1979 
Prof. William S. Benedict, IMP, 1979 
Prof. Kenneth C.W. Kammeyer. Sociology, 

1978 
Prof. John W. Kinnaird, English, 1979 
Prof. Allen L. Steinhauer. Entomology. 1978 
Prof. Hans Wellisch. Library & Information 

Services, 1980 
Ms. Adrienne Gray, Graduate Student, 

Journalism, 1978 
Mr. Mark S. Stemitz, Graduate Student, 

History, 1979 
Mrs. Joanna F. Schmeissner, ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON RESEARCH 

Prof. Rita Colwell, Chairman, 

Microbiology, 1979 
Prof. Manoj K. Banerjee, Physics, 1978 
Prof. James E. Barrett. Psychology, 1980 
Prof Dudley Dillard, Economics, 1978 
Prof. Richard B. Imberski, Zoology, 1978 
Prof. Everett Jones, Aerospace Engineering, 

1980 
Prof. David L. Matthews, IPST. 1979 
Prof. George B. Macready, Measurement 

& Statistics, 1980 
Prof. Marlene Mayo. History, 1979 
Prof. John R. Moore. Agricultural & 
Resource Economics, 1978 
Prof. Merrill J. Roberts, Business & Manage- 
ment, 1980 
Prof. Carol Seefeldt, Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education, 1979 
Prof. Calhoun Winton, English, 1979 
Mr. David Abercrombie. Graduate Student, 

Chemistry. 1978 
Mr. James Isenberg, Graduate Student, 

Physics, 1979 
Dr. Robert E. Menzer. ex officio 

COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE 

Prof. Eldon Lanning. Chairman, Government 
& Politics, 1979 

Prof. John D. Anderson, Aerospace Engi- 
neering, 1979 

Prof. Walter W. Deshler. Geography, 1980 

Prof. Alan W. DeSilva, Physics, 1978 

Prof. Larry W Douglass. Dairy Science. 1979 

Prof. Guenter G. Pfister, Germanic & Slavic 
Lang., 1978 

Prof. John D. Russell. English. 1978 

Prof. Dean Tuthill, Agricultural & 
Resource Economics. 1980 

Prof. Franklin D. Westbrook, Counseling & 
Personnel Services. 1980 

Prof. David L Williams, Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education, 1978 

Mr. Leo Robert LaSota, Graduate Student, 
Horticulture, 1978 

Mr. Paul Noga, Graduate Student. Speech 
& Dramatic Art, 1979 

Dr. Archie L. Buffkins, ex officio 



Plan of Academic 
Organization 



Division of Agricultural and Life 
Sciences: 

College of Agriculture: 

Agricultural and Extension Education 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agronomy 

Animal Science 

Dairy Science 

Horticulture 

Institute of Applied Agriculture 

Poultry Science 

Veterinary Science 

Other Units within the Division: 
Biochemistry Program 
Botany 
Chemistry 
Entomology 
Geology 
Microbiology 
Zoology 

Division of Arts and Humanities: 

School of Architecture 
College of Journalism 

Other Units within the Division: 
American Studies Program 
Art 

Classics 
Dance 
English 

French and Italian 
Germanic and Slavic 
History 
Music 



Oriental and Hebrew Program 

Philosophy 

Spanish and Portuguese 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

Division of Behavioral and Social 
Sciences: 

College of Business and Management 

Other Units within the Division: 
Afro-American Studies 
Anthropology 
Bureau of Business and Economic 

Research 
Bureau of Governmental Research 
Economics 
Geography 

Government and Politics 
Hearing and Speech Sciences 
Information Systems Management 
Institute for Urban Studies 
Institute of Criminal Justice and 

Criminology 
Linguistics Program 
Psychology 
Sociology 

Division of Human and Community 
Resources 

College of Education: 
Administration Supervision and Curriculum 
Counseling and Personnel Services 
Early Childhood-Elementary Education 
Industrial Education 
Institute for Child Study 
Measurement & Statistics 
Secondary Education 
Special Education 



College of Human Ecology: 

Family and Community Development 
Foods, Nutrition and Institution 

Administration 
Housing and Applied Design 
Textiles and Consumer Economics 

College of Library and Information Services 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health: 
Health Education 
Physical Education 
Recreation 

Division of Mathematical and 
Physical Sciences and Engineering 

College of Engineering: 
Aero-Space Engineering 
Chemical Engineering 
Civil Engineering 
Electrical Engineering 
Fire Protection Curriculum 
Mechanical Engineering 

Other Units within the Division: 
Applied Mathematics Program 
Center for Materials Research 
Computer Science 
Institute for Physical Sciences and 

Technology 
Meteorology Program 
Mathematical Statistics Program 
Mathematics 
Physics and Astronomy 



University Policy Statement 

The provisions of this publication are not to 
be regarded as an irrevocable contract be- 
tween the student and the University of Mary- 
land. Changes are effected from time to time 
in the general regulations and in the academic 
requirements. There are established proce- 
dures for making changes, procedures which 
protect the institution's integrity and the in- 
dividual student's interest and welfare. A cur- 
riculum or graduation requirement, when 
altered, is not made retroactive unless the al- 
teration is to the student's advantage and can 
be accommodated within the span of years 
normally required for graduation. When the ac- 
tions of a student are judged by competent 
authority, using established procedure, to be 
detrimental to the interests of the university 



community, that person may be required to 
withdraw from the university. 

It is university policy that smoking in 
classrooms is prohibited unless all partici- 
pants agree to the contrary. Any student has 
the right to remind the instructor of this policy 
throughout the duration of the class. 



Policies on Nondiscrimination 

The University of Maryland is an equal oppor- 
tunity institution with respect to both educa- 
tion and employment. The University's poli- 
cies, programs, and activities are in conform- 
ance with pertinent federal and state laws and 
regulations on non-discrimination regarding 
race, color, religion, age, national origin, sex 
and handicap. Inquiries regarding compliance 



with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as 
amended. Title IX of the 1972 Education 
Amendments, Section 504 of the Rehabilita- 
tion Act of 1973, or related legal requirements 
should be directed to the appropriate in- 
dividual designated below. 

Director, Human Relations Program 

Main Administration Building 

UMCP 



Gender Reference 

The masculine gender whenever used in this 
document is intended to include the feminine 
gender as well. 



The University / 5 



General Information 



History 

The history of the Graduate School at the University of 
Maryland, College Park has been one of rapid, at times 
almost explosive, growth. Established in 1919 with an 
enrollment of 13, the Graduate School has developed into 
one of the nation's largest. In the fall of 1977, there were 
approximately 7,800 graduate students enrolled in the more 
than 65 graduate programs and departments. In the 
academic year 1977-1978, 334 doctoral degrees and 1,284 
master's degrees were awarded. 

The Graduate School has matched its tremendous 
growth in size by an even more significant growth in its role 
as a center for the advancement of knowledge. The 
Graduate School has increasingly sought scholars of the 
highest quality, and today it numbers among its faculty 
men and women who have achieved national recognition 
and eminence in their fields. Active in scholarship in every 
area, students and faculty members of the Graduate School 
have designed equipment for the lunar space flights, ex- 
cavated the gardens in Pompeii, performed important 
research in the unique ecological systems of the Chesa- 
peake Bay, and won national awards for their creative work 
in fiction, poetry, and the arts. 

The history of the Graduate School has been a history of 
growth in service as well as scholarship. Graduate pro- 
grams at the University have always reflected the mission 
of the School as a servant to the State of Maryland. That 
mission is continued today more vigorously than ever in the 
numerous programs, centers, and special research projects 
through which graduate faculty and students address di- 
rectly the needs of the residents of Maryland. 

In the last two decades, the national impact of the 
Graduate School has become of major importance as well, 
with the ever increasing involvement of talented faculty and 
graduate students in the work of the many federal agen- 
cies, institutions, libraries, and programs in the nation's 
Capital. 

Finally, the University of Maryland Graduate School is 
especially aware today of its mission to the wider com- 
munity of man. The Graduate School not only has a large 
number of students and faculty from other countries, but it 
also is well represented in international conferences and 
symposia by faculty members who participate on a regular 
basis. In several divisions, there are specific projects and 
programs undertaken jointly with foreign universities, and 
the results of faculty research are published in international 
journals. 

The Graduate School today is active and vital, conscious 
of its past growth and achievements and eager to develop 
more fully its potential as a leading educational and 
research institution. Its goal is to sustain and strengthen in 
every area the intellectual quality and commitment to ser- 
vice and significant scholarship that characterize the 
foremost graduate institutions. 

National Organizations 

In order to shape and participate in national policies and 
developments in graduate education, the Graduate School 
maintains close contact with other graduate schools and is 
a member of the following national organizations: the 
Association of American Universities, the Association of 

6 / General Information 



Graduate Schools, and the Council of Graduate Schools in 
the United States. 

Major Role 

The University of Maryland is keenly aware of the 
challenges facing graduate education today. The Graduate 
School has sought innovative and productive ways to adjust 
to the problems created by restricting financial realities and 
fluctuating opportunities for professionals in every field. In 
addition, the Graduate School has channelled many of its 
resources into a variety of academic services that meet the 
increasing demands of our society on universities. 

In all of its activities, however, the Graduate School is 
guided by the belief that it can best serve society and res- 
pond to current challenges by a consistent and firm com- 
mitment to its traditional principles. Accordingly, the major 
role of the Graduate School is to provide for the education 
of students in the scholarly methods of intellectual inquiry 
and critical analysis; to train them in the discipline and 
skills necessary for beneficial research; and to foster in 
them a dedication to creative thought and the search for 
knowledge. 

Not simply an extension of the colleges, schools, or divi- 
sions, the Graduate School is specifically designed to 
prepare those who will dedicate themselves to individual in- 
quiry and service. To achieve this goal, it promotes the 
freedom and intellectual environment necessary to stimu- 
late research and scholarship of the highest quality for both 
students and faculty. 

Governance 

The Graduate Faculty 

In 1956 the Graduate Faculty adopted a formal constitution 
to "provide a means for the Graduate Faculty to discharge 
its functions with respect to educational policies and pro- 
cedures of the Graduate School on this campus." That Con- 
stitution, as amended in 1968 and 1974, continues to 
govern the policies and procedures of the Graduate School 
on the College Park Campus. 

The Graduate Faculty, working through the Assembly 
and the Graduate Council, establishes policies governing 
admission to graduate study and minimum requirements to 
be met by all students seeking advanced degrees in more 
than sixty-five graduate departments and programs leading 
to degrees awarded by the Graduate Faculty on the College 
Park Campus. The faculties of the individual academic 
departments and interdisciplinary graduate programs may 
establish additional requirements for admission or for 
degrees above the minima established by the Graduate 
Council. 

The Assembly of the Graduate Faculty consists of all full 
and associate members of the Graduate Faculty who, 
through their participation in research and graduate instruc- 
tion, have displayed a capacity for individual research or 
creative and scholarly work at the highest levels. 

The Graduate Council consists of members of the Gradu- 
ate Faculty elected by the Assembly, as well as appointed 
and ex officio members. It is charged with the formulation 
of the policies and procedures for the Graduate School of 
College Park including admission standards, the review of 
individual student programs, the review of all new programs 



and courses submitted by members of the Graduate Facul- 
ty, graduate student theses and dissertations, and the 
periodic review of all graduate degree programs. It meets 
approximately eight times a year to conduct its regular 
business and may be called into special session as the 
need arises. 

In its work the Graduate Council is aided and advised by 
ten standing committees. Included are committees on: 
Academic Standards, Admissions, Elections, Fellowships, 
Program Review, Graduate Faculty, Programs and Courses, 
Publications, Research, and Student Life. Membership on 
these committees is limited to members of the Graduate 
Faculty and graduate students. Members are appointed by 
the Dean for Graduate Studies for terms of three years. 

Graduate Students 

The value of student opinion and participation in deter- 
mining matters of policy, procedure, and administration is 
appreciated and encouraged. In addition to their appoint- 
ment to the Committees of the Graduate Council, graduate 
students serve on many divisional and departmental 
committees. 

Established in 1970, the Chancellor's Graduate Student 
Advisory Council (CGSAC) meets periodically with the 
Chancellor of the College Park campus and regularly on its 
own to discuss a wide range of issues affecting the gradu- 
ate community (e.g. the role and mission of higher educa- 
tion; stipends for fellows, assistants, and researchers; part- 
time graduate student problems; redress of grievances; soc- 
ial activities; etc.). The Council also meets with ad- 
ministrative leaders from all fields and divisions as perti- 
nent to problem solving and alternatives. In addition, the 
Council serves as a source of information to State Legis- 
lators and members of the Board of Regents. Membership 
is open to all interested students. For additional informa- 
tion, contact the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies. 

Location 

In location, faculty and students at the University of 
Maryland enjoy the best of all possible worlds. Situated on 
1,300 acres in Prince Georges County, the College Park 
Campus is a part of the larger metropolitan area of 
Washington, D.C., which is rapidly becoming the nation's 
capital of cultural and intellectual activity as well as for 
political power. The Kennedy Center for the Performing 
Arts, the Filene Center, and the many fine area theaters 
regularly present performances by the world's most exciting 
and renowned artists. The Smithsonian Museums and the 
National Gallery of Art, among others, sponsor standing 
collections and special exhibits that attract national atten- 
tion. In addition to cultural activities, the nation's Capital 
provides interested students the opportunity to observe at 
first hand the work of federal institutions; to sit in the 
galleries of Congress; to watch the Supreme Court in ses- 
sion; and to attend public Congressional hearings. The 
possibilities for personal enrichment offered in this exciting 
cosmopolitan area are indeed enormous. 

Outside the metropolitan area, and just minutes from the 
campus, the scene in Maryland countryside is pleasantly 
rural. Maryland offers a great variety of recreational and 
leisure activities in its many fine national and state parks, 



from the Catoctin Mountains in Western Maryland to the 
Assateague Island National Seashore on the Atlantic bound 
Eastern Shore, all within a pleasant drive from the campus. 
Historic Annapolis, the state capital, is only a short drive 
away, and the city of Baltimore, with its rich variety of 
ethnic heritages, its cultural and educational institutions, 
and its impressive urban transformation, is only thirty miles 
from College Park. 

Special Research Resources 

The College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the 
greatest concentrations of research facilities and intellec- 
tual talent in the nation, if not in the world. Libraries and 
laboratories serving virtually every academic discipline are 
within easy commuting distance. There is a steady and 
growing interchange of ideas, information, technical skills, 
and scholars between the university and these centers. The 
libraries and facilities of many of these centers are open to 
qualified graduate students at the university. The resources 
of many more are available by special arrangement. 

In the humanities, the Library)of Congress and the Folger 
Shakespeare Library, with its extensive collection of rare 
manuscripts, are among the world's most outstanding 
research libraries. In addition, Dumbarton Oaks; the Na- 
tional Archives; the Smithsonian Institution; the World 
Bank; the National Library of Medicine; the National 
Agricultural Library; the Enoch Pratt Free Library of Balti- 
more; the libraries of the Federal Departments of Labor: 
Commerce; Interior; Health, Education, and Welfare; Hous- 
ing and Urban Development; and Transportation, and ap- 
proximately 500 other specialized libraries are all within a 
few minutes drive of the College Park Campus. These 
resources make the University of Maryland one of the most 
attractive in the nation for scholars of all disciplines. 

The proximity of the Beltsville Agricultural Research 
Center of the United States Department of Agriculture has 
stimulated the development of both laboratories and oppor- 
tunities for field research in the agricultural and life- 
sciences. The National Institutes of Health offer unparal- 
leled opportunities for collaboration in biomedical and 
behavior research. Opportunities are also available for col- 
laborative graduate study programs with other major 
government laboratories, such as the National Bureau of 
Standards and the Naval Research Laboratory. 

The long-standing involvement of the State of Maryland 
in the development of the commercial and recreational re- 
sources of the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in the estab- 
lishment of outstanding research facilities for the study of 
marine science at the University of Maryland Center for En- 
vironmental and Estuarine Studies, with research facilities 
at Horn Point near Cambridge, at Crisfield, and at 
Solomons Island, Maryland. 

Campus facilities are also excellent for research in every 
discipline. Work in the behavioral sciences, particularly in 
learning, is centered in laboratories equipped for fully 
automated research on rats, pigeons, and monkeys. 

Exceptional research facilities in the physical sciences 
include a 160 MeV cyclotron; two small Van de Graaff ac- 
celerators; an assortment of computers, including a PDP 
11/45, a UNIVAC 1108 and a UNIVAC 1100/41; a 10 KW 
training nuclear reactor; a full scale low velocity wind tun- 
nel; several small hypersonic helium wind tunnels; spec- 
General Information / 7 



ialized facilities in the Institute for Physical Science and 
Technology; a psychopharmacology laboratory; shock 
tubes; a quiescent plasma device (Q machine) for plasma 
research; and rotating tanks for laboratory studies of 
meteorological phenomena. 

Students also have access to research farms, green- 
houses, and even laboratory-equipped vessels for research 
in the Chesapeake Bay. The University also owns and oper- 
ates one of the world's largest and most sophisticated 
long-wavelength radio telescopes located in Clark Lake, 
California and a cosmic ray laboratory located in New 
Mexico. 

Special Opportunities for Artists 

Advanced work in the creative and performing arts at Col- 
lege Park is concentrated in the Tawes Fine Arts Building 
and the recently completed Art-Sociology Building. Creative 
work is greatly stimulated by the close interaction that has 
developed between the students and faculty of the Univers- 
ity and the artists and scholars at the National Gallery, the 
Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshhorn Museum, the Phillips Gal- 
lery, the Museum of Modern Art, the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion, as well as the musicians of the National Symphony 
Orchestra and small musical groups. The Kennedy Center 
for the Performing Arts and the Filene Center (Wolf Trap 
Farm Park) have further enhanced the climate for creative 
artists attending the University. 

Outstanding work on campus in theater, dance, radio, 
and television is aided by the proximity of the campus to 
the National Theater, the Arena Stage, the Morris Mechanic 
Theater, and numerous little theater groups in the Washing- 
ton and Baltimore area. There is a frequent and steady in- 
terchange of ideas and talent between students and faculty 
at the University and both educational and commercial 
radio and television media as a consequence of the large 
professional staffs which are maintained in the Washington 
area. 



Libraries 

The University library system includes major research 
libraries on both the College Park and Baltimore Campuses. 

The Libraries on the College Park Campus contain nearly 
2,000,000 volumes, and they subscribe to more than 15,000 
periodicals and newspapers. Additional collections of 
research materials are available on microfilm, microfiche, 
phonorecords, tapes, and films. 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the largest library 
on campus and the principal library for graduate use. 
Special collections include those of Richard Von Mises in 
mathematics and applied mechanics; Max Born in the phys- 
ical sciences; Thomas I. Cook in political science; Romeo 
Mansueti in the biological sciences; Katherine Anne Porter; 
Maryland; U.S. government publications (for which the 
University is a regional depository); documents of the 
United Nations, the League of Nations and other interna- 
tional organizations, agricultural experiment station and ex- 
tension service publications; maps from the U.S. Army Map 
Service; the files of the Industrial Union of Marine and Ship- 
building Workers of America; the Wallenstein collection of 
musical scores; and research collections of the American 

8 / General Information 



Bandmasters Association, the National Association of Wind 
and Percussion Instructors, and the Music Educators Na- 
tional Conference. In addition, the collections include 
microfilm productions of government documents, rare 
books, early journals, and newspapers. 

Within the East Asia Collection is the world's largest 
repository of published and unpublished Japanese-language 
materials from the Allied Occupation period. 

Graduate students at UMCP are not served by McKeldin 
alone. Several departments and colleges maintain special- 
ized libraries for student use, with collections of impor- 
tance to advanced students. These include the Library of 
the College of Library and Information Services, which con- 
tains materials for library science and a Juvenile Teaching 
Materials Collection, and the Engineering and Physical 
Sciences Library, which houses the Technical Report 
Center with over 400,000 items from NASA, ERDA, and 
other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies. 

Our libraries have several exciting recent acquisitions 
which will be of special interest to graduate students. One 
new collection, to be known as the International Piano 
Archives at Maryland, contains more than 17,000 tapes, 
records and piano rolls, several thousand pieces of sheet 
music and scores, and important documents, letters and 
other materials relating to pianists Joseph Hofmann, Anton 
Rubinstein and others. 

The University has also recently acquired an exceptional 
collection in astronomy: the entire library of the George- 
town University Observatory, which contains numerous 
catalogs, journals, and observatory bulletins dating back to 
the 1800's. Much of this material has never been published 
commercially, and when cataloguing is completed, 
Maryland will have one of the most interesting and exten- 
sive astronomy collections in the country. 

Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus 

Acknowledging the importance of an interdisciplinary ap- 
proach to knowlege, the University maintains organized 
research units outside the usual department structures. 
These institutes, centers, and bureaus offer valuable oppor- 
tunities for faculty and students to engage in research and 
study in specialized areas and in public service activities. 
Institute for Child Study: Director: H. Gerthon Morgan. In 
its program the institute collects, interprets, and syn- 
thesizes the scientific findings in various fields that are 
concerned with human growth, development, learning and 
behavior. The Institute offers graduate programs leading to 
the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of 
Philosophy and Doctor of Education degrees, and the Ad- 
vanced Graduate Specialist Certificate in the area of 
human development. 

Institute for Criminal Justice and Criminology: Director: 
Peter P. Lejins. The purpose of the Institute is to provide an 
organizational and administrative unit for the interests and 
activities of the University, its faculty and students in the 
areas of the law enforcement, criminology and corrections. 
Through the Institute, the University became a member of 
the seven-university National Criminal Justice Educational 
Development Consortium. The Institute offers the M.A. 
degree with options in criminology or criminal justice and 
the Ph.D. degree in criminal justice and criminology. 



Institute for Physical Science and Technology: Director: 
Joseph Silverman. The Institute for Physical Science and 
Technology is a center for interdisciplinary research in pure 
and applied science problems that lie between those areas 
served by the academic departments. These interdisciplin- 
ary problems afford challenging opportunities for thesis 
research and classroom instruction. Current topics of in- 
terest are: atomic physics, a wide variety of problems in 
plasma physics, statistical mechanics of physical and living 
systems, physics of the upper atmosphere and magneto- 
sphere, fluid dynamics, physical oceanography, various 
aspects of space and planetary science, theoretical and ap- 
plied numerical analysis, control theory, epidemiology and 
biomathematics, chemical processes induced by ionizing 
radiation, and the history of science. They also include 
analysis of a number of current problems of interest to 
society such as mathematical models applied to public 
health and many diverse efforts in basic mathematics. 

Courses and thesis research guidance by the faculty of 
the Institute are provided through the graduate programs in 
the academic departments of the Division of Mathematical 
and Physical Sciences and Engineering. The Institute spon- 
sors a wide variety of seminars. Of principal interest are 
general seminars in plasma physics, applied mathematics, 
fluid dynamics, and in atomic and molecular physics. Infor- 
mation about these can be obtained by writing the Director 
or by calling (301) 454-2636. 

Institute for Urban Studies: Director: Thomas P. Murphy. 
The Institute aims at developing students knowledgeable 
both in the technical competencies which constitute the 
skills of "urban manpower" and in the professional 
understanding of the urban community as an object of in- 
terdisciplinary analysis. 

The Institute for Urban Studies is a multi-campus inter- 
disciplinary B.A. and M.A. degree granting program. It was 
created to offer a teaching program to educate urban ad- 
ministrators and specialists to manage existing com- 
munities as well as to plan the development of new ones. 
The Washington-Baltimore urban corridor provides an ex- 
cellent teaching and research setting for faculty and 
students. Since contemporary urban problems must be 
solved by a multi-disciplinary approach, the master's pro- 
gram supplements the Institute core courses with the 
specialized problem solving methods of the diverse depart- 
ments and professional schools of the University. 
Center on Aging: Director: Jody K. Olsen. The Center on 
Aging, focuses its efforts on stimulating interest in aging 
within existing departments, colleges, and schools 
throughout the University through research and teaching. In 
addition, it has developed and maintains contact with 
students in the general field of gerontology and helps them 
to devise educational programs to meet their goals. The 
Center sponsors an ongoing colloquium series on aging 
and community training progrms based primarily on psy- 
chosocial needs of the elderly. The Center and the College 
of Library and Information Services also maintain the 
Robert N. Butler Library, which contains an extensive col- 
lection of Materials on aging and developmental psy- 
chology. In conjunction with participating departments and 
schools, the Center offers a certificate of concentration at 
the master's degree level, which requires, in addition to for- 
mal coursework, a practicum experience in aging. 



Arithmetic Center Director: Robert Ashlock. The Arithmetic 
Center facilitates a graduate program in elementary school 
mathematics education — a program with an integrated 
focus relating mathematics, psychology, and learning. The 
faculty of the Center believe that crucial to the kind of 
research effort envisioned is a milieu conducive to such an 
effort — a physical-psychological locale in which students, 
faculty, participating children, parents, and appropriate 
visitors can become involved in the formal and informal in- 
teractions so essential to integrative research. 

Center for Educational Research and Development: Director 
(UMCP): James Dudley. The Center is committed to provide 
service to the State in the form of policy studies and 
analysis and to provide/sponsor special educational training 
programs and workshops for legislators, board members, 
executive and legislative staff and agency personnel. The 
entire range of University programs and personnel are com- 
mitted to these two tasks in an effort to provide an inter- 
disciplinary approach to the Center's research and develop- 
ment activities. The Center acts as a facilitator and liaison 
between the external public agencies and bodies and the 
internal University resources. In so doing, it provides 
research and project opportunities for faculty and graduate 
students in education, the social sciences, business and a 
variety of other fields, to engage in issues of educational 
policy. 

Computer Science Center Director: John P. Menard. The 
Computer Science Center provides the academic commu- 
nity of the University with ready access to large-scale com- 
puter facilities. The Center's primary function is the effec- 
tive operation, maintenance, and management of these 
facilities so as to provide, as nearly as possible, uninter- 
rupted computer services to the University community. The 
Center also carries on an active program of basic and ap- 
plied research in computer science. 

Graduate students and faculty with programming prob- 
lems can bring them to a group of programmer consultants 
who work on an individualized basis to assist in applying 
appropriate computer techniques. The Center also has a 
staff of systems analysts to assist in debugging programs, 
to adapt software developed elsewhere to use the Center's 
equipment, and to devise original software to meet user 
needs. There is a well-stocked program library, keypunch 
and digitek services are available, and the Center offers 
several non-credit short courses for new users or those 
with specialized needs. 

The Center's basic hardware consists of a UNIVAC 1108 
Shared Processor System and a UNIVAC 1100/41 system, 
along with other associated hardware. Two terminal rooms 
and two keypunch areas with reproducer, interpreter and 
lister are maintained in the Computer Science Center. Term- 
inals owned or leased by other departments can also ac- 
cess the Center's large-scale equipment. 

Science Teaching Center. Director: John W. Layman. The 
Science Teaching Center has been designed to serve as a 
representative facility of its type to fulfill its functions of 
undergraduate and graduate science teacher education, 
science supervisor training, basic research in science 
education, aid to inservice teachers and supervisors, and 
consultative services, on all levels, kindergarten through 
community college. Its reference library features relevant 

General Information / 9 



periodicals, science and mathematics textbooks, new cur- 
riculum materials, and works on science subjects and their 
operational aspects. Its fully equipped research laboratory, 
in addition to its teaching laboratories for science methods 
courses, provides project space for both faculty and 
students. 

Since 1962 the Science Teaching Center has served as 
the headquarters for the activities of the Science Teaching 
Materials Review Committee of the National Science 
Teachers Association. The Information Clearinghouse on 
Science and Mathematics Curricular Developments, the In- 
ternational Clearinghouse for A.A.A.S, N.S.F. and UNESCO, 
started here that year also. Within the center is gathered 
the "software" and "hardware" of science education in 
what is considered to be one of the most comprehensive 
collections of such materials in the world. 

Transportation Studies Center Director: Everett C. Carter. 
Housed in the Division of Mathematical and Physical 
Sciences and Engineering, the Center acts as a catalyst to 
foster research and development and interdisciplinary 
studies in transportation and to provide the means for in- 
vestigators from different disciplines to work together on a 
wide range of transportation related problems. Objectives of 
the Center are to identify potential research projects by 
establishing a dialogue and rapport with sponsoring agen- 
cies and offices; to provide coordination between the var- 
ious disciplines engaged in or having potential to engage in 
transportation research and between potential research 
sponsors and University researchers; to facilitate 
cooperation between the University of Maryland and other 
universities and industry, for joint undertakings; to promote 
and, where appropriate, to supervise specific educational 
programs of an interdisciplinary nature. 

Among the areas identified as having interest and 
research potential are transportation systems management, 
transportation planning, public policy, public utilities, 
systems economics, multiple uses of rights-of-way, mass 
transit systems, conservation of energy, terminal siting, 
bridge and pavement design, traffic flow coordination, traf- 
fic safety and efficiency, transportation economics, aero- 
space transportation, meteorological factors, noise control; 
highway landscaping, environmental considerations, and air, 
rail, water and highway alternatives. 

Water Resources Research Center: Coordinator: Robert L 
Green. The Water Resources Research Center sponsors and 
coordinates research on all aspects of water supply, de- 
mand, distribution, utilization, quality enhancement or 
degradation, and allocation or management. A committee of 
water resource research information users including 
representatives from management, planning and regulatory 
federal, state and local governments and citizens groups 
has been formed to advise on research needs of Maryland. 
Basic funding is from the annual allotment of the Water 
Resources Research Act of 1964 as amended. The Center 
also assists faculty members in developing matching fund 
proposals and in seeking other research funds. Currently, 
there are twelve research projects in progress in five dif- 
ferent departments, including one in UMCEES and two at 
UMBO 

Bureau of Business and Economic Research: Director: Dr. 
John H. Cumberland. The Bureau of Business and Eco- 



nomic Research conducts research in the areas of regional, 
urban and environmental economics. Projects are funded by 
the University, and by State and Federal Government agen- 
cies. Research is conducted by Bureau faculty members, 
who hold joint appointments with the Department of 
Economics, and by advanced graduate students working on 
degree programs. 

Bureau of Educational Research and Field Services: Direc- 
tor: Gerald V. Teague. The Bureau of Educational Research 
and Field Services was established to serve in a con- 
sultative capacity in implementing research designs of 
faculty members, graduate students and public school 
systems. It acts as a coordinating agency between the 
University and public school systems for both research and 
field services. The Bureau also serves as a source of infor- 
mation and assistance regarding federal and non-federal 
research support that is available. 

Bureau of Governmental Research: Director: Davis B. 
Bobrow. The Bureau engages in research about Maryland 
state and local government with a central focus on urban 
affairs. It also makes numerous administrative studies at 
the request of county and municipal governments. 

Consortia 

The University of Maryland is a member of a number of na- 
tional and local consortia concerned with advanced educa- 
tion and research. They offer a variety of opportunities for 
senior scholar and gradute student research. 

OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU), 
is a non-profit educational and research corporation formed 
in order to broaden the opportunities for member institu- 
tions collectively to participate in many fields of education 
and research in the natural sciences related to nuclear 
energy. Educational programs range from short term 
courses or institutes, conducted with ORAU facilities and 
staff, to fellowship programs administered by ORAU for the 
U.S. Department of Energy. 

The National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), 
in Boulder, Colorado, was created in 1960 to serve as a 
focal point of a vigorous and expanding national research 
effort in the atmospheric sciences. NCAR is operated under 
the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation by the 
UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC RE- 
SEARCH (UCAR), made up of 44 U.S. and Canadian univers- 
ities with graduate programs in the atmospheric sciences 
or related fields. The scientific staff includes meteorolo- 
gists, astronomers, chemists, physicists, mathematicians, 
and representatives of other disciplines. 

UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (URA), a group 
of 52 universities engaged in high energy research, is the 
sponsoring organization for the Fermi National Accelerator 
Laboratory, funded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The 
accelerator, located near Batavia, Illinois, is the world's 
highest-energy proton accelerator. 

The INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL 
(EDUCOM) provides a forum for the appraisal of the current 
state of the art in communications science and technology 
and their relation to the planning and programs of colleges 
and universities. The council particularly fosters inter- 
university cooperation in the area of communications 
science. 



10 / General Information 



The UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION 
(USRA) was designed to promote cooperation between 
universities, research organizations, and the government in 
the development of space science and technology, and in 
the operation of laboratories and facilities for research, 
development, and education in these fields. 

The University of Maryland is a member of the INTER- 
UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM FOR POLITICAL SCIENCE RE- 
SEARCH. One purpose of the Consortium is to facilitate 
collection and distribution of useful data for social science 
research. The data include survey data from the University 
of Michigan Survey Research Center and from studies con- 
ducted by other organizations or by individuals, census data 
for the United States, election data, legislative roll calls, 
judicial decision results, and biographical data. 

The University of Maryland jointly participates in the 
CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH CONSORTIUM, INC., a wide 
scale environmental research program, with the Johns Hop- 
kins University, the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, and 
the Smithsonian Institution. The Consortium coordinates 
and integrates research on the Chesapeake Bay region at 
the Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies and 
is compiling a vast amount of scientific data to assist in 
the management and control of the area. Each participating 
institution calls on faculty expertise in a diversity of 
disciplines including biology, chemistry, physics, engineer- 
ing, geology, and the social and behavioral sciences. 
Through this interdisciplinary research program a com- 
puterized Management Resource Bank is being developed 
containing a biological inventory of the Chesapeake Bay 
region, a legal survey, and socioeconomic data of the sur- 
rounding communities. The Consortium provides research 
opportunities for faculty members, graduate students, and 
undergraduate students at the University. 

Officially chartered in 1969, the ASSOCIATION OF SEA 
GRANT PROGRAM INSTITUTIONS is a growing organiza- 
tion concerned with the development and wise use of 
ocean and Great Lakes resources. Composed of the 
nation's major colleges, universities and institutions with 
ocean programs, the Association works for the betterment 
of the management and utilization of marine resources. 

The University of Maryland was awarded its first institu- 
tional Sea Grant funding by the Department of Commerce 
for the calendar year 1977. Although forty-six universities, 
colleges and non-profit organizations hold either regular or 
associate memberships in SGA, Maryland is one of only 
about a dozen who have comprehensive institutional pro- 
grams and who are or are eligible to become Sea Grant 
Colleges. 

The goal of the CONSORTIUM ON HUMAN RELATION- 
SHIPS IN EDUCATION is to involve all interested agencies 
in the State of Maryland in the identification, development, 
and utilization of the human resources of the State for the 
purpose of improving human relationships in education. 
Fourteen agencies, including local school systems and in- 
stitutions of higher education, are currently active in the 
project. 

Established in 1965, the UNIVERSITIES COUNCIL ON 
WATER RESOURCES (UCOWR), is a national consortium 
with approximately 80 members. UCOWR was created to 
provide a forum for interchange of information pertaining to 
water resources research in academic communities. Mem- 



ber institutions also exchange information on special con- 
ferences, seminars, symposia and graduate study 
opportunities. 

The University of Maryland is an associate member of the 
UNIVERSITY-NATIONAL OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORY 
SYSTEM (UNOLS) established to improve coordinated use 
of federally supported oceanographic facilities, bringing 
together the Community of Academic Oceanographic Insti- 
tutions which operate those facilities, and creating a mech- 
anism for such coordinated utilization of and planning for 
oceanographic facilities. As an associate member, the 
University of Maryland has a very active graduate level 
researach program in the marine sciences and operates 
facilities through the Chesapeake Bay Center for En- 
vironmental Studies. 

The purpose of the SOUTH-EAST CONSORTIUM FOR IN- 
TERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT is to respond to the eco- 
nomic and social needs of limited resource peoples and 
less developed countries. Membership in the organization is 
open to universities, research institutions and other 
organizations with capabilities related to rural and urban 
development and technology transfer. 

Fees and Expenses 

Payment of Fees 

All Students Who Pre-Register Incur a Financial Obligation 
to the University. Those students who pre-register and 
subsequently decide not to attend must notify the Registra- 
tion Office, Room 1130A, North Administration Building, in 
writing, prior to the first day of classes. If this office has 
not received a request for cancellation by 4:30 p.m. of the 
last day before classes begin, the University will assume 
that the student plans to attend and accepts his financial 
obligation. 

After classes begin, students who wish to terminate 
their registration must follow the withdrawal procedures 
and are liable for charges applicable at the time of 
withdrawal. 

State of Maryland legislation has established a State 
Central Collections Unit, and in accordance with State law 
the University is required to turn over all delinquent ac- 
counts to that office for collection and legal follow-up. 
Delinquent accounts are automatically identified and col- 
lected on a monthly basis by computer readout. 

Graduate Fees* 

Application fee 

This fee is not refundable $15.00 

Tuition Per Credit Hour 

Resident Student $50.00 

Non-Resident Student $95.00 

Students admitted to the Graduate 

School must pay graduate tuition fees 

whether or not the credit will be used to 

satisfy program requirements. A grad- 
uate student who wishes to audit a course 

must pay the usual graduate tuition. 

Continuous Registration Fee $10.00 

Registration Fee $ 5.00 



General Information / 11 



Recreation Fee 

(Summer School Only) $ 4.00 

Vehicle Registration Fee $12.00 

Graduation Fee, 

Master's Degree $15.00 

Graduation Fee, 

Doctor's Degree $60.00 

Health Fee (Per Semester) $ 5.00 

(Part-time Student) 
Health Fee (Per Semester) $10.00 

(Full-time Student) 
Athletic Fee (Per Semester) $ 5.00 

(Students taking 4 or more credits) 

•The fees listed here are those charged at the time this Catalog went to 
press and are offered as a general guide. They are subject to change. Fees 
charged in a particular semester are published in the Schedule ol Classes 
for that semester. 



Determination of In-State Status 
for Admission, Tuition and 
Charge-Differential Purposes 

An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tui- 
tion and charge-differential purposes will be made by the 
University at the time a student's application for admis- 
sion is under consideration. The determination made at that 
time, and any determination made thereafter shall prevail in 
each semester until the determination is successfully chal- 
lenged. The deadline for meeting all requirements for an in- 
state status and for submitting all documents for reclas- 
sification is the last day of registration for the semester the 
student wishes to be classified as an in-state student. 

The volume of requests for reclassification may necessi- 
tate a delay in completing the review process. It is hoped 
that a decision in each case will be made within ninety (90) 
days of a request for determination. During this period of 
time, or any further period of time required by the Universi- 
ty, fees and charges based on the previous determination 
must be paid. If the determination is changed, any excess 
fees and charges will be refunded. 

Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy of the 
regulations or who wish assistance with their classification 
should contact: The Graduate School Office of Graduate 
Records, Room 2117, South Administration Building, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742 — phone 
(301) 454-4004. 



Financial Assistance 

The University of Maryland recognizes the high cost of edu- 
cation today and makes every effort to offer financial 
assistance to qualified students through a variety of pro- 
grams. Approximately one-half of all full-time graduate 
students receive financial support, which includes remis- 
sion of tuition fees, through teaching and research 
assistantships and University and state fellowships. In addi- 
tion, education loans are available through the University at 
very reasonable terms, and short-term, interest-free 
emergency loans may be obtained if needed. Referrals for 
on-campus or area employment opportunities for students 



and students' spouses are also available in various depart- 
ments and in specific student service centers on campus. 

Fellowships 

A fellowship is an award bestowed on a student who 
displays academic merit and promise to assist him in 
devoting full time to scholarly pursuits. All applicants for 
fellowships must be admitted to the Graduate School on a 
full-time basis to be eligible. Inquiries and requests for ap- 
propriate forms should be directed to the Fellowships and 
Finance Office, Room 2126, South Administration Building, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

The Maryland Fellowship Program, established by the State 
Legislature and administered by the Graduate School, pro- 
vides a limited number of fellowships to qualified ap- 
plicants who are enrolled in doctoral programs and who 
agree to teach in a public institution of higher learning in 
the State of Maryland for a period of three years following 
receipt of their doctoral degree, if a suitable position is of- 
fered. The stipend is $2,500 for the academic year, with 
remission of tuition. Although renewable annually, these 
fellowships normally carry a three year non-renewable 
tenure. Deadline for the application, which is available from 
the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School is February 
15. 

The Graduate School Fellowships are awarded annually on 
a competitive basis. The stipend is $1,000 for the academic 
year, with remission of tuition. The standard application for 
financial aid will serve as an application for this fellowship 
program and must be submitted by February 1. Awards are 
based upon the recommendation of the department 
chairman. 

Other Race Grants have been established to provide finan- 
cial assistance to qualified graduate students who meet the 
following criteria: 1. The applicant must be a member of a 
minority race as defined by the racial composition of the 
College Park Campus graduate student body. 2. The appli- 
cant must be a legal resident of Maryland. 3. The applicant 
must be admitted as a full-time graduate student in a 
degree program. 4. The applicant must be a first-time 
graduate student. 5. The applicantmust be able to demon- 
strate financial need as determined by the College Park 
Graduate School. The individual fellowship shall not exceed 
$1,000. Tuition is also waived in most cases. Students may 
apply for reappointment on a yearly basis. Additional details 
and application materials are available from the Fellowships 
and Finance Office of the Graduate School. 

Assistantships 

Offers of assistantships are made contingent upon the ap- 
plicant's acceptance as a graduate student by the Graduate 
School. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are available to qualified 
graduate students in many departments and programs. In 
addition to remission of tuition, these carry ten-month 
stipends ranging from $4,050 to $6,000. Applications for 
assistantships should be made directly to the department 
in which the applicant will study. 



12 / General Information 



Graduate Research Assistantships, with comparable 
stipends, are available in some departments on a ten or 
twelve month basis. For information inquire in the in- 
dividual department or program. 

Resident Graduate Assistantships, in limited number, are 
also available. The stipend begins at $4,050 per year, plus 
remission of tuition, in exchange for part-time work in 
undergraduate residence halls as Residence Halls staff 
members. These Resident Assistantships are open to both 
men and women. Applications for a Resident Graduate 
Assistantship should be made to the Office of Human 
Resources, Department of Resident Life, Cumberland Hall, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Loans and Part-Time Employment 

National Direct Student Loan Funds are available to 
graduate students of the University of Maryland. Applicants 
must be United States nationals (citizens and permanent 
resident status). Loans are approved based upon financial 
need; the average loan is $1,500 per year. Repayment 
begins nine months after the borrower leaves school, and 
no interest is charged until the beginning of the repayment 
schedule. Interest after that date is charged at the rate of 
three percent per annum. Repayment of the loan, including 
interest, is deferred during the time the borrower may be in 
military service, the Peace Corps, VISTA, and ACTION, up 
to a period of three years as well as during time of con- 
tinued study on at least a half-time basis. Applications 
should be directed to the Director, Office of Student Finan- 
cial Aid, North Administrative Building, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742, by May 1 for the 
fall semester. 

Guaranteed Student Loan programs which have been 
established for State of Maryland residents through the 
Maryland Higher Education Loan Corporation, permit 
students to borrow money from their hometown banks or 
other local financial institutions. Graduate students in good 
standing may borrow up to $5,000 per year, but state agen- 
cies and individual banks may set their own limits up to 
this amount. Notes may not bear more than seven percent 
simple interest. Monthly repayments begin ten months after 
graduation or withdrawal from school. The federal govern- 
ment will pay the interest for eligible students while the 
student is in school. Further details regarding this program 
for Maryland residents may be secured from the Office of 
Student Financial Aid. For prospective non-Maryland bor- 
rowers unable to obtain information concerning the par- 
ticular loan programs of their states, the Office of Student 
Financial Aid can provide necessary information. 

Student Emergency Loans are available, in case a student 
has a financial emergency, from the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. If the funds have not been depleted, 
students may borrow with no interest up to $75.00 ($300.00 
if the student specifies that the loan is to help pay 
registration debts). Emergency loans must be repaid within 
one semester. 

AAUW Loan: The College Park Maryland Branch of 
American Association of University Women has established 
a small AAUW loan fund for graduate women students at 



the University of Maryland. The amount loaned will be 
based on need and on the amount of funds available. 
Repayment of the loan shall begin within one year of leav- 
ing the University, and the note will carry 4 per cent per 
annum simple interest to be charged on the unpaid 
balance, beginning when the borrower leaves the University. 
For information and application forms, please contact the 
Fellowship and Finance Office in the Graduate School. 

The Office of Student Financial Aid, located in the North 
Administration Building, serves without charge as a clear- 
inghouse for students seeking part-time work and 
employers seeking help. Many jobs are available in the 
residence halls, libraries, laboratories, and elsewhere on 
and off campus. All full-time students seeking work are 
welcome to visit the office and consult referral lists. 

Work-Study Program. The University has in operation a Col- 
lege Work-Study Program provided under Title 1-C of the 
Economic Opportunity Act of 1964 and subsequent 
amendments. 

The purpose of the College Work-Study Program is to ex- 
pand part-time employment opportunities for students who 
are in need of the earnings from part-time employment in 
order to continue their education. Preference is given to 
students with the greatest financial need. 

Employment under the College Work-Study Program is 
available to a student who meets the following qualifica- 
tions: (1) is in need of employment in order to pursue a 
course of study at this University; (2) is capable of maintain- 
ing good standing in the course of study while employed; 

(3) is a citizen of the United States or a permanent resident; 

(4) is enrolled or has been accepted for enrollment as either 
an undergraduate, graduate, or professional student on a 
full-time basis. 

Students employed through the College Work-Study Pro- 
gram are assigned to most of the departments on campus 
and a few departments off-campus. Students may be 
employed up to 40 hours per week during the summer, 
semester break, and Spring holidays. During the school 
year, to include examination week, students may work up to 
15 hours per week. Minimum pay for graduate students is 
$3.75 per hour during this school year. 

Additional information may be obtained from the Office 
of Student Financial Aid, Student Employment Section, 
located in Room 2114, North Administration Building 
Telephone: 454-4592. 

Golden Identification Card 
for Senior Citizens of Maryland 

The purpose of this status is to make available without 
charge courses and services of the University's campuses 
to citizens who are 60 years of age or older, who are 
residents of the State of Maryland and who are retired (a 
retired person will be considered one who affirms that he is 
not engaged in gainful employment for more than 20 hours 
per week). People meeting these requirements may apply 
for graduate admission, either as degree or nondegree 
students, and must meet the same admissions criteria per- 
taining to either category as do all applicants. Once ad- 
mitted and having been issued the Golden Identification 
Card, such persons may register for courses in any session, 



General Information / 13 



subject to the same restrictions as any other student, and 
use the library and other campus facilities during the time 
they are enrolled in courses. Tuition fees will be waived for 
holders of the Golden Identification Card. 

Veterans Benefits 

Recent federal legislation has had significant impact on the 
veteran-graduate student. People who originally were enti- 
tled to 36 months of V.A. Educational Benefits now have a 
total of 45 months of educational benefits. The new com- 
plement of benefits can be used for graduate work. 

See the Veterans Section of the current Schedule of 
Classes for other current information. 

Veterans Administration counselors work on campus full- 
time to assist veterans, their dependents, and servicemen 
with all V.A. related questions and problems. These 
representatives can offer you help in getting your monthly 
educational assistance checks, as well as other less known 
but available benefits. Some of these are compensation for 
service connected disabilities, guaranteed home loans, and 
vocational rehabilitation services for disabled veterans. 

Related information, such as facts on individual state 
bonuses, removal of derogatory SPN codes from your 
military discharge (DD214), and University of Maryland 
Veterans Club activities, is also available. 

The counselors are available on a walk-in-basis during 
normal office hours in Room 1130 North Administration 
Building. Telephone 454-5276. 



Student Services 

Housing 

There is no on-campus housing provided for unmarried 
graduate students. The Off-Campus Housing Office (Room 
1295, Student Union, 454-3645), in cooperation with many of 
the local landlords and apartment managers, maintains an 
extensive and up-to-date list of vacancies under several 
headings (Rooms, Unfurnished Apartments, Houses to 
Share, etc.). This office can also provide students with con- 
venient maps of the College Park area and with lists of 
local motels, trailer and mobile home parks, real estate 
agents, and furniture rental companies. 

Current rates for housing in the area are about $85-$125 
per month for a room in a private home, $175-$250 per 
month for an efficiency or one bedroom apartment; 
$250/month for a furnished apartment, $90-$1307month for 
a shared apartment, and $300-$350/month for a two- 
bedroom house. 

The University itself maintains two apartment complexes 
for married graduate students and for a limited number of 
single graduate students. Both Lord Calvert Apartments and 
University Hills Apartments are within walking distance of 
campus, which means that there is usually a waiting list, 
especially during the period immediately preceding the fall 
semester. Priority for housing in these complexes is cur- 
rently given to married full-time graduate assistants, then 
married full-time graduate non-assistants. 

Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is $150/month, with 
two-bedroom apartments costing about twenty-five dollars 

14 / General Information 



more; a limited number of efficiencies are available to 
single students for a slightly lower monthly rent. Students 
must sign a one year lease and pay a security deposit of 
$50 (payable when the applicant's name is added to the 
waiting list). There is a nonrefundable application fee of $10 
for adding a name to the waiting list. After the initial lease 
expires, residence in the apartments is on a monthly basis. 
Graduate students who maintain full-time status are permit- 
ted to live in the apartments for a maximum of five years. 
Information and applications for University-owned hous- 
ing can be obtained from the Rental Office, 3424 Tulane 
Drive, Hyattsville, Maryland 20783 (422-7445). 

University Food Services 

The University Food Service offers three dining contract op- 
tions which are available to graduate students. One plan of- 
fers the diner 19 meals per week, the second offers any 15 
per week, and the third offers a choice of any 10 meals per 
week. The 1977-1978 cost of contract dining plans ranged 
from $387 to $437 per semester. University affiliated people 
can obtain guest meal tickets for individual meals in con- 
tract dining halls for fairly reasonable prices (unlimited 
quantities for $2.00 at breakfast, $2.60 at lunch, and $3.10 at 
dinner). More information about contract dining can be ob- 
tained from Mr. John Goecker (454-2901). 

In addition to the services offered by the contract dining 
halls, graduate students may wish to take advantage of the 
cash line services available at the Hill Dining Hall or the 
various restaurants and snack bars at the Student Union. 

Hillel Kosher Dining Club, housed in Hillel House, 7505 
Yale Avenue, College Park (779-7370), provides Kosher 
meals on either a regular or occasional basis. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center, located in Terrapin Hall, 
offers a wide variety of services to graduate students. The 
goal of the Center is to assist students in exploring career 
opportunities and planning their careers. Services include 
career advising, the Career Library, the credentials service, 
and the on-campus interview program. 

The career advising program includes both individual and 
group advising sessions and workshops on jobseeking 
skills, resume preparation, and interviewing skills. The 
Career Library contains occupational information, full-time 
job listings, employer directories, and other reference 
sources. 

Graduate students are eligible to participate in the on- 
campus interview program, which involves campus visits by 
representatives from business, government, and education. 
Students interested in employment in the fields of educa- 
tion and library science will find the credentials service 
especially valuable. 

Certain services of the Center are also available to 
students' spouses. 

Counseling Center 

The Counseling Center offers consultation on education/ 
psychological concerns; an open educational-vocational in- 
formation library; recorded interviews with department 



heads on the characteristics of graduate majors offered on 
the campus; and a weekly Research and Data series of 
presentations on current educational/psychological topics. 

Available services include the following: the Counseling 
Service, which offers initial consultation on any problems 
and provides further counseling services or referral services 
to appropriate individuals or agencies in the area; the 
Reading and Study Skills Laboratory, for those interested in 
improving any of their educational skills including special 
assistance for students for whom English is a second 
language; the Parent Consultation and Child Evaluation Ser- 
vice, providing a variety of services to the parents of young 
children with learning or behavior problems; and the 
Testing, Research and Data Processing Division, which 
serves as the testing and census taking arm of the campus. 

The Center provides consultation to a variety of groups 
and individuals concerning organizational development and 
group productivity. Other programs include a series of self- 
understanding and development groups for interested 
students and staff. 

The Center provides a wide variety of research reports on 
characteristics of students and campus environment. 

National testing programs (GRE, Miller Analogies, etc.) 
are administered by the Counseling Center as well as test- 
ing for counseling purposes. Office location; Shoemaker 
Building. Telephone: Counseling Services 454-2931; Reading 
and Study Skills Lab 454-2935. 

Health Care 

The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive 
directly across from the Student Union. Both graduate and 
undergraduate students are eligible for health care at the 
Health Center. Services provided include both emergency 
and routine medical care, mental health evaluation and 
treatment, health education, laboratory, x-ray, gynecological 
services, and upon referral from a Health Center physician, 
dermatological services and orthopedic services. 

Students requiring service should call the Health Center 
for an appointment. Students who are injured or are too ill 
to wait for an appointment will be seen on a walk-in basis. 
Emergencies always receive highest priority. 

The Health Center is open 8:00 a.m.-6:00 p.m. weekdays 
and 11:00 a.m. -3:00 p.m. on weekends with acute illnesses 
taking priority on evenings and weekends. Emergencies are 
seen 24 hours a day. 

Upon payment of the health fee registration, a student 
becomes eligible for routine medical care and professional 
services at the Health Center. Charges however, are made 
for certain laboratory tests, all x-rays, casts and allergy in- 
jections. It should be noted that the mandatory health fee is 
not a form of health insurance. For information and 
emergencies, call 454-3444; Appointments, 454-4923; Mental 
Health, 454-4925; Women's Health, 454-4921; Health Educa- 
tion, 454-4922. 

Health Insurance 

Because the mandatory health fee is not a form of health 
insurance and many students do not have adequate cover- 
age, a voluntary group insurance policy is available to 
students. This policy provides benefits, at very reasonable 



rates, for hospital, surgery, emergency, laboratory, and x-ray 
purposes; some coverage for mental and nervous problems; 
and contains a major hospital provision. Students may 
enroll at mid-year for a half-yearly rate, and they may elect 
to have family coverage. Enrollment periods for the policy 
are August 15-October 1 and January 1-March 1. For addi- 
tional information and application forms, see the brochure 
available in the Health Center or in the Office of Student 
Affairs. 

Publications of Interest 
to Graduate Students 

In addition to the Catalog and Bulletin, the Graduate School 
prepares the following publications: 

Guide to Graduate Life. This handbook, designed to provide 
the new graduate student with an introduction to the cam- 
pus and the College Park area, is available from the office 
of the Dean for Graduate Studies. 

Important Dates for Advisors and Students. This calendar 
card of dates for submission of final documents is available 
from the various departmental graduate offices, as well as 
from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies. 

Graduate Student Academic Handbook. This manual con- 
tains the instructions for preparation of theses and disser- 
tations and is available at a nominal cost from the Univer- 
sity book store. 

Graduate Assistant Handbook. This handbook sets forth 
policies, procedures, and services of interest to graduate 
assistants and is available from the departmental graduate 
offices and the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies. 



University Policy on Disclosure of 
Student Records 

(Buckley Amendment) 

The University of Maryland adheres to a policy of com- 
pliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
(Buckley Amendment). As such, it is the policy of the Uni- 
versity (1) to permit students to inspect their education 
records, (2) to limit disclosure to others of personally identi- 
fiable information from education records without students' 
prior written consent, and (3) to provide students the oppor- 
tunity to seek correction of their education records where 
appropriate. 
I. Definitions 

A. "Student" means an individual who is or who has 
been in attendance at the University of Maryland. It 
does not include any applicant for admission to the 
University who does not matriculate, even if he or 
she previously attended the University. (Please note, 
however, that such an applicant would be con- 
sidered a "student" with respect to his or her 
records relating to that previous attendance.) 

B. "Education records" include those records which 
contain information directly related to a student and 
which are maintained as official working files by the 
University. The following are not educational records: 

(1) records about students made by professors and 



General Information / 15 



administrators for their own use and not shown 
to others; 

(2) campus police records maintained solely for law 
enforcement purposes and kept separate from 
the education records described above; 

(3) employment records, except where a currently 
enrolled student is employed as a result of his 
or her status as a student; 

(4) records of a physician, psychologist, or other 
recognized professional or paraprofessional 
made or used only for treatment purposes and 
available only to persons providing treatment. 
However, these records may be reviewed by an 
appropriate professional of the student's 
choice; 

(5) records which contain only information relating 
to a person's activities after that person is no 
longer a student at the University. 

It is the policy of the University of Maryland to permit 
students to inspect their education records. 

A. Right of Access 

Each student has a right of access to his or her 
education records, except confidential letters of 
recommendation received prior to January 1, 1975, 
and financial records of the student's parents. 

B. Waiver 

A student may, by a signed writing, waive his or her 
rights of access to confidential recommendations in 
three areas: admission to an educational institution, 
job placement, and receipt of honors and awards. 
The University will not require such waivers as a 
condition for admission or receipt of any service or 
benefit normally provided to students. If the student 
chooses to waive his or her right of access, he or 
she will be notified, upon written request, of the 
names of all persons making confidential recommen- 
dations. Such recommendations will be used only 
for the purpose for which they were specifically in- 
tended. A waiver may be revoked in writing at any 
time, and the revocation will apply to all subsequent 
recommendations, but not to recommendations 
received while the waiver was in effect. 

C. Types and Locations of Education Records, 

Titles of Records Custodians 
Please note that all requests for access to records 
should be routed through the Registrations Office 
(see II. D. below). 

(1) Admissions 

Applications and transcripts from institutions 
previously attended. 

a. Undergraduate — Director of Undergraduate 
Admissions, North Administration. 

b. Graduate — Director of Graduate Records, 
South Administration 

(2) Registrations 

All on-going academic and biographical 
records. Graduate and Undergraduate — Direc- 
tor of Registrations, North Administration. 

(3) Departments 

Departmental offices; Chairmen (Check first 
with the Director of Registrations.) 



(Miscellaneous records kept vary with the 
department.) 

(4) Deans and Provosts 

Deans and Provosts offices of each school. 
Miscellaneous records. 

(5) Resident Life 

North Administration, Director of Resident Life 
Student's housing records. 

(6) Advisors 

Pre-law Advisor: Undergraduate Library 
Pre-Dental Advisor: Turner Laboratory 
Pre-Medical Advisor: Turner Laboratory 
Letters of evaluation, personal information 
sheet, transcript, test scores (if student 
permits). 

(7) Judicial Affairs 

North Administration Building, Director of 
Judicial Affairs. Students' judicial and 
disciplinary records. 

(8) Counseling Center 
Shoemaker Hall, Director. 

Biographical data, summaries of conversations 
with student, test results. (Where records are 
made and used only for treatment purposes, 
they are not education records and are not sub- 
ject to this policy.) 

(9) Financial Aid 

a. Undergraduate — North Administration, 
Director of Financial Aid. 

b. Graduate and Professional Schools — 
Located in Dean's Offices. 

Financial aid applications, need analysis 
statements, awards made (no student access to 
parents' confidential statements). 

(10) Career Development Center 
Terrapin Hall, Director. 
Recommendations, copies of academic 
records, (unofficial) (note WAIVER section). 

(11) Business Services 

South Administration Building, Director. 

All student accounts receivable, records of 

students' financial charges, and credits with 

the University. 
D. Procedure to be Followed 

Requests for access should be made in writing to 
the Office of Registrations. The University will com- 
ply with a request for access within a reasonable 
time, at least within 45 days. In the usual case, 
arrangements will be made for the student to read 
his or her records in the presence of a staff member. 
If facilities permit, a student may ordinarily obtain 
copies of his or her records by paying reproduction 
costs. The fee for copies is $.25 per page. No cam- 
pus will provide copies of any transcripts in the stu- 
dent's records other than the student's current 
University transcript from that campus. Official 
University transcripts (with University seal) will be 
provided at a higher charge. 

It is the policy of the University of Maryland to limit 
disclosure of personally identifiable information from 
education records unless it has the student's prior writ- 



16 / General Information 



ten consent, subject to the following limitations and 
exclusions. 

A. Directory Information 

(1) The following categories of information have 
been designated directory information: 

Name 

Address 

Telephone listing 

Date and place of birth 

Photograph 

Major field of study 

Participation in officially recognized activities 

and sports 
Weight and height of members of athletic 

teams 
Dates of attendance 
Degrees and awards received 
Most recent previous educational institution 

attended 

(2) This information will be disclosed even in the 
absence of consent unless the student files 
written notice informing the University not to 
disclose any or all of the categories within 
three weeks of the first day of the semester in 
which the student begins each school year. 
This notice must be filed annually within the 
above alloted time to avoid automatic dis- 
closure of directory information. The notice 
should be filed with the campus registrations 
office. See II. C. 

(3) The University will give annual public notice to 
students of the categories of information 
designated as directory information. 

(4) Directory information may appear in public 
documents and otherwise be disclosed without 
student consent unless the student objects as 
provided above. 

B. Prior Consent not Required 

Prior consent will not be required for disclosure of 
education records to the following parties: 

(1) School officials of the University of Maryland 
who have been determined to have legitimate 
educational interests; 

a. "School officials" include instructional or 
administrative personnel who are or may 
be in a position to use the information in 
furtherance of a legitimate objective; 

b. "legitimate educational interests" include 
those interests directly related to the aca- 
demic environment; 

(2) Officials of other schools in which a student 
seeks or intends to enroll or is enrolled. Upon 
request, and at his or her expense, the student 
will be provided with a copy of the records 
which have been transferred; 

(3) Authorized representatives of the Comptroller 
General of the U.S., the Secretary of HEW, the 
Commissioner of the Office of Education, the 
Director of the National Institute of Education, 
the Administrator of the Veterans' Administra- 
tion, the Assistant Secretary of HEW for Educa- 
tion, and State educational authorities, but only 



in connection with the audit 
federally supported educate 
connection with the enforce! 
pliance with federal legal requ 
to these programs. Subject to 
eral law or prior consent, th 
protect information received so i 
personal identification of studei 

(4) Authorized persons and organ i 
are given work in connection with 
application for, or receipt of, finan 
only to the extent necessar 

as determining eligibility, am 
and enforcement of terms and con 

(5) State and local officials to which such 
tion is specifically required to be rep 
effective state law adopted prior I 

19, 1974; 

(6) Organizations conducting educatio 
for the purpose of developii 
ministering predictive tests, administi 
dent aid programs, and impro. 

The studies shall be conducted sc 
permit personal identification of studei 
outsiders, and the information will t 
when no longer needed for these pur 

(7) Accrediting organizations for p 
necessary to carry out their funct 

(8) Parents of a student who is a 
come tax purposes. (Note: Th 
require documentation of dept 
such as copies of income ta> 

(9) Appropriate parties in connect 
emergency, where knowlerJ ; 

tion is necessary to protect the he 
of the student or other individuals; 
(10) In response to a court order oi 
University will make reasonable e 
the student before complying 
order. 

C. Prior Consent Required 

In all other cases, the University w 
sonally identifiable information in ei 
or allow access to those records wi 
sent of the student. Unless disclos . 
dent himself or herself, the consenl 
signed, and dated, and must specify the 
be disclosed, the identity of the recipier 
purpose of disclosure. A copy of th 
closed will be provided to the student u| 
and at his or her expense. 

D. Record of Disclosures 

The University will maintain with the stu 
education records a record for each req> 
each disclosure, except for the following: 

(1) disclosures to the student himself oi 

(2) disclosures pursuant to the writl 
the student (the written consent its 
fice as a record); 

(3) disclosures to instructional or admini; 
ficials of the University; 



General Intorm, 



(4) disclosures of directory information. 
This record of disclosures may be inspected by the 
student, the official custodian of the records, and 
other University and government officials. 

IV. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to provide 
students the opportunity to seek correction of their 
education records. 

A. Request to Correct Records 

A student who believes that information contained in 
his or her education records is inaccurate, mislead- 
ing, or violative of privacy or other rights may submit 
a written request to the Office of Registrations 
specifying the document(s) being challenged and the 
basis for the complaint. The request will be sent to 
the person responsible for any amendments to the 
record in question. Within a reasonable period of 
time of receipt of the request, the University will 
decide whether to amend the records in accordance 
with the request. If the decision is to refuse to 
amend, the student will be so notified and will be ad- 
vised of the right to a hearing. He or she may then 
exercise that right by written request to the Office of 
the Chancellor. 

B. Right to a Hearing 

Upon request by a student, the University will pro- 
vide an opportunity for a hearing to challenge the 
content of the student's records. A request for a 
hearing should be in writing and submitted to the 
Office of Registrations. Within a reasonable time of 
receipt of the request, the student will be notified in 
writing of the date, place, and time reasonably in ad- 
vance of the hearing. 
(1) Conduct of the hearing 

The hearing will be conducted by a University 
official who does not have a direct interest in 
the outcome. The student will have a full and 
fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to 
the issues raised and may be assisted or 
represented by individuals of his or her choice 
at his or her own expense, including an 
attorney. 
(2) Decision 

Within a reasonable period of time after the 
conclusion of the hearing, the University will 
notify the student in writing of its decision. The 
decision will be based solely upon evidence 
presented at the hearing and will include a sum- 
mary of the evidence and the reasons for the 
decision. If the University decides that the infor- 
mation is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise 
in violation of the privacy or other rights of 
students, the University will amend the records 
accordingly. 

C. Right to Place an Explanation in the Records 

If, as a result of the hearing, the University decides 
that the information is not inaccurate, misleading, or 
otherwise in violation of the student's rights, the 
University will inform the student of the right to 
place in his or her record a statement commenting 
on the information and/or explaining any reasons for 
disagreeing with the University's decision. Any such 



explanation will be kept as part of the student's 
record as long as the contested portion of the record 
is kept and will be disclosed whenever the contested 
portion of the record is disclosed. 

V. Right to File Complaint 

A student alleging University noncompliance with the 
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may file a 
written complaint with the Family Educational Rights 
and Privacy Act Office (FERPA), Department of HEW, 
330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C. 
20201. 

Admission to 
Graduate School 

Graduate Programs 

Programs Degrees Offered 

Administration, Supervision and Curriculum 6 M.Ed., 

M.A., A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Aerospace Engineering M.S.", Ph.D. 

Agricultural and Extension Education 2 M.S.*, 

A.G.S., Ph.D. 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 3 M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Agricultural Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Agronomy M.S.*, Ph.D. 

American Studies 3 M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Animal Sciences M.S., Ph.D. 

Applied Mathematics M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Art M.A.*, M.F.A., Ph.D. 

Astronomy" M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Biochemistry M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Botany M.S., Ph.D. 

Business and Management 1 M.B.A. 6 , D.B.A. 

Chemical Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Chemical Physics M.S., Ph.D. 

Chemistry M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Civil Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Comparative Literature M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Computer Science 3 M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Counseling and Personnel Services 2 M.Ed., M.A., 

A.G.S., Ph.D. 

Criminal Justice and Criminology 3 M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Early Childhood-Elementary Education 2 M.Ed., M.A. 

A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Economics 3 M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Electrical Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Engineering Materials M.S.*, Ph.D. 

English Language and Literature M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Entomology M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Family and Community Development 3 M.S. 

Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration 3 .... M.S.* 
Food Science M.S.*, Ph.D. 



French Language and Literature 5 



M.A.*, Ph.D. 



Geography 3 M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Germanic Language and Literature M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Government and Politics 3 M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Health Education 3 M.A.*, Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Hearing and Speech Sciences 3 M.A.*, Ph.D. 

History 3 M.A. 7 , Ph.D. 



18 / General Information 



Horticulture M.S. - , Ph.D. 

Human Development Education 2 M.Ed., M.A., 

A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Industrial Education 2 M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Journalism 3 M.A.* 

Library and Information Services 3 M.LS. 7 , Ph.D. 

Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Science .... M.S., Ph.D. 

Mathematical Statistics M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Mathematics MA", Ph.D. 

Measurement and Statistics 2 M.Ed., M.A.*, A.G.S., 

Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Mechanical Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Meteorology M.S., Ph.D. 

Microbiology" M.S., Ph.D. 

Music 5 M.M., D.M.A., Ph.D. 

Nuclear Engineering M.S.*. Ph.D. 

Nutritional Sciences M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Philosophy 3 M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Physical Education 3 M.A., Ph.D. 

Physics 4 M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Poultry Science M.S., Ph.D. 

Psychology 5 M.A., M.S., Ph.D. 

Recreation 3 M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Secondary Education 2 M.Ed., M.A.*, A.G.S. 

Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Social Foundations of Education 2 M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Sociology 3 M.A., Ph.D. 

Spanish Language and Literature M.A.*, Ph.D. 

Special Education 2 M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Speech and Dramatic Art 3 M.A.* 

Textiles and Consumer Economics 3 M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Urban Studies 5 M.A.* 

Zoology M.S.*, Ph.D. 

' GMAT (Graduate Management & Admissions Test). 
' Miller Analogies Test required for admission. 
1 Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test required. 
' Graduate Record Examination Advanced Test required. 

5 Both Aptitude and Advanced Graduate Record Examinations required. 

6 Either the GRE Aptitude or the Miller Analogies Test is required. 

' History and Library and Information Services offer a directed course of 

study leading to both the M.A. and M.LS. degrees. 
' The College of Business and Management offers a joint program with the 

Law School of the University of Maryland at Baltimore leading to both the 

M.B.A. and J.D. degrees. 
•Non-thesis option available for M.A. or M.S. 

For further details on entrance examinations see Admis- 
sion to Graduate School below. 

Administrative Offices 

The administrative offices of the Graduate School are 
located on the second floor of the South Administration 
Building, and the Dean, Associate Dean, and Assistant 
Dean for Graduate Studies and their staff may be found in 
Suite 2133. Other offices to which students may go for ad- 
ministrative assistance are listed below: 

Office of the Director of Graduate Records: Room 2125, 
South Administration Building. The Director of Records of 
the Graduate School is the person in charge of graduate ad- 
missions and records of degree progress for all prospective 
and admitted students. 

Office of Graduate Admissions: Room 2107, South Ad- 
ministration Building. This office receives and maintains all 



files of students applying for admission and answers all in- 
quiries regarding the admission process. 

Office of Graduate Records: Room 2117, South Administra- 
tion Building. This office maintains all files for graduate 
students after they have been admitted and provides infor- 
mation on registration procedures. Students may obtain the 
"Continuous Registration Form" and the "Intercampus 
Enrollment Form" here, and petitions and information on in- 
state classification for tuition and charge-differential pur- 
poses are handled by this office. 

Fellowships and Finance Office: Room 2126, South Admin- 
istration Building. The Fellowships and Finance Office 
serves as a clearinghouse for information on available 
fellowships which are sponsored by the Graduate School. 

Office of the Assistant to the Dean: Room 2114, South Ad- 
ministration Building. The Assistant to the Dean is gener- 
ally responsible for assuring that the academic programs 
and accomplishments of graduate students fulfill the re- 
quirements for degrees established by the Graduate Coun- 
cil. The following forms are received and processed by this 
office: 1. "Doctoral Candidacy Forms"; 2. "Request for Ap- 
pointment of Doctoral Examining Committee"; 3. "Master's 
Approved Program Form"; 4. "Certification of Completion of 
the Non-thesis Master's Option"; 5. "Certification of Com- 
pletion of the Master's Thesis." It is to this office that 
copies of the thesis and dissertation must be submitted, 
and it is the Assistant to the Dean who prepares official 
commencement lists. In addition, students submit to this 
office registration forms for foreign language examinations 
and requests for approval of transfer of credit for the 
Masters' programs. 

General 

Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate pro- 
grams rests with the Dean for Graduate Studies and his 
staff, who regularly seek the advice of the chairmen and 
graduate admission committees of the academic programs 
in making their decisions. In the case of foreign student ap- 
plicants, the University's Director of International Education 
is also consulted. Standards applied by the Graduate 
School and individual programs are to insure that students 
admitted have high qualifications and a reasonable expecta- 
tion of successfully completing a graduate program. Stan- 
dards for admission to doctoral programs are frequently 
higher than those for admission to master's programs. In 
many degree programs applications by qualified students 
for admission to graduate study regularly exceed the 
number of students who can be accommodated. In order to 
maintain programs of outstanding quality, the number of 
spaces in each program is limited according to the avail- 
ability of faculty, special resources, and funds for students 
requiring financial assistance. The Graduate School admits 
the most highly qualified applicants up to the limit of the 
number of spaces in each program. 



Criteria for Admission 

The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based 
primarily on results from a combination of the following 



General Information / 19 



criteria, according to requirements of the specific program 
or department. 

1 . Quality of previous undergraduate and graduate work. 

The Graduate School requires as a minimum standard a 
B average or 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, in a program of study 
resulting in the award of a baccalaureate degree from a 
regionally accredited college or university. In addition, 
the student's undergraduate program should include 
completion of the prerequisites for graduate study in 
his chosen field. In individual programs, where 
resources are available, a few applicants who do not 
meet this minimum standard for undergraduate work 
may be provisionally admitted if there is compelling 
evidence on the basis of other criteria of a reasonable 
likelihood of success in the program the person desires 
to enter. If an applicant has studied at the graduate 
level elsewhere, lesE weight may be, but is not neces- 
sarily, placed on the quality of the undergraduate 
academic record. Some programs may require a higher 
minimum grade average for admission. 

2. Strength of letters of recommendation from persons 
competent to judge the applicant's probable success in 
graduate school. Usually these letters are from the ap- 
plicant's former professors who are able to give an in- 
depth evaluation of the applicant's strengths and weak- 
nesses with respect to academic work. Additional 
recommendations may come from employers or super- 
visors who are familiar with the applicant's work ex- 
perience. Applicants should instruct their references to 
send all letters of recommendation directly to the pro- 
gram in which they desire entrance. Some departments 
do not require letters of recommendation. (See applica- 
tion form.) 

3. Scores on a nationally standardized examination. 

Because the predictive utility of these scores may vary 
from one group of applicants to another, a discrimi- 
nating use of all relevant materials will be made in each 
applicant's case. The three most widely used standard- 
ized examinations are the Graduate Record Exam- 
inations, Graduate Management Admissions Test, and 
the Miller Analogies Test. 

GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS (GRE): Al- 
though many graduate programs do not require the 
GRE, almost all will use such test scores as an addi- 
tional measure of an applicant's qualifications. The 
GRE may be taken in either or both of two forms: The 
Aptitude Test and The Advanced Test. Applicants can 
take this test in their senior year or when filing for ad- 
mission. For details, applicants should write directly to 
Graduate Record Examinations, Educational Testing 
Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 

GRADUATE MANAGEMENT ADMISSIONS TEST 
(GMAT): Details about this test, required when applying 
to a program in Business and Management, can be ob- 
tained by writing to the Educational Testing Service, 
Box 966, Princeton, N.J. 08540. 

THE MILLER ANALOGIES TEST (MAT): Details about 
the graduate form of this test can be obtained by writ- 
ing to the Director, Counseling Center, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

For information on the programs requiring one of 



these tests, please see the List of Graduate Programs 
in this catalog and the instructions accompanying ap- 
plication forms. 

4. Statement by the applicant of his academic career ob- 
jectives and their relation to the program of study he 
wishes to pursue. These statements help the depart- 
ment or program identify students whose objectives are 
consonant with the objectives of the program. 

5. Other evidence of graduate potential. Some programs 
require other evidence of graduate potential, such as 
samples from portfolios of creative work, completion of 
specialzied examinations, or personal interviews. 

In addition to the above criteria, special consideration will 
be given to: 

1. Residence of the applicant. While the University desires 
to maintain a geographically diverse graduate student 
population, it also recognizes its responsibility to legal 
residents of the state. Every effort will be made to ac- 
commodate qualified Maryland residents. 

2. Sex and minority group membership. The University of 
Maryland, its Graduate School and each of its academic 
components have strong affirmative action programs 
for increasing the participation of minority groups and 
women among its students, staff and faculty. 

Categories of 

Admission to Degree Programs 

Full Graduate Status 

For admission in this category an applicant must have 
received a baccalaureate degree from a regionally ac- 
credited institution and be otherwise fully qualified in every 
respect. 

Provisional Graduate Status 

This designation may be used when 1) the quality of the 
previous academic record at a regionally accredited institu- 
tion is lower than established standards or when there is a 
lack of adequate prerequisite course work in the chosen 
field; 2) when the applicant has majored in another area 
with a creditable record but there is some doubt about his 
ability to pursue the program of study in question; 3) when 
the applicant is engaged in graduate study at another insti- 
tution but is not able to furnish a transcript indicating com- 
pletion of course work or degree requirements, or 4) when 
the applicant is a senior in his final semester of work for a 
bachelor's degree and is not able to furnish a final 
transcript indicating the completion of all requirements and 
the award of the degree. 

Students admitted provisionally because of incomplete 
official supporting documents must have a complete of- 
ficial record of all previous work sent to the Graduate 
School within three months following the completion of 
such study and the award of the degree, or they face 
cancellation of admission. 

A program to correct any deficiencies in preparation will 
be outlined by the faculty, and the student is expected to 
become fully qualified within a specified time limit. When 
all conditions have been met the department may recom- 



20 / General Information 



mend admission of the student to full status. Students who 
are unable to qualify for full admission under the conditions 
specified may have their admission terminated. 

Non-degree Admission Categories 

Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate Status 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist program is designed to 
promote a high level of professional competence in an area 
of specialization in the field of education. The candidate 
must be able to show that he or she can operate as an ef- 
fective counselor, administrator, teacher or skilled person in 
his major field of professional endeavor. The Advanced 
Graduate Specialist Certificate is offered through most of 
the programs in the College of Education and the 
Agricultural and Extension Education program in the Col- 
lege of Agriculture. The Certificate is awarded by the Col- 
lege of Education or by the College of Agriculture. Require- 
ments are as follows: 

1. Applicants must meet the same general criteria for ad- 
mission as are prescribed for degree seekers. Addi- 
tionally, the applicant must have completed a master's 
degree or the equivalent in credits earned either at the 
University of Maryland or at another regionally ac- 
credited institution. The Miller Analogies Test scores 
are required at the time of application. 

2. Coursework totaling not more than 30 credits with 
grades of at least a "B" from an accredited institution 
may be transferred to the program at the University of 
Maryland. 

3. The program must be developed in cooperation with an 
advisor and filed with the Graduate Studies office in the 
College of Education. 

4. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program 
requires a minimum of 60 semester hours of credit with 
not less than 30 semester hours of credit completed 
with the University of Maryland. At least one half of the 
credits earned either at other institutions or at the 
University of Maryland must be in courses comparable 
to those in the 600-800 series. The student may be re- 
quired to take a substantial portion of the program in 
departments other than those in the College of Educa- 
tion or the College of Agriculture. Registration in cer- 
tain kinds of field study, field experience, appren- 
ticeship or internship may also be required. 

5. There will be a written examination of not less than six 
hours. A "B" average with no "D" or "F" grades will be 
required before the certificate can be awarded. 

For additional details see "Statement of Policies and 
Procedures'. Advanced Graduate Specialist Program in 
Education." issued by the College of Education. 

Advanced Special Student Status 

The Advanced Special Student Status is designed to pro- 
vide an opportunity to individuals who do not have an im- 
mediate degree objective in mind to take graduate level 
courses. Although the primary mission of the Graduate 
School is to conduct programs of graduate instruction 
leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate Faculty wel- 
comes, to the extent that available resources allow. 



qualified students who have no degree objectives. 

Applicants for admission to Advanced Special Student 
Status must satisfy at least one of the following criteria: 

1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally ac- 
credited institution with an overall "B" (3.0) average. Ap- 
plicants must submit official transcripts covering all 
credits used in satisfying the baccalaureate degree 
requirements. 

2. Hold a master's or doctoral degree from a regionally ac- 
credited institution. Applicants must submit an official 
transcript showing the award of a master's or doctoraJ 
degree. 

3. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally ac- 
credited institution and have at least four years of suc- 
cessful post-baccalaureate work or professional expe- 
rience. Applicants must submit an official transcript 
showing the award of the baccalaureate degree and a 
signed statement summarizing successful post- 
baccalaureate work or professional experience. Letters 
from employers or professional organizations to sup- 
port the statement of successful professional expe- 
riences are also required. 

4. Achieve a score that places the applicant in the upper 
50 percentile of appropriate national standardized apti- 
tude examinations such as the Graduate Record Ex- 
amination Aptitude Test, the Miller's Analogies Test, 
the Graduate Management Admissions Test. Where dif- 
ferent percentiles are possible the Graduate School will 
determine which score is acceptable. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status will con- 
tinue for five years. If there is no registration in three con- 
secutive academic year semesters, the admitted status will 
lapse, after which a new application will be required. 

Advanced Special Students must maintain a 2.75 grade 
point average. 

Advanced Special Students must pay all standard grad- 
uate fees. Students in this status are not eligible to hold 
appointments as Graduate Teaching or Research Assistants 
or Fellows. All other services, e.g. parking, library privileges, 
etc.. are the same as those accorded to other graduate 
students. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status is not in- 
tended to be used as a preparatory program for later admis- 
sion to a doctoral or master's program nor to the Advanced 
Graduate Specialist Certificate program. Credits earned 
while in this status may be applicable to a degree or certifi- 
cate program at a later time only with the approval of the 
faculty in the desired program, if the student is subse- 
quently accepted for degree or certificate study. For con- 
sideration of admission to a degree program at a later time, 
the student must submit an application in the standard for- 
mat, with a new application fee. to the Graduate School. 

Visiting Graduate Student Status 

A graduate student matriculated in another graduate 
school, who wishes to enroll in the Graduate School of the 
University of Maryland at College Park and who intends 
thereafter to return to the graduate school in which he is 
matriculated, may be admitted as a Visiting Graduate 
Student. 

Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are admission to and 



General Information / 21 



good standing in another recognized graduate school. The 
applicant need not submit full transcripts of credits, but he 
must apply for admission to the UMCP Graduate School 
and pay the application fee. In lieu of transcripts, a student 
may have his own graduate dean certify, in writing, to the 
Graduate School that he is in good standing and that the 
credits will be accepted toward his graduate degree. Unless 
otherwise specified, admission will be offered for one year 
only. 

Non-degree Student Status — Undergraduate 

This is an undergraduate classification and may be as- 
signed by the Director of Admissions (undergraduate divi- 
sion) to those applicants who have received the bac- 
calaureate or an advanced degree from a regionally ac- 
credited institution but who do not desire or who do not 
qualify for graduate admission. Non-degree seeking 
students who do not have a baccalaureate degree or an 
R.N. must submit transcripts and meet regular admission 
standards. Transcripts are not required from students with 
baccalaureate degrees or an R.N. 

Application for Non-degree Student Status — Undergrad- 
uate must be made directly to the Office of Admissions, 
not to the Graduate School. 

Students often need permission from the deans of the 
various schools and colleges of the university to enroll as a 
Non-degree Student. Non-degree Students may enroll for 
courses through the 500 numbered series for which they 
possess the necessary prerequisites. Courses numbered 
600 or above are intended for admitted graduate students 
only. 

The student is warned that no credit earned while in a 
Non-degree Student Status — Undergraduate may be ap- 
plied at a later date to a degree program. 

Offer of Admission 

A written offer of admission is made to all accepted appli- 
cants and specifies the date of entrance, which will nor- 
mally coincide with the date requested in the application. 
The student must accept or decline the offer of admission 
by the date indicated in the offer, or it lapses and the space 
is reassigned to another applicant. An individual whose of- 
fer of admission has lapsed must submit a new application 
and fee, if he wants to be reconsidered for admission at a 
later date. 

The offer of admission is also a permit-to-register for 
courses and must be presented by the student at the time 
of his first registration. Identification as a graduate student, 
to be used thereafter, will be issued at the time of first 
registration. 

Admission Time Limits 

For master's degree candidates. Advanced Graduate Spe- 
cialist Certificate seekers, and Advanced Special Students, 
admission terminates five years from the entrance date. 
Visiting Graduate Students and NSF Institute students are 
admitted for specified periods. 

A doctoral student must be admitted to candidacy within 
five years after entrance and must complete all remaining 



requirements within four years after admission to candi- 
dacy. Admission to the doctoral program terminates if 
these conditions are not met. 

Change of Objective, Status 
Termination of Admission 

Students are admitted only to a specified program and 
within that program only for the specified objective: e.g., 
master's degree, doctoral degree, or Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Certificate. If the student wishes to change either 
the program or his status (for example, from Advanced 
Special Student to degree status), he must submit a new 
application and fee for admission. Admission in the new 
status is not granted automatically. 

The student's admission also terminates when the origi- 
nal objective has been attained; for example, the admission 
terminates when a student who is admitted for the master's 
degree completes the requirements for that degree. If the 
student wishes to continue for the doctorate, a new ap- 
plication for admission to the doctoral program must be 
submitted; requests for admission to the doctoral program 
are subject to the same review process applied to others 
seeking admission to that program. 

A student can be admitted to only one graduate program 
at any one time. Application for and acceptance of an offer 
of admission in a second graduate program automatically 
terminates the student's admission to the first program. 

Students must maintain an average grade of B or better 
in all graduate courses taken and must otherwise satisfy all 
additional departmental and Graduate School program re- 
quirements. The admission of all students, both degree and 
non-degree, is continued at the discretion of the major pro- 
fessor, the department or program director, and the Dean 
for Graduate Studies. 

Admission of Faculty 

No member of the faculty employed by the University of 
Maryland having the rank of Assistant Professor or above is 
permitted to take work leading to an advanced degree at 
this institution. 

Application Instructions 

To apply you must send both the completed application 
and complete, official transcripts covering all credits earned 
at any institution, in duplicate, to the Office of the Dean for 
Graduate Studies, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

Decisions on admission and financial aid for either sum- 
mer terms and for fall semester will first be made for those 
whose completed applications and supporting material have 
been received by the Graduate School on or before March 
1. Qualified applicants whose completed applications and 
supporting material are received after March 7, but on or 
before May 1, will be granted admission and financial aid 
on a first-come, first-served basis, up to the limits of 
available space in the program. 

Applications for entry for the Spring semesters must be 
received by November 1. 



22 / General Information 



Application deadlines for non-U. S. citizens — please see 
"Foreign Student Applications" below. 

It is in general to the student's advantage to apply before 
the deadline, since in many programs, no space will be 
available to those who apply after March 1 due to heavy de- 
mand for admission. Applicants who require financial sup- 
port and wish to be among those first considered should 
submit their applications by February 1. 

The application should arrive before the arrival of trans- 
cripts and other supporting evidence of preparation, if these 
materials cannot be attached to the application. 

Applicants are solely responsible for making certain that 
their transcripts have, in fact, been received by the 
Graduate School and not by the Registrar's Office or the 
graduate program desired, since no follow-up action can be 
taken by the Graduate School. 

Students who apply in their senior year in college must 
have a transcript sent to the Graduate School of all 
coursework completed up to the time of application. In ad- 
dition, senior year first semester grade reports should be 
forwarded, if they are not on the current transcript, since no 
final decision will be possible without such grades. Seniors 
should also submit with the application a list of the 
courses in which they are currently enrolled. 

An official transcript is defined as a record which bears 
the signature of the registrar and the seal of the institution. 

A complete and separate application and fee must be 
submitted for each program in which entrance is sought. A 
new application is also required if there is a change in the 
objective or program. 

A fee of $15.00 must accompany the application for ad- 
mission. This fee is not refundable under any circum- 
stances. Payment must be made by check or money order 
payable to the University of Maryland. Do not send stamps 
or cash. 

Students applying for entrance in either of the two sum- 
mer sessions are urged to check the Summer Sessions Bul- 
letin to determine if the courses they wish to take will be 
offered in a particular session. To obtain this publication, 
write to Summer Sessions Office, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Foreign Student Applications 

No foreign student seeking admission to the University of 
Maryland should plan to leave his country before receiving 
an official offer of admission from the Director of Graduate 
Records of the Graduate School. 

Academic Credentials 

The complete application and official academic credentials 
— beginning with secondary school records — should be 
received by the Graduate Admissions Office by February 1 
for the Fall Semester and by June 1 for the Spring 
Semester. Space available for foreign students may have 
been filled prior to this deadline, and all qualified students 
may not be accepted. 

English Proficiency 

In addition to meeting academic requirements, the foreign 



student applicant must demonstrate proficiency in English 
by taking the Test of English as a Foreign language 
(TOEFL). Because TOEFL is given only five times a year 
throughout various parts of the world, as soon as a student 
contemplates study at the University of Maryland, he 
should make arrangements to take the test. For test infor- 
mation, write to TOEFL Director, Educational Testing Ser- 
vice, Box 899, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. When the appli- 
cant is ready to begin his studies, he will be expected to 
read, speak, and write English fluently, to understand lec- 
tures and to take pertinent notes. 

Financial Resources 

A statement regarding the applicant's financial support is 
required by the Office of International Education Services. 
The Office must be assured that an applicant has sufficient 
financial resources to meet educational and living expenses 
of approximately $7,400 per year for the entire period of 
study at the University of Maryland. 

Immigration Documents 

It is necessary for students eligible for admission to secure 
from the university's Director of International Education 
Services the immigration form required for obtaining the ap- 
propriate visa. Students already studying in the United 
States who wish to transfer to the University of Maryland 
must also secure proper immigration documents to request 
the Immigration and Naturalization Service to grant permis- 
sion for transfer. 

Reporting Upon Arrival 

Every foreign student is expected to report to the Office of 
International Education Services, North Administration 
Building, as soon as possible after he arrives at the Univer- 
sity. This Office will be able to assist not only with various 
problems regarding immigration, housing, and fees, but 
also with problems relating generally to orientation to 
university and community life. 

Questions concerning criteria and requirements for 
foreign applicants should be addressed to the Director, In- 
ternational Education Services, University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Md. 20742. 



Records Maintenance and Disposition 

All records, including academic records from other institu- 
tions, become part of the official file and can neither be 
returned nor duplicated for any purpose. A student should 
obtain an additional copy of his official credentials to keep 
in his possession for advisory purposes and for other per- 
sonal requirements. 

The admission credentials and the application data of ap- 
plicants who do not register for courses at the time for 
which they have been admitted or whose applications have 
been disapproved or who do not respond to the departmen- 
tal requests for additional information or whose applica- 
tions are not complete with respect to the receipt of all 
transcripts or test results are retained for 18 months only 
and then destroyed. 



General Information / 23 



stration and Credits 

Schedule of Classes 

ts are expected to be thoroughly familiar 
le of Classes," a publication issued prior 
of each semester, available in the libraries, 
.ration Building, and the Student Union, 
ession publication, with information on both 
ssions, is available in the Turner Laboratory 
r School Offices. The "Schedule of Classes" lists 
jlations governing all aspects of registration, 
es; procedures for dropping or adding a 
ther changes in registration; procedures 
lent of tuition and fees; information about the 
laces classes will be offered; and the names of 

or instructors who will be teaching a par- 
se or section. It also contains the names, 
jmbers, and office locations of persons who 
'.dditional information. 

Developing a Program 

jent is responsible for ascertaining and complying 
3 rules and procedures of the Graduate School and 
le department or graduate program requirements 
rn the individual program of study. 
:>n for the newly admitted graduate student 
a degree or certificate begins with a visit to the 
demic advisor in the graduate program or de- 
to which the student has been admitted. There 

btain information about specific degree or 
requirements, which supplement those of the 

consult the "Schedule of Classes" and 
t consultation with a graduate faculty advisor. 
.«l program of study and research. 
its admitted to Advanced Special Student Status 
from the Dean for Graduate Studies and 
torn appropriate faculty members. 
>t questions normally raised by graduate 
id most problems they meet, will be answered 
by the faculty advisor or a departmental com- 

idents should remember that the staff of the 
100I is specifically charged with the respon- 
' assisting graduate students who need additional 
ice. or assistance. Further, the Dean for 

:ne individual to whom requests or 
lions or waivers of regulations or 
equirements should be addressed and to 
s from decisions of departmental or program 
r s should be directed. 

Course Numbering System 

->ated as follows: 
Non-credit courses. 
Primarily freshman courses. 
Primarily sophomore courses. 
Junior and senior courses not acceptable 
for credit toward graduate degrees. 



400-499 Junior and senior courses acceptable for 

credit toward some graduate degrees. 

500-599 Professional school courses (Dentistry, 

Law, Medicine) and post-baccalaureate 
courses not for graduate degree credit. 

600-898 Courses restricted to graduate students. 

799 Master's thesis credit. 

899 Doctoral dissertation credit. 

The first character of the numeric position determines 
the level of the course and the last two digits are used for 
course identification. Courses ending with an 8 or 9 are 
courses that are repeatable for credit. All non-repeatable 
courses must end in through 7. 

Graduate credit will not be given unless the student has 
been admitted to the Graduate School. 

Designation of Full and Part-time 
Graduate Students 

In order to accurately reflect the involvement of graduate 
students in their programs of study and research and the 
use of University resources in those programs, the 
Graduate Council uses the graduate unit in making calcula- 
tions to determine full or part-time student status in the ad- 
ministration of the minimum registration requirements 
described below and in responding to student requests for 
certification of full-time student status. The number of 
graduate units per semester credit hour is calculated in the 
following manner: 

Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 units/credit hour. 
Research course: 799 carries 12 units/credit hour. 
Research course: 899 carries 18 units/credit hour. 

To be certified as a full-time student a graduate student 
must be officially registered for a combination of courses 
equivalent to 48 units per semester. A graduate assistant 
holding a regular appointment is a full-time student, if he is 
registered for at least 24 units in addition to the 
assistantship. 

Grades for Graduate Students 

A minimum grade point average of 3.0 is required for 
graduation with a graduate degree. 

Grading Systems 

The conventional A through F grading system is used in 
graduate level courses. 

A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading system may be 
used, at the discretion of the department or program, for 
certain types of graduate study. These include courses 
which require independent field work, special projects, or 
independent study. Departmental seminars, workshops, and 
departmental courses in instructional methods may also be 
appropriate for the S-F grading system. 

The "Pass-Fail" grade option, which may be elected by 



iformation 



undergraduates, is not available to students at the graduate 
level. 

Thesis and dissertation research, and courses labelled 
"Independent Study" or "Special Problems," may use either 
the A-F or the S-F grading system. 

Only one grading system will be used for a single course 
in a particular semester. The grading system will be 
designated by the department or program offering the 
course. 

Computation of Grade Point Average 

The A is calculated at 4 quality points, B at 3 quality points 
and C at 2 quality points. The grades of D, F, and I receive 
no quality points. After a student is matriculated as a 
graduate student, all courses he takes numbered 400 and 
above, except 500-level courses, those numbered 799 or 
899, and those graded with an S, will be used in the 
calculation of the grade point average. A student may 
repeat any course in an effort to earn a better grade. The 
later grade, whether higher or lower, will be used in com- 
puting the grade point average. No course taken after 
August 23, 1974, will be considered "not applicable" for the 
purpose of computing the grade point average of a gradu- 
ate student. No graduate credit transferred from another in- 
stitution will be included in the calculation of the grade 
point average. 

Minimum Registration Requirements 

All graduate students making any demand upon the 
academic or support services of the university, whether tak- 
ing courses, using university libraries, laboratories, com- 
puter facilities, office space, housing, or consulting with 
faculty advisors, taking comprehensive or final oral ex- 
aminations, must register for the number of graduate units 
which will, in the judgment of the faculty advisor, accur- 
ately reflect the student's involvement in graduate study 
and use of university resources. In no case will registration 
be for less than one credit. 

Minimum Registration Requirements for 
Doctoral Candidates 

Doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy 
must register each semester, excluding summer sessions, 
until the degree is awarded. 

Dissertation Research 

Those who have not completed the required 12 semester 
credit hours of Dissertation Research (899), or its 
equivalent, must register for a minimum of 18 graduate 
units each semester. Doctoral candidates whose demands 
upon the University are greater than that represented by 
this minimum registration will, of course, be expected to 
register for the number of units which reflect their use of 
University resources. 

Continuous Registration 

Doctoral candidates who have completed the required 
minimum of 12 credit hours of Dissertation Research (899), 



or its equivalent, and who are making no use of University 
resources, must meet a Continuous Registration require- 
ment, in each semester, except for summer sessions, until 
the degree is awarded. This requirement is met by submit- 
ting the Continjous Registration Form and paying the 
$10.00 Continuous Registration fee, in person or by mail, 
directly to the Graduate School. Forms and fees must be 
received before the end of the eighth week of classes dur- 
ing the fall and spring semesters. Continuous Registration 
forms may be obtained from the Graduate School, Room 
2117, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Failure to comply with the requirement for maintaining 
Continuous Registration will be taken as evidence that the 
student has terminated his doctoral program, and admitted 
status to the Graduate School will be terminated. A new ap- 
plication for admission, with the consequent reevaluation of 
the student's performance, will be required of a student 
wishing to resume a graduate program, whose admission 
has been terminated under this regulation. 

Partial Credit Course Registration for 
Handicapped Students 

The Graduate School recognizes that physically handi- 
capped students may derive considerable educational 
benefit from courses which include laboratories or other 
non-classroom activities in which the student is prevented 
from participating because of the handicap. It is, therefore, 
the policy of the Graduate School to allow handicapped 
students to enroll in such courses, complete only those 
parts of the course that their physical capabilities permit, 
and receive credit for the course proportionate to their 
levels of participation. 

Physically handicapped graduate students wishing to 
enroll in such courses but participate only in certain 
aspects of them, should consult the Assistant to the Dean 
of the Graduate School (Room 2114 South Administration 
Building). That person will assist the student in making the 
necessary arrangements with the department offering the 
course, the department supervising the student's graduate 
program, and the Registration Office. The final agreement 
as to the student's level of participation and the amount of 
credit to be awarded will be specified in an agreement to 
be drawn up by the Graduate School and signed by all par- 
ties concerned. 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 

A senior in his final semester at the University of Maryland 
at College Park who is within seven credit hours of com- 
pleting the requirements for an undergraduate degree may, 
with the approval of his undergraduate dean, the provost of 
his division, the department or program offering the 
course, and the Graduate School, register for graduate 
courses. These may later be counted for graduate credit 
toward an advanced degree at the University, if the student 
has been approved for admission to the Graduate School. 
The total of undergraduate and graduate courses must not 
exceed 15 credits for the semester. Excess credits in the 
senior year cannot be used for graduate credit unless pro- 
per prearrangement is made. Seniors who wish to register 



General Information / 25 



for graduate credit should inquire at the Graduate School, 
Office of the Director of Records, for information about the 
procedure. 

Undergraduate Credit for 
Graduate Level Courses 

Subject to requirements determined by the graduate facul- 
ty members of the department or program offering the 
course, undergraduate students may register for graduate 
level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600 to 898, with 
the exception of 799, for undergraduate credit. 

A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be 
in the senior year, have earned an accumulated grade point 
average of 3.0, have successfully completed, with a grade 
of B or better, the prerequisite and correlative courses, and 
be a major in the appropriate or a closely related depart- 
ment. The student will be required to obtain prior approval 
of the department offering the course. 

Enrollment in a graduate level course does not in any 
way imply subsequent departmental or Graduate School 
approval for admission into a graduate program, nor may 
the course be used as credit for a graduate degree at the 
University of Maryland. 

Credit by Examination 

A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examina- 
tion in courses at the 400 level previously identified by the 
appropriate department or program. As a general rule, 
credit by examination is not available for courses at the 
600, 700, or 800 levels for, in the judgment of the Graduate 
Council, courses at these levels require a continuing in- 
teraction between faculty and students to achieve the 
educational goals of advanced study. 

A student may receive credit by examination only for a 
course for which he is otherwise eligible to receive 
graduate credit. The department or program in which he is 
enrolled may establish a limit on the number of credits 
which may be earned in this manner. Graduate students 
seeking credit by examination must obtain the consent of 
their advisor and of the instructor currently responsible for 
the course. Once the student begins the examination, the 
grade earned will be recorded. 

The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for 
which examinations are available or will be prepared. The 
fee for credit by examination for full-time graduate 
students is $30.00 per course regardless of the number of 
credits or units to be earned. Part-time graduate students 
will be charged the same fee per credit hour they would 
pay if taking the course in the usual manner. 

Transfer of Credit 

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course 
credits earned at regionally accredited institutions prior to, 
or after, matriculation in the Graduate School may be ap- 
plied toward master's degrees at the University of 
Maryland. Proportionately larger amounts of credit may be 
applied toward doctoral degrees. 

All graduate study credits offered as transfer credit must 
meet the following criteria: 



1. They must have received graduate credit at the institu- 
tion where earned. 

2. They must not have been used to meet the re- 
quirements for any degree previously earned. 

3. They must have been taken within the time limits ap- 
plicable to degrees awarded by the Graduate School. 

4. The department or program to which the student has 
been admitted at Maryland must certify the courses 
are appropriate to the degree program the student is 
pursuing at Maryland. 

5. The student must have earned a B or better in the 
courses offered for transfer credit. 

6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level re- 
quirements for the master's degree and 6o$s not apply 
to the upper level requirement. 

A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is ad- 
vised to submit the necessary transcripts and certification 
of department or program approval to the Graduate School 
as promptly as possible for its review and decision. 

Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be 
Accepted for Graduate Credit 

Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take 
place in a span of time less than a normal academic 
semester or summer session and offering graduate credit 
to the participants must meet the following criteria: 

1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit. 

a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture. 

b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, workshops, discus- 
sion and problem working sessions, etc.): 1 contact 
hour per 2 or 3 hour session. 

2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be per- 
mitted. (Three "contact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 
credits) 

3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than 
one credit per week. 

The Inter-Campus Student 

A student admitted to the Graduate School on any campus 
of the University is eligible to take courses on any other 
campus of the University with the approval of his academic 
advisor and the graduate deans on the home and host cam- 
puses. Credits earned on a host campus are resident credit 
at the home campus and meet all degree requirements. 
Transcripts of work taken at another campus will be main- 
tained on the home campus, and fees will be paid to the 
home campus. Forms for registration as an inter-campus 
student may be obtained from the Graduate School offices 
on any campus of the University. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable 
to all Master's Degrees. 

Programs 

The entire course of study undertaken for any master's 



26 / General Information 



degree must constitute a unified, coherent program which 
is approved by the student's advisor and by the Graduate 
School. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses accept- 
able for credit towards a graduate degree is required; in cer- 
tain cases six of the thirty semester hours must be thesis 
research credits. The graduate program must include at 
least 12 hours of course work at the 600 level or higher. If 
the student is inadequately prepared for the required 
graduate courses, additional courses may be required, 
which may not be considered as part of the student's 
graduate program. 

Grade-point Average 

The student seeking any master's degree must maintain an 
average grade of B over all courses taken for graduate 
credit. 

Time Limitation 

All requirements for the master's degree must be com- 
pleted within a five year period. This time limit applies to 
any transfer work from other institutions to be included in a 
student's program. 

Residence Requirements 

A minimum residence of one year of full-time study, or its 
equivalent, at this university is required. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental 
or collegiate requirements may be imposed, especially for 
degrees which are offered only in one department, college, 
or division. For these special requirements consult the 
descriptions which appear under the departmental or col- 
legiate listing in this catalog or the special publications 
which can be obtained from the department or college. 

Graduate School Requirements for 
the Degrees of Master of Arts 
and Master of Science 

THESIS OPTION 
Course Requirements 

A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours of 
thesis research credit (799) is required for the degrees of 
Master of Arts and Master of Science. Of the 24 hours re- 
quired in graduate courses, no less than 12 must be 
earned in the major subject. No less than one-half of the 
total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum 
of twelve, must be selected from courses numbered 600 or 
above. 

Thesis Requirement 

A thesis is required for the Master of Arts and Master of 
Science degrees except for those programs in which a 
non-thesis option has been approved by the Dean for Grad- 
uate Studies in conformity with the policy of the Graduate 
Council. Approval of the thesis is the responsibility of an 
examining committee appointed by the Dean for Graduate 
Studies. The student's advisor is the chairman of the com- 
mittee, and the remaining members of the committee are 
members of the graduate faculty who are familiar with the 
student's program of study. The chairman and the can- 



didate are informed of the membership of the examining 
committee by the Dean. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of theses 
will be found in the Graduate Student Academic Hand- 
book, which may be purchased at the university book 
store. 

Oral Examination 

A final oral examination on the thesis shall be held when 
the student has completed his thesis to the satisfaction of 
his advisor, providing he has completed all other re- 
quirements for the degree and has earned a 3.0 grade 
average, computed in accordance with the regulations 
described under "Grades for Graduate Students." 

The examining committee, with a minimum of three 
members, conducts the oral examination (an additional 
comprehensive written examination may be required at the 
option of the department or program). The chairman of the 
examining committee selects the time and place for the 
examination and notifies other members of the committee 
and the candidate. Members of the committee must be 
given a minimum of seven school days in which to read 
the thesis. 

The duration of the examination is normally about an 
hour, but it may be longer if necessary to insure an ade- 
quate examination. The report of the committee, signed by 
each member, must be submitted to the Dean for Graduate 
Studies no later than the appropriate date listed in the "Im- 
portant Dates for Advisors and Students," if the student is 
to receive a diploma at the Commencement in the 
semester in which the examination is held. 

NON-THESIS OPTION 

The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of Science 
degrees without thesis vary slightly among departments 
and programs in which this option is available. Standards 
for admission are, however, identical with those for admis- 
sion to any other master's program. The quality of the 
work expected of the student is also identical to that ex- 
pected in the thesis programs. 

The general requirements for those on the non-thesis 
program are a minimum of 30 semester credit hours in 
courses approved for graduate credit with a minimum 
average grade of B in all course work taken; a minimum of 
18 semester credit hours in courses numbered 600 or 
above; the submission of one or more scholarly papers; 
and successful completion of a comprehensive final ex- 
amination, a portion of which must be written. 

A student following a non-thesis master's program will 
be expected to meet the same deadlines for application for 
a diploma and for final examination reports established for 
all other degree programs. 

For information on programs which offer the non-thesis 
option, see the list of Graduate Programs in this Catalog. 

Requirements for the Degree of 
Master of Education 

Nearly all departments in Education offer the Master of 
Education (M.Ed.) degree with the following requirements: 
1. A minimum of 30 semester hours in coursework with a 
grade average of B. Grades for courses not a part of 



General Information / 27 



the program but taken in graduate status will be com- 
puted in the average. 

2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numbered 600-800 
with the remainder at least in the 400 series. Some de- 
partments require courses in departments outside of 
those in Education. 

3. A comprehensive written examination taken at the end 
of coursework. A part of the examination may be oral. 

4. EDMS 646 or MUED 690 and one seminar paper; or 
two seminar papers. 

5. EDMS 446 or EDMS 451. 

6. Test battery. 

For further details, see "Statement of Policies and Pro- 
cedures: Master's Degrees in Education," issued by the 
College of Education, and descriptions of departmental 
programs. 

Requirements Applicable to 
Other Master's Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Master of 
Business Administration, Master of Library Science, Master 
of Music, and Master of Fine Arts are given under the indi- 
vidual Graduate Program entries in those fields. 

Graduate School Requirements 
Applicable to All Doctoral Degrees 

Credit Requirements 

The Graduate School requires that every student seeking 
the doctoral degree register for a minimum of 12 research 
credits, but the number of research and other credit hours 
required in the program varies with the degree and pro- 
gram in question. 

Residence 

The equivalent of three years of full-time graduate study 
and research is the minimum required. Of the three years, 
the equivalent of at least one year must be spent at the 
University of Maryland. On a part-time basis the time 
needed will be increased correspondingly. All work at other 
institutions offered in partial fulfillment of the re- 
quirements for any doctoral degree must be submitted, 
with the recommendation of the department or program 
concerned, to the Graduate School for approval at the time 
of application for admission to candidacy. Official 
transcripts of the work must be filed in the Graduate 
School. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Preliminary examinations, or such other substantial tests 
as the departments may elect, are frequently prerequisite 
for admission to candidacy. 

A student must be admitted to candidacy for the doc- 
torate within five years after admission to the doctoral pro- 
gram and at least one academic year before the date on 
which the degree will be conferred. 

It is the responsibility of the student to submit his ap- 



plication for admission to candidacy when all the re- 
quirements for candidacy have been fulfilled. Applications 
for admission to candidacy are made in duplicate by the 
student and submitted to the major department for further 
action and transmission to the Graduate School. Applica- 
tion forms may be obtained at the office of the Assistant 
to the Dean for Graduate Studies. 

Time Limitation 

The student must complete the entire program for the 
degree, including the dissertation and final examination, 
during a four year period after admission to candidacy. Ex- 
tensions of time are granted only under the most unusual 
circumstances. If a student fails to complete all re- 
quirements within the time allotted, he must submit 
another application for admission to the Graduate School 
and, if readmitted, another application for Advancement to 
Candidacy, after satisfying the usual program prerequisites 
prior to Advancement to Candidacy. 

Dissertation 

A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all candidates 
for a doctoral degree. The topic of the dissertation must be 
approved by the department or program committee. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates 
for any doctoral degree must register for the prescribed 
number of semester hours of Doctoral Dissertation 
Research (899) at the University of Maryland. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of disser- 
tations will be found in the Graduate Student Academic 
Handbook, which may be purchased at the university book 
store. 

Publication of the Dissertation 

If a student wishes to publish all or a portion of his thesis 
or dissertation prior to its defense and approval by the 
Graduate Faculty examining committee, he must first seek 
the approval of the Dean for Graduate Studies. This ap- 
proval is sought through a letter to the Dean, endorsed by 
the dissertation advisor, containing an explanation of the 
need for early publication. 

Final Examination 

The final oral defense of the dissertation is conducted by a 
committee of the Graduate Faculty appointed by the Dean 
for Graduate Studies. Nominations for membership on the 
committee are submitted by the student's major professor 
by the third week of the semester in which the student ex- 
pects to complete all requirements, but no later than two 
months prior to the examination, on the designated form. 

The major professor serves as chairman of the commit- 
tee, which will consist of a minimum of five voting 
members, all of whom hold the doctoral degree. At least 
one of the five must be a faculty member in a department 
or Graduate Program at UMCP external to the one in which 
the student is seeking the degree. A minimum of three 
members of the committee must be regular members of 
the Graduate Faculty of the University of Maryland. 

One or more members of the committee may be persons 
from other institutions who hold the doctorate and who are 



28 / General Information 



distinguished scholars in the field of the dissertation. 

The Dean for Graduate Studies designates one member 
of the committee as his representative. In addition to hav- 
ing the normal responsibility of a faculty examiner, the 
Dean's representative has the responsibility of assuring 
that the examination is conducted according to established 
procedures. Any disagreement over the examination pro- 
cedures is referred to the Dean's representative for 
decision. 

The time and place of the examination are established 
by the chairman of the committee. The student is responsi- 
ble for distributing a complete copy of the dissertation to 
each member of the committee at least ten days before 
the examination. 

All final oral examinations are open to all members of 
the Graduate Faculty. After the examination the committee 
deliberates and votes in private. Two or more negative 
votes constitute a failure. The student may be examined no 
more than twice. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental 
or collegiate requirements may be imposed, especially for 
those degrees which are offered in only one department, 
college, or division. For these special requirements, con- 
sult the descriptions which appear under the departmental 
or collegiate listing in this catalog or the special publica- 
tions which can be obtained from the department, college, 
or division. 



Graduate School Requirements for 
the Degree of Doctor of Philosphy 

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only upon suf- 
ficient evidence of high attainment in scholarship and the 
ability to engage in independent research. It is not awarded 
for the completion of course and seminar requirements no 
matter how successfully completed. 

Residence 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Foreign Language Requirement 

A number of departments have a foreign language require- 
ment for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The student 
should inquire in the department regarding this require- 
ment. The student must satisfy the departmental or pro- 
gram requirement before he can be admitted to candidacy 
for the doctorate. 

Program 

There is no Graduate School requirement for a specific 
number of course credits in either a major or a minor sub- 
ject. It is the policy of the Graduate School to encourage 
the development of individual programs for each student 
who seeks the Ph.D. To that end the academic depart- 
ments and interdisciplinary programs have been directed to 
determine major and minor requirements, levels or se- 
quences of required courses, and similar requirements for 
submission to the Graduate Council for approval. 



Admission to Candidacy 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Dissertation 

The ability to do independent research must be 
demonstrated by an original dissertation on a topic ap- 
proved by the department or program. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates 
for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must register for a 
minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral research (899) 
at the University of Maryland. 

Final Examination 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Requirements for the Degree of 
Doctor of Education 

The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) 
degree are for the most part the same as those for the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree in education departments in 
the Graduate School. The only difference lies in the 
amount of credit for the Ed.D. project (6-9 hours) as com- 
pared to that required for the Ph.D. dissertation (12-16 
hours). For details see "Statement of Policy and Pro- 
cedures: Doctoral Degrees in Education," issued by the 
College of Education, as well as requirements for the 
Ph.D., see above, and departmental regulations. 

Requirements for 
Other Doctoral Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Doctor of 
Business Administration and Doctor of Musical Arts are 
given under the corresponding program descriptions. 

Commencement 

Applications for the diploma must be filed with the Office 
of Admissions and Registrations within the first three 
weeks of the semester in which the candidate expects to 
obtain a degree, except during summer session. During the 
summer session, the application must be filed during the 
first week of the second summer session. Exact dates are 
noted for each semester and the summer sessions in "Im- 
portant Dates for Advisors and Students." 

If, for any reason, a student does not graduate at the 
end of the semester in which he applies for the diploma, 
he must re-apply for it in the semester in which he expects 
to graduate. 

Academic costume is required of all candidates at com- 
mencement exercises. Those who so desire may purchase 
or rent caps and gowns at the University of Maryland stu- 
dent supply store. Orders must be filed eight weeks before 
the date of commencement but may be cancelled later if 
the student finds himself unable to complete the re- 
quirements for the degree. 



General Information / 29 



The Graduate Faculty 



Aaron, Henry J., Professor of Economics 
B.A., University of California. Los Angeles. 1958; MA, Har- 
vard University. 1960; Ph D.. 1963. 



Adams, William W., Professor of Mathematics 
B.A . University of California. Los Angeles. 1959; Ph.D.. Col- 
umbia University, 1964. 



Adkins. Arthur J.. Associate Professor of Secondary 

Education 

B.S., Saint Cloud State College, 1942; MA. University of 

Minnesota. 1947, Ph.D. 1958 

Adler. Isidore, Professor of Chemistry 

B A , Brooklyn College. 1942; B S., New York University, 

1943. M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1947, Ph D 

1952 

Aggour. Mohamed S„ Assistant Professor. Civil Engineering 
B S.. Cairo University (Egypt). 1964. M S.. 1966. Ph D , Univer- 
sity of Washington, 1972 



Agre. Gene P., Associate Professor of Social Foundations of 

Education 

B.A., Macalester College, 1951, BS . University of Minnesota, 

1953. MA, Ph.D.. University of Illinois, 1964. 

A'Heam. Michael F., Associate Professor of Astronomy 
BS, Boston College, 1961. Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin, 
1966. 

Ahem, Dennis M„ Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A , Cornell University, 1968; Ph.D.. University of California. 

1973. 

Ahrens. Richard A., Professor of Food and Nutrition and In- 
stitutional Administration 

B.S., University of Wisconsin. 1958; Ph.D., University of 
California, Davis, 1963. 

Albert, Thomas F„ Associate Professor of Veterinary 

Science 

BS., Pennsylvania State University, 1958; VMD. University of 

Pennsylvania, 1962; Ph D., Georgetown University, 1972. 

Albrecht, Pedro A„ Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
Dipt Ing., Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland, 1962; 
Ph.D. Lehigh University. 1972. 

Alexander, James C, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

and Statistics 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1964. Ph D , 1968 

Allan. J. David. Assistant Professor of Zoology 

B.Sc. University of British Columbia. 1966, MS, University 

of Michigan. 1968; Ph.D.. 1971 

Allan. Thomas, Associate Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services 

BS. Northwestern University. 1950; MA.. University of 
Maryland, 1964, Ph.O.. 1966. 

Allen, Redfield W„ Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
B S . University of Maryland, 1953; M S . 1949; Ph D . Univer- 
sity of Minnesota, 1959. 

Alley. Carroll O.. Jr.. Professor of Physics 
B S.. University of Richmond, 1948; MA. Princeton Univer- 
sity 1951. Ph.D.. 1962 

Almenas, Kazys K.. Associate Professor of Nuclear 

Engineering 

B.S.. University of Nebraska. 1957; Ph.D.. University and 

Polytechnic of Warsaw. 1968. 

Almon, Clopper. Jr.. Professor of Economics 
A.B.. Vanderbill University. 1956; MA. Harvard Univer- 
sity. 1961, Ph D_. 1962. 

Alt. Frank B., Assistant Professor of Business and 
Management 

B.E.S.. Johns Hopkins University. 1967; MS., Georgia In- 
stitute of Technology. 1974, Ph.D., 1977 

Althoff, Sally A., Assistant Professor of Health Education 
BS.. Bowling Green State University, 1966, M.Ed . University 
of Toledo. 1968. PhD. 1971 

Amershek. Kathleen G.. Associate Professor of Early 
Childhood and Elementary Education 
B.S.. State Teachers College. 1951, M Ed.. Pennsylvania State 
University, 1957; Ph D., University of Minnesota. 1965. 

Ammon. Herman L.. Professor of Chemislry 

Sc B . Brown University, 1958; Ph.D., University of 

Washington, 1962. 

Anand, Davinder K„ Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
BS . George Washington University. 1959; MS . 1961 D.Sc 
1965 

Anastos. George. Professor of Zoology 

B.S., University of Akron, 1942. MA. Harvard University 

1947; Ph D , 1949 



Anderson, Carl R„ Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

BS. The Pennsylvania State Universily, 1969; MBA.. 1971: 

PhD.. 1974 

Anderson. Charles R.. Associate Professor of Secondary 
Education and Assistant Dean of the College of Education 
BS. University of Maryland. 1957; M Ed.. 1959; Ed.D, 1969. 

Anderson. Henry, Professor of Business and Management 
B.A , University of London, 1939. MBA., Columbia Univer- 
sity. 1948; Ph D.. 1959 

Anderson, J. Paul. Professor of Administration, Supervision 

and Curriculum 

BS . University of Minnesota. 1942; MA, 1948, Ph D . 1960 



Anderson, John D„ Jr., Professor and Chairman of 

Aerospace Engineering 

B.S., University of Florida. 1959; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 

1966 

Anderson, Nancy S., Professor of Psychology 
B.A.. Universily of Colorado, 1952. MA , Ohio State Univer- 
sity. 1953; Ph D . 1956. 

Anderson, Stephen C, Assistant Professor of Recreation 
BS., Indiana State University, 1969. M.S.. Appalachian State 
University, 1973; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1976. 

Anderson, Thornton H.. Professor of Government and 
Politics 

A.B. University of Kentucky, 1937; MA. 1938; PhD.. Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin. 1948. 

Antman, Stuart S., Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1961, M.S.. University 

of Minnesota, 1963; Ph.D.. 1965 

Armstrong, Earlene, Assistant Professor, Entomology 
B.S.. North Carolina Central University, 1969; M.S.. 1970; 
Ph.D.. Cornell University, 1975 

Armstrong, Ronald W., Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
B.ES. The Johns Hopkins Universily, 1955; M.Sc, Carnegie- 
Mellon University. 1957. PhD. 1958 

Arrighi, Margante A„ Assistant Professor of Physical 

Education 

B.S.. Westhampton College, 1958; M.S.. University of 

Maryland. 1962 ED.. University of North Carolina at 

Greensboro, 1974 

Arsenault, Richard J„ Professor of Chemical Engineering 
and Engineering Materials 

BS , Michigan Technological University, 1957; Ph D., North- 
western University. 1962. 

Ashlock, Robert B., Professor of Early Childhood and 
Elementary Education 

BS. Butler University. 1957; MS.. 1959; Ed.D. Indiana 
University, 1965. 

Ashmen, Roy, Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology, 1935; MS, Columbia 

University, 1936. Ph.D.. Northwestern University. 1950 

Atchison, William F„ Professor of Computer Science 
A.B.. Georgetown College IKy ). 1936; MA.. University of 
Kentucky. 1940; Ph.D., University of Illinois. 1943, 

Auslander, Joseph, Professor of Mathematics 

B S , Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952; 

M.S.University of Pennsylvania. 1953; Ph.D.. 1957. 

Austing, Richard H.. Associate Professor of Computer 

Science 

BS.. Xavier University. 1953. M.S., Saint Louis University, 

1955 Ph 0., Catholic University of America. 1963. 

Avery. William T.. Professor and Chairman of Classical 

Languages and Literatures 

B.A.. Western Reserve University. 1934; MA., 1935; Ph.D., 

1937. 



Avars, James E„ Assistant Professor. Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.A.E.. Cornell University. 1965. M.S., Colorado State Univer- 
sity. 1973; Ph.D.. 1976. 

Aycock, Marvin K., Jr., Professor of Agronomy 

BS. North Carolina State University. 1959; M.S. 1963; Ph.D., 

Iowa State University. 1966 

Aylward. Thomas J.. Professor and Chairman of Speech and 

Dramatic Art 

BS. University of Wisconsin. 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D. 1960. 

Babuska. Ivo, Research Professor, Institute for Physical 
Science and Technology and Mathematics 
Dipl. Ing., Technical University of Prague, 1949; Ph.D.. 1951. 
Ph.D., Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences. 1955, Ph D . 



Baer, Ferdinand. Professor and Director of Meteorology 
B A , University of Chicago. 1950; M S.. 1954; Ph.D.. 1961. 



Bagchi. Amitabha. Assistant Professor of Physics 
B Sc. Calcutta University, 1964; M.S., University of Califor- 
nia. San Diego, 1967. Ph.D. 1970. 

Bailey, Martin J„ Professor of Economics 

BA,. University of California, Los Angeles, 1951; M.A. The 

Johns Hopkins University. 1953; Ph 0., 1956 

Bailey. William J„ Research Professor of Chemistry 
B.Chem.. University of Minnesota, 1943; Ph.D., University of 
Illinois, 1946 

Baird. Janet R.. Assistant Professor of Secondary Education 

and Spanish and Portuguese. 

BS. University of Kansas. 1966. MA . 1971; Ph.D.. 1973. 

Baker. Donald J.. Associate Professor of Hearing and 

Speech Sciences 

BS Ed.. Ohio State University. 1954; M.A.. 1956: Ph.D.. 1962 

Baker, Robert L. Associate Professor of Horticulture 
B A. Swarthmore College. 1959: MS. University of 
Maryland, 1962, PhD. 1965 



Banerjee. Manoj K., Professor of Physics 

B.S., Patna University, 1949: M.S., Calcutta University. 1952; 

Ph.D., 1956 

Bankson, Nicholas W„ Associate Professor and Acting 

Chairman of Hearing and Speech Sciences 

BS, University of Kansas. 1960: MA, 1961: Ph.D., 1970 

Baras. John S.. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Diploma, National Technical University of Athens. 1970: 
S M . Harvard University. 1971; PhD,, 1973. 

Barbarin. Oscar. Assistant Professor of Psychology 

A B.. St. Joseph s Seminary College. 1968: M.A . New York 

University. 1971. M S . Rutgers University, 1973; Ph.D.. 1975 

Barber. Willard F.. Lecturer in Government and Politics 
A.B.. Stanford University. 1928; MA, 1929; Diploma. The 
War College. 1948 

Bardasis. Angelo, Associate Professor of Physics 
A.B,. Cornell University. 1957. M S, University of Illinois. 
1959: Ph.D. 1962 

Barlow. Jewel B.. Associate Professor of Aerospace 

Engineering 

B.S.. Auburn University. 1963; MS , 1964; Ph.D.. University of 

Toronto. 1970. 

Barnes. Jack C, Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Duke University. 1939; M.A.. 1947; Ph.D.. University of 

Maryland. 1954. 

Barnett, Audrey J.. Associate Professor of Zoology 

BA.. Wilson College. 1955; M.A.. Indiana University. 1957; 

Ph D_, 1962. 



Barrett. James E.. Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A . University of Maryland. 1966; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State 

University. 1971 

Barry. Jackson G.. Associate Professor of English 

B A . Yale College. 1950: MA.. Columbia University. 1951: 

M.F.A , Western Reserve University, 1962; Ph.D., 1963. 

Bartlett. Claude J„ Professor and Chairman of Psychology 
B S., Denison University. 1954; M.A., Ohio Stale University, 
1956: Ph.D.. 1958 

Bartol. Kathryn M.. Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

BA. Marygrove College, 1963; M.A , University of Michigan. 

1966; Ph.D.. Michigan State University. 1972 . 

Barton. Robert, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic 



Basham. Ray S.. Associate Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

BS,, US, Military Academy, 1945. MS. University of Illinois. 

1952; Ph.D., 1962. 

Basili, Victor R„ Associate Professor of Computer Science 
B.S., Fordham College. 1961: M.S., Syracuse University. 1963. 
Ph D.. University of Texas. 1970. 



Bean, George A., Associate Professor of Botany 

B.S.. Cornell University, 1958: MS., University of Minnesota, 

1960: Ph.D.. 1963. 

Beasley, Maunne H., Assistant Professor. College of 

Journalism 

B.A., University of Missouri. 1958; B.J.. 1958: MS., Columbia 

University, 1963; PhD . George Washington University, 1974. 

Beaton. John R.. Dean, College of Human Ecology and Pro- 
fessor, Food. Nutrition and Institutional Administration 
B.A., University of Toronto. 1949. MA.. 1950; PhD.. 1952. 



30 / Graduate Faculty 



Beatty. Charles J.. Associate Professor of Industrial 

Education 

B.S., Northern Michigan University. 1959: MA. Michigan 

State University. 1963. Ph 0, Ohio State University. 1966 

Beckmann, Robert B.. Dean of the College of Engineenng 
and Professor of Chemical Engineering 
B.S . University of Illinois. 1940; Ph D . University of Wiscon- 
sin. 1944 

Bedingfield. James P. Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

B.S. University of Maryland. 1966; MBA. 1968. DBA. 1971 

Beicken. Peter U.. Associate Professor. Germanic and Slavic 
Languages 

Mag. Art.. University of Munich (Germany!. 1968: Ph D.. Stan- 
ford University. 1971 

Belcher, Ralph L. Lecturer and Reactor Director. Nuclear 

Engineering 

B.S.. Marshall University, 1941; M.S., University of Kentucky. 

1947; PhD. University of Maryland. 1966. 

Bell, Roger A,, Professor of Astronomy 
B.S.. University of Melbourne, 1957; Ph.D.. Australian Na- 
tional University. 1961. 

Bellama. Jon M„ Professor of Chemistry 
A.B.. Allegheny College. 1960; Ph.D.. University of Penn- 
sylvania, 1966 

Bellows, William, Assistant Professor of Agnculturai and 
Resource Economics 

A.B.. Harvard College. 1959; M.S.. University of 
Massachusetts, 1968, Ph.D.. 1971. 

Belt Herman J, Associate Professor of History 
BA . Princeton University, 1959; MA. University of 
Washington. 1963; Ph D„ 1966. 

Bender. Filmore E.. Professor of Agnculturai and Resource 

Economics 

B.S.. University of California, Berkeley, 1961; M.S.. North 

Carolina State University at Raleigh. 1965: Ph.D.. 1966 

Benedetto. John J„ Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Boston College. 1960. MA. Harvard University. 1962 

Ph.D.. University of Toronto, 1964. 

Benedict, Philip J„ Assistant Professor of History 

BA, Cornell University, 1970; MA. Princeton University. 

1972; Ph D„ 1975. 

Benedict. William S., Professor. Institute for Physical 
Science and Technology 

B.A, Cornell University. 1928; MA. Ph.D.. Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1933. 

Benesch. William, Adiunci Professor. Institute for Physical 
Science and Technology 

BA.. Lehigh University. 1942; M.A.. The Johns Hopkins 
University. 1950; PhD . 1952. 

Bennett Lawrence H„ Adjunct Professor of Physics 
B.A, Brooklyn College. 1951: MS, University of Maryland. 
1955: Ph 0.. Rutgers University. 1958. 



Bennett Stanley W„ Associate Professor, Institute tor Child 

Study 

B.S, Iowa State University. 1959 MA. State University of 

Iowa. 1961; Ph D . University of Michigan. 1970 

Bennett, Suzanne, Assistant Professor of Hearing and 
Speech Sciences 

BA., Southern Illinois University. 1965; MA. Western 
Michigan University. 1969; PhD.. Purdue University. 1977. 

Berensteln, Carlos A. Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Licendiado en Matematicas. University of Buenos Aires 
1966; M S, New York University, 1969 Ph D 1970 



Berger, Bruce S.. Professor of Mechanical Engineenng 
B.S.. University of Pennsylvania, 1954; M S, 1958 Ph D 
1962 

Bergeron, Raymond. Assistant Professor, Chemistry 

A.B., Clark University. 1967; Ph.D.. Brandeis University. 1973 

Bergmann, Barbara R„ Professor of Economics 

BA. Cornell University. 1948. MA, Harvard University, 1955, 

Ph.D.. 1959 



Berman, Joel H., Professor of Music 
B.S.. Juilliard School of Music. 1951: MA, Columbia Univer- 
sity. 1953; DMA , University of Michigan. 1961 

Berman, Louise M„ Professor of Administration, Supervision 
and Curriculum and Director of Nursery-Kindergarten School 
A.B.. Wheaton College, 1950; MA. Columbia University. 
1953: Ed D.. Columbia University, 1960. 

Bernstein. Allen R„ Professor of Mathematics 

BA. California Institute ot Technology. 1962: MA, Univer- 

sity of California at Los Angeles, 1964; Ph.D.. 1965 



Bernstein. Melvin. Administrative Dean tor Summer Pro- 
grams and Professor of Music 

A.B.. Southwestern at Memphis. 1947; B Music. 1948: M. 
Music. University of Michigan. 1949. MA. University of 
North Carolina. 1954; Ph.D.. 1964 

Bemthal. John E-, Assistant Professor of Hearing and 
Speech Sciences 

B FA, Wayne State College. 1962 MA. Kansas University. 
1964. Ph D.. University of Wisconsin. Madison, 1971. 

Best Otlo F-, Professor of Germanic and Slavic Languages 
Abitur, Reaigymnasium. 1948: Certificate. Unrversite de 
Toulouse. 1951. Doctor of Philosophy. University of Munich, 
1963 



Betancourt, Roger R.. Associate Professor of Economics 
B.A.. Georgetown University. 1965; Ph.D.. University of 
Wisconsin, 1969 

Bhagat, Satindar M„ Professor of Physics 

B.A, Jammu and Kashmir University of India, 1950 MA. 

University of Delhi. 1953: Ph.D.. 1956 

Bickley. William E.. Professor ot Entomology 

B.S.. University of Tennessee. 1934. MS. 1936; Ph.D.. 

University of Maryland, 1940 

Billig, Frederick S„ Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering 
B.E.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1955; M.S.. University of 
Maryland. 1958; PhD 1964 



Birdsall. Esther K-, Associate Professor of English 
B.A.. Central Michigan College. 1947; M.A.. University ot 
Arizona. 1950: PhD . University of Maryland. 1959. 

Birk. Janice M„ Associate Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center 
BA. Sacred Heart College. 1963. MA . Loyola College, 1966; 
PhD . University ot Missoun, 1970. 

Birkner. Francis B„ Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
B.S.. Newark College of Engineenng. 1961; M.S.E.. University 
of Flonda 1962 Ph.D.. 1965 

Bish. Robert L.. Associate Professor of Urban Studies 
B.A., University of Southern California, 1964. M.A.. Indiana 
University. 1966: Ph.D., 1968 

Blair. Donald James, Assistant Professor of Chemical 

Engineering 

BS. Bradley Universitv. 1957; M.S.. University of Florida 

Gainesville. 1962: Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1969. 

Blair, John D„ Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1966. M A . University of 

Michigan. 1972 Ph.D., 1975. 

Blair. Nancy. Assistant Professor ot Special Education 
B.S, Ohio State University, 1964; M Ed., Kent State Univer- 
sity. 1973; Ph.D.. 1975 

Block, Ira, Assistant Professor of Textile and Consumer 

Economics 

BS. University of Maryland. 1963; Ph.D. 1971. 

Bloom, Paul N„ Assistant Professor of Business and 
Management 

B.S, Lehigh University. 1968; MBA, University of Penn- 
sylvania. 1970: Ph D,. Northwestern University. 1974. 

Bobko, Philip. Assistant Professor. Psychology 

B.S, Massachusetts Institute ot Technology. 1970 M.S. 

Bucknell University. 1972. Ph D . Cornell University. 1976 

Bobrow. Davis B.. Professor and Chairman of Government 
and Politics 

B A, University of Chicago. 1955; BA. 1956; BA Oxford 
University. 1958: Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute ot 
Technology, 1961. 

Bode. Carl, Professor of English 

Ph B.. University of Chicago, 1933; MA. Northwestern 

University. 1938: Ph.D., 1941. 

Bodin. Lawrence. Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

A B, Northeastern University. 1962; M.S.. University of 

California Berkeley. 1966. Ph.D.. 1967. 

Bodwell, C.E^ Adjunct Professor ot Food. Nutntion. and In- 
stitutional Administration 

BS., Oklahoma State University. 1957; M.Sc.. University of 
Cambndge. 1959: PhD. Michigan State University. 1964. 

Boisaitis. Peter P.. Professor of Chemical Engineering 
B.S, California Institute of Technology. 1960: MS.. 1961: 
Ph.D.. Delaware State College. 1964. 

Bonar. Dale B.. Assistant Professor, Zoology 

BA. Whitman College. 1967; MS. University ot the Pacific. 

1970: Ph.D., University of Hawaii. 1973 

Bottino, Paul J-, Associate Professor of Botany 
B S.. Utah State University. 1964; M.S.. 1965. Ph.D.. 
Washington State University. 1969. 



Boughner. Robert F„ Assistant Professor ot Classical 
Languages and Literature 

B.A., Duke University. 1968; MA. Johns Hopkins University, 
1969: Ph D, 1975 



Boyd. Alfred C. Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
BS. Camsius College. 1951: MS, Purdue University. 1953. 
PhD, 1957 

Boyd. Derek A_ Assistant Professor. Physics and Astronomy 
B.S, University of Cape Town (S Africa). 1964; B S.. (Hons) 
1965; M.Sc.. 1967; Ph.D.. Stevens Institute of Technology. 



Boyd. Vivian S., Assistant Professor. Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services 

BA, Antioch College. 1961: MA. University of Colorado. 
1968, MA, University of Maryland. 1972 Ph.D.. 1975 

Brabble. Elizabeth W.. Associate Professor. Family and 
Community Development 

BS, Virginia State College. 1960: M.S.. Pennsylvania State 
University. 1966; Ed D . 1969 

Brace. John W„ Professor of Mathematics 

BA. Swarthmore College. 1949: A.M. Cornell University. 

1951. Ph.D.. 1953 



Brandt John C, Adjunct Professor of Astronomy 
A.B, Washington University. 1956; Ph.D.. University of 
Chicago. 1960 

Brannigan. Vincent. Lecturer of Textiles and Consumer 

Economics 

B.A . University of Maryland. 1973; Juns Doctor. Georgetown 

University Law Center. 1975. 

Brauth. Steven E.. Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.S.. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1967: PhD, New York 

University. 1973. 

Brestow. Marvin A_ Associate Professor of History 

B.A, University of Nebraska 1957: MA. Harvard University. 

1958; PhD, 1963. 

Brewster. Premala E,. Assistant Professor of Secondary 
Education 

BS . Isabella Thobum College. 1956; B.T . Jabalpur Univer- 
sity. 1957: MA. New York University. 1961; Ph.D. Cornell 
University. 1968 

Brigham. Bruce W, Associate Professor ot Secondary 

Education 

BS, State University of New York. 1949; MS. Temple 

University. 1967; Ph.D.. 1967. 



Brinkley. Howard J, Professor of Zoology 

B.S, West Virginia University. 1958: M.S.. University of 

Illinois, 1960. Ph.D.. 1963. 

Brodsky. Harold. Associate Professor of Geography 
BS, Brooklyn College. 1954; M.S.. University of Colorado. 
I960 Ph.D.. University ot Washington. 1966 

Broome. C. Rose. Assistant Professor of Botany 

B.S . University of Miami. 1965: AM. University of South 

Florida 1968; PhD, Duke University. 1974. 

Brown, Charles C, Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A.. Boston College. 1970 MA, 1970 Ph.D.. Harvard 
University. 1974 



Brown, Joshua R.C.. Professor of Zoology 

A B.. Duke University. 1948: MA, 1949; Ph D . 1953. 

Brown. Lee M.. Associate Professor of Journalism 

BA. Long Beach State College. 1960. M A . University of 

Iowa 1961; Ph.D.. 1970. 

Brown. Richard H_ Associate Professor of Sociology 

B A , University of California Berkeley. 1961. MA, Columbia 

University. 1965: Ph.D.. University of California at San Diego. 



Brown. Robert A. Associate Professor of Psychology 

BA, University of Richmond. 1953: M.A.. University of Iowa 

1961. Ph.D. 1962. 

Brown. Samuel E.. Associate Professor of English 
AB.. Indiana University. 1934: MA. 1946: PhD, Yale Univer- 
sity. 1955. 

Brush. Stephen G.. Professor of History and Research 

Professor 

B.A, Harvard University. 1955: D.PhM. Oxford University. 

1958 

Bryan. Carter R.. Professor of Journalism 

BA, University of California Berkeley. 1937: Rer.Pol.D, 

University of Vienna 1940. 



Graduate Faculty / 31 



Bryer, Jackson R., Professor of English 

B A . Amhersl College. 1959; MA, Columbia University, 

I960; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin. 1965. 

Buchler. Edward R.. Assistant Professor of Zoology 
B S . California State Polytechnic College. 1964; MS . Univer- 
sity of California. 1966; Ph D . University of Montana, 
Missoula. 1972 

Buck. Allen C, Associate Professor of Textile and Con- 
sumer Economics 

as . Michigan Stale University, 1939. M.S.. Western Reserve 
University. 1942; Ph.D.. 1947. 

Buckley. Frank T.. Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.S.. University Of Maryland. 1959; Ph D . 1968 

Bundy. Mary Lee. Professor, College of Library and Informa- 
tion Services 

BE. State University of New York at Potsdam. 1948, M A , 
University of Denver, 1951; Ph D , University of Illinois, 1960 

Burger, Mary M.W.. Assistant Professor of English B A, 
A.M. and N. College. 1959. MA .Colorado State University. 
1961, Ph D , Washington University. 1973. 

Buric, John, Associate Professor of Animal Science 
B.S., West Virginia University. 1948; M.S., University of 
Maryland. 1952; Ph D, University of Illinois, 1960 

Burl, Gordon W„ Associate Professor of Agronomy 
B.S., Tennessee Technological Institute. 1961; M S, Cornell 
University. 1964. PhD . Washington State University. 1967, 

Burt, John J., Professor and Chairman. Department of 
Health Education 

B.A, Duke University. 1955; M.Ed., University of North 
Carolina. 1956. MS. Oregon State University. 1960; 
Ed D. 1963 

Butler. Lillian C. Associate Professor of Food and Nutrition 
B.S, University of Illinois. 1941; MS, University of Texas, 
1945, Ph D . University of California, Berkeley, 1953. 

Butterworth. Charles E., Associate Professor of Government 
and Politics 

B.A, Michigan State University, 1959; Doctorat. University of 
Nancy. France, 1961; MA. University of Chicago, 1962: 
PhD, 1966 

Byrne, Richard H„ Professor of Counseling and Personnel 

Services 

A.B.. Franklin & Marshall College. 1938: M.A, Columbia 

University. 1947; Ed D, 1952. 

Cadman. Theodore W., Professor and Director of Chemical 

Engineering 

fl.S, Carnegie-Mellon University. 1962; MS., 1964: PhD. 

1966. 

Cain. Jarvis L.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

BS, Purdue University, 1955; MS. Ohio State University, 

1956; PhD, 1961 

Cairns, Gordon M, Dean. College of Agriculture and Pro- 
fessor of Dairy Science 
B.S, Cornell University. 1936; M.S.. 1938; Ph D, 1940. 

Callcott. George H, Professor of History 

A B . University of South Carolina. 1950; MA . Columbia 

University, 1951; PhD, University of North Carolina, 1956 

Cambridge. Milton H, Assistant Professor, Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

B.A, Queens College. 1969; M.S.. University of Southern 
Mississippi 1973. PhD, 1976 

Campagna, Andrew F, Assistant Professor. French and 

Italian 

A B . Dartmouth College, 1966, M A , University of 

Rochester. 1967; Ph D , Washington University. 1975 



Campbell, Donald L., Assistant Professor. Veterinary 

Science 

D.V.M, Umversily of Georgia. 1968 M S . Texas Agricultural 

and Mechanical University. 1972 

Campbell, Elwood G, Professor of Secondary Education 
BS. Northeast Missouri State College. 1949; MA. 
Northwestern University. 1952: Ph.D., 1963 

Campbell. Kenneth, Associate Professor of Art 
Massachusetts College of Art; National Academy of Design; 
Art Students League; Lowell Institute 

Carbone. Robert F, Professor of Administration, Supervision 
and Curriculum 

B.S, East Montana College. 1953. M.Ed, Emory University, 
1958; PhD . University of Chicago, 1961 

Caron, Dewey M„ Associate Professor of Entomology 
B A. University of Vermont. 1964, M.S., University of Ten 
nessee. 1966. Ph 0, Cornell University, 1970 

Can. John C, Professor of Secondary Education 

B.S, Wilson Teachers College, 1952: M FA. Catholic Umver 

sity of America. 1953: Ph . 1965 



Carroll. Stephen J., Jr., Professor of Business and 

Management 

B S University of California at Los Angeles. 1957; MA, 

University of Minnesota. 1959; Ph.D.. 1964. 

Carter, Everett C. Professor and Chairman of Civil 
Engineering 

B.SC.E.Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1958: M.SCE, Univer- 
sity of California. Berkeley, 1959, Ph D . Northwestern 
University. 1969. 

Carter, Thomas. Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 
B.S, Pennsylvania State University, 1960: MS. 1969; Ph D, 
1971. 

Castellan, Gilbert w., Professor of Chemistry 

B.S, Regis College. 1945: Ph.D., The Catholic University of 

America, 1949; Sc D, Regis College. 1967 

Cate. George A., Assistant Professor of English 

B A, Rutgers Umversily. 1960; MA. Duke University. 1962; 

Ph.D. 1968 

Causey. George D„ Research Professor of Hearing and 

B.A, University of Maryland. 1950; M A, 1951; PhD, Purdue 
University. 1954. 

Celaner, James L, Associate Professor of Philosophy 
A.B.. University of Illinois. 1956; MA. 1958. Ph.D.. University 
of Pennsylvania. 1960. 

Celotta. Beverly Kay, Assistant Professor of Counseling and 

A.B.. Oueens College. 1965; MA, Brooklyn College. 1967; 
PhD, University of Colorado, 1971 

Chang. Chia-Cheh. Assistant Professor. Physics and 

Astronomy 

BS .Tughai University (Taiwan), 1961. MA. University of 

Southern California. 1966. PhD, 1968 

Chang. Chung-Yun, Associate Professor of Physics 
B S .National Taiwan University. 1954. Ph.D., Columbia 
University. 1965 

Chang, Sunyung Alice, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.A, National Taiwan University 1970; Ph.D.. University of 
California. Berkeley, 1974. 

Chant. Nicholas. Associate Professor of Physics 
B A, University of Cambridge. 1962; MA. 1966. Ph D , Lin- 
coln College. Oxford. 1966 

Chapin, John L„ Professor, Institute for Child Study 
A.B . Denison University, 1939; Ph.D.. Um/ersity of 
Rochester. 1950. 

Chaves, Antonio F, Associate Professor of Geography 
Doctor, Law. University of Havana. 1941. Doctor of Filosofia 
& Letras, 1946; MA, Northwestern University, 1948. 

Chen. Hsing-Hen. Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics 
and Astronomy 

BS . National Taiwan University. 1968; MA. Columbia 
University, 1970; PhD, 1973 

Chow, Garland. Assistant Professor of Business and 
Management 

B.S, University of Maryland, 1970. MBA. 1972. DBA, In- 
diana University. 1977 

Chnstensen, Abel Cheryl J, Assistant Professor. Govern- 
ment and Politics 

B.A, University of Minnesota. 1968. Ph.D.. Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1975. 

Christian. Charles M„ Assistant Professor of Geography and 
Urban Studies 

B.A, Northeastern State College. 1966; MA, University of Il- 
linois. 1968; PhD, 1975. 

Chu. Hsin, Professor of Mathematics 

B.S, Hupeh Teachers College. 1948, MS. Tulane University. 

1957. Ph D, University ot Pennsylvania, 1959 

Chu, Yaohan, Professor of Computer Science and Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S, Chiao-tung University. 1942. MS, Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology, 1945, Sc D, 1953 

Churaman. Charlotte V, Assistant Professor ot Family and 
Community Development 

BS. Berea College. 1942. M.Ed, Penn State University. 
1964; Ed.D, 1969 

Church. Kenneth R, Associate Professor of Physical 

Education 

B S University of Northern Iowa. 1946; MS, University of 

Iowa. 1955; Ph.D.. Indiana University, 1963. 

Church. Marilyn G, Associate Professor. Early Childhood 

and Elementary Education 

B S , Indiana University. 1962; M S . 1963; Ed D , 1969 

Churchill. John W, Associate Professor of Recreation 
B.S, State University of New York at Cortland. 1958; MS, 
University of Illinois. 1959: Ph D . university of Wisconsin. 



Cirrincione. Joseph M, Associate Professor of Secondary 
Education and Geography 

BS. State University of New York at Oswego. 1962. MA. 
Ohio State University. 1967 PhD. 1970 



Clague. Monique W, Assistant Professor of Adminstration. 

Supervision and Curriculum 

B.A . Swarthmore College. 1959. Ph.D.. Harvard University. 



Clark. Eugenie. Professor ot Zoology 

B.A, Hunter College. 1942: MA. New Yor* University 1946: 

Ph D. 1951 

Clark. Thomas. Associate Professor of Physics and 

Astronomy 

B.S, University of Colorado, 1961: PhD, 1967 

Clarke. David H, Professor of Physical Education 

B.S, Springfield College. 1952. MS, 1953. Ph.D.. University 

of Oregon. 1959 

Claude. Richard P, Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B A . College of St Thomas. 1956: M.S., Fionda State 

University. 1960. Ph D . University of Virginia. 1964 

Clearwater. Harvey E, Associate Professor, Health 

Education 

A.B, State University of New York at Albany. 1955: MA 

Michigan State University. 1967, Ed D , 1970 

Clemson. Barry A., Assistant Professor of Administration 
Supervision and Curriculum 

BS, The Pennsylvania State University, 1965: MA. 1968 
Ph D . 1975. 



Cohen. Joel. Associate Professor. Mathematics 

ScB. Brown University, 1963; PhD, Massachusetts Institute 

of Technology, 1966 

Cole, Wayne S, Professor of History 

B.A . Iowa State Teachers College, 1946: M S , University of 

Wisconsin. 1948; Ph.D., 1951 

Colletta. Nancy Donohue. Assistant Professor, Institute for 
Child Study 

BA, Michigan State University. 1972: M.S. State University 
ot New York at Buffalo. 1974; Ph D, Cornell University, 1977 



Colvile. Georgiana M.M, Assistant Professor of French and 

Italian 

Licence-es-Lettres. Universite d Aix-Marseiile I964; M.A, 

University of California Berkeley. I968; PhD, I973. 

Colville. James. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
B S . Purdue University, I959; M S , I960; Ph D, University of 
Texas, 1970 

Colwell. Rita Rossi. Professor of Microbiology 

B S . Purdue University. 1956. M S, 1958: Ph.D.. University of 

Washington. 1961 

Conn, Alex Paul, Assistant Professor of Electncal 

Engineering 

A.B, Dartmouth College, 1968, B E, 1969; ME, 1971; PhD, 

University of California. Berkeley. 1977. 



Conway. Mary M, Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B.S, Purdue University, 1957: M.A, University of California. 

Berkeley. I960; Ph.D.. Indiana University. 1965. 

Coogan. Robert, Associate Professor of English 

BA, lona College. 1954; M.A, DePaul University. 1958: PhD, 

Loyola University. 1967 

Cook. Clarence H, Professor of Mathematics 
B.A, State University of Iowa. 1948; M.S., 1950. Phd, Univer- 
sity of Colorado. 1962 

Cook. Craig M, Assistant Professor of Information Systems 
Management 

B.S, University of Pittsbugh, I968: M.S., University of 
Maryland. I970; Ph D . I974. 

Cook, Thomas M, Professor and Chairman of Microbiology 
B S, University of Maryland. I955; MS. I957; Ph.D.. Rutgers 
University. I963. 

Cooney. Joseph J, Professor ot Microbiology 

B.S, LeMoyne College. I956, MS, Syracuse University. I958. 

Ph D, I96I 

Cooney, Stephanie Heatwole, Assistant Professor of Secom 
dary Education 

B S . Radford College, I967; MS. University ot Maryland. 
I972, PhD . 1975 

Cooper. Jeffrey M, Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B A , Haverford College, I962. MS. University of Illinois. 
I964, Ph D . I967 



32 / Graduate Faculty 



Cooper, Sherod M., Jr., Associate Professor of English 
B.S., Temple University, 1951; MA, 1953; Ph.D., University ol 
Pennsylvania, I963. 

Coplan, Michael, Research Associate Professor, Institute for 

Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

B.A, Williams College, I960; M.S., Yale University, I96I; PhD 

I963. 

Corbett, M. Kenneth, Professor of Botany 

B.S.. McGill University. 1950. Ph D . Cornell University. 1954 

Codiss, John 0„ Professor and Chairman of Zoology 

B.S , University of Chicago, 1944; B.A . University of Vermont. 

1947; Ph.D., New York University, 1951 

Coming, Gerald D., Professor of Aerospace Engineering 
B.S., New York University, 1937; MS, Catholic University. 
I954. 

Correl, Ellen, Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Douglass College, 1951, M.S., Purdue University 1953 

Ph.D., 1958. 

Corrigan, Dean C, Professor of Administration, Supervision 
and Curriculum and Dean. College of Education 
B.Ed., Keene State College. I953; MA.. Columbia University 
1954; Ed.D., 1961. 

Corrigan, Robert A„ Provost, Division of Arts and 
Humanities and Professor of American Studies 
A.B , Brown University. I957; M A.. University of Penn 
sylvania, 1959; Ph D., 1967. 

Corsi, Thomas M., Assistant Professor of Business and 

Management 

B.A., Case Western Reserve University. 1971, M.A., Kent 

State University. 1974; PhD, University of Wisconsin at 

Milwaukee, 1976 



Coursey, Robert D„ Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.S , Spring Hill College. 1966, Ph D , University of 
Rochester, I970 

Courtwright, Benjamin l„ Associate Professor of Information 

Systems Management 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University. 1939; Ph D.. 1968 

Cox, Evelyn M„ Associate Professor of Food. Nutrition and 

Institution Adminstration 

M.S., Syracuse University, 1948; Ph.D.. Iowa State University 

1960. 

Craft, Ann Harrell, Assistant Professor of Physical 
Education 

B.S., East Carolina University, 1962; M.A.. 1966; Ed.D., Univer- 
sity of North Carolina at Greensboro. 1977. 

Craft, Carolyn F„ Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science 
B.A., Bucknell University, 1970; DVM, University of Georqia 
1974. S 

Craig, Randall J„ Associate Professor of Secondary 
Education 

B.S., Morgan State University, 1955; M.F.A., Temple Univer- 
sity, 1963; Ph D„ University of Maryland, 1974 

Crites, John 0„ Professor of Psychology 

A.B , Princeton University. I950; Ph.D.. Columbia University 

1957. ' 

Crosson, Patricia H„ Adiunct Assistant Professor of 

Administration, Supervision, and Curriculum 

M Ed., University of Massachusetts. I972. Ed.D, 1974. 

Cumberland, John H., Professor, Bureau of Business and 
Economic Research 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1947, MA., Harvard University 
1949; Ph D.. 1951. 

CunniM, Patrick F., Professor and Chairman of Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.S., Manhattan College, 1955; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic In- 
stitute, 1956; Ph.D., 1962. 

Currie, Douglas G„ Professor of Physics 

B.E.P., Cornell University, 1958. Ph.D., University of 

Rochester, 1962. 

Currier, Albert W„ Assistant Professor ol Mathematics 
B.A.. State University ot Iowa, 1954; MA.. The Johns 
Hopkins University, 1959; Ph.D., 1968 

Curtis, John M., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

B.S.. North Carolina State College. 1947; M.S.. 1949; Ph.D., 

University of Maryland, 1961 

Cussler, Margaret T„ Associate Professor of Sociology 
B.A., State University of New York at Albany, I93I; MA 
1933; MA., Harvard University. 1941; Ph.D., 1943. 

Dachler, H. Peter, Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.S., Richmond Professional Institute. 1963; MA University 

of Illinois. 1968; Ph.D.. 1969. 

Dagalakis. Nicholas G., Assistant Professor, Mechanical 

Engineering 

Dipt of Mech Engr , National Technical University (Greece), 

1969; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1971. 

Eng.D.. 1973; Ph.D.. 1975. 



Dager, Edward Z„ Professor of Sociology 
BA., Kent State University, 1950, MA, Ohio State Univer- 
sity, 1951; Ph.D.. 1956. 

Dainis, Andrew, Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., University of Adelaide, South Australia, 1962; Ph.D., 
1967; MA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 1972. 

Daisson, Lee D„ Professor of Electrical Engineering 
BSE., Princeton University, 1958; M S.E.. University of 
California at Los Angeles, 1961, Ph D , 1964 

Dally, James W„ Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
BS., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1951, MS, 1953 
Ph D , Illinois Institute of Technology, 1958. 

Dancis, Jerome, Associate Professor ot Mathematics 

BS, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1961; MS .University 

of Wisconsin, 1963; PhD, 1966 

Daniel, Sandra F„ Assistant Professor of French and Italian 
B.A., Talladega College. 1965. M A , University ol Rochester 
1968; Ph.D., 1976. 

Darden, Lindley, Assistant Professor of Philosophy and 

History 

B.A , Southwestern at Memphis, 1968. MA. University of 

Chicago. 1969; SM.. 1973; PhD. 1974. 

Dardis, Rachel, Prolessor of Textiles and Consumer 
Economics and Lecturer in Economics 
BS., St Mary's College. Dublin, 1949; MS.. University of 
Minnesota, 1963, Ph D , 1965 

Darrah, Charles Howard, Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
B.S., University ot Delaware, 1969; MS, University of 
Maryland, 1972; PhD, Cornell University, 1977 

Davey, Belh H„ Associate Professor of Secondary 

Education 

B.S.. Miami University ot Ohio, 1965. MA. University of 

Rochester, 1969; Ph D., Case Western Reserve University 

1971 

Davidson, James P., Assistant Professor of Veterinary 

Science 

B.S.. Michigan State University, 1964; DVM, 1966. M S . 

1974; Ph.D., 1977. 

Davidson, John A„ Professor of Entomology 

B.A., Columbia Union College, 1955, M.S.. University of 

Maryland, 1957; Ph.D., 1960 

Davidson, Marie S., Acting Associate Dean for Graduate 

Studies 

B.S., Dillard University, 1959; M.S.. University of Maryland, 

1967; PhD, 1971 

Davidson, Neil, Associate Prolessor of Secondary Education 
and Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1961, M.S.. University of 
Wisconsin, 1963. Ph.D.. 1970 

Davidson, Ronald C, Professor of Physics 
B.Sc , McMaster University, 1963; PhD, Princeton Univer- 
sity. 1966. 

Davis, Christopher C, Assistant Professor, Electrical 
Engineering 

B.A., Cambridge University, 1965; M.A., 1970, Ph.D., Man- 
chester University (England), 1970. 

Davis, Richard F„ Professor and Chairman of Dairy Science 
and Animal Science 

BS, University of New Hampshire, 1950; MS., Cornell 
University, 1952; Ph.D. 1953 

Davis, Shelley, Assistant Professor of Music 
BA, Washington Square College of New York University, 
1957. M.A.. Graduate School of Arts and Sciences of New 
York University. 1960; Ph D , 1971 

Dawkins, Marvin P., Assistant Professor of Afro- 
American/Urban Studies 

B.S , Edward Waters College, 1970; M.S., Florida State 
University, 1972; Ph.D., 1975 

Dawson, Townes L., Professor of Business and 
Management 

B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943, B.S., United States Mer- 
chant Marine Academy, 1946, MBA, University of Texas. 
1947; PhD.. 1950; J.D. 1954 

Dawson, Victor, CD., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering 
B S., Massachusetts Institute ol Technology. 1948. M.S., 
Harvard University. 1951, M E . California Institute ot 
Technology, 1959; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1963 

Dayton, Chauncy M., Professor of Measurement and 

Statistics 

A.B., University of Chicago, 1955; M A , University Of 

Maryland, 1963; Ph.D., 1964 



Debro, Julius, Assistant Professor. Institute of Criminal 

Justice and Criminology 

B S.. University of San Francisco. I953; M.A.. San Jose State 

College. 1967; DCnm . University of California. Berkeley. 1975 

Decker. A. Morris Jr.. Professor of Agronomy 

B S.. Colorado A&M. 1949, M S , Utah State College. 1951, 

Ph.D., University ot Maryland, 1953. 



Decker, William A„ Assistant Professor of Health Education 
B.A., State University ol California at San Diego, 1967 M A 
Wayne State University, 1969; PhD . University ol Connec- 
ticut, 1975 

DeClaris. Nicholas, Professor of Electrical Engineering 
B.S, Texas A&M University, 1952, SM , Massachusetts In- 
stitute ot Technology, 1954; Sc.D., 1959. 

DeLeiris, Alain, Professor of Art 

B.F A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1948; AM Harvard 

University, 1952; Ph.D., 1957. 

DeLorenzo, William E„ Associate Professor of Secondary 

Education 

B A.. Montclair State College, 1959, M A., 1964, PhD Ohio 

State University. 1971, 

Demaitre, Ann. Associate Professor ot French and Italian 
B A , Columbia University 1950. MA , University of Califor- 
nia. Berkeley, 1951, M.S., Columbia University, 1952; Ph D 
University of Maryland, 1960 

DeMonte, Claudia A„ Lecturer, Art 

BA, College of Notre Dame of Maryland, 1969. M F A . 

Catholic University of America, 1971 



Denny, Don W„ Professor of Art 

B.A., University of Florida, 1959. M A . New York University 

1961; Ph.D., 1965. 

DeRocco, Andrew G„ Professor of Institute of Physical 
Science and Technology 

B.S.. Purdue University. 1951, M.S.. University of Michiqan 
1953; Ph.D., 1957. 

Derrick, Frederick W„ Assistant Professor, Textiles and Con- 
sumer Economics 
B.S.. North Carolina State University, 1972; MS . 1974; Ph D 

1976. 

DeRucher, Kenneth N., Assistant Prolessor, Civil 

Engineering 

B.S.C.E., Tn-State College, 1971. M S . University of North 

Dakota, 1973; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. I976. 

Deshier, Walter w„ Professor of Geography 

B.S.. Lafayette College, 1943. MA. University of Maryland. 

1953; Ph.D.. 1957. 

DeSilva. Alan W.. Professor of Physics 

B S.. University of California at Los Angeles. 1954, Ph.D.. 

University of California. Berkeley. 1961. 

Dessaint, Alain, Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
BA. University of Chicago. 1961; MA, Stanford University 
1962; Ph.D.. University of Hawaii. 1972. 

Destler, William M., Assistant Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S., Stevens Institute ot Technology, 1968; Ph D., Cornell 

University, 1972. 

Devine, Donald J., Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

BBA„ Saint Johns University, 1959; M.A., Brooklyn College, 

1965; Ph D , Syracuse University. 1967. 

DeVoe. Howard J.. Associate Professor of Chemistry 
BA, Oberlm College, 1955; PhD., Harvard University, 1960. 

Dies, Robert R„ Associate Professor ot Psychology 
B.S.. Carroll College. 1962; MA. Bowling Green State 
University. 1964; Ph.D.. University of Connecticut. 1968. 

Dieter, George E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and 
Dean. College of Engineering 

B S„ Drexel University, 1950; D Sc , Carnegie-Mellon Univer 
sity. 1953 

Dietz, Maureen A„ Associate Professor of Early Childhood 
and Elementary Education 

BS. Creighton University. 1964; M S . University of Penn- 
sylvania 1965; Ph.D.. 1968. 

DiFederico, Frank Robert, Associate Professor of Art 
B A . University of Massachusetts 1955; M.A.. Boston Univer- 
sity, 1961; Ph.D. New York University, 1970. 

Diggs. Charles C, Assistant Professor. Hearing and Speech 
Sciences 

; M.S.. Purdue University 1972; 



Dillard. Dudley, Professor of Economics and Provost, Div. of 

Behavioral and Social Sciences 

B.S . University of California, Berkeley, 1935, Ph D ., 1940 

Dingwall, William Orr, Associate Professor and Director, 

Linguistics Program 

B.S, Georgetown University. 1957; Ph.D. 1964 

Dittman. Laura L., Professor Institute lor Child Study 
BS.. University ol Colorado, I938; MA. University of 
Maryland. 1963; Ph.D.. 1967 

Dively. Galen P., Assistant Professor of Entomology 
B.S, Juniata College. 1966. M S. Rutgers University, I968; 
Ph.D. 1971. 



Graduate Faculty / 33 



Dixon, Jack R., Adjunct Associate Professor ot Physics 
BS. Western Reserve University, 1948. M.S.. 1950; PhD, 
University of Maryland, 1956. 

Dodge, Norton T„ Associate Professor of Economics 

AB Cornell University. 1948; MA, Harvard University, 1951; 

Ph.D., 1960. 

Doetsch. Raymond N„ Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., University ot Illinois, 1942; A.M., Indiana University, 

1943; Ph D„ University of Maryland, 1948. 

Dombeck, Thomas W.. Assistant Professor, Physics and 

Astronomy 

B.A.. Columbia University. 1967; Ph D.. Northwestern Univer 

sity, 1972 

Donaldson, Bruce K., Associate Professor of Aerospace 
Engineering 

B.S.. Columbia University, 1955. MS, Wichita Stale Univer- 
sity. 1962, M.S., 1963; Ph.D.. University ol Illinois at Urbana, 
1968 

Dortman, J. Robert, Professor of Physics and Institute for 

Physical Science and Technology 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University. 1957; Ph.D., 1961. 

Dorman, Gary J., Assistant Professor, Economics 
AB. University of Michigan. 1972; PhD. University of 
California. 1976. 

Dotson, Charles 0„ Associate Professor of Physical 

Education 

B.A., Morehead Stale University, 1963; M.S., Purdue Univer 

sity. 1964; Ph.D.. 1968. 

Doudna, Mark E„ Assistant Professor of Hearing and 

Speech Sciences 

B.S.. Ohio Stale University, 1948; MA, 1956; Ph.D.. 1962. 

Douglass, Larry w.. Associate Profesor of Dairy Science 
BS Purdue University. 1963; M.A., 1966, PhD, Oregon 
State University. 1969 

Douglis, Avron. Professor of Mathematics 

AB , University of Chicago. 1938; MA. New York University, 

1949; PhD . 1949 

Dowdy. Lawrence W., Assistant Professor ol Computer 

Science 

B.S., Florida Stale University, 1974; MA, Duke University 

1976. Ph.D., 1977. 

Dragt. Alexander J., Protessor of Physics 

A B , Calvin College. 1958; Ph.D.. University of California. 

Berkeley, 1963. 

Drew, Howard Dennis, Associate Professor of Physics 
B.S.. University of Pittsburgh, 1962; Ph.D.. Cornell University. 



Driskell, David C, Professor. Art 

AB, Howard University. 1955; M FA, Catholic University ol 
America, 1962. Rijksbureau voor Kunslhistonsches 
Documentatie, Den Haag (Holland), 1964. 

Dudley, James, Professor of Administration, Supervision and 

Curriculum 

B.A.. Southern Illinois University. I9SI; M S Southern Illinois 

University. 1957; Ed D. University of Illinois. 1964. 

Duffey. Dick, Professor of Chemical Engineering and 
Nuclear Engineering 

B.S., Purdue University, 1939; M S . Univprsily ol Iowa, 1940; 
Ph D , University ol Maryland. 1956. 

Duffey, Robert v., Professor of Early Childhood and Elemen- 
tary Education 

B.S.. Millersviile Slate College, 1938; Ed.M , Temple Univer- 
sity. 1948, Ed.D., 1954. 

Duffy, John, Professor ot History 

B.A Louisana State Normal College. 1941, M A , 1943 Ph D 

University ol California. 1946 

Dunn. Norma E.. Assistant Professor, English 
B.A., Madison College, 1946; MA , University ot Penn- 
sylvania, 1953; Ph.D., 1968. 

Dutta, Sukanta K„ Associate Professor of Veterinary 

Science 

B.Sc. (Vet.) Bombay University. India. 1956; M.S., University 

ol Minnesota. 1960; Ph D.. 1962. 

Dworzecka, Maria Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics 
M.Sc. Warsaw University, 1964; Ph D., 1969. 

Earl, James A., Professor of Physics 

BS, Massachusetts Institute ol Technoloqy 1953 Ph D 

1957 

Edmisier. Robert O., Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

BS. Miami University. 1964; MBA.. University of Michigan 

1965. Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1970. 

Edmundson, Harold P.. Professor of Mathematics and Com- 
puter Science 

8. A, University ol California, Los Angeles, 1946 M A 1948 
Ph.D., 1953 

Ehrlich. Gertrude. Professor of Mathematics 
B S . Georgia State College for Women, 1943; MA.. Univer- 
sity of North Carolina. 1945; Ph.D.. University of Tennessee. 



Einstein. Theodore L.. Assistant Professor, Physics and 

Astronomy 

BA, Harvard University, 1969, MA., 1969; PhD, University 

of Pennsylvania, I973 

Eisenberg, John, Adjunct Professor of Zoology 

B S.. Washington Stale University. 1957. MA University of 

California Berkeley, 1959, Ph.D.. 1962. 

Eley, George, Associate Professor of Early Childhood 

Elementary Education 

BS, Ohio State University. I952; M.Ed.. 1957; Ph.D.. 1966. 

Eliot. John, Associate Professor, Institute tor Child Study 
A B , Harvard University, 1956; A.M.T . 1958; Ed.D., Stanford 
University, 1966. 

Elkin. Stephen L„ Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

BA, Alfred University, 1961. MA. PhD.. Harvard University 



Elkins, Richard L„ Assistant Professor of Industrial 

Education 

B.S.. University of Maryland. 1953. MA, 1958; Ed.D., 1972 

Ellingson. Robert G„ Assistant Professor ol Meteorology 
B.S., Florida State University, 1967; M.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1972. 

Elliott, Gregory C. Assistant Protessor of Sociology 
A.B., Boston College. 1968: M.S.. University ol North 
Carolina. 1970; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1974 Ph D 
1977, 

Elliott, Teresa G., Assistant Protessor, Speech and Dramatic 

Art 

BA,, Catholic University ot America, 1950, MCA.. 1970. 

Ellis. Robert L.. Assistant Protessor ol Mathematics 

B.A . Miami University, 1960, Ph.D.. Duke University. 1966. 

Emad. Fawzi P., Associate Professor ol Electrical 
Engineering 

BS.. American University (Beirut), 1961; M.S.. Northwestern 
University. 1963, Ph.D., 1965. 

Emerson, Peter M., Visiting Assistant Professor of Textiles 
and Consumer Economics 

BS, Cornell University, 1967; MS, 1968; PhD. Purdue 
University, 1972. 

Ephremides, Anthony. Associate Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

B S , National Technical University of Athens, 1967; MA, 

Princeton University, 1969; PhD, 1971 



Evans, Emory, Prolessor and Chairman of History 

B.A . Randolph-Macon College, 1950; MA. University of 

Virginia. 1954, Ph D., 1957. 

Ewert, D. Merrill, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Extension Educalion 

BA, Tabor College, 1967, MA, University ot Wisconsin- 
Madison, 1971; Ph.D., 1977. 

Eyler, Marvin H., Dean and Professor, College of Physical 
Education, Recreation and Health 

A.B., Houghton College, 1942; M.S., 1942; M.S.. University 
of Illinois I948. Ph D.. 1956 

Falcione, Raymond L„ Associate Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B.A.. Akron University. 1965; MA.. 1967; Ph.D.. Kent State 
University. 1972. 

Falk. David S., Professor of Physics 

B. Eng Phys , Cornell University, 1954, MS, Harvard Univer- 
sity, 1955, Ph.D.. 1959. 

Faller. Alan J„ Professor, Institute for Physical Science and 
Technology and Meteorology 

SB. Massachusetts Institute for Technology, 1951 M S 
1953; Sc.D, 1957. 

Fanning, Delvin S., Professor of Agronomy 

B.S., Cornell University. 1954; MS., 1959; Ph.D.. University ol 

Wisconsin, 1964, 

Farquhar, Douglas James, Associate Professor of Art 
BA, Washington and Lee University. 1963; M A., University 
of Chicago. 1966; Ph.D., 1972. 

Farrell, Richard T., Associate Prolessor ol Secondary Educa- 
tion and History 
A.B., Wabash College, 1954, M.S.. Indiana University, 1958: 



Feiton, Kenneth E., Associate Prolessor of Agricultural 
Engineering 

BS., University of Maryland, 1950; B.S.. 1951. M.S. Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1962. 

Ferrell, Richard A„ Professor of Physics 

B.S., California Institute ol Technology, 1948, M.S.. 1949; 

Ph.D., Princeton University, 1952. 

Fey, James T., Associate Prolessor of Secondary Education 
and Mathematics 

B.S., University ol Wisconsin. 1962; M.S.. 1963; Ph.D.. Colum- 
bia University, 1968 



Fink, Beatrice C. Associate Prolessor ol French and Italian 
B.A., Bryn Mawr College. 1953; MA. Yale University. 1956; 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 1966. 

Finkelstein, Barbara J„ Associate Prolessor, Social Founda- 
tions of Education 

B.A., Barnard College. 1959; MA., Teachers College, Colum- 
bia University, 1960; Ed.D.. 1970 

Finsterbusch, Kurt, Associate Professor of Sociology 
BA, Princeton University, 1957; B.D , Grace Theological 
Seminary, 1960, Ph.D., Columbia University, 1969 

Fish, Gertrude S„ Assistant Professor of Housing and 

Applied Design 

B.S., Cornell University. 1968; MA. 1970; Ph.D., 1973. 



Filzpatrick, Patrick M„ Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
BA. Rutgers University. 1966; PhD., 1971. 



Flack, James K., Jr., Associate Professor of History 
B.A., Albion College, 1959; MA., Wayne Stale University, 
1963. Ph.D., 1968 

Flatter, Charles H„ Associate Professor, Institute for Child 

Study 

B.A., DePauw University, 1961; E.Ed., University of Toledo, 

1965; Ed.D.. University of Maryland, 1968. 

Fleck, Jere, Associate Professor of Germanic and Slavic 

Languages 

Ph.D. University ol Munich, 1968. 

Fleig, Albert J„ Jr., Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering 
B.S.E.S., Purdue University, 1958; Ph.D., Catholic University 
of America, 1968. 



Folsom, Kenneth E„ Associate Prolessor ol History 
B.A., Princeton University. 1943; BA. University of Califor- 
nia. Berkeley. 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D.. 1964. 

Folslrom, Roger J., Professor of Music and Secondary 
Education 

BS. College ol SI Thomas, 1956; M.Ed.. 1959; MM., North- 
western University. 1963; Ph.D.. 1967. 

Fonaroff, L. Schuyler, Professor of Geography 

B.A., University of Arizona, 1955; Ph D , The Johns Hopkins 

University, 1961. 



Ford, Gary T., Assistant Professor of Business and 

Management 

B.B.A.. Clarkson College of Technology, 1966: MBA. State 

University of New York at Buffalo, 1968; Ph D.. 1973 

Foss, John E., Professor of Agronomy 

B.S.. Wisconsin State University, 1957, M.S., University of 

Minnesota. 1959; Ph.D.. 1965. 

Foster. Phillips W., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

B.S., Cornell University. 1953; MS , University ol Illinois 

1956; Ph D„ 1958 

Foumey, William L„ Prolessor of Mechanical Engineering 
B.S.A.E.. West Virginia University. 1962; M.S., 1963: PhD, 
University of Illinois. 1966 

Foust, Clifford M., Professor of History 

B.A., Syracuse University. 1949; MA., University of Chicago, 

1951, PhD.. 1957. 

Frank, Susan, Assistant Professor, Psychology 

BA, New York University, 1971; Ph.D. Yale University 1976 

Frederiksen, Elke P., Assistant Prolessor, Germanic and 
Slavic Languages 

MA . University of Kiel (Germany). 1962; MA, University ol 
Wisconsin, 1965; PhD, University ol Colorado, 1973. 

Freedman, Morris, Professor of English 

B.A , Cily University ol New York, 1941; MA, Columbia 

University, 1950; Ph.D., 1953 

Freeman, David H., Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Rochester, 1952; M.S.. Carnegie Institute 
of Technology, 1954; PhD . Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology 1957. 

Freeman, Robert, Associate Prolessor of Psychology and 
Counseling and Personnel Services 
B.A, Havertord College, 1951; MA, Wesieyan University 
1954; Ph D . University ol Maryland. 1964. 

Freimuth. Vicki S.. Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B S.. Eastern Illinois University. 1966. MA, University of 
Iowa, 1967; Ph.D.. Florida State University, 1974. 

Freti Bruce R„ Adjunct Professor ot Psychology 

B.A.. Gettysburg College. 1961; MA. Ohio Slate University 

1963; Ph D.. 1965. 



34 / Graduate Faculty 



Friedman. Herbert Adjunct Professor of Physics 

BA, Brooklyn College 1336; Ph.O, The Johns Hopkins 

University. 1940 

Fritz. Sigmund. Visiting Professor of Meteorology 

B.S.. Brooklyn College. 1934; US, Massachusetts Institute 

of Technology. 1941: Sc D, 1953 

Fromovitz. Stan. Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

BA Sc Unnrersity Of Toronto I960; MA 1961: Ph.D.. 

Stanford University. 1965 

Fry. Gladys M, Associate Professor of English 

BA. Howard University. 1952: MA. 1954: Ph.D.. Indiana 

University. 1967 

Fuegi. John B, Professor and Director. Comparative 
_ ■e-~:--a Program 

BA. Pomona College. 1961: Ph D, University of Southern 
California 1967 

Funaro. George J, Ptjvosi Division of Human and Com- 
munity Resources and Associate Professor of Secondary 
Education 

BA. Amencan International College. 1956: MA. University 
of Connecticut. 1961: Ph.D.. 1965 

Funt. Richard. Assistant Professor of Horticulture 

B S Delaware Valley College. 1968. M S Pennsylvania 

State University. 1971: Ph.D.. 1974 

Galletta. Gene J, Adjunct Professor of Horticulture 

B.S, University of Maryland. 1951: MS.. Rutgers University. 

1953: Ph.D.. University of California. 1959 



Gambreil. Linda B_ Assistant Professor of Early Childhood— 

Elementary Education 

B.S, University of Maryland. 1966: M Ed, 1970: Ph.D.. 1973. 

Gammon. Robert w_ Assistant Professor of Institute of 
Physical Science and Technology 

BA. The Johns Hopkins University. 1961: M.S.. California In- 
stitute of Technology. 1963; Ph.D.. The Johns Hopkins 
University. 1967 

Gannon. John D, Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
: - =-:a- .- .ersity, 1970. M.S.. 1972: University of 
Toronto. 1975 

Gannon. Martin J- Professor of Business and Management 
BA University of Scranton. 1961; Ph.D.. Columbia Univer- 
s '. 1969 

Garbanati. Dennis. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
BA, Spring Hill College. 1967: MA. University of California 

Sa"'.a Barbara 1969: Ph.D.. 1972 



Gardner. Albert H_ Associate Professor. Institute for Child 

Study 

B.S.. State University of New York. Cortland. 1958: MA. 

Syracuse University. 1964; Ph.D.. 1967. 

Gardner. Marjorie H, Professor of Chemistry 

BS Utah State Unrversity. 1946: MA Ohio State University 

1958 PhD. 1960. 

Garrison. Martha U Assistant Professor of Family and Com- 
munity Development 

B.S.. Michigan State Unrversity 1938: MS.. University of 
Maryland. 1963. 

Garst. Ronald D, Assistant Professor of Geography 
BS.. Arizona State University. Tempe. 1963: MA. 1966: 
Ph D . Michigan State Unrversity. East Lansing. 1972 

Garvey. Evertyn F. Associate Professor of Music 

B.S.. Temple University. 1943: MM.. University of Rochester 

1946 

Gasner. Larry U Assistant Professor of Chemical 
E - ; nee' ~: 

B.S, University of Minnesota 1965: M.S.. Massachusetts in- 
stitute of Technology. 1967: PhD, 1971 

Gass. Saul L, Professor of Business and Management 

B S . Boston University. 1949: MA. 1949: Ph D, University of 

California 1965 

Gatz. Margaret J, Assistant Professor of Psychology 
5~ S: _•" a es:e- at Memphis I9GE -- Z I,--\- .-- 
sity. 1972 

Gaylin. Ned l_ Professor and Chairman. Department of 

Family and Community Development 

BA University of Chicago. 1956. MA. 1961: PhD, 1965. 

Gelman. Blen F_ Associate Professor of Art 

AB, Brandeis University. 1961: M FA. Columbia University. 



Geiso. Charles J, Assocate Professor of Psychology 
= ■ 5 : : --: .•; E'a'e C: e;e - 363 '.' S - :• la'State 
University. 1964: Ph D, Ohio State University. 1970 

Gemmill. Perry R, Assistant Professor. Industrial Education 
BS. Miiiersville State College. 1968: MAE, Ball State Col- 
ore tan 



Gentry. James W, Associate Professor of Chemical 
E~; -~- rig 

BS, Oklahoma State University. 1961: MS. University of 
Birmingham. 1963: Ph.D, University of Texas 1959 

Giblette John F. Professor Measurement and Statistics 
BA. George Washington University. 1947: MA. Unrversity 
of Minnesota 1952 Ph D , University of Pennsylvania i960 

Giffin. Donald W_ Associate Professor of History and Direc- 
tor of Admissions and Registrations 
BA. University of California Santa Barbara 1950 MA 
Vanderbm University. 1956: Ph.D, 1962 

Gilbert James B, Professor of History 

BA, Caneton College. 1961: MA. University of Wisconsin 

1963: Ph.D, 1966 

Gill. Douglas E_ Assistant Professor of Zoology 

B.S . Marietta College. 1965: MA. University of Michigan 

1967: PhD 1971 

Ginter. Marshall L, Professor. Institute for Physical Science 

and 'a-: -- : ::. 

B.S, Chico State College. 1958: PhD, Vanderbilt Unrversity 

1961 

Girdano. Daniel A, Associate Professor of Health Education 
BA. West Liberty State College. 1964: MA. Kent State 
Unrversity. 1965: Ph.D, University of Toledo. 1970 

Girdano. Dorothy D„ Associate Professor of Health 
E:,:=- :.- 

BS, Unrversity of Nebraska I960: MA. Colorado State Col- 
lege 1964: Ph.D.. University of Toledo. 1969 

Glass. James M, Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

BA, Unrversity of California at Berkeley. 1961: MA 1964 



Glasser. Robert G, Professor of Physics 

AB, Unrversity of Chicago. 1948: B.S, 1950 M S 1952 

=- : • »4 

Glee. Ulysses S, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
;■ r'j ;■ =:_:=■ - 

aS_ Florida ASM University. 1967: MS, University of 
Maryland. 1970. Ph D, 1975. 

Glendening. Parris N, Associate Professor of Government 

and : : • es 

BA, Florida State Unrversity. 1964; MA. 1965: Ph . 1967 

Glick. Arnold J. Associate Professor of Physics 

BA. Brooklyn College. 1955: PhD, Unrversity of Maryland. 

1961 

Gligor. Virgil D, Assistant Professor. Computer Science 
BS, University of California (Berkeley). 1972. MS. 1973 
Ph D, 1976 

Gtoeckler. George. Associate Professor of Physics 
8S„ Unrversity of Chicago. 1960. MS, 1961: PhD 1965 

Glover III, Roife E. Professor of Physics 

-==■•■.: I: -:- '---. E5 '.' assachusetts nstftute 

of Technology. 1948: Ph.D.. Unrversity of Goettingen. 1953 

Gluckstem. Robert l_ Chancellor and Professor of Physics 
and Astronomy 

BEE, City College of New York. 1944; Ph D. 
Massachusetts Instrute of Technology. 1948. 

Goering. Jacob D. Professor. Institute for Child Study 
BA. Bethel College. 1941: Ph D, University of Maryland. 
1959 

Goldberg. Seymour. Professor of Mathematics 

AB, Hunter College. 1950: MA. Ohio State University. 1952 

PhD, Unrversity of California at Los Angeles. 1958. 

Golden. Bruce L, Assistant Professor of Business and 

Management 

BA. Unrversity of Pennsylvania 1972 S.M, Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology. 1974: Ph D, 1976. 

GokJenbaum. George C, Associate Professor of Physics 
BS Muhlenberg College. 1957; Ph D, University of 
Maryland. 1966 



. Jacob K, Professor and Chairman of 
Mathematics 

BA. Brooklyn College. 1944; MA. Harvard University. 19*5: 
PhD, Unilversrty of Wisconsin. 1950 

Goldman, David T, Professor of Chemical Engineenng 
BA, Brooklyn College. 1952: MS, Vanderbilt Unrversity. 
1954: Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1958 

Goldman. Harvey. Associate Professor of Administration 
Supervision and Curriculum 

BA. University Of Rhode Island. I960 MA. John Carroll 
Unrversity. 1962: Ed.D, Michigan State University. 1966. 

Goldsby. Richard Allen. Professor of Chemistry 
BA. University of Kansas. 1957; Ph.D, University of Califor- 
nia 1961 

Goldstein. Irwin U Professor of Psychology 

BA. City College of New York. 1959: MA. University of 

Maryland. 1962 PhD. 1964 



Goldstein. Larry l_ Professor of Mathematics 

BA, Unrversity of Pennsylvania 1965: MA, 1965. M A 

Pnnceton University. 1967; Ph.D.. 1967 

Goiiub. Lewis R, Professor of Psychology 

A.B , University of Pennsylvania 1955: Ph D Harvard Univer- 

=- • . ■ 366 

Gomezplata. Albert Professor of Chemical Engineenng 
B.Ch.E, Brooklyn Polytechnic institute, 1952: M Che E, 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1954; Ph.D.. 1958 

Good. Richard A Professor of Mathematics 

AB, Ashland College. 1939 MA. University of Wisconsin 

1940 Ph.D.. 1945 

Goode. Mehryn Dennis. Associate Professor of Zoology 
B.S, University of Kansas. 1963: Ph D . Iowa State Univer 
sity 1967. 

Goodin. Robert Edward, Assistant Professor of Government 

and Politics 

BA. Indiana University. 1972 Ph.D.. Oxford University. 1974 

Goodwyn. Frank. Professor of Spanish 

BA, College of Arts and industnes. 1940. MA. 1941; Ph D, 

University of Texas. 1946. 

Gordon. Donald C, Professor of History 

AB, College of William and Mary. 1934: MA. Columbia 

University. 1937; Ph.D, 1947 

Gordon. Glen E, Professor of Chemistry 

B.S, Unrversity of Illinois. 1956; Ph.D.. University of Califor- 

- a E~--a a. • X'. 

Gordon. Stewart L, Professor of Music 
BA. University of Kansas. 1953: MA. 1954; DMA, Univer- 
sity of Rochester, 1965. 

Gormally. James. Assistant Professor. Psychology 

BA. Marirt College. 1969: MA. Southern Illinois University. 

1972 PhD . 1974. 

Gorovitz. Samuel. Professor and Chairman of the Depart- 
ment of Philosophy 

B.S, Massachuetts institute of Technology, i960 Ph D. 
Stanford University. 1963 

Gouin. Francis R, Associate Professor of Horticulture 
B.S, University of New Hampshire. 1962 MS. University of 
Maryland. 1965: Ph.D.. 1969 

Gould. Murray J, Assistant Professor of Music 
B.Mus, Manhattan School o< Music. 1956: M Mus 1958 
PhD, New York University. 1972 

Gould. William Jr_ Assistant Professor of Horticulture 
AB, Albion College. 194ft M LA. University of Georgia 



Gramberg. Edvard. Professor of Spanish 
BA. University of Amsterdam. 1946. MA. University of 
California Los Angeles. 1949; Ph.D, University of California 
Berkeley. 1956. 

Grambs, Jean D„ Professor of Secondary Education 
A = =a^: :: a:a 'i:: V - 3'a-'ord Jn rers h 1941 
Ed D, 1948 

Grant. Lee P„ Assistant Professor, Agncultunal Engineenng 
B.S, University of Connecticut. 1962 MS. Pennsylvania 
State University. 1971: Ph D 1974 

Gray. Alfred. Professor of Mathematics 

BA. University of Kansas. 1960: MA 1961. Ph.D. University 

of California Los Angeles. 1964 

Green. Eleanor B, Assistant Professor of Art 
AB . Vassar College 1949. MA George Washington Unrver- 
sity. 1971; PhD, 1973 

Green. Harry B_ Jr, Assistant Professor, institute for Child 

5-.:. 

BA, University of Virginia 1959: M.Ed, 1963: Ph.D.. 1965 

Green. Paul S, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

BA. Cornell University, 1959: M A, Harvard University, 196ft 

Ph.D, Cornell Unrversity. 1964 



Greenberg. Kenneth R_ Associate Professor of Counseling 
and Personnel Services 

B.S, Ohio State University. 1951 MA. 1952 Ph.D, Western 
Reserve University. I960 

Greenberg. Leon. Professor of Mathematics 

B.S, City College of New York. 1953: MA. Yale University 

1955: Ph.D, 1958 

Greenberg. Louis M, Associate Professor of History 

5 A 3-:c ■:.-;: eae 'SJ V - -a-. -,■-. . - a •; ■ rr~ 
Ph 0, 1963 

Greenberg. Oscar W, Professor of Physics 

55 P.t-e-s w," '.e-s •. 'Jt: - '.' =' -:?■:- ,- .5-5 -. 
1954: Ph.D, 1956. 

Greene. James B, Assistant Professor of Business and 

Management 

BA. Duke Unrversity. 1969: Ph D, University of Michigan 

1975. 



Graduate Faculty / 35 



Greenwood, David C, Associate Professor of English 
B A , University of London, 1949; Certificate in Education, 
Nottingham. 1953; Ph.D.. University of Dublin. 1968 

Greer, Thomas V., Professor of Business and Management 
B.A., University of Texas, 1953; M B A, Ohio State Univer- 
sity, 1957; Ph D.. University of Texas. 1964 

Griem, Hans, Professor of Physics 

Arbiture. Max Planck Schule. 1949, Ph D University of Kiel. 

1954, 

Griffin. James J., Professor of Physics 

B.S . Villanova College, 1952, MS, Princeton University. 

1955; PhD, 1956. 

Grim, Samuel 0„ Professor of Chemistry 

B.S.. Franklin and Marshall College, 1956, Ph.D.. 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960 

Grimsted, David A., Associate Professor of History 

A.B , Harvard University. 1957, MA., University of California, 

Berkeley, 1958. Ph D . 1963 



Groves, Paul A.. Associate Professor of Geography 
B.Sc, University of London. 1956; MA., University of 
Maryland, 1961, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley 
1969. 

Gruchy, Allan G., Professor of Economics 

B.A.. University of British Columbia, 1926; MA., McGill 

University, 1929, Ph D., University of Virginia. 1931 

Grunig, James E„ Associate Professor of Journalism 
B S . Iowa Slate University, 1964; M S , University of Wiscon- 
sin. 1966; Ph.D. 1968 

Guernsey. Ralph L„ Research Associate Professor, Institute 
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
BA.. Miami University, 1952. M.S. 1954, Ph.D. University of 
Michigan, 1970. 

Gulick, Sidney L., Professor of Mathematics 

BA. Oberlm College. 1958; MA. Yale University. 1960; 

PhD. 1963 

Haber, Francis C Professor of History 

BA, University of Connecticut. 1948; MA. The Johns 

Hopkins University. 1952, Ph.D.. 1957. 

Hacklander. Effie, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con- 



Haley. A.J., Professor ol Zoology 

B.S., University of New Hampshire. 1949; M.S.. 1950; Sc.D., 

The Johns Hopkins University, 1955 

Hall. John Raymond, Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
BS. University of Illinois, 1964, M.S. 1965; PhD. Ohio State 
University. 1971 

Hamilton. Donna B„ Assistant Professor of English 

B A., St Olaf College, 1963; Ph D.. University of Wisconsin. 

Madison, 1968. 

Hamilton, Gary D„ Associate Professor of English 

B A , St Olaf College, I962; MA , University of Wisconsin 

1965, PhD, 1968 

Hamlet. Richard Graham. Assistant Professor of Computer 

Science 

B.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1959; MS. Cornell University. 

1964; Ph.D.. University ol Washington, 1971. 

Hamlet. Sandra L„ Associate Professor of Hearing and 
Speech Sciences 

B A, University of Wisconsin, 1959, M.A.. University of 
Washington, 1967; Ph.D.. 1970. 

Hammond. Allen S., Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

BA. Gnnneli College, 1972; Juris Doctor, University of 
Pennsylvania, 1975; MA, 1977 

Hammond. Robert C, Professor and Chairman of Veterinary 

Science 

B S , Pennsylvania State University. 1943; D.V.M . University 

of Pennsylvania. 1948. 

Hannemann. Robert J., Assistant Professor, Mechanical 

Engineering 

BS, Illinois Institute of Technology, 1970; M.S., New York 

University, 1972; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of 

Technology. 1975 

Hansen, J.N., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B A , Drake University. 1964. Ph.D., University of California, 

Los Angeles, 1968 

Harfcer. Jean R„ Assistant Professor of Special Education 
BA, State University of New York. 1969, M Ed., Temple 
University, 1971, EdD., 1975. 

Hardgrave. Walter Terry, Assistant Prolessor, Information 

Systems Management 

B S . University of Texas. 1967. MA , 1970. Ph.D., 1972. 

Hardie. Ian W„ Associate Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.S , University of California, Davis. 1960; Ph.D.. University of 
California. Berkeley. I965 



Hardin, Russell, Associate Professor, Government and 
Politics 

BA and BS, University of Texas, 1963; BA, Oxford Univer- 
sity, PhD, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1971 

Hardy, Robert C, Associate Professor, Institute For Child 

Study 

B.S.Ed , Bucknell University. 1961; M S.Ed , Indiana Univer- 

sity.1964; EdD, 1969 

Harger, Robert 0„ Professor and Chairman of Electrical 

Engineering 

BSE. University of Michigan. 1955, MSE, 1959. PhD. 

1961 

Harlan, Louis R„ Professor of History 

B A., Emory University, 1943; MA, Vanderbilt University, 

1947; Ph.D. The Johns Hopkins University. 1955 



Harper, Robert A., Professor and Chairman of Geography 
Ph B . University of Chicago. 1946. B S , 1947; M S , 1948; 
PhD.. 1950. 

Harrington, J. Patrick, Associate Professor of Astronomy 
B.S., University of Chicago, 1961; MS, Ohio Slate University. 
1964; PhD , 1967 



1959; PhD. 1960 

Harris. James F., Assistant Professor of History 

BS, Loyola University, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 

1964. PhD. 1968 

Harris. Wesley, L., Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
BS.A.E. University of Georgia. 1953; MS. 1958; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University, 1960. 

Harrison, Floyd P., Professor of Entomology 

B.S., Louisiana State University, 1951, MS, 1953, Ph.D., 

University of Maryland, 1955 

Harrison, Horace V„ Professor of Government and Politics 
BA . Trinity University. 1932; MA , University of Texas. 1941; 
Ph.D., 1951 

Harrison. Paul E„ Jr., Professor of Industrial Education 
B.Ed , Northern Illinois State College, 1942; MA., Colorado 
State College. 1947, Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1955. 

Hart, Michael H„ Visiting Assistant Professor of 

Meteorology 

BA. Cornell University. 1952; M.S., Adelphi University. 1969; 

Ph D , Princeton University, 1972. 

Harvey. James W., Assistant Professor of Business and 

Management 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1966, MBA., University ol Miami. 

1968; PhD . Pennsylvania State University. 1977 

Hasenauer, Edward J., Assistant Professor, Speech and 

Dramatic Art 

B.A.. lona College. 1971 

Haslem, John A.. Professor of Business and Management 
A B , Duke University, 1956, M BA, University of North 
Carolina. 1961. Ph.D., 1967 

Hatch, Randolph Thomas. Assistant Professor of Chemical 

Engineering 

B.S.. University of California, Berkeley. 1967, MS., 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1969; Ph.D., 1973 

Hatfield, Agnes B., Associate Professor, Institute for Child 

Study 

BA., University of California, 1948, MA. University of 

Denver, 1954; Ph D . 1959. 

Hathom, Guy B„ Professor of Government and Politics 
A.B.. University of Mississippi. 1940; MA, 1942; PhD. Duke 
University. 1950, 

Hauptman. William, Assistant Professor of Art 

BA, The George Washington University, 1968; MA., 1970; 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1975. 

Hayleck, Charles R„ Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

B S . University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949. 

Hayward, Raymond W., Adiunct Professor of Physics 
B S . Iowa Stale College, 1943; Ph.D., University of Califor- 
nia. Berkeley. 1950 



Heath, James L., Associate Prolessor of Poultry Science 
BS.. Louisiana State University. 1963; MS. 1968; PhD.. 
1970 

Hebeler, Jean R., Professor of Special Education 

BS, Buffalo State Teachers College, 1953, MS. University 

of Illinois. 1956. Ed D., Syracuse University, 1960 

Heidelbach, Ruth. Associate Prolessor of Early Childhood 
Elementary Education and Associate Director, Office of 
Laboratory Experiences 

BS., University of Maryland. 1949; M Ed , University of 
Florida. 1958; Ed D . Columbia University, 1967 



Heikkinen, Henry Wendell, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
and Secondary Education 

B Eng„ Yale University, 1956; MA, Columbia University. 
1962; PhD. University of Maryland, 1973. 

Heilpnn Laurence B„ Professor of Library and Information 
Services 

BS.. University of Pennsylvania. 1928; MA, 1931, Ph.D.. Har- 
vard University. 1941 

Heim, Norman, Professor of Music 

B M Ed.. Evansville College, 1951; MM.. University of 

Rochester. 1952. DMA. 1962 

Heins, Conrad P., Jr., Professor, Civil Engineering 
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology, 1960; MS., Lehigh 
University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1967. 

Heisler, Martin 0„ Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles, 1960; MA, 1962; 

Ph.D.. 1969 



Helm, E. Eugene, Professor of Music 
B.M.E., Southeastern Louisiana College. 1960; M.M.E., Loui- 
siana State University. 1955. Ph.D., North Texas State 
University, 1958. 

Helz, George R„ Associate Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Princeton University. 1964; PhD, Pennsylvania State 

University. 1971 

Helzer, G.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
BA , Portland State College. 1959; MA., Northwestern 
University, 1962, Ph.D.. 1964. 



Henkel, Donald D.. Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Recreation 

B S ., Indiana University. 1947 M S , George Williams Col- 
lege. 1955; Ph D., University of Illinois. 1967. 



Henkelman, James, Associate Professor of Secondary 
Education and Mathematics 

BS. Miami University. 1954. M.Ed.. 1955; EdD, Harvard 
University. I965. 

Herb, Rebecca A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
BA, University of Oregon, 1969; M.A., 1970; PhD, Univer- 
sity of Washington. 1974. 

Hering, Christoph A„ Professor and Chairman of Germanic 

and Slavic Languages 

Ph.D.. Rhein-Fnednch-Wilhelms Universitat, 1950. 

Herman. Harold J., Associate Professor, English 
B.A., University of Maryland. 1952; Ph.D., University of Penn- 
sylvania, 1960. 

Herman, Wayne L., Associate Professor of Early Childhood 
and Elementary Education 

BA.. Ursinus College. 1955, M.Ed., Temple University, i960; 
Ed.D.. 1965. 

Herschbach, Dennis R„ Associate Professor of Industrial 

Education 

A B , San Jose State College. 1960; M.S., University of 

Illinois. 1968. Ph.D., 1972. 

Hesse, Michael Bernard, Assistant Professor of Journalism 
A B , University of Cincinnati, I965, MA, American Universi- 
ty. 1967, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1974. 

Hetrick, Frank M„ Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Michigan State University, 1954, M S . University of 

Maryland. 1960; Ph.D.. 1962. 

Hiebert, Ray Eldon, Professor and Dean of the College of 



Higgins. William J., Assistant Professor of Zoology 

B.S., Boston College, 1969; Ph D„ Florida State University, 

1973. 

Highton, Richard, Professor of Zoology 

A B , New York University, 1950; M.S., University ot Florida, 

1953; Ph.D., 1956. 

Hill, Clara E., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

BA, Southern Illinois University, 1970; MA., 1972. Ph.D. 

1974 

Hill, Kathy Jean, Assistant Professor of Elementary Educa- 



Hirzel. Robert K., Associate Professor of Sociology 

BA, Pennsylvania State University, 1946, MA., 1950; Ph.D., 

Louisiana State University, 1954. 

Hochuli. Urs E.. Professor of Electrical Engineering 

B.S., Technikum Biel, Switzerland, 1952, MS. University ol 

Maryland. 1955; PhD , Catholic University of America. 1962. 



36 / Graduate Faculty 



Hodos, William. Professor ol Psychology 
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1955; MA, University ol Penn- 
sylvania, 1957, Ph.D.. 1960. 

Hoffman, Mary Ann, Assistant Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

B.A.. Macalester College, 1971; Ph.D.. University of Min- 
nesota, 1975. 

Hoffman, Ronald, Associate Professor of History 

B.A . George Peabody College, 1964, MA , University of 

Wisconsin, 1965, Ph D . 1969. 

Holdaway, P.K., Assistant Professor. Dairy Science 
B.S., Bngham Young University, 1966. M S , 1969. Ph.D.. 
Ohio State University. 1973. 

Holloway, David C, Associate Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.S.. University of Illinois, 1966; MS., 1969; PhD.. 1971. 

Holmgren, Harry D., Professor of Physics 

B.Phys, University of Minnesota. 1949; MA, 1950; PhD, 

1954 

Holmlund, Chester E., Professor of Chemistry 

B.S, Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1943; M.S.. 1951, 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1954 

Holton, William Milne, Associate Professor ol English 
A.B., Dartmouth College. 1954, L.L.B., Harvard University. 
1957; MA., Yale University, 1959; PhD, 1965. 

Holum, Kenneth G., Assistant Prolessor of History 

B A., Augstana College. 1961, MA, University of Chicago, 

1969; PhD, 1973. 

Holvey, Samuel B., Assistant Professor of Housing and Ap- 
plied Design 

B.F.A , Syracuse University, 1957, M.A., American University. 
1969 

Hopkins, Richard L„ Associate Professor, Social Founda- 
tions of Education 

B.S . Stanford University. 1962; M.S.. 1963, Ph.D., University 
of California, Los Angeles. 1969 

Hombake, R. Lee, Vice President tor Academic Affairs and 
Professor of Industrial Education 

B.S. Pennsylvania State Teachers College. 1934. MA. Ohio 
State University. 1936. PhD. 1942. LLD, Eastern Michigan 
University, 1963. 

Homung, Carlton, Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A.. State University of New York at Buffalo. 1967; M.A., 
Syracuse University. 1970; Ph.D., 1972 

Homyak, William F„ Professor of Physics 

BEE.. City University of New York. City College, 1944; M.S., 

California Institute of Technology. 1946; Ph.D.. 1949 



Houpperl. Joseph W., Associate Professor of English 
Ph.B., University of Detroit. 1955. MA,, University of 
Michigan, 1957; Ph.D., 1964 

Hovey, Richard B., Professor of English 

A.B., University of Cincinnati, 1942; MA. Harvard University, 

1943, Ph.D., 1950. 

Howard, John D., Associate Professor of English 
B.A., Washington College, 1956. MA.. University of 
Maryland, 1962; Ph D.. 1967 

Howard, Lawrence V., Jr., Assistant Professor of 

Microbiology 

B.A., Emory University. 1963; M.S.. University of North 

Carolina at Chapel Hill. I966; Ph D . 1970. 

Howe, Jean, Assistant Professor of Food, Nutrition, and In- 
stitutional Administration 

B.S,, St. Francis College, 1953, M.S.. Purdue University. 
1957; Ph D.. 1965. 

Hoyt, Richard D., Assistant Professor of Journalism 

B.S., University of Oregon. 1963; M.S.. 1967; Ph.D., University 

of Hawaii, 1972. 

Hsu, Shao T., Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
B.S , Chiao-Tung University, 1937; MS., Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology, 1944; Sc D , Swiss Federal Institute of 
Technology, 1954 

Hsueh, Chun-tu, Professor of Governmenl and Politics 
L.L.B.. Chaoyang University Law School, 1946; MA.. Colum- 
bia University. 1953. Ph.D., 195B, 

Hu, Charles Y., Professor of Geography 
B.S., University of Nanking. 1930; MA. University of Califor- 
nia, Berkeley. 1936; Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 1941 

Hubbard. Bert E., Research Professor. Institute for Physical 
Science and Technology, and Mathematics 
B.S., Western Illinois University. 1949; M.S., State University 
of Iowa, 1952, Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1960. 

Hubbe, Rolf 0., Associate Professor of Classical Languages 
and Literature 

A.B , Hamilton College, 1947; A.M., Princeton University, 
1950; Ph.D., 1950. 



Huden, Daniel P., Associate Professor and Chairman, Social 
Foundations of Education 

B.S . University of Vermont, 1954; MA. Columbia Teachers 
College, 1958; Ed.D.. 1967 

Hudson, William, Professor of Music 

B Mus , Philadelphia Conservatory ol Music, 1954; B.A,, 

University of Pennsylvania, 1957, M Mus . Yale School of 

Music, 1961 

Huebner, Robert W.. Associate Professor. Institute for Child 

Study 

B.S , Concordia Teachers College. 1957. M A . 1960, Ph D . 

University of Maryland, 1969 

Huenecke. Dorothy M., Visiting Associate Professor ol Ad 

ministration. Supervision and Curriculum 

B.S., University of Wisconsin. 1961. MS. 1967. PhD.. 1969. 

Huheey, James E.. Professor of Chemistry 
B.S. University of Cincinnati. 1957, MS, 1959; PhD. Univer- 
sity of Illinois. 1961 

Hull, Joan A., Associate Professor of Physical Education 
B.S , Indiana University, 1954, M.Ed , University of North 
Carolina. 1957, Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1967 

Hummel, James A., Professor of Mathematics and Statistics 
B.S., California Institute ol Technology. 1949, MA , Rice In 
stitute, 1953; PhD, 1955. 

Humphrey, Fred, Professor and Chairman of Recreation 
B.A , Tarkio College, 1946; M A., University of Iowa, 1953. 
Ph.D., Pennsylvania Slate University, 1973. 

Humphrey, James H., Professor of Physical Education 
B A , Denison University, 1933; MA., Western Reserve 
University, 1946, Ed.D , Boston University. 1951. 

Hunt, Edith J„ Assistant Professor, Institute for Child Study 
A.B., University of Redlands. 1954, MA.. Fresno State Col 
lege, 1964, Ed D . University of Maryland, 1967 

Hunt, Janet Gibbs, Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., University of Redlands. 1962; MA. Indiana University. 

1966; Ph.D.. 1973. 

Hunt, Larry L., Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.S.. Ball State University, 1961, MA, Indiana University, 

1964, Ph D , 1968 

Hurdis, David A„ Assistant Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.S. University of Rhode Island, 1962; MS, 1964. Ph.D.. 

Catholic University, 1973. 

Husman, Bums F„ Professor and Chairman of Physical 

Education 

B.S., University of Illinois. 1941; MS., 1948. Ed.D., University 

ol Maryland. 1954 

Hynes Cecil V., Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

B.A., Michigan State University. 1948, MA. 1949; Ph.D., 

1965. 

Igel, Regina, Assistant Professor of Spanish and Portuguese 
B.A , Universidade de Sao Paulo. 1964. MA, University of 
Iowa, 1970; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1973. 



Ingling. Allen L„ Assistant Professor, Veterinary Science 
BS.E.E.. University of Maryland, 1963; V.M.D.. University of 
Pennsylvania, 1969 

Ingraham. Barton L„ Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 
and Criminology 

A.B,, Harvard University, 1952, L.L.B., Harvard Law School 
1957, M Crim , University of California, Berkeley. 1968. 
D.Cnm.. 1972. 

Ingram. Anne G., Professor of Physical Education 

A.B., University of North Carolina, 1944; MA, University of 

Georgia, 1948; Ed D . Columbia University, 1962. 

Inouye, David W„ Assistant Professor, Zoology 

B.A., Swarthmore College. 1971, Ph.D., University of North 

Carolina, 1976 

Irwin, George R„ Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
A.B., Knox College. 1930; M.S.. University ol Illinois, 1933; 
Ph.D.. 1937. 

Isaacs, Neil D., Professor of English 

A.B.. Dartmouth College, 1953; A.M., University of California, 

Berkeley, 1956; Ph.D., Brown University. 1959 

Ishee, Sidney. Prolessor of Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

B.S . Mississipai State College, 1950. M S . Pennsylvania 

State University, 1952; Ph D., 1957. 

Jachowski, Leo A„ Jr.. Professor ol Zoology 

B.S., University of Michigan. 1941; M S . 1942; Sc.D . The 

Johns Hopkins University, 1953. 



James, Edward F„ Assistant Professor of English and 
Secondary Education 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; MA, 1955, Ph.D., 
Catholic University of America, 1969. 



Jamieson, Kathleen, Associate Prolessor ol Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

BA„ Marquette University, 1967. MA, University of Wiscon- 
sin, 1968; Ph D.. 1972. 

Janes, Robert W„ Professor of Sociology 

A B , University of Chicago, 1938; M A , 1939; PhD , Univer 

sity of Illinois. 1942 

Jantz, Richard K„ Associate Professor of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education 

B.S.. Indiana University at Fort Wayne. 1968; MS.. 1970; 
Ed.D . Ball State University, 1972. 

Jaquith, Richard H„ Prolessor of Chemistry and Assistant 
Vice-Chancellor for Academic Affairs 
8S.. University of Massachusetts, 1940; M.S.. 1942; Ph.D.. 
Michigan State University, 1955. 

Jarvis, Bruce B„ Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.A.. Ohio Wesleyan University. 1963; Ph D., University of 
Colorado. 1966 

Jashemski. Wilhelmina F„ Professor of History 

A B . York College. 1931; A.M.. University of Nebraska. 1933. 

Ph D.. University of Chicago, 1942 

Jellema. Roderick H„ Associate Professor of English 
B A , Calvin College, 1951, Ph.D.. University of Edinburgh, 
1962. 

Johns, Elizabeth B., Assistant Professor of Art 

B A., Birmingham-Southern College, 1959; M A., University of 

California. Berkeley. 1965; Ph.D., Emory University, 1974. 

Johnson. Arthur T., Assistant Professor, Agricultural 

Engineering 

BSAE. Cornell University. 1964; M.S. 1967; Ph.D.. 1969 

Johnson. Bruce H., Assistant Prolessor, Institute of Criminal 
Justice and Criminology 

AB, Wheaton College. 1959; B.D.. Tilles Theological 
Seminary. 1962; MA. University of Illinois. 1968; Ph.D.. 1973 



Johnson. Conrad D., Associate Professor of Philosophy 
A B . Stanford University, 1965, AM,. University of Michigan. 
1966; Ph.D.. 1969. 

Johnson. Elton L„ Associate Professor of Poultry Science 
B.S A.. Oklahoma State University, 1940; M S , Purdue 
University, 1942; Ph.D.. 1948. 

Johnson, Everett R„ Associate Dean and Professor of 
Chemical Engineering 

B A , State University of Iowa, 1937; M A , Harvard University. 
1940; Ph.D.. University of Rochester. 1949. 



Johnson. Jerry Wayne, Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
AS., Abraham Baldwin Agricultural College. 1968; B.S.. 
University of Georgia. 1970; MS. Purdue University, 1972. 
Ph.D., 1974. 

Johnson, Kerry A., Assistant Professor of Library and 
Information Services 

AB., Gettysburg College. 1962; M.S., Queens College. 1967; 
Ph.D.. Syracuse University, 1976 

Johnson, Martin L„ Associate Professor of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education 

A.A. Friendship Junior College, 1960; BS, Morris College. 
1962; M Ed., University of Georgia. 1968, Ed.D.. 1971 



Johnson, Ronald C, Assistant Professor of Physical 

Education 

BS.. Baylor University. 1957. M S , 1958, Ed D . 1970. 



Johnson. Warren R„ Professor ol Health Education 

B.A., University of Denver, 1942; M.A.. 1946; Ed.D.. Boston 

University, 1950. 

Jolson. M.A.. Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

B E.E., George Washington University, 1949, M B A , Univer 

sity of Chicago, 1965; DBA., University of Maryland, 1969 

Jones, Everett, Associate Professor of Aerospace 

Enoineering 

BA.E, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1965; M.A.E.. 1960, 

Ph.D.. Stanford University. 1968. 

Jones. George F„ Professor of Germanic and Slavic 

Languages 

AB, Emory University. 1938; MA, Oxford University. 1943, 

Ph.D., Columbia University, 1951 

Jones, G. Stephen, Research Professor. Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology 

A.B., Duke University, 1952, Navy Certificate, Naval Post- 
graduate School, 1955. MS.. University of North Carolina, 
1958; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati. 1960. 



Graduate Faculty /37 



Jones. Jack C. Professor of Entomology 

BS. Alabama Polyiecnnic Institute. 1939: MS, 1947; PhD. 

Iowa State University 1950 



Kammeyer. Kenneth C.W.. Professor and Chairman of 
Sociology 

B.A.. University of Northern Iowa. 1953. MA.. State Univer- 
sity of Iowa. 1958. Ph D . 1960 

Kanal. Laveen N.. Professor of Computer Science 

B.SEE.. University of Washington, 1951: M.S.E.E..1953; PhD., 

University of Pennsylvania. 1960 



Kariander. Edward P.. Associate Professor of Botany 
B S , University of Vermont, 1960; M.S.. University ot 
Maryland. 1962; Ph.D.. 1964 

Kartovitz. Les, A., Research Professor. Institute for Physical 

Science and Technology, and Mathematics 

BS Yale University 1959: Ph.D.. Carnegie-Mellon University. 



Kaufman. Stuart B.. Associate Professor of History 

B A . University of Florida. 1962; M A.. 1964; Ph.D.. Emory 

University. 1970 

Kedem. Benjamin. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S, Roosevelt University. 1968: M.S., Carnegie-Mellon 
University, 1970: Ph.D.. 1972 

Keeney. Mark. Chairman. Nutritional Sciences and Professor 
of Chemistry and Dairy Science 

BS. Pennsylvania State University. 1942; M.S.. Ohio State 
University, 1947: Ph D. Pennsylvania State University, 1950. 

Kelejian, Harry H.. Professor of Economics 

B A.. Hofstra College. 1962; MA, University of Wisconsin, 

1965, Ph D . 1968 

Keller. Paul F.G., Assistant Professor. College of Library 
Science and Information Services 
B S . Manfieid State College. 1963. M.S.. Elmira College. 
1967: Ph.D.. Southern Illinois University, 1977, 

Kelley. David L, Professor of Physical Education 
A.B. San Diego State College. 1957. M.S.. University of 
Southern California. 1958. Ph.D.. 1962 

Kellogg. R. Bruce. Research Professor. Institute for Physical 
Science and Technology, and Mathematics 
B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1952; MS, 
University of Chicago. 1953; Ph D„ 1959 

Kelsay. June, Adjunct Associate Professor of Food. Nutri- 
tion and Institutional Administration 
B.S . North Texas State College, 1946; M.S.. 1947: Ph.D.. 
University of Wisconsin 1967 

Kelsey. Roger R„ Associate Professor ot Administration. 
Supervision and Curriculum 

BA , Saint Olaf College. 1934; MA. University ot Minnesota. 
1940; Ed D . George Peabody College for Teachers. 1954 

Kenny, Shirley S.. Professor and Chairman of English 
BA, University of Texas. 1955; MA. University of Min- 
nesota. 1957: Ph D , University of Chicago. 1964. 

Kent. George O.. Professor of History 

BS. Columbia University. 1948; MA. 1950: PhD, Oxford 

University. 1958 

Kenworlhy, William J.. Assistant Professor, Agronomy 
BS.. Purdue University. 1970; M.S.. North Carolina State 
University. 1972 

Kerley. Ellis R.. Professor and Chairman of Anthropology 
B S . University of Kentucky. 1950: MS, University ol 
Michigan. 1956; PhD, 1962 

Kerr. Frank J„ Professor and Director of Astronomy 
B.S.. University of Melbourne. 1938; M S . 1940, MA , Har- 
vard University. 1951: DSc, University of Melbourne. 1962 



Kidd. Jerry S., Professor, College of Library and Information 

Services 

B.S, Illinois Wesleyan University. 1950; MA, Northwestern 

University. 1954; Ph 0, 1956. 

Kim. Young S., Associate Professor of Physics 
BS. Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1958: Ph.D.. 
Princeton University. 1961. 



King, Henry C, Assistant Professor, Mathematics 

A.B, Brown University. 1969; PhD . University of California 

(Berkeley). 1974 

King. Raymond L, Director, Food Science and Professor of 

Dairy Science 

A B . University of California. Berkeley. 1955; Ph.D.. 1958. 



King. William E, Jr, Assistant Professor. Chemical 

Engineering 

B.S.. University of Pittsburgh. 1965 M S . Carnegie-Mellon 

University. 1968 

Kinnaird. John W, Associate Professor of English 

BA University of California. Berkeley. 1944; MA, Columbia 

University. 1949: Ph.D.. 1959 

Kirk. James A, Assistant Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.SEE, Ohio University. 1967; M S.M.E.. Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1969; Sc.D, 1972. 

Kirkley, Donald H, Jr.. Associate Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

BA . University of Maryland. 1960: MA. 1962: Ph.D.. Ohio 
University. 1967. 

Kirwan. William E, Professor of Mathematics 

A.B, University of Kentucky. 1960; M S . Rutgers University 

1962: PhD, 1964. 

Kissida. John E.. Assistant Professor of Horticulture 
BS. Rutgers University. 1971; ML A, University of 
Massachusetts. 1974. 

Klank. Richard E.. Associate Professor of Art 
BA. Catholic University. 1962; M FA, 1964. 

Klarman. William L.. Professor ot Botany 
B.S, Eastern Illinois University, 1957. M.S. University of Il- 
linois. 1960; PhD, 1962. 

Klavon. Albert J, Assistant Professor ot Agricultural and Ex- 
tension Education 
B S . University of Maryland. 1968; MS, 1973; Ph.D.. 1975. 

Kleine. Don W., Associate Professor of English 
8 A. University of Chicago. 1950; MA, 1953; PhD, Univer- 
sity of Michigan, 1961. 

Kleppner. Adam. Professor of Mathematics 

B.S, Yale University. 1953: MA. University of Michigan, 

1954. Ph.D.. Harvard University. 1960. 

Knefelkamp. L. Lee. Assistant Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

BA, Macaiester College, 1967; MA, University of Min- 
nesota. 1973; PhD. 1974 

Kntfong, James Dan. Assistant Professor of Elementary 
Education 

BS. Northern Illinois University, 1964; M.S.. University of Il- 
linois. 1968: PhD, 1971. 

Knight. Robert E.L, Associate Professor of Economics 
A.B. Harvard University. 1948: Ph.D.. University of California. 
Berkeley. 1958. 

Kobayaski. Takao. Assistant Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.S . Nagoya Institute of Technology, 1966; M.S.. Illinois In- 
stitute of Technology, 1969: Ph.D. 1972. 

Koch, E James. Visiting Lecturer in Horticulture 

BS. Iowa State University. 1947: MS. North Carolina State 

University. 1949 

Kolker, Robert P, Associate Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

BA, Queens College. 1962: MA. Syracuse University. 1964; 
Ph D . Columbia University. 1969. 

Konan. Mildred A.M, Research Associate. Agricultural and 
Extension Education 

B.Sc, University of Toronto. 1964. MS. Cornell University. 
1967: Ph.D.. 1971. 

Koopman. David W.. Research Professor. Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
B A, Amherst College. 1957; M.S , University of Michigan. 
1959: Ph.D.. 1964. 

Koopman. Elizabeth Janssen, Assistant Professor of Human 
Development Education 

A.B . University of Michigan, 1960; MA, 1963; Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of Maryland. 1973. 

Korenman, Victor, Associate Professor of Physics 
BA, Princeton University. 1958: MA, Harvard University 
1959 Ph.D.. 1966. 

Koury. Enver M, Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

BA, George Washington University. 1953. PhD, Amencan 

University. 1958 



Kramer. George F, Professor ot Physical Education 
B.S, University ol Maryland, I953. MA. 1956; Ph.D.. Loui- 
siana State University, 1967. 

Krisher. Lawrence C, Professor, institute for Physical 
Science and Technology 

AB, Syracuse University, 1955: AM. Harvard University. 
1957; Ph D, 1959. 

Krusberg, Lorin R„ Professor of Botany 

B.S, University of Delaware, 1954. M.S., North Carolina State 

College. 1956; PhD, 1959, 



Kudla. Stephen S, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
BA. Harvard University. 1972: MA, State University of New 
York at Stony Brook. 1971; Ph. D, 1975. 

Kuehl. Phillip G, Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

BBS. Miami University. 1965: MBA. Ohio State University, 

1967. Ph.D.. 1970. 

Kueker. David W.. Associate Professor of Mathematics 
AB, University of California Los Angeles. 1964. MA. 1966, 
PhD. 1967 

Kuenzel. Wayne J, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 
B.S, Bucknell University. 1964; M.S. 1966. Ph.D.. University 
of Georgia. 1969 

Kugelman. Alan M, Assistant Professor of Chemical 
Engineering 

B.S, Columbia University. 1964. MS, University of Penn- 
sylvania, 1966; Ph.D.. 1969. 

Kuhn. Terry Lee, Assistant Professor of Music 

B S . University of Oregon. 1963; MM E. 1967: Ph D, Florida 

State University. 1972 

Kumar. Parmeswar C, Assistant Professor of Business and 
Management 

B.Sc, University of Bombay, 1956 M.S.. University ol Banda. 
1960: D B.Sa. University of Madras. 1971, PhD, Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1975. 

Kundt, John F„ Associate Professor of Horticulture 

B S.F, West Virginia University. 1952; PhD, North Carolina 

State University. 1972. 

Kundu. Mukul R, Professor of Astronomy 
BSc . Calcutta University. 1949; M.Sc, 1951; DSc. Universi- 
ty ol Pans. 1957. 



Kuss, Frederick R, Associate Professor. Recreation 

BS, University of New Hampshire. 1948; MS. 1950; Ph.D. 

Cornell University. 1968. 

Kyle. David G, Associate Professor. Institute for Child Study 
B A , University ot Denver. 1952; MA, 1953; Ed.D., University 
of Maryland. 1961 

Lakshmanan. Sitarama. Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.Sc, University of Annamalai. 1946; MA, 1949: PhD, 
University of Maryland, 1954. 

Lamone. Rudolph P, Professor and Dean of the College of 

Business and Management 

B.S, University of North Carolina 1960; PhD, 1966. 

Lampe. John R, Assistant Professor of History 

BA , Harvard University, 1957; MA, University of Minnesota. 

1964: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1971. 

Landry. L. Bartholomew. Assistant Professor of Sociology 
A A, St Michael s Seminary. 1959; BA, 1961; BA, Xavier 
University. 1966; Ph.D. Columbia University. 1971. 

Lanning, Eldon W, Assistant Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B.S, Northwestern University, 1960: Ph.D. University of 

Virginia 1965. 



Larkin, Willard D, Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.S. University of Michigan. 1959: MA. University ol Penn- 
sylvania. 1963: Ph.D.. University of Illinois. 1967 

Lashinsky. Herbert. Research Prolessor, Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology 
B.Sc, City College ot New York. 1950; Ph.D. Columbia 
University. 1961. 

Lawrence. Richard E, Associate Professor of Counseling 

and Personnel Services 

B.S . Michigan State University. 1955: MA, 1957; PhD, 



Lawrence. Robert G., Associate Professor. Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

BSc. University of Oklahoma 1957. MBA, 1960: PhD, 
Texas A&M University. 1970. 

Lawson, Lewis A.. Professor of English 

B S . East Tennessee State College. 1957; MS, 1959 PhD, 

University of Wisconsin. 1964. 

Lay. David D„ Associate Professor of Mathematics 

BA, Aurora College. 1962; MA, University of California. Los 

Angeles. 1965: Ph D. 1966 

Layman. John W, Associate Professor of Secondary Educa- 
tion and Physics 

BA, Park College. 1955: M.S. Temple University, 1962; 
Ed.D. Oklahoma State University. 1970. 

Lea. John K, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic 



Lee. Chi H„ Associate Professor ol Electrical Engineering 
B.S, National Taiwan University, 1959; MS, Harvard Univer- 
sity. 1962; PhD, 1968 



38 / Graduate Faculty 



Lee. Richard W.. Assistant Professor of Journalism 
B.S., University ol Illinois, 1956. M.A., Southern Illinois 
University. 1964. Ph D . University of Iowa, 1972 

Lee. Young Jack, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S E . Seoul National University. 1964; M S, Ohio State 
University. 1972; PhD. 1974. 

Leedy. Charlotte A.. Assistant Professor. Recreation 

BS. University of Maryland, 1961: MA,, 1966, Ed D . Temple 

University. 1975. 

Leete. Burl A., Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

B S . Juniata College. 1962; MBA.. University of Maryland. 

1964; J.D.. American University, 1969 



Legg. Joseph O.. Adiunct Professor of Agronomy 
BS,. University of Arkansas, 1950; M.S.. 1951; PhD. Univer- 
sity of Maryland. 1957. 

Lehner, Guydo R.. Professor of Mathematics 

B.S Loyola University. 1951; M S , University of Wisconsin. 

1953; Ph.D.. 1958. 

Lejins. Peter P., Professor and Director, Institute of Criminal 
Justice and Criminology 

Ph M, University of Latvia, 1930; L.L.M.. 1933; Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of Chicago. 1938 

Lembach, John, Professor of Education and Art 
B.A.. University of Chicago. 1934. M A . Northwestern Univer- 
sity. 1937; Ed.D, Columbia University. 1946. 

Lengermann. Joseph J.. Professor and Acting Chairman of 
Sociology 

AB. University of Notre Dame. 1958; MA, 1964; Ph.D., Cor- 
nell University. 1969 

Leonard. Mary Margaret. Assistant Professor of Counseling 
and Personnel Services 

B.S, R.N . Boston College, 1968. MA, University of Minn- 
esota. 1970; Ph D, 1974 

Leone, Mark P., Associate Professor of Anthropology 

A.B.. Tufts University, 1963; MA, University of Arizona, 1965; 

Ph.D.. 1968. 

Lepper, Henry A.. Jr.. Professor of Civil Engineering 

B.S, George Washington University, 1936; MS, University of 

Illinois. 1938. D.Eng. Yale University. 1947 

Lesher. James H.. Associate Professor of Philosophy 
B.A.. University of Virginia. 1962; Ph D , University of 
Rochester. 1966. 

Lessley. Billy V.. Professor and Acting Chairman. 
Agricultural and Resource Economics 
B.S . University of Arkansas, 1957; M S . 1960; Ph D„ Univer- 
sity of Missouri. 1965. 

Levine. Charles H.. Associate Professor of Urban Studies 
BS University of Connecticut. 1964; MB. A. .Indiana Univer- 
sity. 1966; M.P.A..1968; Ph.D.. 1971 

Levine. Marvin J.. Professor, Business and Management 
B.A University of Wisconsin. 1952; J D, 1954; M A„ 1959; 
Ph.D.. 1964. 

Levine. Stephen. Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services 

A.B., Hunter College. 1967; M.S.E , 1969; Ph.D.. Hofstra 
University. 1972. 

Levine. William S., Associate Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962; MS 

1965. Ph.D.. 1969. 



Levitine, George, Professor and Chairman of Art 

BA, University of Paris. 1938; MA, Boston University, 1946; 

PhD , Harvard University. 1952. 

Leviton. Daniel. Professor of Health Education 

B.S, George Washington University. 1953; M S , Springfield 

College. 1956. PhD. University of Maryland. 1967. 

Lieberman. Charles, Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.S.. Massachusetts institute of Technology, 1970; AM., 
University of Pennsylvania, 1972; Ph D... 1974. 

Liesener. James W., Professor, College of Library and Infor- 
mation Services 

B.A, Wartburg College. 1955; M.A., University of Northern 
Indiana. 1960, A M LS.University of Michigan. 1962; Ph.D., 
1967. 

Ligomenides, Panos A., Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Diploma. University of Athens, 1951; Gr. Spec D . 1952; 
MS, Stanford University, 1956. Ph.D., 1958. 

Lin. Hung Chang, Professor of Electrical Engineering 
B.S, Chiao-Tung University. 1941. M.S.E., University of 
Michigan. 1948: DEE.. Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 



Linder. Harris J.. Associate Protessor of Zoology 

BS Long Island University, 1951; M.S. Cornell University, 

1955; Ph.D. 1958. 

Lindsay. Rao H.. Associate Protessor, Social Foundations of 

Education 

B.A, Brigham Young University, 1954. MA. 1958. MA. 

University of Michigan. 1963: Ph.D.. 1964. 



Lipsman. Ronald L.. Professor of Mathematics 

B.S , City College of New York. 1964. Ph D . Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology. 1967 

Liu. Chuan Shen, Professor. Physics and Astronomy 
Tunghai University (Taiwan), 1960; MA. University of Califor- 
nia (Berkeley). 1964. Ph D . 1968 

Liu. Tai-Ping. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S. National Taiwan University. 1968. M.S.. Oregon State 

University. 1970. Ph.D., University of Michigan. 1973. 

Lockard. J. David, Professor of Secondary Education and 

Associate Professor of Botany 

B.S, Pennsylvania State University, 1951; M Ed , 1955; Ph.D.. 



Locke, Edwin A„ Protessor of Business and Management 
and Psychology 

B A.. Harvard University. 1960; MA, Cornell University, 1962: 
Ph.D., 1964, 

Loeb. Stephen E.. Professor of Business and Management 
BS. University of Pennsylvania. 1961 MBA. University of 
Wisconsin. 1963; Ph.D.. 1970 

Longest. James W.. Professor of Agricultural and Extension 

Education 

B.S, University of Illinois. 1951: MS. 1953; Ph.D. Cornell 

University. 1957. 

Longley, Edward L., Jr., Associate Professor of Secondary 
Education 

B.A., University of Maryland. 1950: MA, Columbia Univer- 
sity. 1953. Ed.D, Pennsylvania State University. 1967. 

Lopez-Escobar. Edgar G.. Professor of Mathematics 
B.A , University of Cambridge. 1958, MA, University of 
California, Berkeley, 1961. Ph.D. 1965 

Lounsbury, Myron O.. Associate Professor and Chairman of 
American Studies 

BA, Duke University, 1961: MA, University of Pennsylvania. 
1962; Ph.D.. 1966 

Love. Nancy Kate, Assistant Professor of Zoology 
BA, Vanderbilt University. 1967. MS., University of 
Alabama. 1970; Ph.D., Baylor College of Medicine, 1975. 

Luetkemeyer. Joseph F.. Professor of Industrial Education 
B.S.. Stout State College. 1953; M.S.. 1954: Ed.D., University 
of Illinois. 1961. 

Lutwack. Leonard I., Professor of English 

B.A.. Weselyan University. 1939: M.A.. 1940; PhD. Ohio 

State University. 1950. 



Lynn, Jeffrey W.. Assistant Protessor. Physics and 

Astronomy 

B.S, Georgia Institute of Technology. 1969; MS. 1970; 

Ph.D., 1974. 

MacBain, William. Professor. French and Italian Language 

and Literature 

M.A.. University of Saint Andrews. 1952: Ph.D.. 1955. 

MacDonald. William M.. Professor of Physics 
BA, University of Pittsburgh. 1950; Ph D„ Princeton, Univer- 
sity, 1955. 



Macklin, Eleanor D.. Assistant Professor. Family and Com- 
munity Development 

B.A, Oberlm College. 1954. MA, Cornell University. 1959; 
Ph.D., 1973. 

MacLeod. Anne S.. Assistant Professor of Library and Infor- 
mation Services 

B.A, University of Chicago, 1948: MLS, University of 
Maryland. 1966; Ph. D, 1973. 

MacQuillan. Anthony M., Associate Professor of 

Microbiology 

B.S.A.. University of British Columbia. 1956. MS. 1958; 

PhD, University of Wisconsin. 1962. 

MacReady. George B„ Associate Professor of 
Measurements and Statistics 

B.A . Williamette University. 1965. MA, University ol 
Oregon. 1967; Ph.D.. University of Minnesota 1972. 



Madison. John P, Assistant Professor. Early Childhood. 
Elementary Education 

BS, State University College of New York (Geneseo), 1962: 
MS, 1965; Ed.D, University of Illinois, 1972. 

Magoon. Thomas M, Professor of Psychology and Counsel- 
ing and Personnel Services. Director. Counseling Center 
B A, Dartmouth College. 1947. M A , University of Mm 
nesota. 1951. Ph.D.. 1954. 

Maida. Peter R, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice and 

Criminology 

B.A, St Vincent College. 1960: MA, Fordham University. 

1962; PhD, Pennsylvania State University. 1969 

Majeska. George P, Assistant Professor of History 

AB, Brooklyn College. 1961; MA. Indiana University, 1964, 

Ph.D.. 1968. 

Majeskie. J. Lee. Assistant Professor. Dairy Science 
B.S . University of Wisconsin. 1964. MS, 1966. PhD , Kan- 
sas State University. 1970. 

Male. George A, Professor, Social Foundations of 

Education 

B.A, University of Michigan. 1948; MA, 1949. Ph D. 1952 

Mafey. Donald. Professor and Chairman of Industrial 

Education 

B.S, California State College of Pennsylvania. 1943. MS 

University of Maryland. 1947; PhD, 1949. 

Malouf. David B„ Assistant Professor of Special Education 
B.A, University of Utah, 1968; M Ed, 1970: PhD . University 
of Oregon. 1976. 

Marando. Vincent L, Associate Professor, Acting Director, 
Institute for Urban Studies 

BS, State University College. Buffalo, i960, MA, Michigan 
State University, 1964; Ph D, 1967. 

Marchello. Joseph M, Provost. Division of Mathematical and 
Physical Sciences and Engineering and Professor of 
Chemical Engineering 

BS, University of Illinois, 1955; PhD, Carnegie Institute of 
Technology. 1959 

Marcinkowski, M. John, Professor of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing. Engineering Material 

B.S, University of Maryland. 1953: MS, University of Penn- 
sylvania. 1955, Ph.D.. 1959. 

Marcus. Robert F., Assistant Professor of Human Develop- 
ment Education 

BA, Montclair State College. 1965. MA. New York Univer- 
sity. 1967; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University. 1973 

Marion, Jerry B.. Professor of Physics 

B.A, Reed College, 1952; M S . Rice University. 1953; PhD, 

1955. 

Markley. Nelson G, Associate Professor of Mathematics 
and Statistics 

B.A, Lafayette College. 1962, MA, Yale University. 1964; 
Ph.D.. 1966. 

Marks. Colin H, Associate Professor of Mechanical 



Marquardt. Warren W, Associate Professor of Veterinary 

Science 

B.S, University of Minnesota. 1959. D.V.M., 1961. PhD, 



Martin. David L„ Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.S, University of Minnesota. 1963. M S, University of 
Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D., 1968 

Martin. James G, Professor of Psychology 

B.S. University of North Dakota 1951; MA, University of 

Minnesota, 1958; PhD, 1960. 

Martin. L, John, Professor of Journalism 

B A. American University of Cairo, 1947, MA University of 

Minnesota. 1951; PhD, 1955. 

Martin. Raymond F, Associate Professor of Philosophy 
BA, Ohio State University. 1962, MA, 1964, Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of Rochester, 1968. 

Marx, George L, Professor and Chairman of Counseling and 

B.A, Yankton College, 1953; MA, State University of Iowa, 
1958. Ph.D.. State University of Iowa. 1959. 

Mather. Ian H., Assistant Professor of Dairy Science 
B.Sc, University College of North Wales. 1966. Ph D , 1969 

Matossian. Mary K, Associate Professor of History 

B A, Stanford University. 1951. MA, American University of 

Beirut. 1952; PhD, Stanford University. 1955. 

Matteson. Richard l_ Associate Professor. Institute For 
Child Study 

B.A, Knox College 1952, MA, University of Maryland, 1955; 
Ed D, 1962 



Graduate Faculty / 39 



Matthews, David L, Research Associate Professor, Institute 

for Physical Science and Technology 

B.S, Queens University, 1949; Ph D , Princeton University 

1959. 

Matthews, Thomas A., Associate Professor of Astronomy 
BA ., University of Toronto. 1950: M.S.. Case Institute of 
Technology. 1951; Ph.D., Harvard University. 1956 

Mattick, Joseph F., Professor of Dairy Science 

B.S.. Pennsylvania State University, 1942; Ph.D., 1950. 

Mayer-Sommer. Alan P., Assistant Professor of Business 
and Management 

BA, Columbia University. 1963: M.B.A., Harvard University 
1965, M.P.A., Georgia State University. 1974, Ph.D.. 1976. 

Mayes, Sharon S., Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., Michigan Slate University. 1970; M. Phil . Yale Univer- 
sity. 1972; Ph.D.. 1974 

Mayo, Marlene J„ Associate Professor of History 

BA. Wayne University. 1954; MA. Columbia University. 

1957; Ph D.. 1961 

Mazzocchi. Paul H„ Professor of Chemistry, 

B.S, Queens College. 1961, Ph D, Fordham University, 1966 

McArdle. James V„ Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Sc.B, Brown University. 1972. Ph.D.. California Institute of 
Technology. 1975 

McCaleb. Joseph Lee, Assistant Professor of Secondary 

Education 

B.A.. Abilene Christian College. 1969: M.Ed., University of 

Texas, 1973; Ph.D., 1976. 

McCall, Gerald N, Professor of Hearing and Speech 

Sciences 

B.S. Florida State University. 1959; MA, Northwestern 

University, 1962; Ph.D., 1964 

McCall, James P., Assistant Professor of Animal Science 
B.S., Texas A & M University. 1966; M.S.. 1969; Ph.D., 1972. 

McCarrick, Earteen M„ Assistant Professor of Government 
and Politics 

BA, Louisiana State University. 1953; MA, 1955 Ph D 
Vanderbilt University. 1964 

McClure, L. Morris, Professor of Administration, Supervision 
and Curriculum 

BA.. Western Michigan University, 1940; MA,, University of 
Michigan. 1946; Ed D . Michigan University, 1953 

McClurg, Charles A„ Assistant Professor of Horticulture 
BS Iowa State University. 1966, MS. Pennsylvania State 
University. 1968, Ph D, 1970 

McCrank, Lawrence J„ Assistant Professor of Library and 
Information Services 

BA , Moorshead State University. 1967; MA , University of 
Kansas, 1970. MLS , University of Oregon, 1976; Ph D . 
University of Virginia, 1974 

McCuen. Richard H„ Associate Professor of Civil 

Engineering 

B.S, Carnegie-Mellon University, 1967; M.S., Georgia 

Institute of Technology, 1969; PhD. 1971 

McCusker, John J„ Assistant Professor of History 
BA, St Bernard's College, 1961; MA.. University of 
Rochester. 1963; PhD . University of Pittsburgh, 1970 

McDonald,. Frank B„ Adiunct Professor of Physics 

B.S.. Duke University. 1948. M S ., University of Minnesota 

1952; Ph.D.. 1955. 

McDonald, James, Assistant Professor of Music 

B.M., Morningside College. 1962. MA. University of Iowa 

1964; DMA.. 1974. 

McElreath, Mark P., Assistant Professor, College of Jour- 
nalism, BA, University of Houston, 1969; M A,, University of 
Wisconsin, 1972; Ph.D.. 1975 



Mcllrath, Thomas J„ Associate Professor of Physics and In- 
stitute tor Physical Science and Technology 
B.S , Michigan State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966 

Mclntire, Roger W„ Professor of Psychology 

BA, Northwestern University. 1958; MA, Louisiana State 

University, 1960; PhD . 1962. 

Mclntyre. Jennie J., Associate Professor of Sociology 
B.A.. Howard College. 1960. MS . Florida State College 
1962; PhD, 1966. 

McLoone, Eugene P., Associate Professor of Administration. 
Supervision and Curriculum and Economics 
BA, LaSalle College. 1951. M.S.. University of Denver. 1952 
Ph.D.. University of Illinois, 1961. 

McMullan, Yvonne 0.. Assistant Professor of Counseling & 
Personnel Services 

B A Emory University. 1969, M Ed, Georgia Slate Univer- 
sity. I970; Ph.D.. 1973. 

McNelly. Charles H„ Assistant Professor of Special 

Education 

B.A., Earlham College. 1964, MA. Ohio State University 

1966, Ph D , University of Michigan. 1973. 



McNelly, Theodore H„ Professor of Government and Politics 
B.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1941; M.A.. 1942; PhD, Co- 
lumbia University. 1952. 



McWhinnie. Harold J„ Lecturer in Applied Design and Crafts 
and Associate Professor of Secondary Education 
B.A.E.. Art Institute of Chicago. 1953, M F A.University of 
Chicago. 1957; Ed.D, Stanford University, 1965 

Measday, Walter S., Lecturer of Economics 
A B . College of William and Mary. 1941. Ph.D., 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1955. 

Medvene, Arnold, Associate Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services and Counselor, Counseling Center 
8S, Temple University, 1959. M E. 1963; Ed D . University of 
Kansas. 1968. 

Meeker, Barbara F., Associate Professor of Sociology 
BA, University of Kansas, 1961. M A . Stanford University 
1963; Ph.D.. 1966. 

Meersman, Roger L, Professor of Speech and Dramatic Ad 
BA., St. Ambrose College. 1952; MA . University of Illinois 
1959; Ph.D., 1962. 

Mehl, Jane, Assistant Professor of German and Slavic 
Languages and Literature 

BA, Douglas College. 1967; M.A., Middleburg College, 1968 
Ph.D., State University of New York. 1974. 

Mehlman, Myron, Visiting Lecturer. Food. Nutrition, and In- 
stitutional Administration 

B.S.. City College of New York, 1957; M.S., University of Il- 
linois. 1962: Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
1964. 

Meljer, Marianne S., Associate Professor of French and Italian 
Baccalaureat de L'Enseignement Secondaire Francais, 1944, 
Candidaats Romaanse Taal-en Litterkrunde, Leiden, 1948; 
MA. Catholic University. 1960; Ph.D., 1972. 

Melnick, Daniel, Assistant Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B.A., University of Wisconsin. 1963; MA., 1964; Ph D„ 1970. 



Meltzer, Richard H„ Assistant Professor of Psychology 
BA, Johns Hopkins University, 1968, Ph.D., University of 
California, San Diego, 1971 

Mendeloft, Henry, Professor and Chairman of Spanish and 

Portuguese 

B.S, City College of New York. 1936; M.S.. 1939; Ph.D.. 

Catholic University of America, 1960 

Menzer, Robert E., Professor of Entomology and Acting 
Dean for Graduate Studies 

B.S, University of Pennsylvania, 1960; M.S., University of 
Maryland. 1962; Ph D . University of Wisconsin. 1964 

Merkel. James A.. Associate Professor of Agricultural 

Engineering 

B.S. Pennsylvania State University. 1962; M.S., Iowa Slate 

University, 1965; Ph.D.. 1967 

Merkowitz, David, Lecturer of Journalism 

B.A.. New York University. 1963; Ph.D., University of 

Michigan. 1971 

Merrill, Horace S„ Professor of History 

BE., Wisconsin State University. 1932; Ph M, University of 

Wisconsin, 1933, Ph.D., 1942 

Messersmith, Donald H., Professor of Entomology 
B Ed . University of Toledo, 1951; M S . University of 
Michigan, 1953; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1962. 

Metcalf, John T., Assistant Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.S.. United States Naval Academy, 1949; M S , 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1957; Ph D Catholic 

University. 1974 



Meyer, Paul A., Associate Professor of Economics 
BA, The Johns Hopkins University. 1961; MA., Stanford 
University. 1963. Ph.D.. 1966 

Mielus. Walter S„ Associate Professor of Industrial 

Education 

B.S., Chicago Teachers College. 1957; M.Ed, 1959; Ed D . 

Loyola University, 1966. 



Mikulski, Piolr W., Professor of Matnematics 

Diploma, Main School of Planning and Statistics. Warsaw. 

1951; Master's, 1952. Ph.D., University of California, 1962 

Milazzo, Tony C, Associate Professor of Special Education 
B.S., Indiana State University. 1955, MS , 1957, Ed D . 
George Peabody College, 1963, 

Milhollan, Frank, Associate Professor, Institute For Child 

Study 

B.A.. Colorado College. 1949; MPS .University of Colorado 

1951; PhD, University of Nebraska, 1966. 



Miller. Catherine M., Associate Professor of Health 
Education 

B.S , Illinois State University. 1956, MA, Colorado State Col- 
lege, 1959; Ph.D., Ohio Stale University, 1967 

Miller, Douglas R„ Associate Professor of Entomology 
B.S . University of California, Davis, 1964; M.S., 1965; Ph D 
1969 



Miller, Gerald Ray, Associate Professor of Chemistry 
BS.. University of Wisconsin, 1958; MS, University of 
Illinois, 1960; Ph.D., 1962. 



Miller, Mary R., Associate Professor of English 

BA, University of Iowa, 1941; MA, University of Denver, 

1959. Ph.D.. Georgetown University, 1969 

Mills, David H„ Professor of Psychology and Assistant 
Director, Counseling Center 

B.S . Iowa State University. 1955; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. 1964. 

Mills, Judson R„ Professor of Psychology 
B.S. University of Wisconsin. 1953; Ph.D.. Stanford Univer- 
sity. 1958 

Minker, Jack, Professor of Computer Science 

BA. Brooklyn College. 1949; M.S.. University of Wisconsin, 

1950; Ph D„ University of Pennsylvania. 1959. 

Minor, W. William, Assistant Professor, Institute of Criminal 
Justice and Criminology 

B.S.. Michigan State University. 1968; M.S.. Florida State 
University, 1973; Ph.D., 1975. 

Mintz, Lawrence E„ Associate Professor of American 

Studies 

BA, University of South Carolina. 1966; MA, Michigan 

State University. 1967; Ph D . 1969. 

Mish, Charles C, Professor of English 

B.S . University of Pennsylvania, 1936; M.A.. 1946; Ph.D.. 

1951 

Misner, Charles W., Professor of Physics 
B S, University of Notre Dame, 1952; MA, Princeton Univer- 
sity. 1954; Ph.D.. 1957. 

Mitchell, Robert D., Associate Professor of Geography 
M A , University of Glasgow. 1962; Ph D, University of 
Wisconsin. 1969 

Mohanty, Sashi B„ Professor of Veterinary Science 
B.V.Sc. & AH, Bihar University. India, 1956. M.S.. University 
of Maryland, 1961; Ph D, 1963 



Montgomery, William. Associate Professor of Music 
B.M.E.. Cornell College of Iowa, 1953; MM, Catholic Univer- 
sity of America. 1957. Ph.D., 1972. 

Moore, John H„ Jr., Associate Prolessor of Chemistry 
B.S, Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1963; M.S., Johns 
Hopkins University, 1965; PhD, 1967 

Moore, John R„ Professor of Agricultural and Resources 

Economics 

B.S, Ohio State University, 1951, MS, Cornell University, 

1955; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1959. 

Moore, Michael R, Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B.S. Southern Illinois University. 1966; MS, University of 
Missouri, 1970; Ph.D., 1973. 

Moore, Robert, Associate Professor of English 

BA, Davidson College, 1962; MA, University of North 

Carolina. 1964; Ph D . University of Wisconsin, 1972. 

Morgan, Delbert T„ Jr., Professor of Botany 

B.S, Kent State University, 1940; MA. Columbia University. 

1942; Ph.D.. 1948. 

Morgan, H. Gerthon, Acting Dean, College of Education and 
Professor, Institute tor Child Study 

BA, Furman University, 1940; MA, University of Chicago, 
1943; Ph.D., 1946. 

Morris, Alfred E, Jr., Assistant Professor, Physical 

Education 

BA, University of Massachusetts. 1964; MA, University of 

Maryland, 1966; Ph D , University of Massachusetts, 1976. 

Morse, Douglass H, Associate Professor of Zoology 

B S , Bates College. 1960. M S , University of Michigan, 1962; 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 1965 

Morse, Frederick H„ Adjunct Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.S, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1957; M.S.. 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959, Ph.D., Stan- 
ford University, 1969 

Morton, Eugene S, Assistant Professor of Zoology 

BS. Denison University, 1962, MS, Yale University, 1966; 

PhD, 1969. 



40 / Graduate Faculty 



Moss. Lawrence K., Professor of Music 

B A University ol California. Los Angeles. 1949; M.A, 

University of Rochester. 1951. Ph.D.. University of Southern 

California, 1957. 

Motta Jerome F„ Associate Professor of Botany 

B.A.. San Francisco State College. 1959; MA. 1964. Ph D . 

University of California, Berkeley. 1968 

Mueller. Dennis C. Professor of Economics 

B S Colorado College. 1962: Ph.D.. Pnnceton University. 

1966 

Mulchi. Charles L.. Associate Professor of Agronomy 

B S North Carolina State University. 1964: MS . 1966, Ph D„ 

1970. 

Mulinazzi. Thomas E.. Assistant Professor of Civil 

Engineering 

BS. Noire Dame. 1964. M.S. Purdue University. 1966: Ph D. 

1973. 



Munno, Frank J., Professor of Chemical Engineenng. Direc- 
tor, Nuclear Engineering 

B.S, Waynesburg College. 1957; M.S., University of Florida 
1962. PhD, 1964 

Murphy. Charles D„ Professor of English 

B.A.. University of Wisconsin. 1929. M.A, Harvard University. 

1930; Ph D. Cornell University. 1940. 

Murphy. Thomas J., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

BS Fordham University. 1963; Ph.D. Rockefeller University. 

1968. 

Murphy. Thomas P.. Professor. Urban Studies Institute 
B.A . Queens College, 1952; M.A.. Georgetown University. 
1960. Ph.D.. St John's University. 1963. 



Murray. Ray A,. Professor of Agnculture and Resource 

Economics 

B.S, University of Nebraska 1934: M.A, Cornell University. 

1938; PhD . 1949 

Murreii. Peter. Assistant Professor of Economics 

BS , London School of Economics. 1971: M.S.. 1972: Ph.D.. 

University ol Pennsylvania 1977 



Myers, Robert Manson Professor of English 
B A , Vanderbilt University. 1941: MA, Columbia University. 
1942, M A , Harvard University. 1943; Ph.D.. Columbia Univer- 
sity, 1948. 

Myricks. Noel, Associate Professor of Family and Communi- 
ty Development 

BA. San Francisco State University. 1965; MS., 1967: J.D, 
Howard University. 1970: Ed.D, Amencan University. 1973. 



Nelson. Clifford L, Professor of Agncultural and Extension 

Education 

BS.. Washington State University. 1957: M.S.. 1962; Ph.D.. 

University of Minnesota 1966. 



Nemes. Graciela P... Professor of Spanish 

BS, Trinity College, 1942; M.A, University of Maryland. 

1946. PhD, 1952 



Neumann, Walter. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
BA. Adelaide University, 1953; MA, 1966: PhD. Bonn 
University. 1969 

Newby. Hayes A., Professor of Speech and Heanng 

Sciences 

A.B, Ohio Wesleyan University. 1935: MA . University of 

Iowa. 1939; Ph.D.. 1947. 

Newcomb. Robert W.. Professor of Electrical Engineenng 
BS . Purdue University, 1955; M.S.. Stanford University. 1957; 
Ph.D.. University of California Berkeley. 1960 

Newell. Clarence A., Professor of Administration. Supervi- 
sion and Cumculum 

A B, Hastings College. 1935; A.M., Columbia University. 
1939; Ph.D.. 1943. 

Newsom. D. Earl. Professor of Journalism 

B.S., Oklahoma State University. 1948; MS J.. Northwestern 

University. 1949; Ed.D.. Oklahoma State University. 1957 

Ng, Timothy, Assistant Professor of Horticulture 

B.S, University of California 1969; M.S.. Purdue University. 

1972; Ph.D.. 1976. 

Nickels, William G., Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

BS, Ohio State University. 1962; MBA.. Western Reserve 

University. 1966; Ph.D.. Ohio State University. 1969 



Nicklason. Fred. Assistant Professor of History 

B S . Gustavus Adolphus College. 1953: M A . University of 

Pennsylvania 1955. Ph.D.. Yale University. 1967 

Niese. Henry E., Associate Professor of Art 
Cert, The Cooper Union. 1949: Academie Grande 
Chaumiere. 1949: B.F.A, Columbia University. 1955 

Niles, Lyndrey A^ Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art 
A A, Caribbean Union College. 1956: B.A , Columbia Col- 
lege. 1963: M.A, University of Maryland. 1955; Ph.D.. Temple 
University. 1973. 



BA, University of Wisconsin, 1954; M.S.. 1962; PhD, 



ol C 



University of Chicago. 1965 

Norland, Douglas L, Assistant Professor of Business and 
Management 

B B A University of Michigan. 1967. M 8 A . 1968: DBA, In- 
diana University. 1977. 

Norman. Kent L, Assistant Professor of Psychology 
BA, Southern Methodist University. 1969: M.A, University 
of Iowa 1971: Ph.D.. 1973. 

Nunamaker. Anne. Assistant Professor of Journalism 

B A Middle Tennessee State University. 1955; MA, 1959. 

Ed.S, George Peabody College. 1973. Ph D . 1977. 

O'Connell. Donald W, Professor of Economics and Vice 

President for General Administration 

B.A, Columbia University. 1937; M.A, 1938; Ph.O, 1953. 

Odell. Stanley Jack. Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
B A University of Kansas, i960: M.A. University of Illinois. 
1962. Ph.D. 1967 

O'Haver. Thomas C. Associate Professor of Chemistry 
BS, Spnng Hill College. 1963; Ph.D. University of Flonda 
1968 

O'Leary. Ronald T.. Associate Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

BS. Bowling Green State University. 1960. MA. 1961: 
M.F.A, University of Wisconsin. 1964. Ph.D.. 1966 

Oliver, James H.. Assistant Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B.A, University of Washington, 1959: M.A . 1962, PhD, 

University of Wisconsin, 1968. 

Olsen. Bonnie G, Assistant Professor of Housing and Ap- 
plied Design 

BS, University of Georgia. 1965. MS. Oklahoma State 
University 1966. PhD. Cornell University, 1976 

Olson. Alison Gilbert. Professor of History 

B A University of California 1952: M.A . 1953; PhD, Oxford 

University. 1956. 

Olson. Edwin E^ Professor. College of Library and Informa- 
tion Services 

B A SI Olaf College. 1959. MA. Amencan University. 1961: 
PhD. 1966 

Olson. Keith W., Associate Professor of History 

B.A, State University of New York. Albany. 1957; M.A, 1959: 

PhD, University of Wisconsin, 1964 

Olson, Mancur L, Jr.. Professor of Economics 

BS, North Dakota State University. 1954, B.A . Oxford 

University. 1956: M.A, 1960; Ph.O, Harvard University, 1960 

Olver. Frank W.J.. Research Professor. Institute for Physical 

Science and Technology, and Mathematics 

B.Sc, University ol London. 1945; M.Sc, 1948; D.Sc . 1961 

Oneda. Sadao. Professor of Physics 

BS, Tohoku University, 1946; M.Sc, 1948; PhD. Nagoya 

University, 1953. 

O'Neill. Leo W, Jr., Professor of Early Childhood and 
Elementary Education 

B.A, University of Chicago. 1938; M.A, University of Kansas. 
1953. Ed D . University of Colorado. 1955 

Opik. Ernst, J., Professor of Astronomy 

Cand. Astro. Moscow Impehal University. 1916: DPhil.Nat, 

National University of Estonia 1923 

Oppenheimer. Joe A, Associate Professor. Government and 

Politics 

A.B, Cornell University. 1953: M.A, University of Michigan, 

1964. PhD, Pnnceton University. 1971 

Orvedal. Ruth. Assistant Professor. Family and Gommty 

Development 

B.S, Middle Tennessee State College. 1937; M.S.. University 

of Tennessee. 1941 



Ostrowski. Paul P, Assistant Professor of Mechanical 

Engineenng 

BS, University of Maryland. 1963: ME, McGiM University, 

1970; Ph.D.. 1974. 

Otts. Louis E-. Jr.. Professor of Civil Engineering 

B.A. East Texas Stale University. 1933: BS. Texas A&M 

University. 1946. MS. 1946. 



Ousby. Ian. Assistant Professor. English 

B A . Cambndge University (England). 1968; MA, 1972; 

Ph D Harvard University. 1973 

Owings. James C , Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B S Dartmouth College. 1962: Ph.D.. Cornell University. 

1966 

Paez. Mario D, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineenng 
BS . Instituto Tecnologica de Monterrey. 1959: MS 
Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1965; Ph.D.. North 
Carolina State University. 1972. 

Pai. Shih-I. Research Professor. Institute for Fluid Dynamics 

and Applied Mathematics 

B.S, National Central University. 1935. MS, Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology, 1938; Ph.D.. California Institute of 

Technology. 1938: Ph.D.. California institute of Technology. 

1940 

Paine, Frank T„ Professor of Business and Management 
B.S, Syracuse University. 1951: MBA, 1956: Ph D . Stanford 
University. 1963. 

Panichas. George A., Professor of English 
B.A, American International College. 1951; M.A . Trinity Col- 
lege, 1952: PhD, Nottingham University. 1961. 

Papadopoulos, Konstantinos. Adiunct Professor of Physics 
B.S, University of Athens. 1960: MS, Massachusetts in- 
stitute of Technology. 1965: PhD . University of Maryland. 
1968 

Park. Robert L, Professor. Physics and Astronomy. Director. 
Center tor Materials Research 

B.S, University of Texas lAustin). 1958: M.A, 1960. PhD, 
Brown University. 1964. 



Parochetti. James V., Associate Professor of Agronomy 
BS, University of Illinois. 1962: MS. Purdue University. 
1964: PhD. 1967 

Pasch, Alan, Professor of Philosophy 

B.A, University of Michigan. 1949: MA, New School for 

Social Research. 1952: PhD, Princeton University. 1955 

Pati. Jogesh C„ Professor of Physics 

B.S, Ravenshaw College. 1955: M.Sc, Delhi University. 1957; 

Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1960. 

Patrick. Lawrence. Assistant Professor of Journalism 
B.A, University of Kentucky. 1972: MS, University of Ten- 
nessee. 1973: PhD, Ohio University. 1975. 

Patterson. Glenn W, Professor of Botany 

BS. North Carolina State University. 1960; M.S. University 

of Maryland. 1963; Ph.D.. 1964. 

Patterson. William V, Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B.F.A, University of Oklahoma 197a. M.F.A, University of 
Utah, 1972 

Paver, Dennis. Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic 



Peart, Martin Herbert, Professor of Mathematics 

B A, Brooklyn College. 1950: MA, University of Michigan. 

1951: PhD . University of Wisconsin. 1955 

Pease. John. Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.S, Western Michigan University. 1960: M.A, Michigan 

State University. 1963; Ph.O, 1968. 

Pechacek. Robert E., Adiunct Associate Professor of 
Physics 

B.S, California Institute of Technology. 1954; MS. Univer- 
sity of California Berkeley. 1963: PhD, 1966. 

Pelcovitz. Michael D, Assistant Professor. Economics 
B.A, University of Rochester. 1972; Ph.D.. Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1976. 

Pemberton, Elizabeth G, Professor of Art 

BA, Mt Holyoke College. 1961; MA, Columbia University. 

1964; PhD, 1968. 

Penner. Memlynn J, Associate Professor. Psychology 
BA. Harvard University. 1966; Ph.D.. University of California 
(San Diego]. 1970 

Pennington. Kenneth D, Associate Professor of Music 

A B . Fnends University. 1950: B Mus, 195a. M.A . New York 

University. 1953: D Mus, Indiana University. 1961. 

Perinbam, B, Marie. Assistant Professor of History 

B A London University. 1954: M.A . University of Toronto. 

1959: Ph.D.. Georgetown University. 1969 

Perkins. Hugh V, Professor and Acting Chairman. Institute 
For Child Study 

A.B, Oberim College. 1941. AM, University of Chicago. 
1946 Ph D 1949; Ed.D, New York University. 1956. 



Perotf. Kathleen. Assistant Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B.A, Holy Names College, 1965: Diplome Annuel SorOonne. 

1968 M A, University of Wisconsin. Madison. 197a Ph.D.. 

1975 



Graduate Faculty / 41 



Peters, Robert M., Associate Professor ot Secondary 
Education 

B.S.. Mankato State College. 1955; M.S.. 1958; Ph D . Univer- 
sity of Minnesota, 1965. 

Peterson, William S„ Professor of English 
BA. Walla Walla College. 1961; MA. University of Wiscon- 
sin. 1962; Ph D . Northwestern University, 1968. 



Pfister. Guenier G . Associate Professor of German and 
Secondary Education 

B.S., Bowling Green State University. 1963; MA. Michigan 
Slate University. 1965. Ph.D.. University of Kansas. 1970 

Phillips. Robert A., Assistant Professor, Family and Com- 
munity Development 

BA. Ottawa University. 1964; MA.. Colgate Rochester 
Divinity School, 1970. Ph D . University of Minnesota. 1977. 

Phillips, Warren R„ Professor of Government and Politics 
B A . Northwestern University, 1963; M.A , San Francisco 
State University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Hawaii, 1969. 

Philport. Joseph C„ Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B A , William Patterson College. 1970; MA. 1971. Ph.D.. 
Bowling Green State University. 1975. 

Pierce. Sidney K.. Jr., Associate Professor of Zoology 
B.Ed,, University of Miami, 1966, Ph.D.. Florida State Univer- 
sity, 1970 

Pinker, Rachel, Assistant Professor of Meteorology 
M Sc . Hebrew University. 1965; Ph.D.. University of 
Maryland. 1976 

Piper, Don C, Professor of Government and Politics 
BA, University of Maryland, 1954. M.A, 1958; PhD.. Duke 
University, 1961. 



Pirages. Dennis Clark. Associate Professor of Government 
and Politics 

BA, State University of Iowa. 1964. Ph.D.. Stanford Univer- 
sity. 1969 

Pitt, David. Assistant Professor of Horticulture 
BA, Syracuse University, 1970; M.L.A., University of 
Massachusetts, 1974. 

Pitter, Richard L„ Assistant Professor ot Meteorology 
A.B . University of California at Los Angeles. 1969; M.S., 
1970; C. Phil . 1972; PhD, 1973. 

Plischke. Elmer, Professor of Government and Politics 

Ph B.. Marquette University, 1937; M.A,, American University, 

1938; PhD, Clark University, 1943. 

Plotkin. Allen, Associate Professor of Aerospace 

Engineering 

B S . Columbia University, 1963. M S . 1964; PhD . Stanford 

University. 1968. 

Poffenberger, Paul R„ Associate Dean. College ot 

Agriculture. Acting Chairman, Agricultural and Extension 

Education, and Professor. Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

B.S.. University of Maryland. 1935; M.S.. 1937; Ph.D., 

American University, 1953. 

Poist. Richard F., Jr., Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

B.S.. Pennsylvania State University, 1965; MBA, University 

of Maryland. 1967; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University, 



Polakoft. Murray E„ Professor of Business and Management 
and Provost, Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences 
BA, New York University. 1946; M.A., Columbia University, 
1949; Ph D . 1955 

Ponnamperuma. Cyril, Professor of Chemistry 
B.A.. University of Madras. 1948; B.Sc . Birkbeck College, 
University ot London, 1959; Ph.D . University of California. 
Berkeley, 1962. 

Poplai, Bina B„ Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and In- 
stitution Administration 

B A, Puniab University (India), 1949; M.S.. Baroda University 
(India), 1966; Ph.D.. Texas Women's University, 1971 

Poriz, John, Associate Professor of English and Director of 
Honors Program 

BA, Duke University. 1937; M.A,. Harvard University. 1941. 
Ph D . 1957 

Postbrief, Samuel, Assistant Professor, Government and 

Politics 

A.B., City College of New York (Brooklyn College). 1969; 

MA. Indiana University. 1971; Ph D., 1975. 



Prather, Elizabeth S„ Professor and Chairman of Food Nutri- 
tion and Institution Administration 

BS. Auburn University. 1951. MS. 1955; Ph.D.. Iowa State 
University. 1963 

Pressor, Harriet, Professor, Sociology 
B A . George Washington University, 1959; MA, University 
of North Carolina, 1962, Ph.D.. University of California 
(Berkeley), 1969 

Prindle, Allen M„ Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.S.. Wisconsin State University. 1959, M.S.. Purdue Univer 
sity. 1972; Ph D., Pennsylvania State University. 1977. 

Pugliese, Rudolph E.. Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
B A Miami University, 1947; M FA. .Catholic University of 
America. 1949; Ph D„ Ohio State University. 1961 

Pugsley, James H„ Associate Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

B A Oberlin College, 1956; M.S. University of Illinois, 1958 

Ph D_. 1963. 

Pumroy. Donald K., Professor of Counseling and Personnel 
Services and Psychology 

BA, University of Iowa, 1949; M.S.. University of Wisconsin, 
1951; Ph.D.. University of Washington, 1954. 

Punch, Jerry L„ Research Professor of Hearing and Speech 

BA. Wake Forest College. 1965. MS.. Vanderbilt University. 
1967; Ph.D.. Northwestern University, 1972. 



Rado. George T„ Adiunct Professor of Physics 

SB, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1939; S.M.. 

1941; Ph.D., 1943. 

Ragan, Robert M„ Professor of Civil Engineering 
B.S., Virginia Military Institute, 1955; M.S., Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1959; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1965. 

Ranald. Ralph A.. Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

BA, University of California, Los Angeles. 1952; MA, 1954; 

MA, Princeton University. 1958; Ph.D.. 1961. 



Ray. Phillip B.. Associate Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services 

BA, Antioch College, 1950; M.S. University of Pennsylvania, 
1955; PhD,, University of Minnesota. 1962 



Reaka, Marjorie L., Assistant Professor of Zoology 

BA, University ot Kansas, 1965; M.S., 1967; Ph.D.. University 

of California. Berkeley. 1975 

Rearick, William R.. Professor of Art 

BA, New York University. 1953; M.A . 1958; Ph.D.. Harvard 

University, 1968. 

Redish. Edward F., Associate Professor of Physics 
A.B . Princeton University. 1963; Ph.D.. Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1968 

Reeve. E. Wilkins, Professor of Chemistry 

B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology. 1936; Ph.D.. University 

of Wisconsin. 1940. 

Reeves, Mavis M„ Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

BA, West Virginia University, 1942; MA, 1943; Ph.D., 

University of North Carolina, 1947. 



Reichelderler, Charles F., Associate Professor of 

Entomology 

BS,, St, Cloud College, 1961; MA, University of 

Washington. 1963; PhD.. University of Washington, 1963; 

Ph.D.. University of California at Riverside, 1968 

Reid, James, Assistant Professor of Art 
B FA, Maryland Institute College of Art, 1966; MA, Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1970 

Reiger, Charles Joseph, III, Assistant Professor of Computer 

Science 

B.S.. Purdue University, 1970; Ph.D.. Stanford University, 

1974. 

Reinhart, Bruce L., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Lehigh University. 1952; M.A . Princeton University, 

1954; Ph.D., 1956, 

Reiser, Martin P.. Professor of Electrical Engineering and 

Physics 

B Sc , Johannes Gutenberg Universitat. Mainz, 1957, Ph.D., 

1960. 

Reiser. Sheldon, Adjunct Professor of Food. Nutrition, and 
Institutional Administration 

BS, City College of New York, 1953; M.Sc., University of 
Wisconsin. 1957; Ph.D.. 1959. 



Reveal. James L„ Associate Professor of Botany 

B.S.. Utah State University. 1963; MS . 1965. Ph.D.. Bngham 

Young University, 1969 

Reynolds. Charles W.. Professor of Horticulture 

A.B.. University of Alabama, 1941, B.S.. Auburn University. 

1947; M.S.. 1949. Ph D.. University of Maryland, 1954 

Rbee, Moon-Jhong. Associate Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S., Seoul National University. 1958. M.S.. 1960; Ph.D.. The 

Catholic University of America, 1970. 

Rhoads. David J.. Associate Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

B.A., Temple University, 1954; MA, 1958; Ed.D, University 
ot Maryland, 1963. 

Richard, Jean-Paul, Associate Professor of Physics 

B es Arts. University Laval, 1956; BeS 1960; Doctorat 3 e 

Cycle. Universite de Paris. 1963; Doctorat d'Etat. 1965 

Ridgeway, Whitman H., Assistant Professor of History 
A.B.. Kenyon College, 1963; MA. San Francisco State Col- 
lege. 1967; Ph D . University of Pennsylvania, 1973. 

Ridky, Robert W., Associate Professor of Secondary Educa- 
tion and Geology 

B.S.. State University ot New York at Cortland. 1966. M.S., 
Syracuse University. 1970; Ph.D.. 1973. 



1947; Ed.D . University of Colorado. 1955. 

Ritzer. George, Professor of Sociology 

BA, City College of New York. 1962: M BA. University of 

Michigan, 1964, Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1968. 



Roberts, Men-ill J„ Professor of Business and Management 
BA. University of Minnesota, 1938; MBA. University of 
Chicago, 1939; Ph.D.. 1951. 

Robertson-Tchabo. Elizabeth A., Assistant Professor of 
Human Development 

BA , University of Calgary. 1966: M Sc . 1967; Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of Southern California, 1972 

Robock, Alan, Assistant Professor of Meteorology 
BA, University ot Wisconsin, 1970; S M., Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1974; Ph.D.. 1977. 

Rodenhuis, David R„ Associate Professor of Meteorology 
BS.. University of California. Berkeley, 1959: B.S.. Penn- 
sylvania State University, 1960; Ph.D.. University of 
Washington, 1967. 

Roderick, Jessie A Associate Professor, Early Childhood 
and Elementary Education 

B.S., Wilkes College, 1956; MA. Columbia University. 1957; 
Ed.D.. Temple University, 1967. 

Roesner, Edward, Assistant Professor of Music 

B Mus , University of Cincinnati. 1962: M.Mus , 1964; Ph.D., 

New York University. 1974. 

Rogers, Benjamin L.. Professor of Horticulture 
B.S Clemson University. 1943; M.S., University of Min- 
nesota, 1947; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1950. 

Rogolsky. Saul. Associate Professor, Institute for Child 

Study 

B A., Harvard University. 1948; M.A.. University of Chicago. 

1953; Ed.D.. Harvard University. 1963 

Rollinson, Carl L, Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Michigan, 1933; Ph D.. Unrversity of Il- 
linois. 1939. 

Roos, Phillip G„ Professor ot Physics 

BA, Ohio Wesleyan University, i960; Ph.D.. Massachusetts 

Institute ot Technology, 1964. 



Rosebrough, Robin, Assistant Professor of Food. Nutrition, 
and Institutional Administration 

B.S.. Michigan State University, 1968: M.P.H., University of 
Michigan. 1970; MS.. University of Kentucky, 1973; Ph.D., 



Rosenberg, Morris, Professor of Sociology 

B.A.. Brooklyn College. 1946; MA. Columbia University, 

1950; Ph.D.. 1953. 

Rosenberg, Theodore J,. Research Professor, Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology 
BEE., City University of New York (City College), 1960; 
Ph.D.. University of California (Berkeley). 1965. 

Rosenteld, Azriel, Research Professor, Computer Science 
BA. Yeshiva College, 1950; MA, Columbia University, 1951, 
Ph.D.. 1957. 



42 / Graduate Faculty 



Rosenlield, Leonora C, Professor of French and Italian 
B.A., Smith College. 1930; AM. Columbia University. 1931. 
Ph D , 1940 

Roswell, Charles Alfred, Jr., Assistant Professor of 

Geography 

BA, The Johns Hopkins University. 1963; MA.. University of 

Maryland. 1969; Ph.D., 1974 

Roush, Marvin L, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineer 

ing and Physics 

B.Sc . Ottawa University. 1956; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 



Rovner, Phillip, Associate Professor of Spanish 

BA. George Washington University. 1948; MA. 1949. Ph.D. 

University of Maryland. 1958. 

Rowan, Robert, III, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B A , Pomona College. 1968. MA., Harvard University. I970; 

Ph D , 1974 

Royer, L. Gayle, Assistant Professor, Family and Community 

Development 

B.S . Louisiana State University, 1969; M S., Purdue Univer 

sity, 1970; Ph.D.. 1972. 

Rubin, Roger H., Associate Professor of Family and Com- 
munity Development 

B.A., Brooklyn College of the City University of New York, 
1965; M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1966; PhD. 1970 

Ruchkin. Judith P.. Associate Professor of Secondary 

Education 

B.A., Swarthmore College, 1956. MA, Yale University, 1957. 

Ed.D.. Columbia University Teachers College. 1972 

Ruderman, David B.. Assistant Professor of History 
B.A.. City College of New York, 1966. MA, Columbia Univer- 
sity, 1968; Ph.D., Hebrew University, Jerusalem, 1975. 

Rundell, Walter, Jr., Professor of History 

B.S.. University of Texas, 1951; MA., American University. 

1955; Ph.D.. 1957 

Russell. Charles C. Assistant Professor of French and 

Italian 

B.A . Oberlm College. 1956. MA . Bryn Mawr College. 1964. 

Ph D . Harvard University, 1970- 

Russell. John D., Professor of English 

A B. Colgate University, 1951; MA, University of 

Washington, 1956; Ph.D., Rutgers University, 1959. 

Rutherford, Charles S„ Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Carleton College, 1962. MA. Indiana University. 1966, 
Ph D , 1970 

Sadowski. Robert P.. Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B.A.. Michigan State University, 1968; MS. Syracuse Univer- 
sity. 1969; Ph D_. University of Iowa. 1973. 

Salamanca, Jack R., Professor of English 
Diploma, Royal Academy of Dramatic Art, 1952; Lie Deg . 
University of London, 1953; Licentiate, Royal Academy of 
Music, 1954. 

Sallet, Dirse VV„ Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
B.S.. George Washington University. 1961. MS. University of 
Kansas 1963; Ph.D.. Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart. 
1966. 

Saltzman, Harold. Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con- 
sumer Economics 

B.A.. State University ot New York at Stony Brook. 1971. 
MA, 1974. Ph.D.. 1977 

Samet, Hanan, Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
B.S.. University of California at Los Angeles, 1970, M S 
(Computer Science). Stanford University, 1974; MS.. (Opera- 
tions Research). 1975; Ph.D.. 1975. 



Santa Maria, D. Laine, Associate Professor of Physical 
Education 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1954; M.Ed.. Temple Univer- 
sity. 1962; Ed.D.. University of Oregon, 1968. 



Sayani. Hasan, Assistant Professor of Information Systems 

Management 

B.S.E., University of Michigan. 1965; M.S.E., 1966; Ph.D.. 

1973. 

Sayre, Clifford L„ Jr., Associate Dean. College of Engineer- 
ing and Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
B.S.. Duke University, 1947. M S , Stevens Institute of 
Technology. 1950; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1961. 

Schaeffer, Hany G., Associate Professor of Aerospace 

Engineering 

B.S., University of Washington. 1958; MS, Arizona State 

University. 1962; Ph.D.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1967 

Schafer, James A., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.S . University of Rochester. 1961; Ph.D., University of 
Chicago. 1965. 



Schafer, William D.. Associate Professor of Measurement 

and Statistics 

B A . University ot Rochester. 1964. MA , 1965. Ed D . 1969 

Schaies, Franklin D., Associate Professor of Horticulture 
B.S.. Louisiana State University. 1959, MS. Cornell Univer- 
sity, 1962; Ph.D.. 1963. 

Schelling, David R., Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering 
B.SC.E., Lehigh University. 1961; M.S.M.E.. Drexel Institute 
of Technology, 1964. Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1968 

Schlaretzki, Walter E„ Professor of Philosophy 

A.B., Monmouth College. 1941. A.M.. University of Illinois, 

1942: Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1948 



Schlossberg, Nancy K., Professor, Counseling and Person- 
nel Services 

B.A.. Bernard College, 1951, M.A., Columbia University 
(Teachers College). Ed.D., 1961. 

Schmidt, Dieter S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Diplom, Technische Hockschule, 1966, Ph.D.. University of 
Minnesota, 1970 

Schmidt. Margaret N., Assistant Professor. Physical 

Education 

B.S.. University of North Carolina. 1957. MA.. University of 

Michigan 1961. Ph D . University of Maryland. 1972 

Schneider, Benjamin, Professor of Psychology 

B.A.. Alfred University, 1960; MBA., City University of New 

York. 1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1967. 

Schneider. David T., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
BA, Oberlm College, 1959; PhD. Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology, 1964. 

Schneier. Craig Eric. Assistant Professor of Business and 
Management 

B.S.. Ohio State University. 1969, MS . University of Col- 
orado. 1972; D.B.A., 1975. 

Schoenbaum, Samuel, Professor of English 

B A.. Brooklyn College, 1947; M A . Columbia University, 

1949; Ph.D.. 1953 

Scholnick, Ellin K., Professor of Psychology 

BA, Vassar College, 1958; Ph.D.. University of Rochester. 

1963, 



Schultze, Charles L., Professor of Economics 
B.A.. Georgetown University 1948; M.A.. 1950; Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1960. 

Schumacher. Elisabeth, Assistant Professor of Early 
Childhood and Elementary Education 
B.S.. Newark State College, 1942; M Ed , Pennsylvania State 
University, 1962; D.Ed., 1965. 

Schumacher. Thomas, Associate Professor of Music 
B.Mus., Manhattan School of Music. 1958; M.S., Juilliard 
School of Music. 1962. 

Schweitzer, Howard Christopher. Research Associate Pro- 
fessor, Hearing and Speech Sciences 
B.A., Northern Illinois University. 1968: MA . University of 
Maryland, 1971; Ph.D.. 1974. 

Scott, John S.. Assistant Professor. Physics and Astronomy 
B.S., Michigan State University, 1972: Ph.D., University of 
Arizona, 1975 

Sedlacek, William E., Associate Professor of Measurement 
and Statistics 

B.S.. Iowa State University, i960: MS, 1961; Ph.D.. Kansas 
State University. 1966 

Seefeldt. Carol A.. Associate Professor of Early Childhood 
and Elementary Education 

B.A.. University of Wisconsin, 1956; M.A., University of 
South Florida. 1968; Ph.D., Florida State University. 1971. 

Segal. David R„ Professor of Sociology 

B.A.. Harpur College. 1962; MA.. University of Chicago. 

1963; Ph.D.. 1967 

Segal. Mady Wechsler. Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., Queens College, City University of New York. 1965; 
M.A., University of Chicago, 1967; Ph.D.. 1973 

Seibel, Ronald J., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Extension Education 

B.S.. University of Illinois, Urbana, 1957; M S . 1958 Ph D 
University of Maryland, 1972. 

Seidman, Eric, Associate Professor of Special Education 
B.S.. New York University. 1947; M.A., 1948; PhD.. University 
of Connecticut, 1964. 

Sengers, Jan V., Professor of Institute of Physical Science 

and Technology 

Doctorandus. University of Amsterdam. 1955; PhD, 1962 

Senkevitch. Anatole, Assistant Professor of Architecture 
B.S.. University of Texas, 1967; M.A.H.. University of Virginia. 
1970; Ph.D.. Cornell University.. 1974. 



Serwer. Howard J.. Associate Professor of Music 
B.A, Yale University. 1949. MBA. Columbia University, 
1950; Ph.D.. Yale University, 1969 

Shaffner, Clyne S.. Professor of Poultry Science 
B.S.. Michigan State University. 1938; M S . 1940; Ph.D.. Pur- 
due University 1947 



Sheaks, O. J., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering 

and Chemical Engineering 

B S , North Carolina State College. 1964, PrVD., 1969 

Shearer, Jane K„ Professor and Chairman of Housing and 
Applied Design 

B.S . University of Tennessee. 1940, M S„ 1950. Ph D . 
Florida State University, 1960 

Sherwood, A. Wiley. Professor of Aerospace Engineering 
M.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1935; MS. University 

of Maryland, 1943 

Schneiderman. Ben A., Assistant Professor of Information 
Systems Management 

B.S . City College of New York, 1968. M S State University 
of New York, 1972. PhD. 1973, 

Shreeve, Charles A., Jr., Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

BE.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1935. M.S.. University of 

Maryland, 1943. 

Shroyer. Charlotte A., Assistant Professor of Special 
Education 

B A , Ohio Slate University, 1961; M.Ed., University of Pitts- 
burgh. 1972. Ph D , 1975 

Sibley. Edgar H., Professor of Information Systems 
Management 

B.Sc. University of London. 1946, S.M.. Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1962; Sc.D., 1967 

Sigall, Harold. Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.S.. City College of New York. 1964; Ph.D.. University of 

Texas (Austin), 1968 

Signed. Karl L.. Assistant Professor of Music 
B.S.. Juilliard School of Music, 1962; MA . Columbia Univer- 
sity. 1963; Ph.D.. University of Washington, 1973. 

Silio, Charles B . Jr.. Associate Professor of Electncal 

Engineering 

B.S.E.E.. MS.E.E. University of Notre Dame. 1967; Ph.D.. 

1970. 

Silverman, Joseph, Professor of Chemical Engineering and 
Director. Institute for Physical Science and Technology 

B.A , Brooklyn College. 1944, AM , Columbia University. 
1948; Ph.D.. 1951 

Simms, Betty H., Professor of Special Education 
B.A, Hams Teachers College, 1947; M A,. University of 
Michigan, 1955; Ed D , University of Maryland. 1962. 

Simons, David E., Associate Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S. University of Maryland. 1949; M.S.. 1951. 

Singer, Neil M.. Associate Professor of Economics 
BA.. Harvard University. 1960; MA. Stanford University. 
1961; PhD. 1965. 



Skoinick. Leonard P., Professor of Chemical Engineering 
B.S . University of Rochester. 1953; M.S.. New York Univer 
sity, 1955; D.Sc . Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 



Skuja, Andris. Assistant Professor. Physics and Astronomy 
BS.. University of Toronto. 1966. Ph.D.. University of Califor- 
nia (Berkeley), 1972 

Slawsky, Zaka I.. Professor of Physics and Astronomy 
B.S.. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1933, M.S., California 
Institute of Technology, 1935: Ph.D., University of Michigan. 



Slud, Eric V., Assistant Professor. Mathematics 
BA, Harvard University. 1972; Ph.D.. Massachusetts Insti- 
tute of Technology, 1976. 

Small. Eugene B., Associate Professor of Zoology 
B.A.. Wayne State University. 1953; MS. 1958; Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of California at Los Angeles. 1966, 

Smith. 8any D„ Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.S.. Pennsylvania State University, 1962: M.A., Bucknell 
University, 1964, PhD. University of Massachusetts. 1967 

Smith, Betty F., Professor and Chairman of Textiles and 
Consumer Economics 

B.S.. University of Arkansas. 1951, MS. University of Ten- 
nessee, 1956. Ph D , University of Minnesota, 1960; Ph.D.. 
1965 



Graduate Faculty / 43 



Smith. Efcert B, Professor oi History 

AB .. Maryviile College. 1940. A.M, University ot Chicago 

1947; Ph D-. 1949. 



Smith. Gayle S_ Associate Professor of English 

-- 5 j- .e-s ty of Chicago V--. -i ata Stale Unmet 

sity. 1948: MA. Cornell University. 1951. Ph D. 1958 

Smith. Harold D, Associate Director of Extension Education 
and Pfljfesso' :' --■:_•_'= i'z -es^j'ce E:. — ~ :s 
BA, Bndgewater College. 1943: MS. University of 
Maryland. 1947. Ph.D.. Amencan University. 1952 

Smith, Hilda U Assistant Professor of History 

B S.. Southwest Missoun State University. 1963: MA, 

University of Missouri. 1964; Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 

1975. 

Smith. Kenwyn IC Assistant Professor. Psychology 

BA.. University of Queensland (Australia). 1965. 1967; MA. 

1970: MA. Yale University. 1973: Ph D, 1974 

Smith. Pamela 2, Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
BA. Cornell University. 1970: M.S. University of Wisconsin, 
1972: Ph.D.. 1976. 

Smith, Paul, Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.S . Drexel University. 1965. MS.. Case Institute of 
Technology. 1967: Ph.D.. Case Western Reserve Un .-■ 
1969 

Smith. Theodore G. Professor of Chemical Engineering 
B ES, The Johns Hopkins University. 1956: M ES .1958; 
D.Sc, Washington University. 1960. 

Snow. George A. Professor of Physics 

B.S.. College of the City of New York. 1945: MA. Pnnceton 

University. 1947 Ph.D.. 1949 

Snower. Dennis J.. Assistant Professor of Economics 
BA Oxford University. MA.. 1971; MA. Princeton 
University. 1973; Ph.D.. 1975 

Scares. Jr_ Joseph H„ Associate Professor of Poultry 

Sc ence 

BS, University of Maryland. 1964; MS 1966 Ph.D.. 1968 

Soergel. Dagobert, Professor. College of Library and Infor- 
mation Services 
BS. University of Freiburg. 1960: MS. 1954; Ph.D.. 1970 

Solomos. Theophanes. Assistant Professor ot Horticulture 
MA College of Agriculture. Athens. Greece. 1957: Ph D 
University of Cambridge. 1962 

Sommer. Michael. Associate Professor of Journalism 
AB. University of California 1957: MS. 1958: Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of Southern California. 1969 

Sommer. Sheldon E-, Associate Professor of Chemistry 
BS, Oty College Of New York. 1959. MA, City University of 
New York. 1961: MS Texas A&M University 1964: Ph.D.. 
Pennsylvania State University. 1969 

Sosnowski. Saul. Professor of Spanish 

A.B.. University of Scranton. 1967; MA. University of 

Virginia 1968; Ph D, 1970 

Spain. Ian L, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Direc- 

"-- :■ E" '—- "; Va*e- = = 

BS, Imperial College of Science. 1961: PhD, 1964 

Spangjer. Paul J, Lecturer in Entomology 

A.B.. Lebanon Valley College. 1949: MS, Ohio University. 

1951: Ph.D.. University of Missouri 1960 

Sparks. David S_ Professor ot History and Acting Vice- 
Pnes --.-■ ■;■ Gfaduale Stud eg and Resea-:- 
A.B.. Gnnneii College. 1944; A.M , University of Chicago. 
1945: Ph.D.. 1951 

Spekman. Nancy J.. Assistant Professor ot Special 
E: .:s" :■ 

B S, University of Massachusetts. 1969: M.Ed, Boston Col- 
lege. 1973: Ph.D.. Northwestern University. 1977 

Spekman. Robert. Assistant Professor of Business and 

Management 

BA. University of Massachusetts. 1969 M BA Syracuse 

University. 1971. Ph.D. Northwestern University. 1977. 

Spiegel. Gabnelle. Assistant Professor of History 

B A Bryn Mawr College. 1964: MAT . Harvard University 

1965 MA. The Johns Hopkins University. 1969. Ph D.. 1974 

Spiro. Marie. Assistant Professor. Art 

BA Wilson College 1957: MA, New York University. 1961. 

Ph D institute ot Fine Arts. New York University 

Sprvak. Steven M_ Associate Professor of Textiles and Con- 
sumer Economics 

B S . Philadelphia College ot Textiles and Sciences 1963 
M S Georgia institute of Technology. 1965: PhD University 
ol Manchester. 1967 

Splaine. John £_ Assistant Professor of Administration. 
Supervision and Curriculum 

BA University ot New Hampshire. 1963: MA 1965 Ed D . 
Boston University. 1973 

Stadtman. Earl R_ Lecturer m Microbiology 

Betfceley 1942 PhD . 1949 



Stagliano. Anthony. Assistant Professor of Business and 

Management 

B.S, University of Pennsylvania 1967; MBA, University of 

Michigan. 1968: Ph.D.. University of Illinois. 1977 

Stark. Francis C Jr.. Professor of Horticulture and Provost. 
Division of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
B.S, Oklahoma A&M College. 1940. M.S.. University of 
Maryland. 1941; Ph.D.. 1948 

Starkweather. Kendall N., Assistant Professor ot Industrial 

Education 

B S, Western Illinois University. 1967; MA. Eastern 

Michigan University. 1969; PhD, University of Maryland. 



Statom. Jodellano Johnson. Ass'stant Professor ot Ad- 
ministration. Supervision and Curriculum 
B.S.. Miner Teachers College. 1954: M.Ed . University of 
Maryland. 1968: AGS. 1968: Ed D 1972 

Steel. Donald H, Professor of Physical Education 
B - Trenton State College. 1955: MA, University of 
Maryland. 1957: Ph.D.. Louisiana State University. 1964. 

Steele. Robert E, Assistant Professor of Psychology 
BA . Morehouse College. 1965; M.Div, Episcopal 
Theological School. 1958: M.P.H.. Yale University School of 
Medicine. 1971. MS. Yale University. 1974; Ph.D.. 1975. 

Steinberg. Phillip H_ Professor of Physics 

BS University of Cincinnati. 1954; Ph.D. Northwestern 

University. 1959 

Steinhauer. Allen L_ Professor and Chairman of Entomology 
B S University of Manitoba 1953: MS, Oregon State Col- 
lege. 1955: Ph.D.. 1958 

Steinman. Robert M, Professor of Psychology 

D D S, St. Louis University. 1968: MA. New School for 

Social Research. 1962: Ph.D.. 1954 

Stephens. E Robert. Professor. Administration. Supervision, 
and Cumculum 

BS- Momingside College. 1952 M.S.. Drake University. 
1958: Ph.D.. University of Iowa 1966 

Stem. Guy. Professor of German and Slavic Languages and 

Literature 

BA. Hofstra College. 1948: MA. Columbia University. 1950 

PhD, 1953. 

Stem, William L. Professor of Botany 

B.S, Rutgers University. 1950: MS, University of Illinois. 

1951: PhD, 1954 

Sternberg. Yaron M_ Professor of Civil Engineehng 

B.S, University of Illinois. 1961: MS, University ofCalifomia 

at Davis. 1963; Ph.D. 1965 

Stemheim. Charles E, Associate Professor of Psychology 
BS. Brooklyn College. 1961: PhD. University of Rochester. 
1967. 

Stevens. George A.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

BS.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1941: PhD. University of 

Maryland. 1957 

Stevenson. John C.. Assistant Professor of Botany 
B.S.. Brooklyn College. 1966: Ph.D.. University of North 
Carolina. 1972 



Stewart. James M.. Professor of Chemistry 

£ - .'.este- .'.35' ngtOTi C: e:e 1952 D " '- Jn tea I) :' 

Washington. 1958 

Stiles. Herbert D, Assistant Professor of Horticulture 
BS, Rutgers University 1965. MS. 1967: PhD. University 
of Florida 1974 

Stone. Clarence N^ Associate Professor of Government and 
Politics, and Director. Urban Research Group. Bureau of 
Governmental Research 

AB . University of South Carolina 1957; MA. Duke Univer- 
sity. I960; Ph.D. 1963. 

Stone. Stephen F_ Assistant Professor of Health Education 
B S Lock Haven state College. 1962 M Ed, East 
Stroudsburg State College. 1969, Ph.D.. Texas A&M Univer- 
sity. 1973 

Slough. Kenneth F„ Associate Professor of Industnal 

Education 

B.S, Miliersviiie State College. 1954 M Ed . Pennsylvania 

Stale University. 1961; PhD. University of Maryland. 1968 



Strand, tvar E. Jr, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

BA. University of Rochester. 1967; MA. University of 
Rhode Island. 1971: Ph.D.. 1975 

Straszheim, Mahlon R., Professor ot Economics 

B.S, Purdue University. 1961: PhD. Harvard University 

1965 

Strickling. Edward. Professor of Agronomy 
B.S, Ohio State University. 1937; PhD 1949 



Striffler. Charles D_ Assistant Professor of Electncal 

Engineering 

BSE. University of Michigan. 1961, MS.F, 1963: PhD, 



Strobell. Adah P, Associate Professor of Recreation 

A.B, San Francisco State College. 1953: MS, University of 

California Los Angeles. 1958; PhD, University of Illinois. 



Strouse. James C, Assistant Professor of Government and 
Politics 

BA. University ot Maryland. 1956, M A, 1967; PhD . Univer- 
sity of North Carolina 1970. 

Stuart, William. Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

BA, George Washington University, 1961: Ph.D.. University 

of Oregon. 1971 

Stunkard. Clayton, u Professor and Acting Chairman of 

Measurement and Statistics 

BS. University of Minnesota. 1948. MA. 1951. PhD 1959 



Sublet! Henry L. Professor and Chairman of Early 
Childhood Elementary Education 
A.B, Duke University 1951; M.Ed.. University of Virginia. 
1953: Ed D, 1959 

Sucher. Joseph. Professor of Physics and Astronomy 
B.S, Brooklyn College. 1952: PhD, Columbia University, 
1957 

Supoe. Frederick R„ Associate Professor of Philosophy 
AB, University of California Riverside. 1962 AM, Univer- 
sity of Michigan. 1954; Ph.D.. 1967 

Svenonius. Lars S, Professor of Philosophy 

Fil. Kand . Uppsala University. 1950. Fil. Mag, 1955: Fil. Lie . 

1955: Fil. Dr 1960 

Svoboda. Cyril P, Assistant Professor of Human Develop- 
ment Education 

BA. St. Coiumban s Major Seminary. 1954; B.Th, 1958; 
B .Ph.. Gregorian University (Rome Italy!, 1959; LPh, 1960, 
PhD, 1961: PhD, University of Wisconsin. 1973 

Swartz. B. Kamerine. Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.S, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1972 M.S.. 
University of Wisconsin. 1974: Ph.D.. 1976. 

Sweet. Daniel. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S.. Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1965: Ph.D.. Brown 
University. 1969 

Syski. Ryszard. Professor of Mathematics 

B.S, University of London. 1954; Ph D, Chelsea College. 

1960. 

Szepesi. Bela. Adjunct Associate Professor of Food. Nutn- 
tion, and Institutional Administration 
BA. Albion College. 1961: M.S.. Colorado State University. 
1964: PhD, University of California 1968. 

TaH. Charles A.. Professor of Business and Management 
B.S, University of Iowa 1937; MA 1941; PhD, University 
of Maryland. 1952 

Talaat. Mostata E-. Professor of Mechanical Engineehng 
B.S, University of Cairo. 1946; MS, University of Penn- 
sylvania 1947: Ph.D.. 1951. 

Tarica. Ralph. Associate Professor of French and Italian 
B.A.. Emory University. 1954. MA, 1958; PhD, Harvard 
University. 1966. 

Taylor. Dalmas A.. Professor of Psychology 
B.S, Western Reserve University. 1959; M.S.. Howard Univer- 
sity. 1961: Ph D . University of Delaware. 1965 

Taylor. Leonard S, Professor ot Electrical Engineering 
AB, Harvard University. 1951: MS, New Mexico State 
University. 1956 Ph.D.. I960 

Tennyson. Ray A„ Associate Professor of Criminology 
B.S.. Washington State University. 1951; MA, 1957: PhD . 
1965 

Terchek. Ronald J, Associate Professor of Government and 
Politics 

B A . University of Chicago. 1958; MA, 1950; PhD, Univer- 
sity of Maryland. 1955 

Themen, Madeleine B.. Professor and Chairman. French and 
Italian 

Cert University of Fneburg (Switzerland). 1952, Cert. Univer- 
sity of Athens iGreecei. 1956: Lie . University of Paris 
(France). 1959: Ph.D.. Michigan State University. 1956. 

Thieblot. Armand J.. Jr.. Associate Professor of Business 
and Management 

B.S, Princeton University. 1961 M BA . University ot Penn- 
sylvania 1955: Ph.D.. 1969. 

Thomas. Owen Pestetl. Professor and Chairman. Poultry 

BSc. University of Natal. 1954; M.Sc, 1962 Ph.D. Univer- 
sity of Maryland. 1966 

Thomas. William L- Assistant Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services. Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 
BS. The Univeisity of Tennessee. Knoxville 1955: MS, 
1965. Ph.D.. Michigan State University. 1970 



44 / Graduate Faculty 



Thompson, Arthur H., Professor ol Horticulture 

B.S, University ol Minnesota; 1941; Ph.D., University ol 

Maryland. 1945. 

Thompson, Derek, Associate Professor of Geography 

B.A., Manchester University, 1960; MA. 1962; Ph.D.. Indiana 

University, 1969. 

Thompson, Harvey W., Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B.S, Wayne State University, 1966. M.F.A., Columbia Univer- 
sity, 1972. 

Thompson, James Clinton. Jr., Assistant Professor of 

Recreation 

B.A., Mississippi State University, 1967, M.S.. Colorado State 

University, 1970; Ph.D., 1974. 

Thompson, Owen E., Associate Professor of Meteorology 
B.S, University of Missouri, 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph D, 1966. 

Thorberg, Raymond, Associate Professor of English 

B.A, University of Alaska. 1939; MA, University of Chicago, 

1946; Ph D„ Cornell University, 1954. 

Thorn, Colin Edward, Assistant Professor of Geography 
B.A ., University of Nottingham, 1967; M Sc„ McGill Univer- 
sity, 1970; PhD, University of Colorado, Boulder, 1974 

Tidman, Derek A., Research Professor, Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
B.Sc. London University. 1952; Ph.D.. 1956. 

Tiemey, William F., Associate Professor of Industrial 

Education 

B.S, Central Connecticut State College, 1941, M.S.. Ohio 

State University, 1949; Ed.D, University of Maryland. 1952 

Tifft. Margaret A., Associate Professor of Health Education 
B.S, Ohio State University. 1946; M.A, Columbia University. 
1948; Ed.D, West Virginia University. 1969. 

Toliver, Edmund, Assistant Professor of Music 

B.M.Ed.. Illinois Wesleyan University, 1970; M M . University 

of Michigan, 1972; DMA., 1976. 

Tossell, John L, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S, University of Chicago, 1966, M.A., Harvard University, 

1967; Ph.D., 1972. 

Traver, Paul Professor of Music 

B.Mus, Catholic University of America. 1955, M.Mus., 1957; 

DMA.. Stanford University, 1967. 

Travis, Irene Lathrop, Assistant Professor, College of Library 
andl Information Services 

B.A.. Mills College, 1962; MLS, University of California, 
1966; Ph.D., 1974. 

Tretter, Steven A„ Associate Professor of Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1962; M.A., Princeton Univer- 
sity, 1964; Ph.D., 1965. 

Trimble, Virginia L., Assistant Professor of Astronomy 
B.A, University of California, Los Angeles, 1964, MS, 
California Institute of Technology, 1965; Ph D„ 1968; MA. 
University of Cambridge (England), 1969. 

Troth, Eugene W„ Professor and Chairman ol Music 
DePaul University, 1947; MM.. Illinois Wesleyan University, 
1950; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1958. 

Trousdale, Marion S., Assistant Professor, English 
B.A., University of Michigan, 1951; M.A, Universilty of 
California (Berkeley). 1955, Ph D, University of London 
(England), 1975 

Trout, David L„ Adjunct Professor. Food. Nutrition and In- 
stitutional Adminstration 

B.A, Swarthmore College, 1951; M.A, Duke University, 1954; 
Ph.D., 1958. 



Tsui, Chung Y.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

ME, Hong Kong Technical College, 1953; MS.. Purdue 

University. 1959; Ph.D.. 1967. 

Tuthill. Dean F.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

B S„ Cornell University, 1949; M.S., University of Illinois, 

1954; Ph.D.. 1958. 



Tyler, Bonnie B„ Associate Professor, Institute for Child 

Study 

B.A, DePauw University, 1948, M.A , Ohio State University, 

1949; Ph.D., 1954. 

Tyter. Forrest B.. Professor of Psychology 

B.A.. Depauw University. 1948; M A . Ohio State University. 

1950. Ph.D.. 1952. 

Tyler. Robert W.. Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
A.B.. Drury College. 1957, M.S.. Pennsylvania State Univer- 
sity. 1960; Ph.D., 1969 

Ulmer, Melville J., Professor of Economics 

B.S, New York University. 1937; MA, 1938; PhD, Columbii 

University, 1948. 



Undersander, Daniel J.. Assistant Prolessor of Agronomy 
B.S, University of Minnesota. 1972; M.S.. Purdue University, 
1974, Ph.D., 1975. 

Urban, Louise, Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., College of Wooster, 1957; M.A.. Columbia Teachers 

College, 1959 

Uslaner, Eric M., Assistant Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B.A, Brandeis University, 1968. MA, Indiana University. 

1970; Ph.D., 1973. 

Vaccaro, Paul, Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
and Secondary Education 

B.S, University of Massachusetts, 1970. MS.. University of 
Florida. 1973; Ed.D., 1976. 

Vandergraft, James S., Associate Professor of Computer 

Science 

B.S, Stanford University, 1959; M.S. 1963, PhD, University 

of Maryland, 1966. 



Vanderslice, Joseph T., Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Boston College, 1949; Ph D„ Massachusetts Institute 

of Technology, 1952. 

VanderVelden. Lee, Assistant Professor of Physical 

Education 

B.S, University of Wisconsin. 1961; Ph.D., 1971 

Van Egmond, Peter, Assistant Professor of English 
B.A, Mississippi College, 1959, MA, University of 
Mississippi, 1961; Ph.D.. University of North Carolina. 1966 

Van Valkenburg, Shirley D., Assistant Professor of Botany 
B.A., Washington State University, 1948; M.S., University of 
Washington, 1968; Ph.D., 1970. 

Vann, Robert Lindley, Assistant Professor of Architecture 
B.A., University of Texas, 1968; Ph D , Cornell University, 
1976 

Vannoy, Donald Wayne, Assistant Professor of Civil 

Engineering 

B.S., West Virginia Institute of Technology. 1970; ME., 

University of Virginia, 1971, Ph.D., 1975. 

Vaughn, III, Charles Henry, Associate Professor of Speech 
and Dramatic Art 

B.S, Edinboro State College, 1961, M.A, University of 
Denver, 1962. 

Vavrichek, Bruce C, Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.S, Michigan State University, 1971; M.A. Northwestern 
University, 1975, Ph.D., 1976. 

Verhoven, Peter J., Associate Professor of Recreation 

B.A . Moorhead State College. 1963; MS.. Indiana University, 

1965; RED., 1969. 

Vermelj, Geerat Jacobus, Associate Professor of Zoology 
A.B, Princeton University. 1968; Ph.M , Yale University, 1970: 
Ph.D., 1971 

Vemekar, Anandu D., Associate Professor of Meteorology 
B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1955; B S„ 1956; M.S.. 1959; 
M.S., University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., 1966 

Vesentini, Edoardo, Professor of Mathematics 

Laurea in scienzse malematiche, Universita di Milano. 1950; 

Libera docenza in geometra, Universita di Roma, 1956 

Via, James E., Associate Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.S., North Carolina State University at Raleigh, 1952; M.S.. 
1964; Ph D, 1967. 

Vijay, Inder K., Assistant Professor of Dairy Science 
B.S, Punjab University, India. 1961. M S ., University of 
Saskatchewan. 1966; Ph D. University of California, Davis. 
1971 

Viola, Victor E., Jr., Prolessor of Chemistry 
A.B. University of Kansas, 1957; PhD, University of Califor- 
nia at Berkeley. 1961. 

Vitzthum. Richard C, Associate Professor of English 
B A., Amherst College, 1957, MAT., Harvard University. 
1958; Ph.D.. Stanford University, 1963 

Vlach, John M„ Assistant Professor, English 

A.B . University of California (Davis), 1970; MA . Indiana 

University, 1972; Ph.D., 1975. 

Voll, Mary J„ Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., Mt. St. Agnes College, 1955. MS, The Johns Hopkins 

University, 1961; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1964. 

Wachhaus, Gustav E., Assistant Professor, Music 

B S , West Chester State College. 1957; M.A , Columbia 

University, 1966; Ed.D.. 1973 



Wall, N. Sanders, Prolessor of Physics and Astronomy 
B.S.. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1949; Ph.D., 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1954 



Wallace, James M., Assistant Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

BCE, Georgia Institute of Technology, 1962. M.S., 1964; 

Ph D„ University of Oxford, 1969. 

Wallace, Stephen J„ Assistant Professor of Physics 
B.S.Eng . Case Institute of Technology, 1961. MS, Universi- 
ty of Washington, 1969; Ph D„ 1971. 

Walston, William H., Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.M E„ University ol Delaware. 1959; M M.E.. 1961; Ph D , 

1964. 

Walters, William B., Professor of Chemistry 
B.S.. Kansas State University. 1960; Ph.D.. University of Il- 
linois. 1964 

Wang, Shih-Ho, Assistant Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

BS, National Taiwan University. 1967; M.S.. University of 

California, 1970; Ph.D., 1971. 

Warner, Charles R., Associate Professor of Mathematics and 

Statistics 

B.A, University of Toronto. 1955; M S, University of 

Rochester. 1957; Ph D„ 1962. 

Warren, J. Benedict, Associate Professor of History 

B.A , Duns Scotus College, 1953; M.A, University of Mexico, 

1960; Ph.D., 1963. 

Washburn, Wilcomb, Adjunct Professor of American Studies 
A.B, Dartmouth College, 1948; Ph.D., Harvard University. 
1955 

Wasserman, Paul, Professor, College of Library and Informa- 

B.B A„ City College ot New York. 1948; M.S.L.S., Columbia 
Universily, 1949; M S , 1950; Ph D , University of Michigan, 
1960. 

Weaver, V. Phillips, Professor, Early Childhood and Elemen- 
tary Education 

A B, College of William and Mary, 1951; M.Ed., Pennsylvania 
State University. 1956. D.Ed.. 1962. 

Weber, Joseph, Prolessor of Physics 

B.S, US Naval Academy. 1940; Ph.D., Catholic University of 

America. 1951 

Wedding. Presley A.. Associate Professor of Civil 

Engineering 

B.S, University of Maryland, 1937; MS.. 1952 

Wehner. David J., Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
BS., University of Notre Dame. 1972; M.S., Pennsylvania 
State University, 1975; Ph.D.. 1978. 

Weigl, Gail, Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A , Wayne State University, 1962; M.A.. University ot 

Michigan, 1966. 

Weiner, Ronald M„ Associate Professor of Microbiology 
BS., Brooklyn College, 1964; M.S., Long Island University, 
1967; Ph D, Iowa State University, 1970. 

Weinstein, Paul A.. Associate Professor of Economics 
B A , William and Mary College, 1954; M.A, Northwestern 
University. 1958, Ph.D., 1961. 

Weiss, Gene S.. Associate Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic An 

B.A, Brandeis University, 1961; MA, New York University, 
1965, Ph.D., Ohio State University. 1970 

Weiss, Leonard, Professor of Electrical Engineering and In- 
stitute of Physical Science and Technology 
B.S, City University of New York, 1956; MS. Columbia 
University, 1959; PhD. The Johns Hopkins University, 1962. 

Wellisch, Hans, Associate Professor, College of Library and 

Information Services 

MLS, University ot Maryland. 1972; PhD, 1975 

Wentzel. Donat G, Professor ot Astronomy 

B.A. University of Chicago, 1954; B.S, 1955; MS, 1956; 

PhD, 1960. 

Werbos, Paul John, Assistant Professor of Government and 

Pontics 

B.A, Harvard University. 1967. M.Sc, London School of 

Economics, 1968, S.M , Harvard University, 1969; PhD, 1974 

West, Robert C, Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A, University ol Missouri, 1969; PhD, Northwestern 
University, 1973. 

Westbrook. Franklin, Assistant Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services, and Counselor, Counseling Center 
B.S, Chicago State University. 1961; M.S. City College of 
New York, 1964. Ed.D, Indiana University. 1971 

Westhoff, Dennis C„ Associate Professor of Dairy Science 
B.S, University of Georgia, 1966; MS, North Carolina State 
University. 1968; PhD, 1970. 

Wexler. Richard. Assistant Professor of Music 
B Mus, University of Michigan, 1963; M.A, New York Univer- 
sity, 1969; PhD, 1974 

Whaples. Gene C, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Extension Education 

B.S, University of Connecticut, 1960; MS, Kansas State 
University, 1965; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1974. 



Graduate Faculty / 45 



Wheatley. John Hunter. Assistant Professor of Agricultural 
and Extension Education and Secondary Education 
B.A.. Duke University. 1963: MAT., 1965: Ph.D. Ohio State 
University. 1972. 

Wheaton. Frederick W.. Associate Professor of Agricultural 

Engineering 

B.S.. Michigan State University. 1964: MS. 1965: Ph D. Iowa 

State University. 1968. 

Wheelock. Arthur K.. Jr.. Assistant Professor Part-time. Art 
B.A., Williams College, 1965. Ph D . Harvard University. 1973. 

White. Gregory L, Assistant Professor, Psychology 

B.A.. Stanford University, 1971. MA, University of California 

(Los Angelesl. 1973: Ph.D.. 1976. 

White, Marilyn D., Assistant Professor. College of Library 
and Information Services 

B.A . Our Lady of the Lake College. 1962: MS, University ol 
Wisconsin, 1963, Ph D.. University of Illinois. 1971 



Widhelm. William B.. Associate Professor of Business and 

Management 

B E S The Johns Hopkins University. 1959; M S E . 1950: 

MS. 1965. PhD. 1969. 

Wiebold. William J., Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
B.S.. Iowa State University, 1971; M.S.. 1974; Ph.D.. Univer- 
sity of Georgia. 1978. 

Wiedel. Joseph W., Associate Professor of Geography 
B A . University of Maryland, 1958; M.A.. 1963. 

Wiley. Robert C, Professor of Horticulture 

BS. University of Maryland. 1949; MS. 1950; Ph.D.. Oregon 

State University, 1953. 

Wilkenfeld. Jonathan. Associate Professor of Government 
and Politics 

B.S . University of Maryland, 1964; MA., George Washington 
University. 1966; Ph.D.. Indiana University. 1969 

Wilkerson. Thomas D., Research Professor, Institute for 

Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

B.S.. University of Michigan, 1953; MS, 1954; PhD, 1962 

Williams. David L.. Associate Professor of Early Childhood 
and Elementary Education 

B.S., Bradley University. 1952 M.Ed.. University of Illinois at 
Urbana. 1956. Ed.D., 1964. 

Williams. Eleanor, Associate Professor. Food, Nutrition and 
Institutional Administration 

B.S., Texas Woman's University, 1945. MS., Iowa State 
University, 1947; Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1963. 



Williams. William H.. Assistant Professor of History 
B A.. Washington & Lee University. 1956; M.A., Duke Univer- 
sity. 1960; Ph.D.. 1965. 



Wilson. Bruce D., Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus.. University of Michigan, 1960; M.Mus , 1964; Ph D , 

1973. 

Wilson, Gayle L., Associate Professor of English 
B.A.. Wayne State University, 1960; MA. University of 
Rochester. 1963; Ph.D.. 1965. 

Wilson, John W„ Professor of Early Childhood and Elemen- 
tary Education 

B.A., Bowling Green State University, 1951 MA,, Syracuse 
University. 1953; PhD , 1964 

Wilson. Leda A., Associate Professor of Family and Com- 
munity Development 

BS, Lander College. 1943, M.S., University of Tennessee. 
1950; Ed D , 1954. 

Wilson. Robert M., Professor of Early Childhood and 
Elementary Education 

B.S., California State College (Pennsylvania). 1950: M.S.. 
University of Pittsburgh. 1956; Ed.D.. 1960. 

Winkenkemper, Horst E.. Associate Professor of 

Mathematics 

B.A.. National University of Mexico. 1963; MA,. Princeton 

University, 1965; Ph.D.. 1970 

Winton, Calhoun. Professor. English 

A.B University of the South iSewane). 1948; M.A., Vander- 

bilt University, 1950, MA, Princeton University, 1954, Ph.D., 

1955. 

Wirth, Willis W„ Professor of Entomology 

BS.. Iowa State University, 1940; M.S.. Louisiana State 

University. 1947. Ph.D.. University of California. Berkeley. 



Wise. Gene. Professor of American Studies 

B A . Hanover College. 1958: Ph.D.. Syracuse University, 

1963. 



Witczak, Matthew W., Associate Professor of Civil Engineer- 
ing 
B.S.C.E.. Purdue University. 1962; M.SCE. 1953, PhD. 1969 

Withers. Josephine, Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., Oberlm College, 1950; MA. Columbia University. 1965; 

PhD, 1971 

Wittreich. Joseph A., Professor of English Language and 

Literature 

A.B . University of Louisville. 1961. MA.. 1962; Ph.D.. 

Western Reserve University. 1966. 

Wodarski, Lois, Assistant Professor of Food. Nutntion and 
Institutional Administration 

BS Florida Stale University. 1965: MS.. University of Ten- 
nessee. 1967 Ph.D.. 1976. 

Wolf. Duane Carl. Associate Professor of Agronomy 
B.S., University of Missouri. 1968: Ph D.. University of 
California (Riverside). 1973. 

Wolfe. Peter, Professor of Mathematics and Statistics 
B.S.. St. Lawrence University. 1959: M S , Northwestern 
University, 1961: Ph.D.. New York University. 1965. 

Wolken, John D., Assistant Professor, Institute for Urban 

Studies 

B A. University of Southern California. 1968; MA, 1973: 

Ph.D.. 1975. 

Wolpert. A. Scott. Assistant Professor. Mathematics 

B A The Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.A.. Stanford 

University. 1974; Ph D . 1976 

Wolvin. Andrew D.. Associate Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

BS. University of Nebraska. 1962: M.A.. 1963; Ph D.. Purdue 
University. 1968 

Wonnacott, Paul, Professor of Economics 

B A University of Western Ontario. 1955; M.A., Princeton 

University. 1957; Ph.D.. 1959 

Woo. Ching-Hung, Professor of Physics and Astronomy 
B S.. Lousiana Technological Institute. 1958; M.S.. University 
of California. Berkeley. 1959; Ph D.. 1962. 

Wood, Francis E„ Associate Professor. Entomology 
BS. University of Missouri. 1958: M.S.. 1962, PhD.. Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1970. 

Woolf. Leonard. Professor of Secondary Education 

BS The Johns Hopkins University. 1942: M.Ed . University 

of Maryland. 1951: Ed.D., 1959. 

Woolpert. Stephen B.. Associate Professor. Government and 

Politics 

B A., Gnnneii College. 1956. MA. The Johns Hopkins 

University. 1968: Ph.D.. Stanford Universitv. 1977 

Wrenn Jerry P., Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
BS. East Carolina College. 1961. MS.. University of Ten- 
nessee. 1963; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1970. 

Wright, Emmet L„ Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Extension Education and Secondary Education 
BS University of Kansas, 1963, MA. Wicn.ta Stale Univer- 
sity. 1958; Ph D.. Pennsylvania State University. 1974 

Wright. Keith C, Associate Professor and Dean, College of 
Library and Information Services 

B A Willamette University. 1955; MLS Columbia Univer- 
sity. 1968: Ph.D.. 1972. 

Wright, Winthrop R„ Associate Professor of History 
B A Swarthmore College, 1958; M.A.. University of Penn- 
sylvania, 1960; Ph.D., 1964 

Wu, Ching-Sheng. Research Professor, Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
BS National Taiwan University. 1954; M.S. Virginia 
Polytechnic Institute. 1956; Ph D . Princeton University. 1959. 

Wysong. John W.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

B.S.. Cornell University. 1953; M.S.. University of Illinois, 

1954; Ph.D., Cornell University. 1957 

Yaney. George L„ Professor of History 

BMgt.E.. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1952; M.A., 

University of Colorado. 1956; Ph D.. Princeton University. 

1961 

Yang, Grace L., Associate Professor of Mathematics and 

Statistics 

B A National Taiwan University, 1960; MA.. University of 

California, Berkeley, 1963, Ph D.. 1966. 



Yarian, Richard A.. Assistanl Professor of Health Education 
B.S. Ball State University, 1971: M.S.. 1972; Ed S . 1973 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1976. 

Yeh. Kwan-Nan, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con- 
sumer Economics 

BS.. National Taiwan University. 1961. M.S.. Tulane Universi- 
ty. 1965. Ph.D.. University ol Georgia. 1970. 



Yeni-Komshian. Grace. Associate Professor of Linguistics 
B.A., American University of Beirut. 1957: M S . Cornell 
University. 1962: Ph D . McGill University. 1965 

Yodh. Gaurang B.. Professor of Physics and Astronomy 
BSc , University of Bombay. 1948; M Sc . University of 
Chicago. 1951: Ph D , 1955 

Yorke. James Alan. Research Professor. Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology and Mathematics 
A B , ColumDia University, 1963. Ph D . University of 
Maryland. 1966 

Yoshioka. Gary A.. Assistant Professor of Geography 
B.S.. Lafayette College. 1966, Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins 
University. 1975. 

Young. Bobby G_ Professor of Microbiology 

B A., Southeast Missouri State College. 1950; PhD , The 

Johns Hopkins University. 1965. 



Young, Oran R.. Professor. Government and Politics 
A.B.. Harvard University. 1962; M.A., Yale University. 1964; 
PhD. 1965 

Zajac. Felix E. III. Associate Professor of Electrical 

Engineering 

BEE. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1962; M.S. Stanford 

University. 1965. PhD. 1958 

Zaki, Kawthar A.. Associate Professor of Electrical 
Engineering 

B S . Am-Syams University, 1962; M.S.. University Of Califor- 
nia, Berkeley. 1965; Ph.D., 1969. 

Zalcman. Lawrence Allen. Professor of Mathematics 
A.B.. Dartmouth College. 1954; Ph.D.. Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology, 1968. 

Zedek. Michael. Professor of Mathematics and Statistics 
MS.. Hebrew University of Jerusalem. 1952: Ph.D.. Harvard 
University. 1956. 

Zelkowitz. Marvin. Associate Professor of Computer 

B.S.. Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute. 1967; M.S.. Cornell 
University. 1969; Ph.D.. 1971. 

Zilfi. Madeline C. Assistant Professor of History 
A.B.. Mount Holyoke College. 1964 MA. University of 
Chicago. 1970; Ph D . 1976. 



Zoller. William H„ Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.S.. University of Alaska. 1965; Ph.D.. Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology, 1969 



Zom. Gus T., Professor of Physics 

B.S., Oklahoma State University. 1948; M.S.. University of 

New Mexico. 1953: Ph.D.. University of Padua, 1954. 

Zuckerman. Benjamin M.. Professor of Astronomy 

B S.. Massachusetts institute of Technology. 1963. MS. 

1963. Ph.D.. Harvard University. 1968 

Zwanzig. Robert W., Research Professor, Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology 

B.S.. Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute. 1948. M S . University of 
Southern California 1950; Ph.D.. California Institute of 
Technology. 1952. 



46 / Graduate Faculty 



VSirdQUdlQ r rOQrdlTIS All requests for information should. be sent to the appropriate program at the 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 



Administration, 
Supervision, and 
Curriculum Program 

Professor and Interim Chairperson: 

Berman 
Professors: Anderson, J. P., Anderson, 

V.E. (Emeritus), Carbone, Corrigan, 

Dudley, McClure, McLoone, Newell, 

Stephens, van Zwoll (Emeritus), Wiggin 

(Emerita) 
Associate Professors: Goldman, Kelsey 
Assistant Professors: Clague, Clemson, 

Selden, Splaine 
Adjunct Assistant Professors: Crosson, 

Statom 

The Department of Administration, 
Supervision, and Curriculum offers 
programs of study for the M.A., 
M.Ed., Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees as 
well as for the Advanced Graduate 
Specialist certificate. Areas of 
specialization include: administra- 
tion, supervision, curriculum, higher 
education, and educational tech- 
nology. Programs in all areas are in- 
dividually designed for public or 
private elementary and secondary 
school specialists, personnel in 
higher education institutions of 
education agencies. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission at the doctoral level is 
based upon a number of criteria, in- 
cluding grade-point average and 
standardized test scores. Selective 
screening of qualified applicants at 
the master's, A.G.S., and doctoral 
levels is necessary in terms of 
limiting enrollment to the available 
faculty resources of the Department. 

The Department requires the 
equivalent of at least one year of 
residence for a doctoral degree. A 
field internship or its equivalency, is 
required of all A.G.S. and Ed.D. 
candidates. This internship is per- 
formed under faculty supervision in 
schools, colleges or agencies, in 
roles that are consistent with the 
candidate's program emphasis. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has developed 
close working relationships with 
area schools, community colleges 
and education agencies so that they 
may serve as resouces for the 
academic offerings on campus. Pro- 
cedures have been established 
which facilitate the use of these 
agencies for research and field ex- 
periences. The Educational Tech- 
nology Center in the College of 
Education is used extensively by 
students in the Department, par- 
ticularly those in curriculum. 

48 / Graduate Programs 



Financial Assistance 

Some Graduate Assistantships are 
available to qualified graduate 
students. 

Additional Information 

For information and a departmental 
brochure, please write to the Direc- 
tor of the Graduate Program. 

Courses 

EDAD 440 Utilization ot Educational 
Media. (3) Survey of classroom uses of 
instructional media. Techniques for inte- 
grating media into instruction. Includes 
preparation of a unit of instruction utiliz- 
ing professional and teacher produced 
media. 

EDAD 441 Graphic Materials for Instruc- 
tion. (3) Prerequisites: EDAD 440 or con- 
sent of instructor. A laboratory course 
which combines graphic and photo- 
graphic processes for education and 
training purposes. Techniques include 
lettering, coloring, transparencies, il- 
lustrations, converting, duplicating 
transparent and opaque media. Emphasis 
is placed on appropriate media selection 
for target audiences. Heavy student proj- 
ect orientation. 

EDAD 442 Instructional Media Services. 

(3) Prerequisites, teaching experience 
and EDAD 440, or equivalent. Procedures 
for coordinating instructional media pro- 
grams: Instructional materials acquisi- 
tion, storage, scheduling, distribution, 
production, evaluation and other service 
responsibilities: instructional materials 
center staff coordination of research, 
curriculum improvement and faculty 
development programs. 

EDAD 443 Instructional Television Utiliza- 
tion. (3) Combining televised lessons, on 
campus seminars, and related workbook 
assignments, this course focuses upon 
planning for the various uses of instruc- 
tional television with students. State, 
local school unit, school, and classroom 
uses will be illustrated through film and 
studio production. The aspects of pro- 
ducing ITV programs are developed 
through the television lessons and 
'Hands-on' assignments of the seminars. 

EDAD 444 Programmed Instruction. (3) 
Analysis of programmed instruction tech- 
niques: selection, utilization and evalua- 
tion of existing programs and teaching 
machines: developing learning objectives: 
writing and validating programs. 

EDAD 489 Field Experience in Education. 
(1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester 
hours in education at the University of 
Maryland plus such other prerequisites 
as may be set by the major area in 
which the experience is to be taken. 
Planned field experience may be pro- 
vided for selected students who have 
had teaching experience and whose ap- 
plication for such field experience has 
been approved by the education faculty. 
Field experience is offered in a given 
area to both major and nonmajor 



students. NOTE: The total number of 
credits which a student may earn in 
EDAD 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a 
maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDAD 494 The Legal Rights and Obliga- 
tions of Teachers and Students. (3) 

Selected state and federal court deci- 
sions, legislation, and executive 
guidelines regulating public education. 
Speech and other forms of expression, 
privacy, suspensions, expulsions, search 
and seizure, tort liability for negligence 
(including educational malpractice), hir- 
ing, promotion, dismissal and non- 
renewal of teachers. No prior legal train- 
ing required. 

EDAD 498 Special Problems in Educa- 
tion. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. Available only to mature 
students who have definite plans for in- 
dividual study of approved problems. 

EDAD 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes. 
(1-6) The maximum number of credits 
that may be earned under this course 
symbol toward any degree is six semes- 
ter hours: the symbol may be used two 
or more times until six semester hours 
have been reached. The following type of 
educational enterprise may be scheduled 
under this course heading: workshops 
conducted by the College of Education 
(or developed cooperatively with other 
colleges and universities) and not other- 
wise covered in the present course 
listing; clinical experiences in pupil 
testing centers, reading clinics, speech 
therapy laboratories, and special educa- 
tion centers. Institutes developed around 
specific topics or problems and intended 
for designated groups. 

EDAD 602 The Junior College. (3) 

EDAD 603 Problems in Higher Education. 
(3) 

EDAD 605 Administrative Foundations. 

(3) EDAD 605 is presented as the first of 
the four courses for students majoring in 
the field of Educational Administration, 
Supervision, and Curriculum Develop- 
ment. It attempts to structure a theoreti- 
cal and research base for the study and 
practice of administration in the field of 
education by introducing the student to 
selected contributors to administration, 
and by indicating the multidisciplinary 
nature of administrative study as it 
relates to purpose-determination, policy- 
definition, and task-accomplishment. 

EDAD 606 Administrative Behavior and 
Organizational Management. (3) A critical 
analysis of organizational management 
(informal and formal dimensions), an as- 
sessment of the contributions from other 
fields (Traditional and emerging) to the 
study of administrative behavior and the 
governance of organizations, and an 
analysis and assessment of the ad- 
ministrator's motivations, perceptions, 
and sensitivity as determinants of 
behavior constitute the major units of 
study for EDAD 606. The theoretical and 
research bases for these areas and such 
related concepts as status, role, 



systems, interpersonal relations, and 
sensitivity training are examined. 

EDAD 607 Administrative Processes. (3) 
EDAD 607 is designed to develop compe- 
tence with respect to selected adminis- 
trative process areas. It examines efforts 
to develop theories and models in these 
areas and analyzes research studies and 
their implications for administrative prac- 
tice. In addition it seeks to develop skill 
in selected process areas through such 
techniques as simulation, role-playing, 
case analysis, and computer assisted 
instruction. 

EDAD 608 Administrative Relationships. 
(3) EDAD 608 is structured to provide the 
student of educational administration 
with an understanding of the various 
groups and subgroups to which an ad- 
ministrator relates and to the signifi- 
cance of these relationships for leader- 
ship behavior. It provides an opportunity 
to examine and analyze significant prin- 
ciples, concepts, and issues in the areas 
of personnel administration, public rela- 
tions, community state, and federal agen- 
cies. The human relations skills essential 
to effective leadership in these areas 
constitute the other dimension of this 
course. 

EDAD 611 The Organization and Ad- 
ministration of Secondary Schools. (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The 
work of the secondary school principal. 
Includes topics such as personnel prob- 
lems, school community relationships, 
student activities, schedule making, and 
internal financial accounting. 

EDAD 612 School Finance and Business 
Administration. (3) An introduction to 
principles and practices in the ad- 
ministration of the public school finance 
activity. Sources of tax revenue, the 
budget, and the function of finance in 
the educational program are considered. 

EDAD 616 Public School Supervision. (3) 
The nature and functions of supervision: 
various supervisory techniques and pro- 
cedures: Human relationship factors: and 
personnel qualities for supervision. 

EDAD 617 Administration and Supervi- 
sion in Elementary Schools. (3) Problems 
in administering elementary schools and 
improving instruction. 

EDAD 620 General Systems Theory I. (3) 

Prerequisite. EDAD 607 or permission of 
instructor. Theory of complex systems, 
principles and mechanisms of regulation, 
control, and adaptation in physical, bio- 
logical, social, and symbolic systems. 
Equi-finality. evolution, feedback, hierar- 
chy theory, homeostasis, requisite vari- 
ety, and self-organization. Applicants to 
policy making, planning, and manage- 
ment in educational organizations. 

EDAD 621 General Systems Theory II. (3) 

Prerequisite. EDAD 620 or permission of 
instructor. General systems theory ap- 
plied to actual organizational problems. 
Field work and relevant social science 
literature for the definition of one or 



more key. long-range problems and the 
development of plans to solve the 
problems. 

EDAD 630 Elementary and Secondary 
School Law. (3) Selected court opinions, 
legislation and executive guidelines 
regulating elementary and secondary 
education. Equal educational opportunity, 
first and fourth amendment rights of 
students and teachers, tort liability for 
negligence, equal protection in hiring, fir- 
ing and non-renewal of teachers, indi- 
vidual and institutional liability for federal 
civil rights violations and common law 
torts. No prior legal training required. 

EDAD 631 Higher Educational Law. (3) 
Selected court opinions, legislation and 
executive guidelines regulating higher 
education. First and fourth amendment 
rights of students and faculty, procedural 
due process, equal educational oppor- 
tunity, equal protection in hiring, promo- 
tion, non-renewal and salaries, individual 
and institutional liability for civil rights 
violations and common law torts. No 
prior legal training required. 

EDAD 632 Collective Bargaining in 
Elementary-Secondary Education. (3) 
Evolution and impact of collective 
bargaining in elementary and secondary 
education. Impact of collective bargain- 
ing on the educational power structure, 
third-party community interests and 
educational policy making. 

EDAD 633 Collective Bargaining in 
Higher Education. (3) Legal and educa- 
tional policy of collective bargaining in 
higher education. Nature and scope of 
the bargaining process, impact of collec- 
tive bargaining on academic governance, 
student interests, personnel decisions, 
and grievance mechanisms. 

EDAD 634 The School Curriculum. (2-3) 
A foundations course embracing the cur- 
riculum as a whole from early childhood 
through adolescence, including a review 
of historical developments, an analysis 
of conditions affecting curriculum 
change, an examination of issues in cur- 
riculum making, and a consideration of 
current trends in curriculum design. 

EDAD 635 Principles of Curriculum 
Development. (3) Curriculum planning, 
improvement, and evaluation in the 
schools: principles for the selection and 
organization of the content and learning 
experiences: ways of working in 
classroom and school on curriculum im- 
provement. 

EDAD 636 Communication and the 
School Curriculum. (3) Curriculum 
development based on communication 
as the major vehicle for describing the 
learner's interactions with persons, 
knowledge, and materials in the 
classroom and school environment. (Also 
listed as EDEL 636). 

EDAD 641 Selection and Evaluation of In- 
structional Media. (3) Development of cri- 
teria for selection and evaluation of in- 
structional materials for classroom. 



school and system use: includes 
measures of readability, listenability, 
visual difficulty, and interest level. 

EDAD 642 Mediated Instructional 
Systems. (3) Prerequisite. EDAD 440 and 
EDAD 444. Survey of innovative instruc- 
tional systems. Comparison of effec- 
tiveness of alternate teaching-learning 
systems. System design to improve 
teaching-learning efficiency through in- 
structional media. 

EDAD 644 Practicum in Instructional 
Systems. (2-6) Prerequisite, EDAD 444 or 
EDAD 642. Design and development of 
experimental instructional materials or 
systems to solve a specific instructional 
problem in the field. 

EDAD 679 Seminar in Educational Ad- 
ministration and Supervision. (2-4) Prere- 
quisite, at least four hours in educational 
administration and supervision or con- 
sent of instructor. A student may 
register for two hours and may take the 
seminar a second time for an additional 
two hours. 

EDAD 718 School Surveys. (2-6) Prere- 
quisite, consent of instructor. Includes 
study of school surveys with emphasis 
on problems of school organization and 
administration, finance and school plant 
planning. Field work in school surveys is 
required. 

EDAD 723 The Human Dimension in Ad- 
ministration. (3) Prerequisite: EDAD 605 
or consent of instructor. Theory, 
research findings, and laboratory ex- 
periences in human skills in organiza- 
tions. Goal setting, communication, con- 
flict, decision making evaluation, and 
consultant intervention. 

EDAD 724 Group Relationships in Ad- 
ministration. (3) Prerequisite: EDAD 605 
or consent of instructor. Group relation- 
ships and relevant administrative skills in 
educational settings. The role of authori- 
ty, group maturation, group member 
roles, group decision making, and intra- 
and inter-group conflict. 

EDAD 726 Child Accounting. (2) An in- 
quiry into the record keeping activities of 
the school system, including an examina- 
tion of the marking system. 

EDAD 727 Public School Personnel Ad- 
ministration. (3) A comparison of prac- 
tices with principles governing the 
satisfaction of school personnel needs, 
including a study of tenure, salary 
schedules, supervision, rewards, and 
other benefits. 

EDAD 738 Scholarly Thought and 
Contemporary Curriculum. (1-3) Current 
curricular trends, issues, theory, and 
research >n the light of past curricular 
and social thought. Linguistic analysis, 
analysis of thinking, disciplines as 
modes of inquiry, influence of romantic 
thought, influence of the industrial 
model, school as transformer of society, 
and political ideologies. May be repeated 
to a maximum of six credits. 



Graduate Programs / 49 



EDAD 750 Organization and Administra- 
tion of Teacher Education. (3) Teacher 
education today. Current patterns and 
significant emerging changes, particular- 
ly those involving teachers and schools. 
Deals with selection, curriculum, 
research, accredition, and institution- 
school relationships. 

EDAD 798 Special Problems in Educa- 
tion. (1-6) Master's, AGS, or doctoral 
candidates who desire to pursue special 
research problems under the direction of 
their advisors may register for credit 
under this number. 

EDAD 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) Registration required to the extent 
of six hours for master's thesis. 

EDAD 802 Curriculum in Higher Educa- 
tion. (3) An analysis of research in cur- 
riculum and of conditions affecting cur- 
riculum change, with examination of 
issues in curriculum making based upon 
the history of higher education cur- 
riculum development. 

EDAD 803 Organization and Administra- 
tion of Higher Education. (3) Organization 
and administration of higher education at 
the local, state, and federal levels: and 
an analysis of administrative relation- 
ships and functions and their effects in 
curriculum and instruction. 

EDAD 805 College Teaching. (3) Various 
methods of college instruction analyzed 
in relation to the curriculum and psycho- 
logical basis. These would include the 
case study method, the demonstration 
method, the lecture method, the recita- 
tion method, teaching machines, teach- 
ing by television, and other teaching 
aids. 

EDAD 806 Seminar in Problems of 
Higher Education. (3) Contemporary 
issues and problems in post secondary 
education relevant to the interests of 
both administrators and college/ 
university faculty members. Problems of 
individual interest. Preparation of 
publishable papers on post-secondary 
education topics. 

EDAD 837 Curriculum Theory and 
Research. (2) 

EDAD 857 Adult Education Administra- 
tion of Adult and Continuing Education. 

(3) An overview of the field of Adulty 
Continuing Education focusing on the 
administration of institutions and 
organizations that provide both credit 
and non-credit educational experiences 
for adult learners. Historical Development 
of Adult Education in America. Concepts 
that have molded the adult education 
movement, and issues in financing and 
delivering adult education programs. 

EDAD 859 Seminar in Adult Education. 
(3) 

EDAD 861 Seminar. Research in School 
Effectiveness. (3) Prerequisites, EDAD 
605, 606, 607, 608, and consent of in- 
structor. Examination of organizational 
effectiveness and the methodologies for 



assessing organizational effectiveness. 
An individual research project is 
required. 

EDAD 862 Seminar Theoretical Basis of 
Administrative Behavior. (3) Prerequisites, 
EDAD 605, 606, 607, 608, and consent of 
instructor. Study of administrative 
behavior in educational institutions. 
Development of a research design for 
the study of administrative behavior in 
one educational institution. 

EDAD 865 Doctoral Research Seminar. (3) 

Prerequisite, Consent of Instructor. De- 
velopment of the dissertation proposal. 
Definition of the problem, development 
of research design, design of data collec- 
tion processes, and discussion of writing 
of the dissertation. 

EDAD 879 Seminar in Teacher Education. 
(3-6) A problem seminar in teacher 
education. A maximum of six hours may 
be earned in this course. 

EDAD 888 Apprenticeship in Education. 

(1-8) Apprenticeships in the major area 
of study are available to selected 
students whose application for an ap- 
prenticeship has been approved by the 
education faculty. Each apprentice is 
assigned to work for at least a semester 
full-time or the equivalent with an ap- 
propriate staff member of a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational in- 
stitution or agency. The sponsor of the 
apprentice maintains a close working 
relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. Prerequisites, 
teaching experience, a master's degree 
in education, and at least six semester 
hours in education at the University of 
Maryland. NOTE: the total number of 
credits which a student may earn in 
EDAD 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a 
maximum of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDAD 889 Internship in Education. (3-8) 

Internships in the major area of study 
are available to selected students who 
have teaching experience. The following 
groups of students are eligible: (A) any 
student who has been advanced to can- 
didacy for the doctor's degree: and (B) 
any student who receives special ap- 
proval by the education faculty for an in- 
ternship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have com- 
pleted at least 60 semester hours of 
graduate work, including at least six 
semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Each intern is 
assigned to work on a full time basis for 
at least a semester with an appropriate 
staff member in a cooperating school, 
school system, or educational institution 
or agency. The internship must be taken 
in a school situation different from the 
one where the student is regularly 
employed. The intern's sponsor main- 
tains a close working relationship with 
the intern and the other persons in- 
volved. NOTE: The total number of 
credits which a student may earn in 
EDAD 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a 
maximum of twenty (20) semester hours. 



EDAD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Re- 
search. (1-8) Registration required to the 
extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. project 
and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. dissertation. 



Aerospace Engineering 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Anderson 
Professors: Corning, Melnik, Pai, 

Plotkin, Rivello 
Associate Professors: Barlow, 

Donaldson, Jones, Schaeffer 
Lecturers: Billig, Case, Fleig, 

Waltrup, Winklemann 

The Aerospace Engineering Depart- 
ment offers a broad program of 
graduate studies leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy. The curricula 
for these degrees are adapted to 
meet the objectives and background 
of the individual student and are 
planned by the student and his ad- 
visor. Applications for admission are 
invited from those holding a B.S. 
degree in engineering, the physical 
sciences, and mathematics. 
Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Struc- 
tural Mechanics, and Flight 
Dynamics are the major areas of 
specialization available to graduate 
students. Within these areas of 
specialization, the student can tailor 
programs such as Aircraft and 
Aerospace Vehicle Design, Naval 
Architecture, Computational 
Mechanics, and High Temperature 
Gas Dynamics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Two master's degree options are 
available; thesis and non-thesis. No 
special departmental requirements 
are imposed beyond the Graduate 
School requirements. 

For the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree, the Aerospace Engineering 
Department requires a minimum of 
48 semester hours of course-work 
beyond the B.S. including (1) not 
less than 18 hours within one 
departmental area of specialization, 
(2) not less than 9 hours from 
among the other areas of spec- 
ialization in the department, (3) not 
less than 12 hours in courses which 
emphasize the physical sciences or 
mathematics rather than their ap- 
plications. The total in (2) plus that 
in (3) must be at least 24 hours of 
which no more than 6 are less than 
600 level. Written and oral com- 
prehensive examinations are also 
required. 



50 / Graduate Programs 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The research facilities of the depart- 
ment are available to the graduate 
student. The aerodynamic facilities 
include two subsonic, two super- 
sonic, a hypersonic wind tunnel, a 
GAT-1 flight simulator, and a F-101 
flight simulator. Facilities are also 
available for static and vibration 
testing of structures. An assortment 
of computers including a UNIVAC 
1106 and a UNIVAC 1108 comple- 
mented by remote access units on a 
time-sharing basis are available. The 
Department provides special 
facilities for the use of students 
which include remote terminals and 
mini-computers. Under special cir- 
cumstances, thesis research may be 
accomplished in off-campus 
research facilities. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships 
and fellowships are available for 
financial assistance. 

Courses 

ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II. (2) 

Prerequisites, ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. 
Corequisites, ENAE 452 and ENAE 471. 
Application of fundamental measurement 
techniques to experiments in aerospace 
engineering, structural, aerodynamic, and 
propulsion tests, correlation of theory 
with experimental results. 

ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III. (1) 

Prerequisites. ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. 
Corequisites. ENAE 452. ENAE 471. and 
ENAE 475. Application of fundamental 
measurement techniques to experiments 
in aerospace engineering, structural, 
aerodynamic, flight simulation, and heat 
transfer tests. Correlation of theory with 
experimental results. 

ENAE 411 Aircraft Design. (3) Prereq- 
uisites, ENAE 345. ENAE 451. and ENAE 
371. Theory, background and methods of 
airplane design, subsonic and 
supersonic. 

ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles. 

(3) Prerequisites. ENAE 345 and ENAE 
371. Theory, background and methods of 
space vehicle design for manned orbiting 
vehicles, manned lunar and planetary 
landing systems. 

ENAE 415 Computer Aided Structural 
Design Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, ENAE 
452 or consent of instructor. Introduction 
to structural design concepts and 
analysis techniques. Introduction to com- 
puter software for structural analysis 
which is utilized to verify exact solutions 
and perform parametric design studies of 
aerospace structures. Not open to 
students who have earned credit in 
ENAE 431. 

ENAE 445 Stability and Control of 
Aerospace Vehicles. (3) Prerequisite, 



ENAE 345 and ENAE 371. Stability, con- 
trol and miscellaneous topics in 
dynamics. 

ENAE 451 Flight Structures I — In- 
troduction to Solid Mechanics. (4) Prereq- 
uisite. ENES 220. An introduction to the 
analysis of aircraft structural members. 
Introduction to theory of elasticity, 
mechanical behavior of materials, 
thermal effects, finite-difference approx- 
imations, virtual work, variational and 
energy principles for static systems. 

ENAE 452 Flight Structures II: Structural 
Elements. (3) Prerequisite, ENAE 451. Ap- 
plication of variational and energy prin- 
ciples to analysis of elastic bodies; 
stresses and deflections of beams in- 
cluding effects of non-principal axes, 
non-homogeneity, and thermal gradients: 
differential equations of beams, bars, 
and cables. Stresses and deflections of 
torsional members, stresses due to 
shear. Deflection analysis of structures. 

ENAE 453 Matrix Methods in Computa- 
tional Mechanics. (3) Prerequisite. ENAE 
452 or consent of instructor. Introduction 
to the concepts of computational 
analysis of continuous media by use of 
matrix methods. Foundation for use of 
finite elements in any field of continuum 
mechanics, with emphasis on the use of 
the displacement method to solve ther- 
mal and structural problems. 

ENAE 457 Flight Structures III. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENAE 452 or equivalent. An ad- 
vanced undergraduate course dealing 
with the theory and analysis of the struc- 
tures of flight vehicles. Stresses due to 
shear, indeterminate structures, plate 
theory, buckling and failure of columns 
and plates. 

ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENME 216 and ENAE 471. Oper- 
ating principles of piston, turbojet, tur- 
boprop, ramjet and rocket engines, 
thermodynamic cycle analysis and 
engine performance, aerother- 
mochemistry of combustion, fuels and 
propellants. 

ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. ENAE 461. Advanced and current 
topics in flight propulsion. 

ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II. (3) Prereq- 
uisites, ENAE 371 and ENME 216. 
Elements of compressible flow with ap- 
plications to aerospace engineering 
problems. 

ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENAE 371. Theory of the flow of 
an incompressible fluid. 

ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed 
Flight. (3) Prerequisite, ENAE 472 or 
equivalent. An advanced course dealing 
with aerodynamic problems of flight at 
supersonic and hypersonic velocities. 
Unified hypersonic and supersonic small 
disturbance theories, real gas effects, 
aerodynamic heating and mass transfer 
with applications to hypersonic flight 
and re-entry. 



ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerody- 
namic Heating. (3) Prerequisites, ENAE 
371, ENAE 471, and ENME 216. Fun- 
damental aspects of viscous flow, 
Navier-Stokes equations, similarity, boun- 
dary layer equations: laminar, transitional 
and turbulent incompressible flows on 
airfoils, thermal boundary layers and con- 
vective heat transfer; conduction through 
solids, introduction to radiative heat 
transfer. 

ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineer- 
ing. (1-4) Technical elective taken with 
the permission of the student's advisor 
and instructor. Lecture and conference 
courses designed to extend the 
student's understanding of aerospace 
engineering. Current topics are 
emphasized. 

ENAE 499 Elective Research. (1-3) May 

be repeated to a maximum of three 
credits. Elective for seniors in aerospace 
engineering with permission of the stu- 
dent's advisor and the instructor. Original 
research projects terminating in a written 
report. 

ENAE 650 Variational Methods in Struc- 
tural Mechanics. (3) Prerequisites, ENAE 
452 or equivalent. Review of theory of 
linear elasticity with introduction to 
cartesian tensors; application of calculus 
of variations and variational principles of 
elasticity; Castigliano's theorems: ap- 
plications to aerospace structures. 

ENAE 652 Finite Element Method in 
Engineering. (3) Prerequisites, ENAE 453 
and ENAE 650, or consent of instructor. 
Development of finite element represen- 
tation of continua using galerkin and 
variational techniques. Derivation of shell 
elements and parametric representation 
of two and three dimensional elements. 
Application to aerospace structures, 
fluids and diffusion processes. 

ENAE 653 Nonlinear Finite Element 
Analysis of Continua. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENAE 652. Finite element formulation of 
nonlinear and time dependent processes. 
Introduction to tensors, nonlinear 
elasticity, plasticity and creep. Applica- 
tion to nonlinear continua including 
aerospace structures, shells, radiation 
heat transfer, creep. 

ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics I. (3) 

Prerequisites, Math 246 and ENAE 452 or 
equivalents: or consent of instructor. Ad- 
vanced principles of dynamics necessary 
for structural analysis; solutions of 
eigenvalue problems for discrete and 
continuous elastic systems, solutions to 
forced response boundary value prob- 
lems by direct, modal, and transform 
methods. 

ENAE 656 Structural Dynamics II. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENAE 655 or consent of in- 
structor. Topics in aeroelasticity: wing 
divergence; aileron reversal; flexibility ef- 
fects on aircraft stability derivatives; 
wing, empennage and aircraft flutter; air- 
craft gust response. 



Graduate Programs / 51 



ENAE 657 Theory of Structural Stability. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENAE 451 or equivalent. 
Static and dynamic stability of structural 
systems. Classification of leading 
systems: linear and nonlinear post- 
buckling behavior. Perfect and imperfect 
system behavior. Buckling and failure of 
columns and plates. 

ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion. (3) Pre- 
requisites, ENAE 461, 462. Special prob- 
lems of thermodynamics and dynamics 
of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and 
ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear 
propulsion for space vehicles. 

ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion. (3) Pre- 
requisites, ENAE 461, 462. Special prob- 
lems of thermodynamics and dynamics 
of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and 
ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear 
propulsion for space vehicles. 

ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressi- 
ble Fluids. (3) Prerequisite, Math 463 or 
permission of instructor. Fundamental 
equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational 
motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin air- 
foil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tun- 
nel corrections. Perturbation methods. 

ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressi- 
ble Fluids. (3) Prerequisite, Math 463 or 
permission of instructor. Fundamental 
equations in fluid mechanics, irrotational 
motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin air- 
foil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tun- 
nel corrections. Perturbation methods. 

ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressi- 
ble Fluids. (3) Prerequisite. ENAE 472 or 
permission of instructor. One dimen- 
sional flow of a perfect compressible 
fluid. Shock waves. Two dimensional 
linearized theory of compressible flow. 
Two-dimensional transonic and hyper- 
sonic flows. Exact solutions of two- 
dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized 
theory of three-dimensional potential 
flow. Exact solution of axially sym- 
metrical potential flow. One-dimensional 
flow with friction and heat addition. 

ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressi- 
ble Fluids. (3) Prerequisite, ENAE 472 or 
permission of instructor. One dimen- 
sional flow of a perfect compressible 
fluid. Shock waves. Two-dimensional 
linearized theory of compressible flow. 
Two-dimensional transonic and hyper- 
sonic flows. Exact solutions of two- 
dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized 
theory of three-dimensional potential 
flow. Exact solution of axially symetrical 
potential flow. One-dimensional flow with 
friction and heat addition. 

ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous 
Fluids. (3) Derivation of Navier Stokes 
equations, some exact solutions: boun- 
dary layer equations. Laminar flow-similar 
solutions, compressibility, transforma- 
tions, analytic approximations, numerical 
methods, stability and transition of tur- 
bulent flow. Turbulent flow-isotropic tur- 
bulence, boundary layer flows, free mix- 
ing flows. 

ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous 
Fluids. (3) Derivation of Navier Stokes 



equations, some exact solutions: boun- 
dary layer equations. Laminar flow-similar 
solutions, compressibility, transforma- 
tions, analytic approximations, numerical 
methods, stability and transition to tur- 
bulent flow. Turbulent flow-isotropic tur- 
bulence, boundary layer flows, free mix- 
ing flows. 

ENAE 688 Seminar. (1-3) 

ENAE 757 Advanced Structural 
Dynamics.(3) Prerequisite, ENAE 655 or 
equivalent. Fundamentals of probability 
theory pertinent to random vibrations, in- 
cluding correlation functions, and spec- 
tral densities; example random pro- 
cesses; response of single degree and 
multidegree of freedom systems. 

ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace 
Engineering. (1-3) 

ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Agricultural and 
Extension Education 
Program 

Chairman: Nelson 
Professors: Longest, Poffenberger 
Associate Professor: Seibel 
Assistant Professors: Ewert, Klavon, 
Glee, Whaples, Wheatley, Wright 
Visiting Associate Professor: Walker 

As a multidisciplinary department of 
several educational and social 
science specialities, the Department 
of Agricultural and Extension Educa- 
tion services the academic and con- 
tinuing education needs and inter- 
ests of the Cooperative Extension 
Service, teachers of agriculture and 
professionals involved in continuing 
education, community development, 
and environmental education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy degree and the Ad- 
vanced Graduate Specialist Cer- 
tificate (requiring 30 credits beyond 
the master's degree) may be ob- 
tained in options in Agricultural 
Education, Environmental Education, 
Extension and Continuing Educa- 
tion, and Community Development. 
Specialization options in Agricultural 
Education include teacher educa- 
tion, research and administration 
and supervision. Specialization op- 
tions under Extension and Continu- 
ing Education include staff develop- 
ment, program development, ad- 
ministration and supervision, and 
continuing education. The 
multidisciplinary Community 
Development program specialties in- 
clude various social science 



disciplines with research, teaching, 
and extension functions; human and 
organizational planning and develop- 
ment; and public affairs education. 

In the Master of Science pro- 
grams both thesis and non-thesis 
options are available. Applicants for 
the Master of Science program must 
present transcripts and recommen- 
dations for evaluation. 

No specific number of credits is 
required for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree. Each student's 
program is planned by his commit- 
tee according to his previous educa- 
tion and experience, special inter- 
ests and needs, and professional 
plans. No foreign language is re- 
quired but is encouraged for those 
interested in international develop- 
ment areas. Students are encour- 
aged to develop research techniques 
through specific courses and par- 
ticipation in Department research 
programs. 

Applicants should present results 
of the Miller Analogies and/or GRE 
tests with their applications for ad- 
mission, along with recommenda- 
tions from individuals competent to 
evaluate academic strengths of the 
applicant. 

Courses 

RLED 422 Extension Education. (3) The 

agricultural extension service as an 
educational agency. The history, 
philosophy, objectives, policy, organiza- 
tion, legislation and methods used in ex- 
tension work. 

RLED 423 Extension Communications. (3) 
An introduction to communications in 
teaching and within an organization, in- 
cluding barriers to communication, the 
diffusion process and the application of 
communication principles person to per- 
son, with groups and through mass 
media. 

RLED 426 Development and Management 
of Extension Youth Programs. (3) De- 
signed for present and prospective state 
leaders of extension youth programs. 
Program development, principles of pro- 
gram management, leadership develop- 
ment and counseling; science, career 
selection and citizenship in youth pro- 
grams, field experience in working with 
low income families' youth, urban work. 

RLED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing 
and Extension Education. (3) Concepts 
involved in working with groups planning 
extension and continuing education pro- 
grams. Analysis of group behavior and 
group dynamics related to small groups 
and development of a competence in the 
selection of appropriate methods and 
techniques. 

RLED 464 Rural Life in Modern Society. 

(3) Examination of the many aspects of 
rural life that affect and are affected by 



52 / Graduate Programs 



changes in technical, natural and human 
resources. Emphasis is placed on the 
role which diverse organizations, agen- 
cies and institutions play in the educa- 
tion and adjustment of rural people to 
the demands of modern society. 

RLED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent 
Society. (3) Topics examined include con- 
ditions under which people in poverty ex- 
ist, factors giving rise to such condi- 
tions, problems faced by the rural poor, 
and the kinds of assistance they need to 
rise out of poverty. Topics and issues 
are examined in the context of rural- 
urban interrelationships and their effects 
on rural poverty. Special attention is 
given to past and present programs 
designed to alleviate poverty and to con- 
siderations and recommendations for 
future action. 

RLED 487 Conservation of Natural 
Resources. (3) Designed primarily for 
teachers. Study of state's natural 
resources — soil, water, fisheries, wild- 
life, forests, and minerals — natural 
resources problems and practices. Exten- 
sive field study. Concentration on sub- 
ject matter. Taken concurrently with 
RLED 497 in summer season. 

RLED 488 Critique in Rural Education. (1) 

Current problems and trends in rural 
education. 

RLED 489 Critique in Rural Education. (1) 

Current problems and trends in rural 
education. 

RLED 497 Conservation of Natural 
Resources. (3) Designed primarily for 
teachers. Study of state's natural 
resources — soil, water, fisheries, wild- 
life, forests, and minerals — natural 
resources problems and practices. Exten- 
sive field study. Methods of teaching 
conservation included. Taken concur- 
rently with RLED 487 in summer season. 

RLED 499 Special Problems. (1-3) Prere- 
quisite: staff approval. 

RLED 606 Program Planning and Evalua- 
tion in Agricultural Education. (2-3) Se- 
cond semester. Analysis of community 
agricultural education needs, selection 
and organization of course content, 
criteria and procedures for evaluating 
programs. 

RLED 626 Program Development in Ex- 
tension Education. (3) Concepts in pro- 
gram planning and development. A con- 
ceptual approach to a tested framework 
for programming. Study and analysis of 
program design and implementation in 
the extension service. 

RLED 628 Seminar in Program Planning. 

(1-5) The student assists in the develop- 
ment of an educational program in an in- 
stitutional or community setting. He also 
develops an individualized unit of study 
applicable to the program. Seminar ses- 
sions are based on the actual problems 
of diagnosing needs, planning, conduct- 
ing, and evaluating programs. Repeatable 
to a maximum of five credits. 



RLED 642 Continuing Education in Ex- 
tension. (3) Studies the process through 
which adults have and use opportunities 
to learn systematically under the guid- 
ance of an agent, teacher or leader. A 
variety of program areas will be reviewed 
giving the student an opportunity to 
plan, conduct and evaluate learning activ- 
ities for adults. 

RLED 661 Rural Community Analysis. (3) 

First semester. Analysis of structure and 
function of rural society and application 
of social understandings to educational 
processes. 

RLED 663 Developing Rural Leadership. 
(2-3) First semester. Theories of leader- 
ship are emphasized. Techniques of iden- 
tifying formal and informal leaders and 
the development of rural lay leaders. 

RLED 691 Research Methods in Rural 
Education. (2-3) First semester. The 
scientific method, problem identification, 
survey of research literature, preparing 
research plans, design of studies, ex- 
perimentation, analysis of data and 
thesis writing. 

RLED 699 Special Problems. (1-3) Prereq- 
uisite, approval of staff. 

RLED 707 Supervision of Student 
Teaching. (1) Summer session. Identifica- 
tion of experiences and activities in an 
effective student teaching program, 
responsibilities and duties of supervising 
teachers, and evaluation of student 
teaching. 

RLED 789 Special Topics. (1-3) May be 

repeated to a maximum of nine credits 
provided content is different. 

RLED 798 Seminar in Rural Education. 
(1-3) Problems in the organization, ad- 
ministration, and supervision of the sev- 
eral agencies of rural and/or vocational 
education. Repeatable to a maximum of 
eight semester credits. 

RLED 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

RLED 882 Agricultural College Instruc- 
tion. (1) 

RLED 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Agricultural and Resource 
Economics Programs 

Professor and Chairman: Norton 
Professors: Bender. Cain, Curtis. Foster. 

Ishee. Lessley. Moore. Murray. 

Poffenberger. Smith. Stevens, Tuthill, 

Wysong 
Associate Professors: Hardie, Lawrence. 

Via 
Assistant Professors: Bellows. Prindle. 

Strand 

The Department of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics offers a course 
of study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of 



Philosophy. The graduate program 
prepares students for careers by 
means of courses in traditional sub- 
ject matter areas, research ex- 
periences designed to give com- 
petency in scientific methodology, 
and seminar and discussion 
opportunities. 

The Department provides for two 
areas of specialization, agricultural 
economics and resource economics. 
Special fields in agricultural 
economics include domestic and 
foreign agricultural development, in- 
ternational trade, agricultural 
marketing, farm management and 
production economics, agricultural 
policy and econometrics. Special 
fields in resource economics include 
land use. marine resources, water 
resources, and community and 
resource development. Both areas of 
specialization integrate opportunity 
for study from a variety of 
disciplines related to agricultural 
and resource economics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are 
available for the Master of Science 
degree in both areas of specializa- 
tion. The thesis option requires a 
minimum of 24 hours course work 
with six hours of thesis; the non- 
thesis option requires 33 hours of 
course work. Students taking the 
non-thesis option, particularly in 
resource economics, are urged to 
participate in a two to three month 
internship with a public or private 
planning or management agency. 

Applicants with strong undergrad- 
uate records in diverse fields are 
considered for admittance to the 
Master of Science program. 
Necessary course prerequisites 
(without credit) can be completed 
after admittance. The Graduate 
Record Examination (GRE) Aptitude 
Test scores are required with the 
application. 

Students with a bachelor's degree 
generally enter the master's program 
before applying for the doctoral pro- 
gram. Applicants holding a master's 
degree in an equivalent field from an 
accredited institution may be ad- 
mitted for immediate doctoral study. 
A minimum of 48 hours of course 
work beyond the bachelor's degree 
and 12 hours of dissertation 
research are required for the Ph.D. 
degree. Qualifying examinations are 
administered on completion of basic 
theory course requirements, and 
written and oral comprehensive ex- 
aminations are held when all course 
work has been completed. A final 
oral examination is held for the stu- 



Graduate Programs / 53 



dent to defend the dissertation. 
There is no foreign language require- 
ment for any graduate degree. 

The time required to complete a 
master's degree is generally two 
years, although it can be completed 
in 18 months of concentrated effort. 
The Ph.D. adds a minimum of two 
years of fairly concentrated efforts. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department actively employs 
the resources of many state, federal, 
and international agencies unique to 
the Washington, D.C. area to offer 
research and/or internship experi- 
ence from the world of government 
and business. The Library of Con- 
gress in Washington and the Na- 
tional Agricultural Library of 
Beltsville (just north of the campus) 
greatly enhance teaching and 
research efforts. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate assistantships are offered 
to qualified applicants on the basis 
of past academic performance and 
experience. A large portion of the 
full-time students in the Department 
hold assistantships or some other 
form of financial aid. Part-time and 
summer work is often available for 
students not receiving financial aid. 

Additional Information 

A booklet, Curriculum, of the Depart- 
ment describes undergraduate and 
graduate programs, and gives a 
description of all courses given by 
the Department. DARE Policy Hand- 
book for the Graduate Program pro- 
vides course requirements, examina- 
tion procedures and descriptive 
material on M.S. and Ph.D. programs 
in both areas of specialization. For 
more specific information, contact: 

Dr. Dean F. Tuthill 

Graduate Coordinator 

Department of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

Courses 

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Pro- 
ducts. (3) An introduction to agricultural 
price behavior. Emphasis is placed on 
the use of price information in the deci- 
sion making process, the relation of sup- 
ply and demand in determining 
agricultural prices, and the relation of 
prices to grade, time, location, and 
stages of processing in the marketing 
system. The course includes elementary 
methods of price analysis, the concept 
of parity and the role of price support 
programs in agricultural decisions. 

AREC 406 Farm Management. (3) The 
organization and operation of the farm 
business to obtain an income consistent 
with family resources and objectives. 
Principles of production economics and 



other related fields are applied to the in- 
dividual farm business. Laboratory period 
will be largely devoted to field trips and 
other practical exercises. 

AREC 407 Financial Analysis of the Farm 
Business. (3) Application of economic 
principles to develop criteria for a sound 
farm business, including credit source 
and use, preparing and filing income tax 
returns, methods of appraising farm 
properties, the summary and analysis of 
farm records, leading to effective control 
and profitable operation of the farm 
business. 

AREC 410 Horse Industry Economics. (3) 

Prerequisite, ANSC 230 and 232. An 
introduction to the economic forces af- 
fecting the horse industry and to the 
economic tools required by horse farm 
managers, trainers, and others in the 
industry. 

AREC 414 Introduction to Agricultural 
Business Management. (3) The different 
forms of businesses are investigated. 
Management functions, business indica- 
tors, measures of performance, and 
operational analysis are examined. Case 
studies are used to show applications of 
management techniques. 

AREC 427 The Economics of Marketing 
Systems for Agricultural Commodities. 

(3) Basic economic theory as applied to 
the marketing of agricultural products, 
including price, cost, and financial 
analysis. Current developments affecting 
market structure including effects of 
contractual arrangement, vertical integra- 
tion, governmental policies and 
regulation. 

AREC 432 Introduction to Natural 
Resources Policy. (3) Development of 
natural resource policy and analysis of 
the evolution of public intervention in the 
use of natural resources. Examination of 
present policies and of conflicts between 
private individuals, public interest 
groups, and government agencies. 

AREC 445 World Agricultural Develop- 
ment and the Quality of Life. (3) An ex- 
amination of the key aspects of agricul- 
tural development of less developed 
countries related to resources, 
technology, cultural and social setting, 
population, infrastructure, incentives, 
education, and government. Environmen- 
tal impact of agricultural development, 
basic economic and social character- 
istics of peasant agriculture, theories 
and models of agricultural development, 
selected aspects of agricultural develop- 
ment planning. 

AREC 452 Economics of Resource 
Development. (3) A study of the ade- 
quacy and quality of the natural (land, 
water, air) and human resources, the 
economic and institutional arrangements 
which guide their use and development, 
and the means for improving their quality 
and use. 

AREC 453 Economic Analysis of Natural 
Resources. (3) Rational use and reuse of 



natural resources. Theory and methodol- 
ogy of the allocation of natural resources 
among alternative uses. Optimum state 
of conservation, market failure, safe 
minimum standard, and cost-benefit 
analysis. 

AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics 
in Agriculture. (3) An introduction to the 
application of econometric techniques to 
agricultural problems with emphasis on 
the assumptions and computational tech- 
niques necessary to derive statistical 
estimates, test hypotheses, and make 
predictions with the use of single equa- 
tion models. Includes linear and non- 
linear regression models, internal least 
squares, discriminant analysis and factor 
analysis. 

AREC 485 Applications of Mathematical 
Programming in Agriculture, Business, 
and Economic Analysis. (3) This course 
is designed to train students in the ap- 
plication of mathematical programming 
(especially linear programming) to solve a 
wide variety of problems in agriculture, 
business and economics. The primary 
emphasis is on setting up problems and 
interpreting results. The computational 
facilities of the computer science center 
are used extensively. 

AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural 
and Resources Economics. (3) 

Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits. 

AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics I. 

(3) Selected readings in political and 
economic theory from 1700 to 1850. This 
course develops a basic understanding 
of the development of economic and 
political thought as a foundation for 
understanding our present society and 
its cultural heritage. Prerequisite, accept- 
ance in the honors program of the 
Department of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics. 

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics II. 
(3) Selected readings in political and 
economic theory from 1850 to the pres- 
ent. This course continues the develop- 
ment of a basic understanding of eco- 
nomic and political thought begun in the 
AREC 495 by the examination of modern 
problems in agricultural and resource 
economics in the light of the material 
read and discussed in AREC 495 and 
AREC 496. Prerequisite: Successful com- 
pletion of AREC 495 and registration in 
the honors program of the Department 
of Agriculture and Resource Economics. 

AREC 639 Internship in Resource 
Management. (2-4) Prerequisite: permis- 
sion of major advisor and department 
chairman. Open only to graduate 
students in the AREC resource manage- 
meni curriculum. Repeatable to a max- 
imum of four hours. 

AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural 
and Resource Economics. (3) First and 
second semester. Subject matter taught 
will be varied and will depend on the per- 
sons available for teaching unique and 



54 / Graduate Programs 



specialized phases of agricultural and 
resource economics. The course will be 
taught by the staff or visiting agricultural 
and resource economists who may be 
secured on lectureship or visiting pro- 
fessor basis. 

AREC 698 Seminar. (1) First and second 
semesters. Students will participate 
through study of problems in the field, 
reporting to seminar members and de- 
fending positions adopted. Outstanding 
leaders in the field will present ideas for 
analysis and discussion among class 
members. Students involved in original 
research will present progress reports. 
Class discussion will provide opportunity 
for constructive criticism and guidance. 

AREC 699 Special Problems in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics. 
(1-2) First and second semesters and 
summer. Intensive study and analysis of 
specific problems in the field of 
agricultural and resource economics, 
which provide information in depth in 
areas of special interest to the student. 

AREC 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price 
and Demand Analysis. (3) Second 
semester. An advanced study in the 
theory of: (1) the individual consumer, (2) 
household behavior, and (3) aggregate 
demand. The concepts of price and 
cross elasticities of demand, income 
elasticity of demand, and elasticity of 
substitution will be examined in detail. 
The use of demand theory in the analy- 
sis of welfare problems, market 
equilibrium (with special emphasis on 
trade) and the problem of insufficient 
and excessive aggregate demand will be 
discussed. 

AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural Pro- 
duction. (3) First semester. Study of the 
more complex problems involved in the 
long-range adjustments, organization and 
operation of farm resources, including 
the impact of new technology and 
methods. Applications of the theory of 
the firm, linear programming, activity 
analysis and input-output analysis. 

AREC 824 Food Distribution Manage- 
ment. (3) Theory and practice of the com- 
plex functional and institutional aspects 
of food distribution systems analyzed 
from the perspective of management 
decision-making in the food industry. 
Possible long range economic effects of 
current structural adjustments: social 
and ecological aspects of food industry 
management decision-making. 

AREC 632 Agricultural Price and Income 
Policy. (3) Second semester, alternate 
years, 1973. The evolution of agricultural 
policy in the United States, emphazing 
the origin and development of govern- 
mental programs, and their effects upon 
agricultural production, prices and in- 
come. 

AREC 844 International Agriculture 
Trade. (3) Economic theory, policies and 



practices in international trade in 
agricultural products. Principal theories 
of international trade and finance, 
agricultural trade policies of various 
countries, and agricultural trade prac- 
tices. 

AREC 845 Agriculture in World Economic 
Development. (3) First semester, alternate 
years, 1972. Theories and concepts of 
what makes economic development hap- 
pen. Approaches and programs for stim- 
ulating the transformation from a 
primitive agricultural economy to an 
economy of rapidly developing commer- 
cial agriculture and industry. Analysis of 
selected agricultural development pro- 
grams in Asia, Africa and Latin America. 

AREC 852 Advanced Resource 
Economics. (3) Second semester, alter- 
nate years. Assessment and evaluation 
of our natural, capital, and human 
resources; the use of economic theory 
and various techniques to guide the 
allocation of these resources within a 
comprehensive framework; and the in- 
stitutional arrangements for using these 
resources. ECON 403 or equivalent is a 
prerequisite. 

AREC 883 Agricultural and Resource 
Economics Research Techniques. (3) 

First semester. Emphasis is given to phi- 
losophy and basic objectives of research 
in the field of agricultural and resource 
economics. The course is designed to 
help students define a research problem 
and work out logical procedures for ex- 
ecuting research in the social sciences. 
Attention is given to the techniques and 
tools available to agricultural and 
resource economics. Research 
documents in the field will be appraised 
from the standpoint of procedures and 
evaluation of the search. 

AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Agricultural Engineering 
Program 

Associate Professor and Chairman: 

Stewart 
Professor: Green, Harris 
Associate Professors: Felton, Merket, 

Wheaton 
Assistant Professor: Ayars, Grant 

Johnson 

The Department of Agricultural 
Engineering offers a graduate pro- 
gram of study with specialization in 
either agricultural or aquacultural 
engineering leading to the degree of 
Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy. Courses and research 
problems place emphasis on the 
engineering aspects of the produc- 
tion, harvesting, processing and 
marketing of terrestrial and aquatic 
food and fiber products, with con- 
cern for the conservation of land 



and water resources and the utiliza- 
tion and/or disposal of byproducts 
associated with biological systems 
in order to maintain and enhance 
the quality of our environment while 
contributing to efficient production 
of food and fiber to meet increasing 
population demands. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission is open to B.S. graduates 
in engineering, physical science or 
biological science who meet grad- 
uate school requirements and who 
have satisfactorily completed a core 
of basic engineering courses. 

For the M.S. program, a minimum 
of 30 semester hours are required of 
which at least 12 hours will be 
agricultural engineering courses, 6 
hours will be thesis research and 3 
hours will be biometrics. 

A minimum of 60 credit hours 
beyond a BS are required for the 
Ph.D. program of which at least 17 
semester hours will be agricultural 
engineering courses, 12 hours will 
be thesis research and 3 hours will 
be biometrics. 

Only the thesis option is available 
for the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. The 
Department has no language re- 
quirements for either graduate 
degree. Except for the above re- 
quirements a M.S. or Ph.D. program 
is planned on a personal basis and 
is oriented toward the intellectual 
and professional objectives of the 
student. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to well-equipped 
laboratories in the Department, the 
facilities of the Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station, the Computer Science 
Center, and the College of Engi- 
neering are available. The new 
University of Maryland Center for 
Environmental and Estuarine Studies 
enhances the aquacultural phase of 
the Department's graduate program. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance may be avail- 
able to qualified candidates. 

Additional Information 

For additional information contact: 
Chairman 

Agricultural Engineering 
Department 

Courses 

AGEN 401 Agricultural Production Equip- 
ment. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, AGEN 
100. Principles of operation and func- 
tions of power and machinery units as 
related to tillage; cutting, conveying, and 
separating units; and control 



Graduate Programs / 55 



mechanisms. Principles of internal com- 
bustion engines and power unit com- 
ponents. 

AGEN 402 Agricultural Materials Handl- 
ing and Environmental Control. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, AGEN 100. Characteristics 
of construction materials and details of 
agricultural structures. Fundamentals of 
electricity, electrical circuits, and elec- 
trical controls. Materials handling and en- 
vironmental requirements of farm prod- 
ucts and animals. 

AGEN 421 Power Systems. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one two hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites, ENME 216, ENEE 
300 and ENME 340. Analysis of energy 
conversion devices including internal 
combustion engines, electrical and 
hydraulic motors. Fundamentals of 
power transmission and coordination of 
power sources with methods of power 
transmission. 

AGEN 422 Soil and Water Engineering. 

(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
ENME 340. Applications of engineering 
and soil sciences in erosion control, 
drainage, irrigation and watershed man- 
agement. Principles of agricultural 
hydrology and design of water control 
and conveyance systems. 

AGEN 424 Functional and Environmental 
Design of Agricultural Structures. (3) Two 

lectures and one hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, AGEN 324. An analy- 
tical approach to the design and plan- 
ning of functional and environmental re- 
quirements of plants and animals in 
semi- or completely enclosed structures. 

AGEN 432 General Hydrology. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of 
basic hydrologic principles pertaining to 
the properties, distribution and circula- 
tion of water as related to public interest 
in water resources. 

AGEN 433 Engineering Hydrology. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: 
MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 340. 
Properties, distribution and circulation of 
water from the sea and in the atmos- 
phere emphasizing movement overland, 
in channels and through the soil profile. 
Qualitative and quantitative factors are 
considered. 

AGEN 435 Aquacultural Engineering. (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of department. A 
study of the engineering aspects of de- 
velopment, utilization and conservation 
of aquatic systems. Emphasis will be on 
harvesting and processing aquatic 
animals or plants as related to other 
facets of water resources management. 

AGEN 488 Topics in Agricultural 
Engineering Technology. (1-3) Prere- 
quisite, permission of the instructor. 
Selected topics in agricultural engineer- 
ing technology of current need and in- 
terest. May be repeated to a maximum of 
six credits if topics are different. Not ac- 
ceptable for credit towards major in agri- 
cultural engineering. 



AGEN 489 Special Problems in Agricul- 
tural Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, ap- 
proval of department. Student will select 
an engineering problem and prepare a 
technical report. The problem may in- 
clude design, experimentation, and/or 
data analysis. 

AGEN 499 Special Problems in Agricul- 
tural Engineering Technology. (1-3) Prere- 
quisite, approval of department. Not ac- 
ceptable for majors in agricultural 
engineering. Problems assigned in pro- 
portion to credit. 

AGEN 601 Instrumentation Systems. (3) 

Prerequisite, approval of department. 
Analysis of instrumentation requirements 
and techniques for research and opera- 
tional agricultural or biological systems. 

AGEN 602 Mechanical Properties of 
Biological Materials. (3) Prerequisite, Dif- 
ferential equations a study of the 
significance and the utilization of the 
mechanical properties of biological 
materials under various conditions of 
loading. Emphasis on particle motion: re- 
lationships between stress and strain, 
force, velocity and acceleration: prin- 
ciples of work and energy, and theories 
of failure. 

AGEN 603 Biological Process Engineer- 
ing. (3) First semester. Prerequisite, dif- 
ferential equations. Interrelationships of 
physical properties as functions of 
moisture and temperature gradients in 
agricultural and aquacultural materials. 

AGEN 605 Land and Water Resource 
Development Engineering. (3) First 
semester. Prerequisite, AGEN 422 or ap- 
proval of department. A comprehensive 
study of engineering aspects of orderly 
development for land and water 
resources. Emphasis will be placed on 
project formulation, data acquisition, 
project analysis and engineering 
economy. 

AGEN 688 Advanced Topics in 
Agricultural Engineering. (1-4) Prere- 
quisite, consent of instructor. Advanced 
topics of current interest in the various 
areas of agricultural engineering. Max- 
imum eight credits. 

AGEN 698 Seminar. (1) First and second 
semesters. 

AGEN 699 Special Problems in Agricul- 
tural and Aquacultural Engineering. (1-6) 
First and second semester and summer 
school. Work assigned in proportion to 
amount of credit. 

AGEN 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

AGEN 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Agronomy Program 

Professor and Chairman: Miller 
Professors: Axley, Aycock, Bandel, 

Decker, Fanning, Foss 

F.P. Miller, Strickling 
Associate Professors: Burt, Mulchi, 



Parochetti, Wolf 
Assistant Professors: Darrah, Kenworthy, 
Sammons, Wehner, Wiebold 

The Department of Agronomy offers 
graduate courses of study leading to 
the degrees of Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy. The stu- 
dent may pursue major work in the 
crops division or in the soils divi- 
sion of the Department. Programs 
are offered in cereal crop produc- 
tion, forage management, turf man- 
agement, plant breeding, tobacco 
production, crop physiology, weed 
science, soil chemistry, soil physics, 
soil fertility, soil and water conserva- 
tion, soil classification, soil survey 
and land use, soil mineralogy, soil 
biochemistry, soil microbiology, air 
pollution, waste disposal, and soil 
environment interactions. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are 
available for the Master of Science 
degree. A bachelor's degree in Agro- 
nomy is not required if the student 
has adequate training in the basic 
sciences. All students must com- 
plete the Master of Science degree 
before admission to the doctoral 
program. Departmental regulations 
have been assembled for the 
guidance of candidates for graduate 
degrees. Copies of these regulations 
are available from the Department of 
Agronomy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Agronomy Department has over 
20 well-equipped laboratories to 
carry out basic and applied research 
in crop and soil science. Basic 
equipment in the laboratories in- 
clude: X-ray diffraction and spec- 
trophotometer, gas chromatograph, 
isotope counters, petrographic 
microscopes, neutron soil moisture 
probe and scaler, and carbon fur- 
nace. Growth chambers, extensive 
greenhouse space, and five research 
farms permit a wide range of en- 
vironmental conditions for research 
into plant growth processes. A com- 
puter center, located on campus, is 
available for use by the Department. 
The University and the new National 
Agricultural Sciences Libraries, sup- 
plemented by the Library of Con- 
gress, make the library resources 
among the best in the nation. Many 
projects of the Department are con- 
ducted in cooperation with the Agri- 
cultural Research Service of the 
United States Department of Agricul- 
ture with headquarters located three 
miles from the campus. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of research assis- 



56 / Graduate Programs 



tantships and teaching assistant- 
ships are available for qualified 
applicants. 



Courses 

AGRO 403 Crop Breeding. (3) Prere- 
quisites, BOTN 414 or ZOOL 246. Prin- 
ciples and methods of breeding annual 
self and cross-pollinated plant and peren- 
nial forage species. 

AGRO 404 Tobacco Production. (3) Pre- 
requisite, BOTN 100. A study of the 
history, adaptation, distribution, culture, 
and improvement of various types of 
tobacco, with special emphasis on pro- 
blems in Maryland tobacco production. 
Physical and chemical factors associated 
with yield and quality of tobacco will be 
stressed. 

AGRO 405 Turf Management. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of 
principles and practices of managing turf 
for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, 
playgrounds, airfields and highways for 
commercial sod production. 

AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production. (3) 

Prerequisites, BOTN 101, and AGRO 100; 
or concurrent enrollment in these 
courses. A general look at world 
grasslands; production and management 
requirements of major grasses and 
legumes for quality hay, silage and 
pasture for livestock feed; new cultivar 
development and release; seed produc- 
tion and distribution of improved 
cultivars. 

AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops. (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 101 and AGRO 100; 
or concurrent enrollment in these 
courses. A study of principles and prac- 
tices of corn, small grains, rice, millets, 
sorghums, and soybeans and other oil 
seed crops. A study of seed production, 
processing, distribution and federal and 
state seed control programs of corn, 
small grains and soybeans. 

AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles. (3) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 202. A study of the 
chemical, physical, and biological 
characteristics of soils that are important 
in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of 
physical, chemical, or biological nature 
and their correction by the use of lime, 
fertilizers, and rotations are discussed 
and illustrated. 

AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers. (3) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the manufacturing 
of commercial fertilizers and their use in 
soils for efficient crop production. 

AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation. 

(3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, AGRO 202 
or permission of instructor. A study of 
the importance and causes of soil ero- 
sion, methods of soil erosion control, 
and the effect of conservation practices 
on soil-moisture supply. Special em- 
phasis is placed on farm planning for 
soil and water conservation. The labora- 



tory period will be largely devoted to 
field trips. 

AGRO 414 Soil Classification and 
Geography.(4) Three lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A 
study of the genesis, morphology, 
classification and geographic distribution 
of soils. The broad principles governing 
soil formation are explained. Attention is 
given to the influence of geographic fac- 
tors on the development and use of the 
soils in the United States and other parts 
of the world. The laboratory periods will 
be largely devoted to the field trips and 
to a study of soil maps of various 
countries. 

AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week. An introduction to soil survey in- 
terpretation as a tool in land use both in 
agricultural and urban situations. The im- 
plications of soil problems as delineated 
by soil surveys on land use will be 
considered. 

AGRO 417 Soil Physics. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prere- 
quisite, AGRO 202 and a course in 
physics, or permission of instructor. A 
study of physical properties of soils with 
special emphasis on relationship to soil 
productivity. 

AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry. (3) One lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite. AGRO 202 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the chemical com- 
position of soils; cation and anion ex- 
change; acid, alkaline and saline soil 
conditions; and soil fixation of plant 
nutrients. Chemical methods of soil 
analysis will be studied with emphasis 
on their relation to fertilizer 
requirements. 

AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, AGRO 202, CHEM 104 or 
consent of instructor. A study of 
biochemical processes involved in the 
formation and decomposition of organic 
soil constituents. Significance of soil- 
biochemical processes involved in plant 
nutrition will be considered. 

AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution. (3) Pre- 
requisite, background in biology and 
CHEM 104. Reaction and fate of 
pesticides, agricultural fertilizers, in- 
dustrial and animal wastes in soil and 
water will be discussed. Their relation to 
the environment will be emphasized. 

AGRO 451 Cropping Systems. (2) Prereq 
uisite, AGRO 102 or equivalent. The coor- 
dination of information from various 
courses in the development of balanced 
cropping systems, appropriate to dif- 
ferent objectives in various areas of the 
state and nation. 

AGRO 453 Weed Control. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, AGRO 102 or equivalent. A 
study of the use of cultural practices 
and chemical herbicides in the control of 
weeds. 



AGRO 499 Special Problems in 
Agronomy. (1-3) Prerequisites, AGRO 
202, 406, 407 or permission of instructor. 
A detailed study, including a written 
report of an important problem in 
agronomy. 

AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding. (2) 

Alternate years (offered 1973-74). Prereq- 
uisite, AGRO 403 or equivalent. Genetic, 
cytogenetic, and statistical theories 
underlying methods of plant breeding. A 
study of quantitative inheritance, 
herterosis, heritability, interspecific and 
intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, 
sterility mechanisms, inbreeding and out- 
breeding, and other topics as related to 
plant breeding. 

AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding. (2) 

Alternate years (offered 1973-74.) Prereq- 
uisite, AGRO 601 or equivalent. Genetic, 
cytogenetic, and statistical theories 
underlying methods of plant breeding. A 
study of quantitative inheritance, 
herterosis, heritability, interspecific and 
intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, 
sterility mechanisms, inbreeding and out- 
breeding, and other topics as related to 
plant breeding. 

AGRO 608 Research Methods. (2) Second 
semester, Prerequisite, permission of 
staff. Development of research viewpoint 
by detailed study and report on crop 
research of the Maryland experiment sta- 
tion or review of literature on specific 
phases of a problem. 

AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years, (of- 
fered 1972-73.) One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. 
A continuation of AGRO 421 with em- 
phasis on soil chemistry of minor 
elements necessary for plant growth. 

AGRO 789 Recent Advances in 
Agronomy. (2-4) First semester. Two 
hours each year. Total credit four hours. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A 
study of recent advances in agronomy 
research. 

AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar. (1) First 
and second semesters. Total credit 
toward Master of Science degree, 2; 
toward Ph.D. degree, 6. Prerequisite, 
premission of instructor. 

AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6). 

AGRO 802 Breeding for Resistance to 
Plant Pests. (3) Second semester, alter- 
nate years, (offered 1972-73.) Prereq- 
uisites, ENTM 252, BOTN 221. AGRO 
403, or permission of instructor. A study 
of the development of breeding tech- 
niques for selecting and utilizing 
resistance to insects and diseases in 
crop plants and the effect of resistance 
on the interrelationships of host and 
pest. 

AGRO 804 Technic in Field Crop 
Research. (2) Second semester, alternate 
years, (offered 1972-73.) Field plot 
technique, application of statistical 



Graduate Programs / 57 



analysis to agronomic data, and prepara- 
tion of the research project. 

AGRO 805 Advanced Tobacco Produc- 
tion. (2) First semester, alternate years, 
(offered 1973-74.) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor. A study of the struc- 
tural adaption and chemical response of 
tobacco to environmental variations. Em- 
phasis will be placed on the alkaloids 
and other unique components. 

AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and 
Physiology. (2) Second semester, alter- 
nate years, (offered 1972-73.) Prereq- 
uisites, AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or per- 
mission of instructor. Two lectures a 
week. The importance of chemical struc- 
ture in relation to biologically significant 
reactions will be emphasized in more 
than 10 different herbicide groups. Re- 
cent advances in herbicidal metabolism, 
translocation, and mode of action will be 
reviewed. Adsorption, decomposition and 
movement in the soil will also be 
studied. 

AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops. (2) 

First semester, alternate years, (offered 
1972-73.) Prerequisite, BOTN 441 or 
equivalent, or permission of instructor. A 
fundamental study of physiological and 
ecological responses of grasses and 
legumes to environmental factors, in- 
cluding fertilizer elements, soil moisture, 
soil temperature, humidity, length of day, 
quality and intensity of light, wind move- 
ment, and defoliation practices. Relation- 
ship of these factors to life history, pro- 
duction, chemical and botanical compo- 
sition, quality, and persistence of forages 
will be considered. 

AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil In- 
vestigation. (3) First semester, alternate 
years, (offered 1973-74.) Prerequisites, 
AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. 
An advanced study of the theory of the 
chemical methods of soil investigation 
with emphasis on problems involving ap- 
plication of physical chemistry. 

AGRO 831 Advanced Soil Mineralogy. (3) 

First semester, alternate years, (offered 
1972-73.) Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and 
permission of instructor. A study of the 
structure, physical-chemical characteris- 
tics and identification methods of soil 
minerals, particularly clay minerals, and 
their relationship to soil genesis and 
productivity. 

AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics. (3) Se- 
cond semester, alternate years, (offered 
1973-74.) Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and 
permission of instructor. An advanced 
study of physical properties of soils. 

AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 

American Studies Program 

Professor and Director: Wise 

Professor: Corrigan 

Associate Professors: Lounsbury, Mintz, 

Pearson 
Adjunct Professor: Washburn 

American Studies offers an inter- 
58 / Graduate Programs 



disciplinary program of study lead- 
ing to both the M.A. and Ph.D. Grad- 
uate students in the field take (1) 
courses in the various allied depart- 
ments (e.g., anthropology, education, 
English, history, journalism, 
philosophy, sociology), and (2) in- 
tegrating courses in the core pro- 
gram taught by the core American 
Studies faculty. 

All students take the introductory 
graduate proseminar — focused on 
the history, theory, and methodology 
of American culture studies. Other 
graduate seminars vary from semes- 
ter to semester — sometimes con- 
centrating on a cultural time period 
(e.g., ante-Bellum America, the 
1930's, the 1960's), a particular mode 
of cultural expression (e.g., film, 
material culture, popular culture), an 
individual with special cultural 
resonance (e.g., Mencken), or a par- 
ticular theme or movement (e.g., 
education in American culture, 
literature considered in cultural con- 
text). A special cooperative venture 
enables students interested in ma- 
terial culture to take substantial 
course work at the Smithsonian 
Institution. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Master's candidates normally under- 
take a full year of course work (30 
semester hours). All candidates are 
required to take at least 12 hours of 
core American Studies seminars — 
6 hours of AMST 618 A and B, and 6 
hours of AMST 628 and 629. In addi- 
tion, candidates select an area of 
concentration from courses offered 
in allied departments — Anthro- 
pology, Architecture, Art, Econom- 
ics, Education, English, Geography, 
Government and Politics, History, 
Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Psy- 
chology, Sociology, Speech and 
Dramatic Arts. 

Before receiving the M.A., candi- 
dates take a comprehensive exami- 
nation evaluating their ability to in- 
tegrate various perspectives in the 
program. Research oriented candi- 
dates may choose to write a thesis 
in place of six hours of course 
credit. 

Most students accepted for the 
doctoral program already have an 
M.A. in American Studies. Well 
qualified candidates without an 
American Studies M.A. may be ad- 
mitted to the doctoral program, but 
they may be required to make up 
background deficiencies. 

Core program requirements for 
the Ph.D. are similar to those for the 
M.A. — 12 hours of core American 
Studies courses, 6 at the 618 level 



and 6 in advanced seminars. The re- 
mainder of the student's course 
work is taken from courses in the 
allied departments, and in other core 
American Studies electives. 

Ph.D. candidates must complete 
at least 30 semester hours beyond 
the M.A., including an 18-hour resi- 
dency requirement. Candidates must 
also demonstrate proficiency in a 
tool (e.g., foreign language, com- 
puter science), must pass a compre- 
hensive examination, and must write 
a dissertation based upon original 
research and interpretation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The proximity of many federal insti- 
tutions allows for a firsthand ap- 
preciation of politics and contem- 
porary life, while the facilities of the 
National Archives and the Library of 
Congress give the historian access 
to the materials documenting the 
experiences of past generations. Im- 
portant galleries, including the Na- 
tional Collection of Fine Arts and 
the National Gallery of Art, exhibit 
the high points of creative expres- 
sion in the visual arts. The holdings 
of the Smithsonian Institution pos- 
sess numerous manifestations of 
the native vernacular traditions in ar- 
chitecture and technology, in the 
folk arts, and in American Indian 
culture. The District of Columbia 
and its surrounding regions repre- 
sent an impressive aggregate of as- 
sociations and communities — alter- 
natives to traditional politics such 
as Common Cause, the focus upon 
black cultural identity found in the 
Anacostia Neighborhood Museum, 
the new cities of Columbia, 
Maryland and Reston, Virginia — 
which seek to transcend the crises 
of urban America in a creative 
manner. 

The program, drawing upon the 
resources of its cultural environ- 
ment, offers the individual an educa- 
tion in the most meaningful sense; a 
personal confrontation with aca- 
demic tradition related to the proc- 
esses of immediate and contem- 
porary social change. 
Financial Assistance 
Some assistantships are available 
through the departments for quali- 
fied graduate students. 
Additional Information 
For additional information, please 
write to the Director of Graduate 
Studies, American Studies Program, 
University of Maryland. 

Courses 

AMST 426 Culture and the Arts in 
America (3) Prerequisite, junior standing. 



A study of American institutions, the in- 
tellectual and esthetic climate from the 
colonial period to the present. 

AMST 427 Culture and the Arts in 
America (3) Prerequisite, junior standing. 
A study of American institutions, the in- 
tellectual and esthetic climate from the 
colonial period to the present. 

AMST 436 Readings in American Studies 

(3) Prerequisite, junior standing. An 
historical survey of American values as 
presented in various key writings. 

AMST 437 Readings in American 
Studies. (3) Prerequisite, junior standing. 
An historical survey of American values 
as presented in various key writings. 

AMST 446 Popular Culture in America. (3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing and permis- 
sion of instructor. A survey of the 
historical development of the popular 
arts and modes of popular entertainment 
in America. 

AMST 447 Popular Culture in America. (3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing and AMST 
446. Intensive research in the sources 
and themes of contemporary American 
popular culture. 

AMST 498 Special Topics in American 
Studies. (3) Prerequisite, a course in 
American history, literature, or govern- 
ment, or consent of the instructor. 
Topics of special interest. Repeatable to 
a maximum of 6 credits when topics 
differ. 

AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in 
American Studies. (3) 

AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies. 
(3) 

AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies. 
(3) 

AMST 638 Orientation Seminar — 
Material Aspects of American Civiliza- 
tion. (3) Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 639 Reading Course in Selected 
Aspects of American Civilization. (3) 

Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 698 Directed Readings in 
American Studies. (3) This course is 
designed to provide students with the 
opportunity to pursue independent, inter- 
disciplinary research and reading in 
specific aspects of American culture 
under the supervision of a faculty 
member. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six credits. 

AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Animal Sciences Program 

Professor and Program Chairman: Davis 
Professors: (Animal Science) Green, 
Flyger, Leffel, Young; (Dairy Science) 
Cairns, Keeney, King, Mattick, 



Vandersall. Williams; (Veterinary 
Science) Hammond, Mohanty. 

Associate Professors: (Animal Science) 
Buric, DeBarthe; (Dairy Science) 
Douglass.Westhoff; (Veterinary 
Science) Albert, Dutta, Marquardt. 

Assistant Professors: (Animal Science) 
McCall.Kunkle; (Dairy Science) 
Holdaway, Majeskie, Mather, Vijay; 
(Veterinary Science) Campbell, 
Davidson, Ingling. 

The Graduate Program in the Animal 
Sciences offers work leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy. Both the 
thesis and non-thesis options are 
available for the Master's Degree. 
Areas of concentration within the 
Program include animal nutrition, 
physiology, genetics, management, 
pathology and virology for all of the 
classes and species of animals 
listed. Opportunities for study 
related to domestic animals, marine 
and wildlife are available. 

Degrees with research specialities 
identified with meat, milk and other 
dairy products may be undertaken in 
this program or in the Graduate Pro- 
gram in Food Science, in which ap- 
propriate faculty of these Depart- 
ments also participate. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants are required to submit 
scores of the Graduate Record 
Examination. 

One course at the graduate level 
in biochemistry and one in bio- 
metrics and two credits of program 
seminar are required for the M.S. 
Degree. Students enrolled in the 
non-thesis option are expected to 
defend their scholarly paper in an 
oral examination. Two academic 
years, including the summer for 
research, are usually required for 
completing the M.S. Entering 
students should have an academic 
background commensurate with a 
baccalaureate degree in the Animal 
Sciences. Those not having a course 
in genetics, nutrition, general animal 
physiology, microbiology and animal 
production or management should 
plan to take such a course early in 
their graduate program. 

Ph.D. students entering from 
other institutions with the Master's 
or entering directly into the Ph.D. 
program are expected to meet the 
requirements indicated above. Two 
additional credits in the program 
seminar are required. The M.S. is 
not a prerequisite for admission to 
Ph.D. study: however, most students 
find it advantageous. Students 
usually complete the Ph.D. in two 
years after the M.S. 



Facilities and Special Resources 

Faculty in the program are an out- 
standing group representing re- 
search accomplished in a wide vari- 
ety of related fields. Excellent 
supporting courses in physiology, 
biochemistry and microbiology are 
available in the appropriate depart- 
ments. Courses in biometrics listed 
in the catalog under AGRI provide a 
strong background in experimental 
design and statistical analysis. The 
Computer Science Center offers 
courses in programming and com- 
puter language, as well as facilities 
for the statistical analysis of thesis 
data. 

Outstanding laboratory facilities 
are available in the Animal Sciences 
Center which include the combined 
resources of the Departments of 
Animal, Dairy and Veterinary 
Science. Instrumentation is available 
to graduate students for gaslipid 
chromatography, atomic absorption 
spectrophotometry, automated calor- 
imetry, electron microscopy, liquid 
scintillation radioactivity measure- 
ments, electrophoresis, ultra cen- 
trifugation and a variety of microbio- 
logical techniques. Controlled en- 
vironment facilities in the Center 
permit work with laboratory animals 
and detailed experiments on larger 
animals. A gnotobiotic laboratory is 
available and currently being used in 
ruminent nutrition research. Excel- 
lent surgical facilities are available 
for research in the areas of repro- 
ductive and nutritional physiology. 

Herds and flocks of beef cattle, 
dairy cattle, horses, sheep and 
swine are readily available for grad- 
uate research. Limited numbers of 
experiments can be conducted on 
the campus with large animals. Ex- 
periments requiring large numbers 
of animals are carried out at one of 
four outlying farms. 

A cooperative agreement with the 
Agricultural Research Service at 
nearby Beltsville, Maryland (BARC) 
makes available laboratory, animal 
and research personnel resources of 
importance in the graduate program. 

A dairy product processing facility 
is available for dairy product 
research. 

In addition to excellent library 
facilities on the Campus, the Na- 
tional Agricultural Library, the Na- 
tional Library of Medicine and the 
Library of Congress, all located 
within 10 miles, constitute the best 
library resource for graduate study 
available anywhere. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of Graduate Assistant- 



Graduate Programs / 59 



ships are available and awarded to 
students presenting strong aca- 
demic records and a capability and 
motivation to perform well in 
teaching or research assignments. 

Additional Information 

For specific information on the Pro- 
gram, admission procedures or 
financial aid, contact: 
Dr. R.F. Davis, Chairman 
Department of Dairy Science 

Courses 

ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 104; ANSC 212 recommended. A 
study of the fundamental role of all 
nutrients in the body including their 
digestion, absorption and metabolism. 
Dietary requirements and nutritional defi- 
ciency syndromes of laboratory and farm 
animals and man will be considered. 

ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisites, MATH 110, 
ANSC 401 or permission of instructor. A 
critical study of those factors which in- 
fluence the nutritional requirements of 
ruminants, swine and poultry. Prcctical 
feeding methods and procedures used in 
formulation of economically efficient ra- 
tions will be presented. 

ANSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period 
pre week. Prerequisites, MATH 110, 
ANSC 402 or permission of instructor. A 
critical study of those factors which in- 
fluence the nutritional requirements of 
ruminants, swine and poultry. Practical 
feeding methods and procedures used in 
formulation of economically efficient ra- 
tions will be presented. 

ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology (3) 

Prerequisites, Anatomy and Physiology. 
The specific anatomical and physiologi- 
cal modifications employed by animals 
adapted to certain stressful environ- 
ments will be considered. Particular em- 
phasis will be placed on the problems of 
temperature regulation and water bal- 
ance. Specific areas for consideration 
will include: animals in cold (including 
hibernation), animals in dry heat, diving 
animals and animals in high altitudes. 

ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production (1) 

An advanced course primarily designed 
for teachers of vacational agriculture and 
county agents. It includes a study of the 
newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutri- 
tion, breeding and management. 

ANSC 411 Biology and Management of 
Shellfish (4) Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods each week. Field 
trips. Identification, biology, manage- 
ment, and culture of commercially- 
important molluscs and Crustacea. Prere- 
quisite, one year of biology or zoology. 
This course will examine the shellfisher- 
ies of the world, but will emphasize 
those of the northwestern Atlantic Ocean 
and Chesapeake Bay. 

60 / Graduate Programs 



ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of 
Animals (3) Prerequisite, MICB 200 and 
ZOOL 101. Two lectures and one labora- 
tory period per week. This course gives 
basic instruction in the nature of 
disease: including causation, immunity, 
methods of diagnosis, economic impor- 
tance, public health aspects and pre- 
vention and control of the common 
diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses 
and poultry. 

ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Manage- 
ment (3) A comprehensive course in care 
and management of laboratory animals. 
Emphasis will be placed on physiology, 
anatomy and special uses for the dif- 
ferent species. Disease prevention and 
regulations for maintaining animal col- 
onies will be covered. Field trips will be 
required. 

ANSC 414 Biology and Management of 
Fish (4) Prerequisite, one year of biology 
or zoology. Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratories a week. Fundamentals 
of individual and population dynamics: 
theory and practice of sampling fish pop- 
ulations; management schemes. 

ANSC 415 Parasitic Diseases of 
Domestic Animals (3) Prerequistite, 
ANSC 412 or equivalent. Two lectures 
and one laboratory per week. A study of 
parasitic diseases resulting from proto- 
zoan and helminth infection and arthro- 
pod infestation. Emphasis on parasites 
of veterinary importance: their identifica- 
tion; life cycles, pathological effects and 
control by management. 

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management (3) Two 

lectures and one laboratory. An introduc- 
tion to the interrelationships of game 
birds and mammals with their environ- 
ment, population dynamics and the prin- 
ciples of wildlife management. 

ANSC 422 Meats (3) Two lectures and 
one laboratory period per week. Prere- 
quisite, ANSC 221. A course designed to 
give the basic facts about meat as a 
food and the factors influencing accep- 
tability, marketing, and quality of fresh 
meats. It includes comparisons of char- 
acteristics of live animals with their car- 
casses, grading and evaluating carcasses 
as well as wholesale cuts, and the distri- 
bution and merchandising of the nation's 
meat supply. Laboratory periods are con- 
ducted in packing houses, meat distribu- 
tion centers, retail outlets and university 
meats laboratory. 

ANSC 423 Livestock Management (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 401. Ap- 
plication of various phases of animal 
science to the management and produc- 
tion of beef cattle, sheep and swine. 

ANSC 424 Livestock Management (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 423. Ap- 
plications of various phases of animal 
science to the management and produc- 
tion of beef cattle, sheep and swine. 

ANSC 425 Herpetology (3) Prerequisites, 
ANSC 211 and ANSC 212; or equivalent. 



Study of taxonomy, physiology, behavior, 
functional anatomy, evolution and dis- 
tribution of present day amphibians and 
reptiles. Common diseases and manage- 
ment under captive conditions. Identifica- 
tion of poisonous species with ap- 
propriate precautions. 

ANSC 426 Principles of Breeding (3) Se- 
cond semester. Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisites, ANSC 201 or equivalent, 
ANSC 222, ANSC 423 or 424. Graduate 
credit (1-3 hours) allowed with permis- 
sion of instructor. The practical aspects 
of animal breeding, heredity, variation, 
selection, development, systems of 
breeding and pedigree study are 
considered. 

ANSC 432 Horse Farm Management (3) 

Prerequisite, ANSC 332 and AREC 410. 
One 90-minute lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory period per week. A course to 
develop the technical and managerial 
skills necessary for the operation of a 
horse breeding farm. Herd health pro- 
grams, breeding programs and pro- 
cedures, foaling activities, foot care, 
weaning programs, and the maintenance 
of records incidental to each of these 
activities. 

ANSC 442 Dairy Cattle Breeding (3) Two 

lectures and one laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisites, ANSC 242, and 
ANSC 201. A specialized course in 
breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed 
on methods of evaluation and selection, 
systems of breeding and breeding 
programs. 

ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry 
of Lactation (3) Prerequisites, ANSC 212 
or equivalent and CHEM 261 or CHEM 
461. Three lectures per week. The physi- 
ology and biochemistry of milk produc- 
tion in domestic animals, particularly cat- 
tle. Mammary gland development and 
maintenance from the embryo to the 
fully developed lactating gland. Abnor- 
malities of the mammary gland. 

ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production 
Systems (3) Prerequisites, AGEC 406 and 
ANSC 203 or 214, or permission of in- 
structor. The business aspects of dairy 
farming including an evaluation of the 
costs and returns associated with each 
segment. The economic impact of perti- 
nent management decisions is studied. 
Recent developments in animal nutrition 
and genetics, agricultural economics, 
agricultural engineering, and agronomic 
practices are discussed as they apply to 
management of a dairy herd. 

ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian 
Reproduction (3) Prerequisite, ZOOL 422 
or ANSC 212. Anatomy and physiology 
of reproductive processes in domesti- 
cated and wild animals 

ANSC 447 Physiology of Mammalian 
Reproduction Laboratory (1) Pre- or core- 
quisites, ANSC 446. One three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Animal handling, arti- 
ficial insemination procedures and 
analytical techniques useful in animal 
management and reproductive research. 



Not open to students who have credit 
for ANSC 446 prior to fall 1976. 

ANSC 452 Avian Physiology (2) (Alternate 
even years) one three-hour laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisites, a basic 
course in animal physiology. The basic 
physiology of the bird is discussed, ex- 
cluding the reproductive system. Special 
emphasis is given to physiological dif- 
ferences between birds and other 
vertebrates. 

ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability (1) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 421 or 422. 
The physiology of embryonic develop- 
ment as related to principles of hatch- 
ability and problems of incubation en- 
countered in the natchery industry are 
discussed. 

ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2) Prere- 
quisite, ANSC/NUSC 401 or concurrent 
registration. Six hours of laboratory per 
week. Digestibility studies with ruminant 
and monogastric animals, proximate 
analysis of various food products, and 
feeding trials demonstrating classical 
nutritional deficiencies in laboratory 
animals. 

ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisites, MICB 200 and ANSC 
101. Virus, bacterial and protozoan 
diseases, parasitic diseases, prevention, 
control and eradication. 

ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 102. Gross and 
microscopic structure, dissection and 
demonstration. 

ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding 

(1) This course is designed primarily for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and ex- 
tension service workers. The first half 
will be devoted to problems concerning 
breeding and the development of breed- 
ing stock. The second half will be 
devoted to nutrition. 

ANSC 477 Poultry Products and 
Marketing (1) This course is designed 
primarily for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and county agents. It deals 
with the factors affecting the quality of 
poultry products and with hatchery man- 
agement problems, egg and poultry 
grading, preservation problems and 
market outlets for Maryland poultry. 

ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and 
Wildlife Management (3) Three lectures. 
Analysis of various state and federal pro- 
grams related to fish and wildlife man- 
agement. This would include: fish stock- 
ing programs, Maryland deer manage- 
ment program, warm water fish manage- 
ment, acid drainage problems, water 
quality, water fowl management, wild 
turkey management and regulations 
relative to the administration of these 
programs. 

ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal 
Science (1) Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor. This course is designed primar- 



ily for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and extension service personnel. One pri- 
mary topic to be selected mutually by 
the instructor and students will be pre- 
sented each session. 

ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition 

(2) First semester. One one-hour lecture 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 
Physiological, microbiological and bio- 
chemical aspects of the nutrition of rum- 
inants as compared to other animals. 

ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3) Se- 
cond semester. Two lectures per week. 
Prerequisites. CHEM 481 and 463. The 
role of minerals in metabolism of ani- 
mals and man. Topics to be covered in- 
clude the role of minerals in energy 
metabolism, bone structure, electrolyte 
balance, and as catalysts. 

ANSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3) Prere- 
quisites. ANSC 401 and CHEM 461. Two 
one-hour lectures and one two-hour dis- 
cussion period per week. Advanced 
study of the fundamental role of vitamins 
and vitamin-like cofactors in nutrition in- 
cluding chemical properties, absorption, 
metabolism, excretion and deficiency 
syndromes. A critical study of the bio- 
chemical basis of vitamin function, inter- 
relationship of vitamins with other 
substances and of certain laboratory 
techniques. 

ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy (4) First 
and second semesters. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods per week. Prere- 
quisites, permission of instructor. Theory 
of electron microscopy, electron optics, 
specimen preparation and techniques, 
operation of electron photography, inter- 
pretation of electron images, related in- 
struments and techniques. 

ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2) Second 
semester. Prerequisites. ANSC 402 or 
NUSC 450, CHEM 461. or consent of in- 
structor. One lecture, one 2 hour labor- 
atory per week. Basic concept of animal 
energetics with quantitative descriptions 
of energy requirements and utilization. 

ANSC 614 Proteins (2) Second semester. 
One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisites, ANSC 402 and 
CHEM 461 or consent of instructor. Ad- 
vanced study of the roles of amino acids 
in nutrition and metabolism. Protein 
digestion, absorption, anabolism, cat- 
abolism and amino acid balance. 

ANSC 622 Advanced Breeding (2) Second 
semester, alternate years. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisites, ANSC 426 or equiv- 
alent, and biological statistics. This 
course deals with the more technical 
phases of heredity and variation, selec- 
tion indices, breeding systems, and in- 
heritance in farm animals. 

ANSC 641 Experimental Mammalian 
Surgery I (2) First semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. A course 
presenting the fundamentals of 
anesthesia and the art of experimental 
surgery, especially to obtain research 
preparations. 



ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian 
Surgery II (3) Second semester. Prere- 
quisites. ANSC 641, Permission of in- 
structor. A course emphasizing advanced 
surgical practices to obtain research 
preparations, cardiovascular surgery and 
chronic vascularly isolated organ tech- 
niques, experience with pump oxygena- 
tor systems, profound hypothermia, 
hemodialysis, infusion systems, implan- 
tation and transplantation procedures are 
taught. 

ANSC 643 Research Methods (3) First 

semester. One lecture and two laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor. The application of bio- 
chemical, physio-chemical and statistical 
methods to problems in biological 
research. 

ANSC 660 Poultry Literature (1-4) First 

and second semesters. Readings on indi- 
vidual topics are assigned. Written 
reports required. Methods of analysis 
and presentation of scientific material 
are discussed. 

ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction 

(3) First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
ANSC 212 or its equivalent. The role of 
the endocrines in reproduction is con- 
sidered. Fertility, sexual maturity, egg 
formation, ovulation, and the physiology 
of oviposition are studied. Comparative 
processes in birds and mammals are 
discussed. 

ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory 

(3) Prerequisite. ANSC/NUSC 401; and 
either CHEM 462 or NUSC 670. One hour 
of lecture and six hours of laboratory per 
week. Basic instrumentation and tech- 
niques desired for advanced nutritional 
research. The effect of various nutritional 
parameters upon intermediary metabo- 
lism, enzyme kinetics, endocrinology, 
and nutrient absorption in laboratory 
animals. 

ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of 
Domestic Animals (2) Second semester. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, a 
course in basic genetics and biochem- 
istry. The underlying physiological basis 
for genetic differences in production 
traits and selected morphological traits 
will be discussed. Inheritance of en- 
zymes, protein polymorphisms and phys- 
iological traits will be studied. 

ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations 
to the Environment (2) First semester. 
Two lectures or discussions per week. 
Prerequisites. ANSC 406. or permission 
of instructor. A detailed consideration of 
certain anatomical and physiological 
modifications employed by mammals 
adapted to cold, dry heat or altitude. 
Each student will submit for discussion 
a library paper concerning a specific 
adaptation to an environmental stress. 

ANSC 686 Veterinary Bacteriology and 
Mycology (3) Prerequisites, ANSC 412 
and MICB 440. Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period per week. 
Bacterial and mycotic diseases of 



Graduate Programs / 61 



domestic animals will be considered. 
Emphasis will be given to culture and 
differentiation of the micro-organisms, 
their pathogenic properties, 
epizootiology, mode of transmission, 
disease prevention and chemotherapy. 

ANSC 687 Veterinary Virology (3) Prere- 
quisite, MICB 460. A detailed study of 
virus and rickettsial diseases of domestic 
and laboratory animals. Emphasis on 
viruses of veterinary importance along 
with techniques for their propagation, 
characterization and identification. 

ANSC 690 Seminar in Population 
Genetics of Domestic Animals (3) Se- 
cond semester. Prerequisites, ZOOL 246 
and AGRI 401 or their equivalents. Cur- 
rent literature and research dealing with 
the principles of population genetics as 
they apply to breeding and selection pro- 
grams for the genetic improvement of 
domestic animals, population structures, 
estimation of genetic parameters, cor- 
related characters, principles and 
methods of selection, relationship and 
systems of mating. 

ANSC 698 Seminar (1) First and second 
semesters. Students are required to 
prepare papers based upon current 
scientific publications relating to animal 
science, or upon their research work, for 
presentation before and discussion by 
the class; (1) recent advances; (2) nutri- 
tion; (3) physiology; (4) biochemistry. 

ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal 
Science (1-2) First and second 
semesters. Work assigned in proportion 
to amount of credit. Prerequisite, ap- 
proval of staff. Problems will be assigned 
which relate specifically to the character 
of work the student is pursuing. 

ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research 
(1-6) 

ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research (1-8) 



Applied Mathematics 
Program 

Professor and Director: Wolfe 

(AERO) Associate Professors: Donaldson, 
Jones, Plotkin, Schaeffer. 

(BMGT) Professor: Gass. Associate Pro- 
fessors: Fromovitz, Widhelm. Assistant 
Professor: Golden. 

(CHE) Professor: Cadman. Associate Pro- 
fessors: Gentry, Sheaks. 

(CE) Professor: Sternberg. Associate Pro- 
fessors: Garber, Hall. 

(CMSC) Professors: Edmundson, Kanal, 
Minker, Stewart. Associate Professors: 
Agrawala, Basili, Vandergraft. 

(ECON) Professors: Almon, Kelejian. 
Associate Professor: Betancourt. 

(EE) Professors: DeClaris, Davisson, 
Harger, Newcomb, Taylor, Weiss. 
Associate Professors: Ephremides, 
Rao, Tretter. Assistant Professor: 
Baras. 

(MATH) Professors: Antman, Douglis, 
Hummel, Mikulski, Osborn, Pearl, 
Stellmacher, Wolfe. Associate Pro- 



fessors: Berenstein, Cooper, Johnson, 
Sather, Schneider, Sweet, Yang. Assis- 
tant Professors: Fitzpatrick, Kedem, 
Liu. 
(ME) Professors: Cunniff, Yang. Asso- 
ciate Professors: Marks, Walston. 
(METEO) Professor: Baer. Associate Pro- 
fessors: Rodenhuis, Vernekar. Assis- 
tant Professor: Robock. 
(IPST) Research Professors: Babuska, 
Dorfman, Faller, Hubbard, Karlovitz, 
Kellogg, Lashinsky, Olver, Yorke, 
Zwanzig. Associate Professor: 
Johnson. 
(PHYS) Professors: Banerjee, Brill, David- 
son, Dragt, Ferrell, Glasser, Greenberg, 
Griffin, MacDonald, Misner, Prange, 
Sucher, Woo. Associate Professors: 
Fivel, Glick, Kim, Korenman. 
The Interdisciplinary Applied 
Mathematics Program offers the 
degrees of Master of Arts and Doc- 
tor of Philosophy. These are 
awarded for graduate study and 
research in mathematics and its ap- 
plications in the engineering, 
physical, and social sciences. In ad- 
dition, the Applied Mathematics Pro- 
gram offers certified minors in ap- 
plied mathematics for graduate 
students not enrolled in the 
Program. 

The Program is administratively 
affiliated with the Department of 
Mathematics. In particular, under 
this arrangement the Department of 
Mathematics assumes the respon- 
sibility for the administration of the 
applied mathematics courses under 
the MAPL label. Moreover, the Grad- 
uate Office of the Department main- 
tains the records of all students in 
the Applied Mathematics Program 
and handles correspondence with 
those applying for admission. How- 
ever, it is important that any applica- 
tion for admission indicates clearly 
whether a student wishes to enter 
the Mathematics (MATH) or the Ap- 
plied Mathematics (MAPL) Program. 
The faculty considers the primary 
aim of applied mathematics to be 
the understanding of a wide spec- 
trum of scientific phenomena 
through the use of mathematical 
ideas, methods, and techniques. The 
applied mathematician should be 
both a mathematical specialist and 
a versatile scientist, whose interests 
and motivations derive from a strong 
desire to confront highly complex or 
descriptive situations with mathema- 
tical analysis and ideas. In line with 
this, at least half of the required 
work is expected to be in courses 
with primarily mathematical content, 
and the remaining part has to in- 
clude a coherent set of courses in 
some field of application outside of 
the usual mathematics curriculum. 



Some of the areas currently pursued 
by graduate students in the Program 
are various areas of physics, infor- 
mation structures, meteorology, 
operations research, pattern recogni- 
tion, structural mechanics, and 
systems and control theory. Many 
other areas of study are available 
through the participating depart- 
ments. It may also be noted that the 
faculty includes a strong group in 
numerical analysis and that many 
students include courses on numer- 
ical and scientific computing in their 
programs. 

Admission and Degree Information 
In addition to the general require- 
ments of the Graduate School, ap- 
plicants for admission to graduate 
study in the Program should have 
completed, with at least a B average 
(3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an undergrad- 
uate program of study which in- 
cludes a strong emphasis on mathe- 
matics. The student's general ability 
for graduate study in the Program 
and mathematical capabilities will 
be determined from his or her 
record or by special examination. 

A mathematical preparation with 
grades of B or better at least 
through the level of advanced calcu- 
lus in a school of good academic 
standing will normally be considered 
sufficient demonstration of the re- 
quired mathematical background. 
Previous education in some part of 
an applicant's area, such as physics, 
one of the engineering disciplines, 
economics, etc., and a basic com- 
petence in computational tech- 
niques will be favorably considered 
in a student's application for admis- 
sion to the Program, although this is 
not a prerequisite. 

When a student has decided upon 
an area of specialization, a study ad- 
visory committee is appointed by 
the Director of the Program. This 
committee, working together with 
the student, is responsible for for- 
mulating a course of study leading 
toward the degree sought. This 
course of study must constitute a 
unified, coherent program in an ac- 
ceptable field of specialization of 
applied mathematics and must meet 
with the approval of the Graduate 
Committee for Applied Mathematics. 

Besides any other requirements 
specified by the Graduate School, 
the following specific conditions 
must be met for an M.A. degree in 
Applied Mathematics: 

(1) At least 12 of the 24 required 
course credits for the M.A. degree 
with thesis are in courses with 
primarily mathematical content 



62 / Graduate Programs 



selected from a list of such courses 
maintained by the Graduate Commit- 
tee for Applied Mathematics. At 
least 6 of these 12 credits are on 
the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the 
12 credits are in a course on numer- 
ical analysis. At least 1 of the 12 
credits is in an approved applied 
mathematics seminar. 

(2) The 24 required course credits 
include either 6 credits at the 
600-800 level, or alternatively, 9 
credits of which 3 are at the 
600-800 level, in courses whose 
content is primarily in the student's 
chosen field(s) of application. 

No course may be used to meet 
the requirements under both (1) and 
(2) above. 

(1) At least 15 of the 30 required 
course credits for the non-thesis 
master's option are in courses with 
primarily mathematical content 
selected from a list of courses main- 
tained by the Graduate Committee 
for Applied Mathematics. At least 9 
of these 15 credits are in a course 
on numerical analysis. At least 1 of 
the 15 credits is an approved ap- 
plied mathematics seminar. 

(2) The 30 required course credits 
include either 6 credits at the 
600-800 level, or, alternately, 9 
credits of which 3 are at the 
600-800 level, in courses whose 
content is primarily in the student's 
chosen field(s) of application. 

No course may be used to meet 
the requirements under both (1) and 
(2) above. 

The student must pass the com- 
prehensive examination for the M.A. 
degree with thesis. The examination 
consists of at least three parts, with 
at least one of the parts in a math- 
ematics area, and at least one of the 
parts in an area of application. The 
parts shall be taken as closely 
together as possible. 

The student in the doctoral pro- 
gram must take a minimum of 36 
hours of courses exclusive of disser- 
tation research. At least 27 of these 
36 credits are at the 600-800 level. 

A transfer of at most 27 credits of 
graduate-level work taken at a reg- 
ionally accredited institution prior to 
or after admission to the Ph.D. Pro- 
gram is permitted providing the (1) 
the Graduate Committee for Applied 
Mathematics has approved the 
transfer; (2) a grade of B or better 
was earned in the courses taken (no 
course with pass/fail grades will be 
accepted); (3) the credit was earned 
within the time limit imposed for 
completing the Ph.D. degree at the 
University of Maryland. 



Course Distribution: 1) at least 18 
of the required 36 credits are in 
courses with primarily mathematical 
content selected from a list of such 
courses maintained by the Graduate 
Committee for Applied Mathematics. 
At least 9 of these 18 credits are on 
the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the 
18 credits are in numerical analysis. 
At least 2 of the 18 credits are in 
approved mathematics seminars. 2) 
The 36 credits include either 6 
credits at the 600-800 level or alter- 
nately 9 credits of which 3 are at 
the 600-800 level in courses whose 
conten is primarily in the student's 
chosen field(s) of application. 3) No 
course may be used to meet the re- 
quirements under both items (1) and 
(2) above. 

The student must pass the 
comprehensive Examination for the 
Ph.D. The examination consists of 
at least three parts, with at least 
one of the parts in an area of 
mathematics, and at least one of the 
parts in an area of application. The 
parts shall be taken as closely 
together as possible. 

In addition the student must pass 
the Candidacy Examination for the 
Ph.D. degree. The Candidacy Ex- 
amination is an oral examination 
which serves as a test of the de- 
tailed preparation of a student in the 
area of specialization and seeks to 
discover if he or she has a deep 
enough understanding to carry out 
the proposed research. The examina- 
tion assumes further advanced 
course work beyond the Comprehen- 
sive Examination. 

Certified Minors 

The Applied Mathematics Program 
offers certified minors in applied 
mathematics to regular graduate 
students who are enrolled in a 
graduate degree program of the 
University of Maryland other than 
the Program itself. The successful 
completion of the requirements for 
such a minor will be recorded in the 
student's transcripts. Moreover, a 
number of departments participating 
in the Applied Mathematics Program 
permit the requirements for the cer- 
tified minor to replace part of the 
degree requirements of the major 
department. 

A student wishing to pursue a 
certified minor in applied 
mathematics must fill out an ap- 
plication form for participation in 
the Certified Minor Program. Such 
forms are available from the office 
of the Director of the Applied 
Mathematics Program. 



The Certified Minor Program at 
the Master's level must contain at 
least either 6 semester hours in 
400-level courses and 3 semester 
hours in 600-level courses, or 6 
semester hours in 600-level courses. 
At the doctoral level the Certified 
Minor Program must contain at least 
9 semester hours of graduate credit, 
of which at most 3 hours may be on 
the 400-level. 

Courses 

MAPL 460 Computational Methods (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 240, 241, and CMSC 
110, or equivalent. Basic computational 
methods for interpolation, least squares, 
approximation, numerical quadrature, 
numerical solution of polynomial and 
transcendental equations, systems of 
linear equations and initial value prob- 
lems for ordinary differential equations. 
Emphasis on the methods and their 
computational properties rather than on 
their analytic aspects. (Listed also as 
CMSC 460). 

MAPL 470 Numerical Mathematics: 
Analysis (3) Prerequisites, MATH 240 and 
241; CMSC 110 or equivalent. This 
course with MAPUCMSC 471, forms a 
one-year introduction to numerical 
analysis at the advanced undergraduate 
level. Interpolation, numerical differentia- 
tion and integration, solution of non- 
linear equations, acceleration of con- 
vergence, numerical treatment of dif- 
ferential equations. Topics will be sup- 
plemented with programming assign- 
ments. (Listed also CMSC 470.) 

MAPL 471 Numerical Mathematics: 
Linear Algebra (3) Prerequisites, MATH 
240 and MATH 241; CMSC 110 or 
equivalent. The course, with MAPUCMSC 
470, forms a one-year introduction to 
numerical analysis at the advanced 
undergraduate level. Direct solution of 
linear systems, norms, least squares 
problems, the symmetric eigenvalue 
problem, basic iterative methods. Topics 
will be supplemented with programming 
assignments. (Listed also as CMSC 471.) 

MAPL 477 Optimization (3) Prerequisite, 
CMSC 110 and MATH 405 or MATH 474. 
Linear programming including the 
simplex algorithm and dual linear pro- 
grams, convex sets and elements of con- 
vex programming, combinatorial optimi- 
zation integer programming. (Listed also 
as CSMC 477.) 

MAPL 498 Selected Topics in Applied 
Mathematics (3) Prerequisite, permission 
of the instructor. Topics in applied 
mathematics of special interest to ad- 
vanced undergraduate students. May be 
repeated to a maximum of six credits if 
the subject matter is different. 

MAPL 600 Advanced Linear Numerical 
Analysis (3) Prerequisites, MAPL 470, 471 
and MATH 405 or MATH 474; or consent 
of instructor. Advanced topics in 



Graduate Programs / 63 



numerical linear algebra, such as dense 
eigenvalue problems, sparse elimination, 
iterative methods, and other topics. 
(Same as CMSC 770.) 

MAPL 604 Numerical Solution of 
Nonlinear Equations (3) Prerequisites, 
MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 410; or con- 
sent of instructor. Numerical solution of 
nonlinear equations in one and several 
variables. Existence questions. Minimiza- 
tion methods. Selected applications. 
(Same as CMSC 772.) 

MAPL 607 Advanced Numerical Optimiza- 
tion (3) Prerequisites, MATH 410 and 
MAPUCMSC 477; or equivalent. Modern 
numerical methods for solving uncon- 
strained and constrained nonlinear op- 
timization problems in finite dimensions. 
Design of computational algorithms and 
on the analysis of their properties. 

MAPL 610 Numerical Solution of Or- 
dinary Differential Equations (3) Pre- 
requisites, MAPL/CMSC 470 and MATH 
414; or consent of instructor. Methods 
for solving initial value problems in or- 
dinary differential equations. Single step 
and multi-step methods, stability and 
convergence, adaptive methods. Shoot- 
ing methods for boundary value 
problems. 

MAPL 612 Numerical Methods in Partial 
Differential Equations (3) Prerequisites, 
concurrent registration in MATH/MAPL 
680 or in MAPL 650; or consent of the 
instructor. Introduction to problems and 
methodologies of the solution of partial 
differential equations. Finite difference 
methods for elliptic, parabolic, and 
hyperbolic equations, first order systems, 
and eigenvalue problems. Variational for- 
mulation of elliptic problems. The finite 
element method and its relation to finite 
difference methods. 

MAPL 614 Mathematics of the Finite Ele- 
ment Method (3) Prerequisites, concur- 
rent registration in MATH/MAPL 681 or in 
MATH/MAPL 685; or MAPL 612 and con- 
sent of instructor. Variational formula- 
tions of linear and nonlinear elliptic 
boundary value problems; formulation of 
the finite element method; construction 
of finite element subspaces; error 
estimates; eigenvalue problems; time 
dependent problems. 

MAPL 640 System Theory (3) General 
system models. State variables and state 
spaces. Differential dynamical systems. 
Discrete time systems. Linearity and its 
implications. Controllability and observ- 
ability. State space structure and 
representation. Realization theory and 
algorithmic solutions. Parameterizations 
of linear systems; canonical forms. Basic 
results from stability theory. Stabilizabil- 
ity. Fine structure of linear multivariable 
systems; minimal indices and polynomial 
matrices. Inverse nyquist array. Geo- 
metric methods in design. Interplay be- 
tween frequency domain and state space 
design methods. Interactive computer- 
aided design methods. (Listed also as 
ENEE 663.) 



MAPL 641 Optimal Control (3) Prere- 
quisite, ENEE 460 or consent of the 
instructor. General optimization and con- 
trol problems. Static optimization prob- 
lems. Linear and nonlinear programming 
methods. Geometric interpretations. 
Dynamic optimization problems. Discrete 
time maximum principle and applica- 
tions. Pontryagin maximum principle in 
continuous time. Dynamic-programming. 
Feedback realization of solutions. Exten- 
sive applications to problems in optimal 
design, navigation and guidance, power 
systems. Introduction to state con- 
strained and singular optimal control 
problems. (Listed also as ENEE 664.) 

MAPL 644 Estimation and Detection 
Theory (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 620 or 
equivalent or consent of instructor. 
Estimation of unknown parameters, 
Cramer-Rao lower bound; optimum (map) 
demodulation; filtering, amplitude and 
angle modulation, comparison with con- 
ventional systems; statistical decision 
theory; Bayes, Minimax, Neyman/ 
Pearson, Criteria 68 simple and com- 
posite hypotheses; application to 
coherent and incoherent signal detec- 
tion; M-Ary hypotheses; application to 
uncoded and coded digital communica- 
tion systems. (Listed also as ENEE 621.) 

MAPL 650 Advanced Mathematics for the 
Physical Sciences I (3) Prerequisites, 
MATH 240 and 410. Effective analytic 
methods for the study of linear and non- 
linear equations that arise in the physical 
sciences; algebraic equations, integral 
equations and ordinary differential equa- 
tions. (Not open to graduate students in 
MATH or MAPL without special permis- 
sion from their advisor.) 

MAPL 651 Advanced Mathematics for the 
Physical Sciences II (3) Prerequisite, 
MAPL 650. Continuation of MAPL 650. 
Partial differential equations; linear and 
non-linear eigenvalue problems. (Not 
open to graduate students in MATH or 
MAPL without special permission from 
their advisor.) 

MAPL 655 Asymptotic Analysis and 
Special Functions I (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH 413 or MATH 463. Transcendental 
equations, gamma function, orthogonal 
polynomials, Bessel functions, integral 
transforms, Watson's lemma, Laplace's 
method, stationary phase, analytic theory 
of ordinary differential equations, 
Liouville Green (or WKBJ) approximation. 
(Cross-listed with MATH 655.) 

MAPL 656 Asymptotic Analysis and 
Special Functions II (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH/MAPL 655. Steepest descents, 
coalescing saddle-points, singular in- 
tegral equations, irregular singularities, 
Bessel, hypergeometric, and Legendre 
functions, Euler-MacLaurin formula, Dar- 
boux's method, turning points, phase 
shift. (Cross-listed with MATH 656.) 

MAPL 670 Ordinary Differential Equa- 
tions I (3) Prerequisites, MATH 405 and 
410 or the equivalent. Existence and 
uniqueness, linear systems usually with 



Floquet theory for periodic systems, 
linearization and stability, planar systems 
usually with Poincare-Bendixson 
theorem. (Same as MATH 670.) 

MAPL 671 Ordinary Differential Equa- 
tions II (3) Prerequisites, MATH 630 and 
MATH/MAPL 670 or equivalent. The con- 
tent of this course varies with the in- 
terests of the instructor and the class. 
Stability theory, control, time delay 
systems, Hamiltonian systems, Bifurca- 
tion theory, and boundary value prob- 
lems. (Same as MATH 671.) 

MAPL 673 Classical Methods in Partial 
Differential Equations I (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH 410 or equivalent. Cauchy problem 
for the wave equation and heat equation, 
Dirichlet and Neumann problem for Lap- 
lace's equation. Classification of equa- 
tions, Cauchy-Kowaleski theorem. 
General second order linear and non- 
linear elliptic and parabolic equations. 
(Same as MATH 673.) 

MAPL 674 Classical Methods in Partial 

Differential Equations II (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH/MAPL 673. General theory of first 
order partial differential equations, 
characteristics, complete integrals, 
Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Hyperbolic 
systems in two independent variables, 
existence and uniqueness, shock waves, 
applications to compressible flow. (Same 
as MATH 674.) 

MAPL 680 Eigenvalue and Boundary 
Value Problems I (3) Prerequisite, MATH 
405 and 410 or equivalent. Operational 
methods applied to ordinary differential 
equations. Introduction to iinear spaces, 
compact operators in Hilbert Space, 
study of Eigenvalues. (Same as MATH 
680.) 

MAPL 681 Eigenvalue and Boundary 
Value Problems II (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH/MAPL 680. Boundary value prob- 
lems for linear differential equations. 
Methods of energy integrals applied to 
Laplace's equation, heat equation and 
the wave equation. Study of Eigenvalues. 
(Same as MATH 681.) 

MAPL 685 Modem Methods in Partial 
Differential Equations I (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH 630 and 631. Spaces of distribu- 
tions, Fourier transforms, concept of 
weak and strong solutions. Existence, 
uniqueness and regularity theory for 
elliptic and parabolic problems using 
methods of functional analysis. (Same as 
MATH 685.) 

MAPL 686 Modem Methods in Partial 
Differential Equations II (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH/MAPL 685. Emphasis on nonlinear 
problems. Sobolev embedding theorems, 
methods of monotonicity, compactness, 
applications to elliptic, parabolic and 
hyperbolic problems. (Same as MATH 
686.) 

MAPL 698 Advanced Topics in Applied 
Mathematics (1-4) Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. Repeatable if topic differs. 

MAPL 699 Applied Mathematics Seminar 
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 



64 I Graduate Programs 



Seminar to acquaint students with a 
variety of applications of mathematics 
and to develop skills in presentation 
techniques. Repeatable if topic differs. 

MAPL 701 Introduction to Continuum 
Mechanics (3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. Background from algebra and 
geometry, kinematics of deformation. 
Stress equations of motion, thermody- 
namics of deforming continua. Theory of 
constitutive relations. Materials with 
memory. Initial boundary value problems 
of nonlinear solid and fluid ther- 
momechanics. Boundary value problems 
of linear theories of solids and fluids. 

MAPL 710 Linear Elasticity (3) Prereq 
uisite, MAPL 701, or consent of instruc- 
tor. Formulation of the equations. Com- 
patability, uniqueness, existence, repre- 
sentation and qualitative behavior of 
solutions. Variational principles. St. Ve- 
nant beam problems, plane strain and 
plane stress, half-space problems, con- 
tact problems, vibration problems, wave 
propagation. Emphasis is placed on for- 
mulation and technique rather than on 
specific examples. 

MAPL 711 Non-Linear Elasticity (3) Pre- 
requisite, MAPL 701, or consent of in- 
structor. Formulation of initial boundary 
value problems. Constitutive restrictions. 
Special solutions. Perturbation methods 
and their validity. Theories of rods and 
shells. Buckling and stability. Shock 
propagation. 

MAPL 720 Fluid Dynamics I (3) Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. A 
mathematical formulation and treatment 
of problems arising in the theory of in- 
compressible, compressible and viscous 
fluids. 

MAPL 721 Fluid Dynamics II (3) Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. A continua- 
tion of MAPL 720. 

MAPL 731 Information Theory (3) Coreq- 
uisite, ENEE 620. Prerequisite, STAT 400 
or equivalent. Information measure, en- 
trophy, mutual information; source en- 
coding; noiseless coding theorem, noisy 
coding theorem; exponential error 
bounds; introduction to probalistic error 
correcting codes, block and convolu- 
tional codes and error bounds; channels 
with memory; continuous channels; rate 
distortion function. (Same as ENEE 721.) 

MAPL 732 Error Correcting Codes (3) In- 
troduction to linear codes; bounds on 
the error correction capabilities of codes; 
convolutional codes with threshold, se- 
quential and Viterbi decoding; cyclic ran- 
dom error correcting codes; P-N se- 
quences; cyclic and convolutional burst 
error correcting codes. (Listed also as 
ENEE 722.) 

MAPL 735 Advanced Methods and 
Algorithms in Detection and Filtering (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 621. Foundations of 
random processes. Conditional expecta- 
tions. Markov processes and martingales. 
ITO calculus. Detection and estimation 
of continuous signals with continuous 
observations. Jump processes. Detection 



and estimation with discontinuous obser- 
vations. Discrete time case. Fast 
algorithms for digital filtering problems. 
(Listed also as ENEE 772.) 

MAPL 740 Mathematical Methods in 
Control Engineering (3) Prerequisite, 
ENEE 663 or consent of instructor. Ap- 
plications of compactness in control and 
communication, geometric methods in 
optimal control of lumped and distri- 
buted systems and harmonic analysis of 
linear systems. Applications to control 
and estimation problems. (Listed also as 
ENEE 760.) 

MAPL 741 Control of Distributed 
Parameter Systems (3) Prerequisite, an 
introductory course in functional analytic 
methods at the level of ENEE 760, and 
background in control and system 
theory. Study of systems governed by 
partial differential equations. Delay 
systems. Boundary and distributed con- 
trol, Lyapunov stability. Optimal control 
of systems governed by partial differen- 
tial equations and of delay systems. Ap- 
plications to continuum mechanics, 
distributed networks, biology, economics, 
and engineering. (Same as ENEE 761.) 

MAPL 742 Stochastic Control (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE 620 or equivalent; and 
ENEE 663/MAPL 640; or consent of the 
instructor. Stochastic control systems, 
numerical methods for Ricatti equation, 
the separation principle, control of linear 
systems with Gaussian signals and 
quadratic cost, non-linear stochastic con- 
trol, stochastic stability, introduction to 
stochastic games. (Same as ENEE 762.) 

MAPL 799 Master's Thesis Research 
(1-6) 

MAPL 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research (1-8) 



Art Program 



Professor and Chairman: Levitine 
Professors: deLeiris, Denny, Driskell, 

Lynch, Lembach, Pemberton, Rearick. 
Associate Professors: Campbell, 

DiFederico, Farquhar, Forbes, Gelman, 

Klank, Lapinski, Niese. 
Assistant Professors: Clapsaddle, 

DeMonte, Green, Hauptman, Johns, 

Puryear, Reid, Spiro, Weigl, 

Wheelock, Willis, Withers. 
The Department of Art offers pro- 
grams of graduate study leading to 
the degrees of Master of Arts in art 
history. Master of Fine Arts in 
studio art and Doctor of Philosophy 
in art history. Both disciplines, 
rooted in the concept of art as a 
humanistic experience, share an es- 
sential common aim: the develop- 
ment of the student's aesthetic 
sensitivity, understanding and 
knowledge. The major in art history 
is committed to the advanced study 
and scholarly interpretation of ex- 
isting works of art, from the prehis- 
toric era to the present, while the 



studio major stresses the student's 
direct participation in the creation of 
works of art. 

Admission and Degree Information 
For admission to graduate study in 
studio art, an undergraduate degree 
with an art major from an accredited 
college or university, or its equiv- 
alent, is required. The candidate 
should have approximately 30 credit 
hours of undergraduate work in 
studio courses and 12 credit hours 
in art history courses. Other 
humanities area courses should be 
part of the candidate's undergradu- 
ate preparation. In addition, special 
departmental requirements must be 
met. A candidate for the Master of 
Fine Arts degree will be required to 
pass an oral comprehensive exami- 
nation, present an exhibition of his 
thesis work, write an abstract based 
on the thesis, and present an oral 
defense of the thesis. 

For admission to graduate study 
in art history, in addition to the ap- 
proved undergraduate degree, or its 
equivalent, special departmental re- 
quirements must be met. Depart- 
mental requirements for the Master 
of Arts degree in Art History include 
ARTH 692; reading knowledge of 
French or German (evidenced by an 
examination administered by the Art 
Department); a written comprehen- 
sive examination which tests the 
candidate's knowledge and compre- 
hension of principal areas and 
phases of art history; a thesis which 
demonstrates competency in re- 
search and in original investigation 
by the candidate; and a final oral ex- 
amination on the thesis and the 
field which it represents. 

Requirements for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree in Art History in- 
clude ARTH 692; reading knowledge 
of French and German; an oral ex- 
amination and a written examina- 
tion; a dissertation which demon- 
strates the candidate's capacity to 
perform independent research in the 
field of art history; and a final oral 
examination on the dissertation and 
the field it represents. 

Applicants are encouraged to sub- 
mit their applications by early March 
for entrance in the fall and by early 
October for entrance in Spring as 
the available spaces are usually 
filled early. 

Facilities and Special Resources 
The Middle Atlantic Symposium in 
the History of Art is an annual 
Spring event which is sponsored by 
the University of Maryland and held 
jointly at the National Gallery of Art 
and the University. This symposium 



Graduate Programs / 65 



provides the opportunity for ad- 
vanced graduate students from the 
member institutions to present their 
research in professional form. From 
time to time the Department of Art 
also publishes abstracts of the Sym- 
posium papers in Studies in Art 
History presented at the Middle 
Atlantic Symposium in the History 
of Art. 

In the summer of 1979, the Uni- 
versity of Maryland Caesarea Project 
will begin excavations at Caesarea 
Maritima, Israel. Qualified graduate 
students are eligible for participation 
in the excavations, and work at this 
site may lead to M.A. or Ph.D. 
dissertation subjects. 

The University of Maryland is 
thirty-five minutes from the National 
Gallery, the National Collection of 
Fine Arts and Portrait Gallery, the 
Freer Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, 
the Phillips Gallery, Dumbarton 
Oaks, the Hirshhorn Collection. In 
Baltimore, forty-five minutes from 
the University, is the Museum of Art 
and the Walters Gallery. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate assis- 
tantships are available in art. 

Additional Information 

Description of Departmental re- 
quirements for the above programs 
and other information may be ob- 
tained from the Department of Art. 
For information on work leading 
to the degree of Master of Educa- 
tion in art education, the student is 
referred to the section devoted to 
Secondary Education in this catalog. 

Courses 

Art Education 

ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art 
Education. (3) 

ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art 
Education. (3) 

ARTE 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

Art History 

ARTH 401 Greek and Roman Painting. (3) 

Survey of Greek and Roman frescoes 
and panels; study of extant paintings 
and lost works known only through 
literary sources. 

ARTH 402 Classical Art. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting in the classical 
cultures. First semester will stress 
Greece. 

ARTH 403 Classical Art. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting in the classical 
cultures. Second semester will stress 
Rome. 

ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art. (3) Art of the 
Near East, Egypt and Aegean. 



ARTH 405 Japanese Painting. (3) Survey 
of Japanese painting from the sixth 
through the sixteenth centuries, includ- 
ing traditional Buddhist painting, narra- 
tive scrolls, and zen-related ink painting. 

ARTH 406 Arts of the East I. (3) The arts 
of Japan and China from prehistoric to 
1400. 

ARTH 407 Arts of the East II. (3) The arts 
of Japan and China from the 1400s to 
the present. 

ARTH 410 Early Christian- Early Byzan- 
tine Art. (3) Sculpture, painting, architec- 
ture, and the minor arts from about 312 
to 726 A.D. 

ARTH 411 Byzantine Art: 726-1453. (3) 

Sculpture, painting, architecture and the 
minor arts from 726 to 1453 A.D. 

ARTH 412 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting in the middle 
ages. First semester will stress 
romanesque. 

ARTH 413 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting in the middle 
ages. Second semester will stress the 
Gothic period. 

ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in 
the 15th Century. (3) Painting in the 
Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in 
the 16th Century. (3) Painting in the 
Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in 
Italy. (3) Architecture, sculpture and paint- 
ing from about 1400 to 1430. 

ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in 
Italy. (3) Architecture, sculpture and paint- 
ing from about 1430 to 1475. 

ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy. 

(3) Architecture, sculpture and painting 
from about 1475 to 1500. 

ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in 
Italy. (3) Architecture, sculpture and paint- 
ing from about 1500 to 1525. 

ARTH 430 European Baroque Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of 
the major southern European centers in 
the 17th century. 

ARTH 431 European Baroque Art, (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of 
the major northern European centers in 
the 17th century. 

ARTH 434 French Painting.. (3) French 
painting from 1400 to 1600. From Fou- 
quet to Poussin. 

ARTH 435 French Painting. (3) French 
painting from 1600 to 1800. From Le 
Brun to David. 

ARTH 440 19th Century European Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in 
Europe from neo-classicism to 
•omanticism. 

ARTH 441 19th Century European Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in 
Europe. From realism, to impressionism 
and symbolism. 



ARTH 445 Impressionism and Neo- 

Impressionism. (3) Prerequisite, ARTH 
260, 261 or consent of instructor. History 
of impressionism and neo-impressionism: 
artists, styles, art theories, criticism, 
sources and influence on 20th century. 

ARTH 450 20th Century Art. (3) Painting, 
sculpture and architecture from the late 
19th century to 1920. 

ARTH 451 20th Century Art. (3) Painting, 
sculpture and architecture from 1920 to 
the present. 

ARTH 452 History of Photography. (3) 

History of photography as art from 1839 
to the present. 

ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Century Sculpture. (3) Trends in 
sculpture from neo-classicism to the pre- 
sent. Emphasis will be put on the 
redefinition of sculpture during the 20th 
century. 

ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts. (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 
and 261, or consent of instructor. 
Graphic techniques and styles in Europe 
from 1400 to 1800; contributions of major 
artists. 

ARTH 462 African Art. (3) First semester, 
the cultures west of the Niger River (Ni- 
geria through Mali) from 400 B.C. to the 
present. The art is studied through its 
iconography and function in the culture 
and the intercultural influences upon the 
artists, including a study of the 
societies, cults and ceremonies during 
which the art was used. 

ARTH 463 African Art. (3) Second 
semester, the cultures east and south of 
Nigeria. The art is studied through its 
iconography and function in the culture 
and the intercultural influences upon the 
artists, including a study of the 
societies, cults and ceremonies during 
which the art was used. 

ARTH 464 African Art Research. (3) 

Seminar with concentration on particular 
aspects of African Art. The course is 
given at the Museum of African Art in 
Washington, D.C. 

ARTH 470 Latin American Art. (3) Art of 

the pre-hispanic and the colonial periods. 

ARTH 471 Latin American Art. (3) Art of 

the 19th and 20th centuries. 

ARTH 476 History of American Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in 
the United States from the colonial 
period to about 1875. 

ARTH 477 History of American Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in 
the United States from about 1875 to the 
present. 

ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History 

(3) Prerequisite, consent of department 
head or instructor. May be repeated to a 
maximum of six credits. 

ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art His- 
tory I. (2-3) For advanced students, by 
permission of department chairman. 



66 / Graduate Programs 



Course may be repeated for credit if con- 
tent differs. 

ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art 
History II. (2-3) 

ARTH 612 Romanesque Art. (3) Painting 
and sculpture in western Europe in the 
11th and 12th centuries; regional styles; 
relationships between styles of painting 
and sculpture; religious content. 

ARTH 614 Gothic Art. (3) Painting and 
sculpture in western Europe in the 11th 
and 12th centuries; regional styles; rela- 
tionships between styles of painting and 
sculpture; religious content. 

ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism. (3) 

Prerequisite, Art 423 or permission of in- 
structor. Mannerism in Europe during the 
16th century; beginnings in Italy; ramifi- 
cations in France, Germany, Flanders, 
Spain; painting, architecture, and 
sculpture. 

ARTH 634 French Painting from LeBrun 
to Gericault — 1715-1815 Development 
of iconography and style from the Bar- 
oque to neo-classicism and romanticism. 
Trends and major artists. 

ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 
1830-1860. (3) Prerequisite, ART 440 or 
441 or equivalent. Courbet and the prob- 
lem of realism; precursors, David, 
Gericault, landscape schools; Manet; ar- 
tistic and social theories; realism outside 
France. 

ARTH 662 20th Century European Art. (3) 

Prerequisite, ART 450, 451 or equivalent. 
A detailed examination of the art of an 
individual country in the 20th century: 
France, Germany, Italy, Spain, England. 

ARTH 676 20th Century American Art. (3) 

Prerequisite, ART 450, 451 or equivalent. 
The 'eight,' the Armory Show, American 
abstraction, romantic-realism, new deal 
art projects, American surrealism and 
expressionism. 

ARTH 692 Methods of Art History. (3) 

Methods of research and criticism ap- 
plied to typical art-historical problems; 
bibliography and other research tools. 
May be taken for credit one or two 
semesters. 

ARTH 694 Museum Training Program. (3) 

ARTH 695 Museum Training Program. (3) 

ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies in 
Art History. (3) For advanced graduate 
students, by permission of head of de- 
partment. Course may be repeated for 
credit if content differs. 

ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History 

(3) Prerequisite, consent of department 
head or instructor. 

ARTH 702 Seminar in Classical Art. (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 402, 403 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

ARTH 712 Seminar in Medieval Art. (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 412, 413 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

ARTH 728 Seminar Topics in Italian 
Renaissance Art. (3) Problems selected 



from significant themes in the field of 
Italian renaissance art and architecture, 
1200-1600. May be repeated for credit if 
content differs. 

ARTH 736 Seminar in 18th Century Euro- 
pean Art. (3) 

ARTH 740 Seminar in Romanticism. (3) 

Problems derived from the development 
of romantic art during the 18th and 19th 
centuries. 

ARTH 743 Seminar in 19th Century Euro- 
pean Art. (3) Problems derived from the 
period starting with David and ending 
with Cezanne. 

ARTH 760 Seminar in Contemporary Art 
(3) 

ARTH 770 Seminar in Latin-American Art 

(3) Prerequisite, ARTH 471 or permission 
of instructor. 

ARTH 772 Seminar in Modern Mexican 
Art. (3) Prerequisite, ARTH 471 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Problems of Mexican 
art of the 19th and 20th centuries; Mex- 
icanismo; The mural renaissance'; archi- 
tectural regionalism. 

ARTH 774 Seminar in 19th Century 
American Art. (3) Problems in architec- 
ture and painting from the end of the 
colonial period until 1860. 

ARTH 780 Seminar — Problems in Arch- 
itectural History and Criticism. (3) 

ARTH 784 Seminar in Literary Sources of 
Art History. (3) Art historical sources 
from Pliny to Malraux. 

ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies in 
Art History. (3) 

ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research 
(1-6) 

ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Art Studio 

ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Pro- 
cesses. (3) Six hours per week. Prereq- 
uisites, either ARTS 220, 330 or 340. In- 
vestigation and execution of process 
oriented art. Group and individual ex- 
perimental projects. 

ARTS 410 Drawing IV. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 310. Advanced 
drawing, with emphasis on human figure, 
its structure and organic likeness to 
forms in nature. Compositional problems 
deriving from this relationship are also 
stressed. 

ARTS 420 Painting IV. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 324. Creative 
painting. Emphasis on personal direction 
and self-criticism. Group seminars. 

ARTS 430 Sculpture IV. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 335. Problems 
and techniques of newer concepts, utiliz- 
ing various materials, such as plastics 
and metals. Technical aspects of welding 
stressed. 



ARTS 440 Printmaking III. (3) Six hours 
per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 340 and 
344. Contemporary experimental tech- 
niques of one print medium with group 
discussions. 

ARTS 441 Printmaking IV. (3) Six hours 
per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 440. Con- 
tinuation of ARTS 440. 

ARTS 489 Special Problems in Studio 
Arts. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instruc- 
tor. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
hours. 

ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art 
(2-3) For advanced students, by permis- 
sion of department chairman. Course 
may be repeated for credit if content 
differs. 

ARTS 610 Drawing. (3) Sustained treat- 
ment of a theme chosen by student. 
Wide variety of media. 

ARTS 614 Drawing. (3) Traditional mate- 
rials and methods including oriental, 
sumi ink drawing and techniques of clas- 
sical European masters. 

ART 616 Drawing (3) Detailed anatomical 
study of the human figure and prepara- 
tion of large scale mural compositions. 

ARTS 620 Painting (3) 

ARTS 624 Painting (3) 

ARTS 626 Painting (3) 

ARTS 627 Painting (3) 

ARTS 630 Experimentation in Sculpture 

(3) 

ARTS 634 Experimentation in Sculpture 

(3) 

ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques in 
Sculpture. (3) For advanced students, 
methods of armature building, and the 
use of a variety of stone, wood, metal, 
and plastic materials. 

ARTS 637 Sculpture-Casting and Foun- 
dry. (3) The traditional methods of plaster 
casting and the complicated types involv- 
ing metal, cire perdue, sand-casting and 
newer methods, such as cold metal 
process. 

ARTS 640 Printmaking. (3) Advanced 
problems. Relief process. 

ARTS 644 Printmaking. (3) Advanced 
problems. Intaglia process. 

ARTS 646 Printmaking. (3) Advanced 
problems. Lithographic process. 

ARTS 647 Seminar in Printmaking. (3) 

ARTS 689 Special Problems in Studio 
Art. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instruc- 
tor. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
hours. 

ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting. (3) 

Preparation and execution of a wall 
decoration. 

ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies in 
Studio Art. (3) For advanced graduate 
students by permission of head of de- 
partment. Course may be repeated for 
credit if content differs. 

Graduate Programs / 67 



ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies in 
Studio Art. (3) 

ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 



Astronomy Program 

Professor and Director: Kerr 

Professors: Bell, Erickson, Kundu, Opik 
(part-time), Rose, Smith, Wentzel, 
Zuckerman 

Adjunct Professors: Brandt, Musen 

Associate Professors: A'Hearn, 

Harrington, Matthews, Trimble (part- 
time), Zipoy 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Clark 

Assistant Professors: Eichler, Scott, 
Wilson 

Lecturer: Deming 

The Astronomy Program, ad- 
ministratively part of the Department 
of Physics and Astronomy, offers 
programs of study leading to the 
degrees of M.S. and Ph.D. in 
Astronomy. The M.S. program in- 
cludes both thesis and non-thesis 
options. Areas of specialization in- 
clude: galactic structure, interstellar 
medium, extragalactic astronomy, 
stellar atmospheres, stellar evolu- 
tion, solar physics, solar system, 
celestial mechanics, astronomical in- 
strumentation, and cometary 
studies. 

A full schedule of courses in all 
fields of astronomy is offered in- 
cluding galactic astronomy, astro- 
physics, solar system astronomy, 
observational astronomy, celestial 
mechanics, solar physics, study of 
the interstellar medium and ex- 
tragalactic astronomy. The faculty 
has expertise in most major 
branches of astronomy. The 
research program is centered around 
several major areas of interest. The 
first one is the study of our galaxy; 
its large-scale spiral structure, detail- 
ed structure and theory of in- 
terstellar gas clouds, the theory of 
the interaction between cosmic rays 
and the gas, and the distribution of 
different types of stars. The second 
is the study of stellar atmospheres 
and interiors, including also the 
solar atmosphere, stellar evolution, 
and planetary nebulae. The third 
area is the structure of extragalactic 
radio sources. Research is also 
done on the physics of the solar 
system. 

Admission and Degree Information 

No formal undergraduate course 
work in astronomy is required. 
However, an entering student should 
have a working knowledge of the 

68 / Graduate Programs 



basic facts of astronomy such as is 
obtainable from one of the many 
elementary textbooks. A more ad- 
vanced knowledge of astronomy will 
of course enable a student to pro- 
gress more rapidly during the first 
year of graduate work. 

Normally a satisfactory score on 
the GRE Advanced Test in Physics 
is required before an applicant's ad- 
mission to the Graduate School will 
be considered. In special cases, the 
Graduate Entrance Committee may 
waive this requirement, and set 
other conditions as a requirement 
for admission, to be fulfilled either 
before admission or during the first 
year at Maryland. 

Qualification for the Ph.D. pro- 
gram (which is decided in the mid- 
dle or at the end of the second year) 
requires a written examination on 
basic astronomy at the end of the 
first year and an extensive research 
project during the second year. 
Overall performance in the exam, 
course work and research deter- 
mines admission to the Ph.D. 
program. 

All students must demonstrate 
competence both in theoretical 
astrophysics and in radio and op- 
tical observing techniques. The 
former can normally be satisfied by 
taking ASTR 650, 651 and the latter 
by taking ASTR 411. All students 
must take at least two credits of 
ASTR 698. No other Astronomy 
courses are specifically required, but 
candidates for the Ph.D. should ex- 
pect to take a number of courses at 
the 600 level according to their 
interests. 

Candidates for the Master of 
Science Degree with thesis are re- 
quired to obtain 24 credits (exclusive 
of registration for masters research) 
of which at least 12 are in the major 
area and at least 12 must be at the 
600 level (not necessarily the same 
12). In addition, at least 6 credits 
must be in a related field (support- 
ing area). 

To obtain the Master of Science 
Degree without a thesis, 6 credits in 
the major at the 600 level are re- 
quired in addition to the general re- 
quirements described above. That is, 
a total of 30 credits are required, of 
which 18 must be in the major, and 
at least 18 at the 600 level. The stu- 
dent must also pass a written ex- 
amination, usually consisting of the 
written part of the Ph.D. Qualifying 
Examnation with appropriately 
chosen passing requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Astronomy Program carries on 



an extensive research program in 
the areas discussed above with the 
graduate students playing an active 
role in this research. Approximately 
one-fourth of all research papers 
published have a graduate student 
as one of the authors. The Program 
maintains a small optical obser- 
vatory on campus. Due to the site, 
its main use is to enable students 
to gain experience in observational 
techniques and to test out new 
equipment. There is an important ef- 
fort in the program devoted to the 
development of optical instrumenta- 
tion. A Fourier Transform Spec- 
trometer is now essentially opera- 
tional and a photoelectric Fabry 
Perot Interferometer is being 
developed. 

The Program also operates a radio 
observatory near Borrego Springs, 
California. This is designed to oper- 
ate at meter wavelengths and is one 
of the major long wavelength ob- 
servatories in the country. A major 
commitment of this observatory will 
be to solar research, with the im- 
mediate aim of developing a radio 
heliograph which can provide real 
time mapping of the radio sun. Work 
will also go on there in the areas of 
galactic and extragalactic radio 
astronomy. 

The library facilities of the Pro- 
gram have recently benefited from 
the acquisition of a major new col- 
lection. Reorganization of the cur- 
rent facilities is in process. When 
completed, the Astronomy library 
should be one of the foremost col- 
lections in the country. 

The Program has strong interac- 
tion with the national astronomy 
observatories, and many of the 
students and faculty carry on 
observing programs at them. There 
are also very close ties with 
neighboring scientific institutes. A 
major program of cooperative 
research has been established with 
the Goddard Space Flight Center 
and a number of graduate students 
carry on research programs there. 
There are also close contacts with 
the Naval Observatory, the Naval 
Research Labs and other govern- 
ment institutes. 

Financial Assistance 

Essentially all eligible graduate 
students are funded. The program 
offers both Research and Teaching 
Assistantships. 

Additional Information 

For more information, especially for 
physics courses related to astron- 
omy, see the section on Physics. A 



brochure entitled "Graduate Study in 
Astronomy," describing the re- 
quirements, the courses and the 
research program in detail, is 
available from the department. All 
correspondence, including that con- 
cerning admission to the Astronomy 
Program, should be addressed to: 

Astronomy Program 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

ASTR 400 Introduction to Astrophysics I. 

(3) Three lectures per week. Pre- or core- 
quisite, PHYS 422 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Spectroscopy, structure of the at- 
mospheres of the sun and other stars. 
Observational data and curves of growth. 
Chemical composition. 

ASTR 401 Introduction to Astrophysics 

II. (3) Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
ASTR 400. A brief survey of stellar struc- 
ture and evolution, and of the physics of 
low-density gasses, such as the in- 
terstellar medium and the solar at- 
mosphere. Emphasis is placed on a good 
understanding of a few theoretical con- 
cepts that have wide astrophysical 
applications. 

ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy. (3) 

Prerequisites, working knowledge of cal- 
culus, physics through PHYS 284, or 263, 
and 3 credits of Astronomy. An introduc- 
tion to current methods of obtaining 
astronomical information including radio, 
infrared, optical, ultra-violet, and x-ray 
astronomy. The laboratory work will in- 
volve photographic and photoelectric 
observations with the department's op- 
tical telescope and 21-cm line spec- 
troscopy, flux measurements and inter- 
ferometry with the department's 
radiotelescopes. 

ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy. (3) 

Prerequisites, ASTR 410, working knowl- 
edge of calculus, physics through PHYS 
284, or 263, and 3 credits of astronomy. 
An introduction to current methods of 
obtaining astronomical information in- 
cluding radio, infrared, optical, ultra- 
violet, and x-ray astronomy. The 
laboratory work will involve photographic 
and photoelectric observations with the 
department's optical telescope and 
21-cm line spectroscopy, flux measure- 
ments and interferometry with the 
department's radiotelescopes. Obser- 
vatory work on individual projects. Every 
semester. 

ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic 
Research. (3) Prerequisite, PHYS 192 and 
ASTR 182 or equivalent, or consent of in- 
structor. Methods of galactic research, 
stellar motions, clusters of stars, evolu- 
tion of the galaxy, study of our own and 
nearby galaxies. 

ASTR 430 The Solar System. (3) Prere- 
quisite, MATH 246 and either PHYS 263 
or PHYS 294, or consent of instructor. 
The structure of planetary atmospheres, 
radiative transfer in planetary at- 
mospheres, remote sensing of planetary 



surfaces, interior structure of planets. 
Structure of comets. Brief discussions of 
asteroids, satellite systems, and solar 
system evolution. 

ASTR 440 Introduction of Extra-Galactic 
Astronomy. (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 192 
and ASTR 182 or equivalent, or consent 
of instructor. Properties of normal and 
peculiar galaxies, including radio galaxies 
and quasars: expansion of the universe 
and cosmology. 

ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics. (3) Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 410 
or consent of instructor. Celestial 
mechanics, orbit theory, equations of 
motion. 

ASTR 498 Special Problems in 
Astronomy. (1-6) Prerequisite, major in 
physics or astronomy and/or consent of 
advisor. Research or special study. 
Credit according to work done. 

ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres. (3) 

Prerequisite, ASTR 650 or an equivalent 
brief introduction to stellar atmospheres, 
or consent of instructor. Observational 
methods, line formation, curve or growth, 
equation of transfer, stars with large en- 
velopes, variable stars, novae, magnetic 
fields in stars. 

ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ASTR 651 or an equivalent brief 
introduction to stellar interiors, or con- 
sent of instructor. A study of stellar 
structure and evolution, energy transfer 
and generation in the interior of a star, 
the structure of stars including problems 
of turbulence, determination of chemical 
composition, non-homogeneous stars, 
pulsating stars, novae, evolution of both 
young and old stars, the final stages of 
stellar evolution. 

ASTR 620 Galactic Research. (3) Prere- 
quisites, astronomy 420, 410, 411, or con- 
sent of the instructor. Current methods 
of research into galactic structure, 
kinematics, and dynamics. Basic dynam- 
ical theory. Optical and radio observa- 
tional methods and current results. 
Review of presently-determined distribu- 
tion and kinematics of the major consti- 
tuents of the galaxy. Evolution of the 
galaxy. 

ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems. 

(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
PHYS 601 or ASTR 420. Study of the 
structure and evolution of dynamical sys- 
tems encountered in astronomy. Stellar 
encounters viewed as a two-body prob- 
lem, statistical treatment of encounters, 
study of dynamical problems in connec- 
tion with star clusters, ellipsoidal galax- 
ies, nuclei of galaxies, high-velocity stars. 

ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System. 

(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
PHYS 422. A survey of the problems of 
interplanetary space, the solar wind, 
comets and meteors, planetary structure 
and atmospheres, motions of particles in 
the earth's magnetic field. 

ASTR 650 Survey of Astrophysics I. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 411 and 422 or their 



equivalents, or consent of instructor. The 
first semester survey of the theoretical 
tools of astrophysics. Gas and magneto- 
hydrodynamics applied to interstellar and 
solar phenomena. Radiation of high- 
energy particles. Introduction to stellar 
atmospheres. 

ASTR 651 Survey of Astrophysics II. (3) 

Prerequisite, ASTR 650 or consent of in- 
structor. Brief survey of stellar structure 
and evolution, and the physics of the in- 
terstellar medium and the solar 
atmosphere. 

ASTR 660 Solar Physics. (3) Prere- 
quisites, PHYS 422, ASTR 400 or consent 
of instructor. A detailed study of solar 
atmosphere. Physics of solar 
phenomena, such as solar flares, struc- 
ture of the corona, etc. 

ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ASTR 651 or an equivalent brief 
introduction to interstellar matter, or con- 
sent of instructor. A study of the phys- 
ical properties of interstellar gas and 
dust: regions of ionized hydrogen, 
regions of neutral hydrogen, the prob- 
lems of interstellar dust and molecules. 

ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern 
Astronomy. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. Special topics such as extra- 
galactic radio sources, plasma astro- 
physics, the H.R. diagram, chemistry of 
the interstellar medium, radiophysics of 
the sun. 

ASTR 698 Seminar. (1) Seminars on 
various topics in advanced astronomy 
are held each semester, with the con- 
tents varied each year. One credit for 
each semester. There are weekly collo- 
quia by staff, astronomers from the 
Washington area, and visiting astron- 
omers, usually on topics related to their 
own work. 

ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced 
Astronomy. (1-6) 

ASTR 788 Selected topics in Modem 
Astronomy. (1-3) 

ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(1-8) 



Biochemistry Program 

Professor and Director: Keeney 
Professors: Goldsby, Holmlund, Keeney 
Associate Professors: Campagnoni, 

Hansen, Lakshmanan, Martin, 

Sampugna 

The Graduate Program in 
Biochemistry is the College Park 
component of the University of 
Maryland Graduate Program in Bio- 
chemistry which also has com- 
ponents at University of Maryland 
Baltimore County and at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland Medical School and 

Graduate Programs / 69 



Dental School in Baltimore. The pro- 
gram offers study leading to Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees, Research specialization at 
College Park is available in analyti- 
cal biochemistry, developmental bio- 
chemistry, drug metabolism, enzyme 
kinetics, immunochemistry, lipid 
biochemistry, marine biochemistry, 
membrane structure and function, 
metabolic regulation, neuro- 
chemistry, nucleic acid biochem- 
istry, and nutritional biochemistry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis op- 
tions are offered for the M.S. 
degree. Applicants should have com- 
pleted an undergraduate program of 
study with strong emphasis on 
chemistry and/or biology with appro- 
priate supporting courses in math- 
ematics and physics. Before obtain- 
ing a degree in the program, a stu- 
dent must demonstrate adequate 
preparation in biochemistry, and in 
analytical, organic and physical 
chemistry. For this purpose diagnos- 
tic examinations in these subjects 
are offered to students at the begin- 
ning of their first semester. 
Students who perform unsatisfac- 
torily on these examinations or who 
may not have had undergraduate 
preparation in one or more of these 
areas, will be advised to register for 
appropriate courses. Information on 
course work, comprehensive exami- 
nations and the research interests 
of the faculty is available for the 
guidance of degree candidates. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Biochemistry research is conducted 
in a new building occupied in 1975. 
In addition to well-equipped research 
laboratories, the following central 
facilities are available: animal col- 
ony, fermentation pilot plant, elec- 
tron microscope, analytical ultracen- 
trifuge, PDP-11 computer, liquid 
scintillation counters, nuclear mag- 
netic resonance spectrometers, and 
a chemistry-biochemistry library. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships 
are usually available in the Chem- 
istry Department. The assistantships 
involve teaching undergraduate 
laboratory and recitation classes and 
permit tuition waiver for a ten-credit 
program of graduate study each 
semester. 

Additional Information 

Information on requirements and 
research interests of the faculty may 
be obtained from the Director of the 
Program, Dr. Mark Keeney, Depart- 
ment of Chemistry. 



Courses 

BCHM 461 Biochemistry I. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, CHEM 203-204 or 213-214, or per- 
mission of instructor. A comprehensive 
introduction to general biochemistry. The 
chemistry and metabolism of carbohy- 
drates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins. 

BCHM 462 Biochemistry II. (2) Prereq- 
uisite, BCHM 461. A continuation of 
BCHM 461. 

BCHM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Pre- or corequisite, BCHM 461. 

BCHM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, BCHM 462 or current 
registration therein, and CHEM 430 or 
CHEM 463. 

BCHM 661 Proteins, Amino Acids, and 
Carbohydrates. (2) Prerequisite, BCHM 
462 or equivalent. 

BCHM 662 Biological Energy Transduc- 
tions, Vitamins, and Hormones. (2) 

Prerequisite, BCHM 462 or equivalent. 

BCHM 663 Enzymes. (2) Prerequisite, 
BCHM 462 or equivalent. 

BCHM 665 Biochemistry of Lipids. (2) 

Prerequisite, BCHM 462 or equivalent. 
Classification and chemistry of lipids, 
lipogenesis and energy metabolism of 
lipids, structural lipids, and endocrine 
control of lipid metabolism in mammals. 

BCHM 666 Biophysical Chemistry. (2) 

Prerequisite, BCHM 461 and CHEM 482, 
or consent of instructor. 

BCHM 668 Special Problems in Biochem- 
istry. (2-4) Two to four three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
BCHM 464 or equivalent. 

BCHM 669 Special Topics in Biochem- 
istry. (2) Prerequisite, BCHM 462 or 
equivalent. 

BCHM 799 Master's Thesis 
Research. (1-6) 

BCHM 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Botany Program 

Professor and Acting Chairman: 

Patterson 
Professors: Bean, Corbett, Galloway, 

Kantzes, Klarman, Krusberg, Sisler, 

Stern. 
Associate Professors: Barnett, Bottino, 

Karlander, Lockard', Motta, Reveal. 
Assistant Professors: Barrett, Broome, 

Stevenson, Van Valkenburg. 
'Joint appointment with Secondary 
Education 

The Department of Botany offers 
graduate programs leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and 
research problems are developed on 



a personal basis and arranged accor- 
ding to the intellectual and profes- 
sional needs of the student. Course 
programs are flexible and are 
designed under close supervision by 
the student's advisor. The objective 
of the program is to equip the stu- 
dent with a background and techni- 
ques for a career in plant science in 
academic, governmental, industrial 
or private laboratories. 

The areas of specialization are 
anatomy and morphology, plant bio- 
chemistry, plant ecology, physiology 
of fungi, genetics and molecular 
biology, marine botany, mycology, 
plant nematology, plant pathology, 
phycology, plant physiology, tax- 
onomy, and virology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

There are no special admission re- 
quirements. A high degree of intel- 
lectual excellence is of greater con- 
sequence than completion of a par- 
ticular curriculum at the undergrad- 
uate level. The degree requirements 
are flexible. However, they involve 
demonstration of competence in the 
broad field of botany, as well as 
completion of courses in other disci- 
plines which are supportive of 
modern competence in this field. A 
foreign language may be required if 
deemed essential by the student's 
Graduate Advisory Committee. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has laboratories 
equipped to investigate most phases 
of botanical and molecular biolog- 
ical research. Field and greenhouse 
facilities are available for research 
requiring plant culture. Major pieces 
of equipment include a transmission 
electron microscope, ultracentri- 
fuges, X-ray equipment, low-speed 
centrifuges, microtomes, for cutting 
ultrathin sections, infra-red spec- 
trophotometer, recording spectro- 
photometers, environmental con- 
trolled growth chambers. Herbarium, 
departmental reference room, en- 
zyme preparation rooms, dark 
rooms, cold rooms, special culture 
apparatus for algae, fungi, and 
higher plants, spectrophotometers, 
and respirometers are among the 
many special pieces of equipment 
and facilities that are available for 
research. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available in 
the form of teaching and research 
assistantships. 

Additional Information 

The Department has a special 
brochure available upon request. For 
specific information on departmental 



70 / Graduate Programs 



programs, admission procedures or 
financial aid, contact: 

Chairman, Department of Botany 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

BOTN 401 Origins of Modern Botany. (1) 

Prerequisite, 20 credit hours in biological 
sciences including BOTN 100 or 101 or 
equivalent. History of botany as a 
science, from ancient Greece through 
the 18th century; emphasis on botany as 
an intellectual and cultural pursuit. 

BOTN 402 Plant Microtechnique. (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or 101, and con- 
sent of instructor. One lecture and five 
hours of laboratory per week. Preparation 
of temporary and permanent mounts, in- 
cluding selection of material, killing and 
fixing, embedding, sectioning, and stain- 
ing methods. 

BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous 
Plants. (2) Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or 101 
and CHEM 104. Two lectures per week. 
A study of plants important to man that 
have medicinal or poisonous properties. 
Emphasis on plant source, plant descrip- 
tion, the active agent and its beneficial 
or detrimental physiological action and 
effects. 

BOTN 405 Advanced Plant Taxonomy. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisites, BOTN 202 and 
BOTN 212, or equivalents. A review of 
the history and principles of plant tax- 
onomy with emphasis on monographic 
and floristic research. A detailed 
laboratory review of the families of 
flowering plants. 

BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany. 

(2) Four two-hour laboratory demonstra- 
tion periods per week, for eight weeks. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A 
study of the biological principles of com- 
mon plants, and demonstrations, proj- 
ects, and visual aids suitable for teach- 
ing in primary and secondary schools. 

BOTN 413 Plant Geography. (2) Prere- 
quisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A study 
of plant distribution throughout the 
world and the factors generally associ- 
ated with such distribution. 

BOTN 414 Plant Genetics. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. The basic 
principles of plant genetics are 
presented; the mechanics of transmis- 
sion of the hereditary factors in relation 
to the life cycle of seed plants, the 
genetics of specialized organs and 
tissues, spontaneous and induced muta- 
tions of basic and economic significance 
gene action, genetic maps, the funda- 
mentals of polyploidy, and genetics in 
relation to methods of plant breeding are 
the topics considered. 

BOTN 415 Plants and Mankind. (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A 
survey of the plants which are utilized by 
man, the diversity of such utilization, and 
their historic and economic significance. 



BOTN 416 Principles of Plant Anatomy. 

(4) Two lectures and two 2-hour 
laboratory periods per week. The origin 
and development of cells, tissues, and 
tissue systems of vascular plants with 
special emphasis on seed-bearing plants. 
Particular stress is given to the com- 
parative, systematic, and evolutionary 
study of the structural components of 
the plants. Prerequisite, General Botany. 

BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy. 

(2) Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or General 
Biology. Four two-hour laboratory periods 
a week for eight weeks. The identifica- 
tion of trees, shrubs, and herbs, em- 
phasizing the native plants of Maryland. 
Manuals, keys, and other techniques will 
be used. Numerous short field trips will 
be taken. Each student will make an in- 
divual collection. 

BOTN 419 Natural History of Tropical 
Plants. (2) Prerequisite, one course in 
plant taxonomy or permission of instruc- 
tor. An introduction to tropical vascular 
plants with emphasis on their morpho- 
logical, anatomical, and habital 
peculiarities and major taxonomic 
features, geographic distribution and 
economic utilization of selected families. 
Two, one-hour lectures per week. 

BOTN 422 Research Methods in Plant 
Pathology. (2) Two laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, BOTN 221 or 
equivalent. Advanced training in the 
basic research techniques and methods 
of plant pathology. 

BOTN 424 Diagnosis and Control of 
Plant Diseases. (3) Prerequisite, BOTN 
221. Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week. A study of the diag- 
nosis and control of plant diseases. Em- 
phasis on recognizing the symptoms of 
plant disease and control of the causal 
organisms. Field trips and a collection of 
diseased plant specimens. 

BOTN 425 Diseases of Ornamentals and 
Turf. (2) Prerequisite, BOTN 221. Two lec- 
tures per week. Designed for those 
students who need practical experience 
in recognition and control of ornamen- 
tals and turf diseases. The symptoms 
and current control measures for 
diseases in these crop areas will be 
discussed. 

BOTN 426 Mycology. (4) Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, Botany 101 or permis- 
sion of the instructor. An introductory 
course in the biology, morphology and 
taxonomy of the fungi. 

BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology. (1) 

Summer Session: Lecture and laboratory 
to be arranged. Prerequisite, BOTN 221, 
or equivalent. The techniques of 
pesticide evaluation and the identifica- 
tion and control of diseases of Maryland 
crops are discussed. Offered in alternate 
years or more frequently with demand. 

BOTN 441 Plant Physiology. (4) Two lec- 
tures and one four-hour laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisites, BOTN 100 and 
general chemistry. Organic chemistry 



strongly recommended. A survey of the 
general physiological activities of plants. 

BOTN 462 Plant Ecology. (2) Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100. Two lectures per week. The 
dynamics of populations as affected by 
environmental factors with special em- 
phasis on the structure and composition 
of natural plant communities, both ter- 
restial and aquatic. 

BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune 
Vegetation. (2) Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, BOTN 100. An examination 
of the biology of higher plants in dune 
and marsh ecosystems. 

BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory. (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 462 or its equivalent 
or concurrent enrollment therein. One 
three-hour laboratory period a week. Two 
or three field trips per semester. The ap- 
plication of field and experimental 
methods to the qualitative and quan- 
titative study of vegation and 
ecosystems. 

BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany. 

(3) Prerequisite, BOTN 441 or equivalent. 
An ecological discussion of plant life in 
the marine environment of sea coasts, 
salt marshes, estuaries and open seas. 

BOTN 475 General Phycology. (4) One 

lecture and two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisites, BOTN 
100 and BOTN 202, or permission of in- 
structor. An introductory study of both 
macro- and micro-algae, including the 
taxonomy, morphology, and life cycles of 
both fresh water and marine forms. 

BOTN 612 Vascular Plant Morphology. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisites, BOTN 202. 
BOTN 212, and BOTN 416, or 
equivalents. A comparative study of the 
morphology of vascular plants, with 
special emphasis on the evolution and 
morphogenesis of plant organs. 

BOTN 613 Identification of Wood and 
Timbers. (2) Prerequisites, BOTN 416 or 
equivalent and permission of instructor. 
Methods and procedures for determina- 
tion of native and exotic woods used in 
commerce. Use of keys to and descrip- 
tions of timbers, origins of indigenous 
and imported woods, vernacular and 
trade names, properties, uses, and 
associated literature. 
BOTN 615 Plant Cytogenetics. (3) First 
semester. Two lectures and one labor- 
atory period a week. Prerequisite, in- 
troductory genetics. An advanced study 
of the current status of plant genetics, 
particularly gene mutations and their 
relation to chromosome changes in corn 
and other favorable materials. 
BOTN 620 Methods of Plant Tissue 
Culture. (2) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. One lecture and one two-hour 
laboratory period each week. A 
methodology and techniques course 
designed to give the student background 
and experience in plant tissue culture. 

BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi. (2) First 
semester. Prerequisites, organic 



Graduate Programs / 71 



chemistry and BOTN 441 or equivalent in 
bacterial or animal physiology. A study 
of various aspects of fungal metabolism, 
nutrition, biochemical transformation, 
fungal products, and mechanism of 
fungicidal action. 

BOTN 623 Physiology of Fungi 
Laboratory. (1) First semester. One 
laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, 
BOTN 621 or concurrent registration 
therein. Application of equipment and 
techniques in the study of fungal 
physiology. 

BOTN 625 Physiology of Pathogens and 
Host-Pathogen Relationships. (3) Three 
lecture periods a week. A study of en- 
zymes, toxins, and other factors involved 
in pathogenicity and the relationship of 
host-pathogen interaction to disease 
development. 

BOTN 632 Plant Virology. (2) Second 
Semester. Two lectures per week on the 
biological, biochemical, and biophysical 
aspects of viruses and virus diseases of 
plants. Prerequisites, bachelor's degree 
or equivalent in any biological science 
and permission of instructor. 

BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory. (2) 

Second semester. Two laboratories per 
week on the application and techniques 
for studying the biological, biochemical 
and biophysical aspects of plant viruses. 
Prerequisites, bachelor's degree or 
equivalent in any biological science and 
BOTN 632 or concurrent registration 
therein, and permission of the instructor. 

BOTN 636 Plant Nematology. (4) Second 
semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
BOTN 221 or permission of instructor. 
(Not offered 1970-71.) The study of plant- 
parasitic nematodes, their morphology, 
anatomy, taxonomy, genetics, 
physiology, ecology, host-parasite rela- 
tions and control. Recent advances in 
this field will be emphasized. 

BOTN 641 Advanced Plant Physiology. (2) 

Prerequisites, BOTN 441 or equivalent 
and organic chemistry. A presentation of 
the metabolic processes occurring in 
plants with special emphasis on recent 
literature. 

BOTN 642 Plant Biochemistry. (2) Prereq- 
uisite, BOTN 641 or CHEM 461 and 462. 
A treatment of those aspects of 
biochemistry unique to plants including 
photosynthesis, synthesis of plant 
macromolecules and pertinent aspects of 
other metabolic processes. 

BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry 
Laboratory. (2) Pre- or corequisite BOTN 
642. Use of apparatus and application of 
techniques in the study of the chemistry 
of plants and plant materials. 

BOTN 645 Growth and Development. (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 441. Physiology of 
plant hormones, control of mor- 
phogenesis and regulation of biosyn- 
thesis, photomorphogenesis and 
photoperiodism. 



BOTN 650 Mineral Nutrition of Plants. (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 441. Two lectures per 
week. A study of the inorganic nutrients 
required for plant growth and develop- 
ment, with emphasis on mechanisms of 
nutrient uptake, translocation, and 
mineral metabolism. 

BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics. (2) Prereq- 
uisite, MATH 220, BOTN 441 plus one 
year of college physics, or their 
equivalents. An advanced course dealing 
with physical and chemical phenomena 
associated with the study of plants, 
stress on problem solving. 

BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory. 

(2) Pre- or Corequisite, BOTN 652. 
Techniques in measurement of and 
utilization of light and other parameters 
associated with plants. 

BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology. (3) 

Prerequisite, a working knowledge of 
elementary genetics and calculus, or per- 
mission of the instructor. Population 
dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, and 
quantitative aspects of the analysis of 
natural communities. Special emphasis 
will be given to recent theoretical 
developments. 

BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae. (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 642 or equivalent, or 
permission of the instructor. A study of 
the physiology of the algae. 

BOTN 674 Physiology of Algae 
Laboratory. (1) Pre- or corequisites, 
BOTN 672 and permission of instructor. 
Special laboratory techniques involved in 
the study of algae. 

BOTN 689 Special Topics in Botany. 

(1-3) Credit according to time scheduled 
and organization of course. Maximum 
credit toward an advanced degree for the 
individual student at the discretion of the 
department. This course is organized as 
lectures, discussions or literature 
surveys on specialized advanced topics 
under the direction of visiting lecturers 
or resident faculty. 

BOTN 698 Seminar in Botany. (1) Prereq- 
uisite, permission of the instructor. 
Discussion of special topics and current 
literature in all phases of Botany. 

BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany. 
(1-3) Credit according to time and 
scheduled and organization of course. 
Maximum credit towards an advanced 
degree for the individual student at the 
discretion of the student's advisor. This 
course emphasizes research on a 
specialized advanced topic and may con- 
sist primarily of experimental procedures 
under the direction of visiting lecturers 
or resident faculty. 

BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
'1-6) 

BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Business and Management 
Program 

Dean: Lamone 
Associate Dean: Gannon 
Assistant Dean: Armistead 
Director of Graduate Studies: Nash 
Director of MB. A. Program: Ondeck 
Chairpersons: C. Anderson, Gass, Greer, 

Haslem, Leete, Loeb 
Professor Emeritus: Clemens 
Professors: H. Anderson, Carroll, 
Dawson, Gannon, Gass, Greer, 
Haslem, Lamone, Levine, Locke, Loeb, 
Nash, Paine, Polakoff, Roberts, Taff 
Associate Professors: C. Anderson, 
Ashmen, Bartol, Bedingfield, Bodin, 
Edelson, Edmister, Ford, Fromovitz, 
Hynes, Jolson, Kolodny, Kuehl, Leete, 
Nickels, Poist, Thieblot, Widhelm 
Assistant Professors: Alt, Bloom, Cherry, 
Chow, Corsi, Golden, Greene, Harvey, 
Koehl, Kumar, Mayer-Sommer, Norland, 
Reckers, Scheier, Spekman, Stagliano 

The College of Business and Man- 
agement offers graduate work 
leading to the degrees of Master of 
Business Administration (MBA) and 
Doctor of Business Administration 
(DBA). The College has the only 
MBA program in the Maryland- 
Washington metropolitan area ac- 
credited by the American Assembly 
of Collegiate Schools of Business 
(AACSB), a reflection of the quality 
of its faculty, programs, students, 
and facilities. Of the more than 500 
graduate programs, in business and 
management in the country, only ap- 
proximately 130 are accredited by 
the AACSB. 

Areas of faculty specialization in- 
clude accounting; finance; manage- 
ment science and statistics; 
marketing; organizational behavior 
and industrial relations; and 
transportation, business and public 
policy. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission criteria for the MBA and 
DBA programs are based on (1) a 
"B" or better average as an under- 
graduate and/or graduate student 
who has completed a program of 
study from a regionally accredited 
university, (2) score on the Graduate 
Management Admission Test 
(GMAT), (3) letters of recommenda- 
tion, and (4) other relevant informa- 
tion and professional experience. 

The College of Business and Man- 
agement offers an MBA program 
designed to provide the educational 
foundation for those students with 
the potential to exhibit the highest 
degree of excellence in their future 
careers as professional managers. 
The MBA program varies in length 
from one to two years, depending 



72 / Graduate Programs 



on the student's previous college 
preparation. Successful students in 
the program are expected to 
demonstrate the following: (1) a 
thorough and integrated knowledge 
of the basic tools, concepts and 
theories relating to professional 
management; 2) behavioral and 
analytical skills necessary to deal 
creatively and effectively with 
organizations and management prob- 
lems; 3) an understanding of the 
economic, political, technological, 
and social environments in which or- 
ganizations operate. 4) a sense of 
professional and personal integrity 
and social responsibility in the con- 
duct of managerial affairs both inter- 
nal and external to the organization. 
Both day and some evening courses 
are offered. 

If the student's prior coursework 
did not include the program pre- 
requisites, the following 500-level 
prerequisite courses must be com- 
pleted with a "B" average as early 
as possible in the student's 
graduate program: BMGT 501 (3 
hours), BMGT 502 (3 hours), BMGT 
503 (3 hours), BMGT 504 (4 hours). 
These basic knowledge courses may 
be waived by the Director of the 
MBA Program if equivalent courses 
have been satisfactorily completed. 

Students whose baccalaureate de- 
gree is in business administration 
will ordinarily have included the 
topics covered by these prerequisite 
courses in their undergraduate work. 
For the MBA degree they will need 
only the 35 credit hours described 
below. These 35 hours must be 
taken in 700-level courses and above 
(600-level and above for courses in 
other campus graduate programs). 

A group of eight graduate courses 
(23 hours) is required of all MBA 
students: BMGT 720 (3 hours): 
BMGT 732 or 734 (4 hours); BMGT 
740 (3 hours); BMGT 750 (3 hours); 
BMGT 764 (3 hours): BMGT 775 (3 
hours); BMGT 790 or 791 (3 hours); 
and BMGT 701 (1 hour). This com- 
mon core provides the student with 
a knowledge of behavioral and an- 
alytical skills as well as a thorough 
understanding of managerial 
economics and the functional fields 
necessary for all professional 
managers. 

The student has the opportunity 
to select a field of concentration 
and/or relevant electives with the re- 
maining four graduate courses (12 
credits). A field of concentration is 
defined as a minimum of six hours 
and a maximum of twelve hours in 
an area including the following: (1) 
Accounting; (2) Finance (minimum of 



9 hours required); (3) International 
Business; (4) Information Systems 
Management; (5) Marketing (mini- 
mum of 9 hours required); (6) 
Management Science and Statistics; 
(7) Organizational Behavior and 
Organization Theory; (8) Personnel 
and Labor Relations; and (9) Trans- 
portation and Physical Distribution. 
Any elective courses used to fulfill 
degree requirements should be rele- 
vant to the student's area of con- 
centration and/or educational needs. 
There is no thesis requirement for 
MBA degree. 

Students accepted on the basis of 
applications requesting full-time 
status must maintain minimum reg- 
istration requirements described in 
this catalog under, "Registration and 
Credits." Students requesting part- 
time status are required to complete 
a minimum of 12 credit hours per 
calendar year. Should these require- 
ments not be met or should a stu- 
dent's grade point average fall below 
3.0, a student will be placed on pro- 
bation and granted a minimum of 
one semester to remedy these 
deficiencies. 

The DBA program is designed to 
produce outstanding scholars in 
management related disciplines. 
Graduates of the program are well- 
qualified to take faculty profes- 
sional, research, or administrative 
positions in colleges and universi- 
ties, government agencies, private 
research organizations, or business 
firms. 

The Maryland DBA's achieve ex- 
cellence through (1) extensive prep- 
aration in major and related fields, 
(2) joint research with faculty and 
fellow DBA students, (3) indepen- 
dent research culminating in the 
writing of a doctoral dissertation, 
and (4) the teaching of courses in 
their major field. 

Each student's DBA program 
must be approved initially by the 
student's major area faculty chair- 
man or his or her representative and 
reviewed annually with the student. 
Minor areas must be approved ini- 
tially by the minor area chairman or 
his or her designated representative. 

Major and minor areas in the col- 
lege include the following: (1) Ac- 
counting, (2) Finance. (3) Manage- 
ment Science and Statistics, (4) Mar- 
keting, (5) Organizational Behavior 
and Organization Theory, (6) Person- 
nel and Labor Relations. (7) Trans- 
portation and Physical Distribution, 
and (8) Information Systems 
Management. 

DBA requirements for the typical 
student are approximately 75 se- 



mester hours, not including disser- 
tation credits. Thirty-three of the 75 
semester hours are devoted to ful- 
filling the general requirements, dis- 
cussed below, with the remaining 42 
credits distributed among the stu- 
dent's major and minor fields of 
study. 

The general requirements for all 
DBA students are BMGT 720, BMGT 
740, BMGT 750. BMGT 764, two 
three-credit graduate courses in 
economics (BMGT 775 may be used 
as one of the two courses), nine 
credits in quantitative methods at 
the 700 level or above approved by 
the student's faculty chairman, and 
BMGT 880 plus three additional 
graduate credits in research 
methodology. 

These general program require- 
ments may be waived by the Direc- 
tor of the Doctoral Program if 
equivalent courses at AACSB ac- 
credited schools have been satisfac- 
torily completed. Some of these 
courses may be included in the ma- 
jor and minor course requirements. 

The DBA student is placed on 
academic probation after 12 hours 
unless he or she maintains at least 
a 3.25 GPA. The probationary period 
will last one semester, at which 
time the student will be dismissed 
unless a 3.25 GPA level is obtained. 

The DBA student may select a 
single major with two minors or a 
double major. For a single major, 
the student takes 18 credits beyond 
the bachelor's degree in the major 
field, at least 6 of which must be 
taken in graduate seminars at the 
800 level at the University of Mary- 
land. The minors may include areas 
inside or outside the College of 
Business and Management. Each 
minor is comprised of 12 credits. 

For a double major, the student 
takes 21 credit hours in each of two 
major fields, one of which may be in 
a discipline outside the College of 
Business and Management. 

Both the single and the double 
major arrangements comprise 42 
credit hours in total. Special permis- 
sion is required from the College's 
graduate committee to approve a 
double major or a single major with 
both minors in disciplines outside 
the College of Business and Man- 
agement. Typical outside minors in- 
clude such areas as Computer 
Science. Economics, Engineering, 
Mathematics, Government and Pol- 
itics, Psychology, and Sociology. 

Students take comprehensive ex- 
aminations in major and minor sub- 
ject areas. Following successful 
completion of the written examina- 

Graduate Programs / 73 



tions, each student must pass an 
oral examination given by a commit- 
tee of the college graduate faculty. 
Any student receiving a "pass with 
distinction" in all written examina- 
tions will be exempted from the oral 
comprehensive. 

The dissertation proposal is de- 
fended by each DBA candidate at an 
open meeting. All faculty and other 
DBA students are invited to attend 
and participate in the proposal 
defense. 

The dissertation must exhibit the 
candidate's competence in analysis, 
interpretation, and presentation of 
research findings, and should be a 
major contribution to the literature 
of the field. The candidate must de- 
fend his or her dissertation in a final 
oral dissertation defense. 

MBA/JD Joint Program 

The College of Business and 
Management and the School of Law 
of the University of Maryland at Bal- 
timore offer a joint program of 
studies leading to MBA and JD de- 
grees. Under the terms of the joint 
program, a student may earn both 
degrees in four academic years. The 
accelerated program is made possi- 
ble by permitting some courses to 
be credited toward both degrees. 
Candidates must apply for admis- 
sion to the Law School at Baltimore 
as well as to The Graduate School 
at College Park and must be ad- 
mitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 75 
credits in law school coupled with 
39 credits in business courses (or 26 
credits for students who have com- 
pleted MBA program prerequisites) 
are required for graduation. Nine 
credits of law will be substituted for 
MBA elective coursework. Grade 
point averages in each program will 
be computed separately and stu- 
dents must maintain minimum stan- 
dards in each school to continue in 
the program. The Graduate School 
will not accept transfer credit for 
coursework taken outside the joint 
program. Both programs must be 
satisfactorily completed for granting 
of degrees. A student whose enroll- 
ment in either program is terminated 
may elect to complete work for the 
degree in which he or she remains 
enrolled but such completion must 
be upon the same conditions as re- 
quired of regular (nonjoint program) 
degree candidates. Student pro- 
grams must be approved by the law 
school adviser for the joint program 
and the MBA Program Director. For 
further discussion of admission and 
degree requirements, students 

74 / Graduate Programs 



should see above and consult the 
entry in the University of Maryland 
School of Law catalog. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The faculty has been recruited from 
the graduate programs of leading 
universities in the nation. They are 
dedicated scholars, teachers, and 
professional leaders, unusual in 
their comparative youth, academic 
excellence, and strong commitment 
to the education of the professional 
manager. 

Special programs offered by the 
College include an Executives-in- 
Residence Program and an MBA 
practicum course, BMGT 791, in 
which students research a problem 
of significant management concern 
in a participating firm or agency. 
Through graduate program require- 
ments and faculty research activ- 
ities, students gain exposure to 
state and federal agencies and to 
the vast educational, research, 
library, and cultural resources of 
Washington, D.C. 

The students also have access to 
the exceptional academic and pro- 
fessional resources of the College 
Park campus including excellent 
library and computer facilities. A re- 
mote computer terminal and on-line 
teletype facilities are located in the 
building. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to qualified 
students in the form of fellowships 
and graduate assistantships, and, 
for DBA students, assistant 
instructorships. 

Additional Information 

The College has available brochures 
which give specific degree re- 
quirements for the MBA and DBA 
programs. Initial inquiries regarding 
the MBA program should be 
directed to: 

Director of the MBA Program 
College of Business and Manage- 
ment and for the DBA program 
Director of the Doctoral Program 
College of Business and 
Management 

Courses 

BMGT 401 Introduction to Systems 
Analysis. (3) Students enrolled in the Col- 
lege of Business and Management cur- 
ricula will register for IFSM 436. For 
detailed information on prerequisites and 
descriptions of the course, refer to IFSM 
436. The credits earned in IFSM 436 may 
be included in the total credits earned in 
the area of concentration in Business 
and Management. 

BMGT 420 Undergraduate Accounting 
Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing 



as an accounting major or consent of in- 
structor. Enrollment limited to upper one- 
third of senior class. Seminar coverage 
of outstanding current non-text literature, 
current problems and case studies in 
accounting. 

BMGT 421 Undergraduate Accounting 
Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing 
as an accounting major or consent of in- 
structor. Enrollment limited to upper one- 
third of senior class. Seminar coverage 
of outstanding current non-text literature, 
current problems and case studies in 
accounting. 

BMGT 422 Auditing Theory and 
Practice. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 311. A 
study of the principles and problems of 
auditing and application of accounting 
principles to the preparation of audit 
working papers and reports. 

BMGT 423 Apprenticeship in 
Accounting. (0) Prerequisites, minimum of 
20 semester hours in accounting and the 
consent of the accounting staff. A period 
of apprenticeship is provided with na- 
tionally known firms of certified public 
accountants from about January 15 to 
February 15. 

BMGT 424 Advanced Accounting. (3) 

Prerequisite, BMGT 311. Advanced ac- 
counting theory to specialized problems 
in partnerships, ventures, consignments, 
installment sales, insurance, statement 
of affairs, receiver's accounts, realization 
and liquidation reports, and consolidation 
of parent and subsidiary accounts. 

BMGT 425 CPA Problems. (3) Prere- 
quisite, BMGT 311, or consent of instruc- 
tor, a study of the nature, form and con- 
tent of C.P.A. examinations by means of 
the preparation of solutions to, and an 
analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. 
problems covering the various account- 
ing fields. 

BMGT 426 Advanced Cost Accounting. 

(2) Prerequisite, BMGT 321. A continua- 
tion of basic cost accounting with 
special emphasis on process costs, stan- 
dard costs, joint costs, and by-product 
cost. 

BMGT 427 Advanced Auditing Theory 
and Practice. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 422. 
Advanced auditing theory and practice 
and report writing. 

BMGT 430 Linear Statistical Models in 
Business. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 230 or 
consent of instructor. Model building in- 
volving an intensive study of the general 
linear stochastic model and the applica- 
tions of this model to business prob- 
lems. The model is derived in matrix 
form and this form is used to analyze 
both the regression and anova formula- 
tions of the general linear model. 

BMGT 431 Design of Statistical Ex- 
periments in Business. (3) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 230 or 231. Surveys Anova 
models, basic and advanced experimen- 
tal design concepts. Non-parametric 
tests and correlation are emphasized. Ap- 
plications of these techniques to 



business problems in primarily the mar- 
keting and behavioral sciences are 
stressed. 

BMGT 432 Sample Survey Design for 
Business and Economics. (3) Prere- 
quisite, BMGT 230 or 231. Design of 
probability samples. Simple random sam- 
pling, stratified random sampling, 
systematic sampling, and cluster sam- 
pling designs are developed and com- 
pared for efficiency under varying 
assumptions about the population sampl- 
ed. Advanced designs such as 
multistage cluster sampling and 
replicated sampling are surveyed. Im- 
plementing these techniques in 
estimating parameters of business 
models is stressed. 

BMGT 433 Statistical Decision Theory in 
Business. (3) Prerequisite. BMGT 231 or 
consent of instructor. Bayesian approach 
to the use of sample information in 
decision-making. Concepts of loss. risk. 
decision criteria, expected returns, and 
expected utility are examined. Applica- 
tion of these concepts to decision- 
making in the firm in various contexts 
are considered. 

BMGT 434 Operations Research I. (3) 

Prerequisite. BMGT 230. MATH 240 or 
permission of instructor. Designed 
primarily for students majoring in 
management science, statistics, and in- 
formation systems management. It is the 
first semester of a two semester in- 
troduction to the philosophy, techniques 
and applications of operations research. 
Topics covered include linear program- 
ming, postoptimality analysis, network 
algorithms, dynamic programming, inven- 
tory and equipment replacement models. 

BMGT 435 Operations Research II. (3) 

Prerequisite. BMGT 434. or permission of 
instructor. The second semester of a 
two-part introduction to operations re- 
search. The primary emphasis is on 
stochastic models in management 
science. Topics include stochastic linear 
programming, probabilistic dynamic pro- 
gramming. Markov processes, prob- 
abilistic inventory models, queuing 
theory and simulation. 

BMGT 436 Applications of Mathematical 
Programming in Management Science. (3) 

Prerequisite. BMGT 434 or permission of 
instructor. Theory and applications of 
linear, integer, and non-linear program- 
ming models to management decisions. 
Topics covered include the basic 
theorems of linear programming; the 
matrix formulation of the simplex, and 
dual simplex algorithms: decomposition, 
cutting plane, branch and bound, and im- 
plicit enumeration algorithms: gradient 
based algorithms: and quadratic pro- 
gramming. Special emphasis is placed 
upon model formulation and solution us- 
ing prepared computer algorithms. 

BMGT 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis 
for Business Management. (3) Prere- 
quisite. BMGT 430 and MATH 240 or per- 
mission of the instructor. Selected topics 
in statistical analysis which are relevant 



to management for students with 
knowledge of basic statistical methods. 
Topics include evolutionary operation 
and response surface analysis, fore- 
casting techniques, pathologies of the 
linear model and their remedies, multi- 
variate statistical models, and non- 
parametric models. 

BMGT 440 Financial Management. (3) 

Prerequisite. BMGT 340. Analysis and 
discussion of cases and readings re- 
lating to financial decisions of the firm. 
The application of finance concepts to 
the solution of financial problems is 
emphasized. 

BMGT 443 Security Analysis and Valua- 
tion. (3) Prerequisite. BMGT 343. Study 
and application of the concepts, meth- 
ods, models, and empirical findings to 
the analysis, valuation, and selection of 
securities, especially common stock. 

BMGT 445 Commercial Bank Manage- 
ment. (3) Prerequisites. BMGT 340 and 
ECON 430. Analysis and discussion of 
cases and readings in commercial bank 
management. The loan function is em- 
phasized: also the management of li- 
quidity reserves, investments for income, 
and source of funds. Bank objectives, 
functions, policies, organization, struc- 
ture, services, and regulation are 
considered. 

BMGT 450 Marketing Research 
Methods.(3) Prerequisites. BMGT 230 and 
350. Recommended that BMGT 430 be 
taken prior to this course. This course is 
intended to develop skill in the use of 
scientific methods in the acquisition. 
analysis and interpretation of marketing 
data. It covers the specialized fields of 
marketing research: the planning of 
survey projects, sample design, tabula- 
tion procedure and report preparation. 

BMGT 451 Consumer Analysis. (3) 

Prerequisites. BMGT 350 and 351. 
Recommended that PSYC 100 and 221 
be taken prior to this course. Considers 
the growing importance of the American 
consumer in the marketing system and 
the need to understand him. Topics in- 
clude the foundation considerations 
underlying consumer behavior such as 
economic, social, psychological and 
cultural factors. Analysis of the con- 
sumer in marketing situations — as a 
buyer and user of products and ser- 
vices — and in relation to the various in- 
dividual social and marketing factors af- 
fecting his behavior. The influence of 
marketing communications is also 
considered. 

BMGT 453 Industrial Marketing. (3) 

Prerequisites. BMGT 350 plus one other 
marketing course. The industrial and 
business sector of the marketing system 
is considered rather than the household 
or ultimate consumer sector. Industrial 
products range from raw materials and 
supplies to the major equipment in a 
plant, business office, or institution. 
Topics include product planning and in- 
troduction, market analysis and forecast- 
ing, channels, pricing, field sales force 



management, advertising, marketing cost 
analysis, and government relations. Par- 
ticular attention is given to industrial, 
business and institutional buying policies 
and practice and to the analysis of buyer 
behavior. 

BMGT 454 International Marketing. (3) 

Prerequisites, BMGT 350 plus any other 
marketing course. A study of the 
marketing functions from the viewpoint 
of the international executive. In addition 
to the coverage of international 
marketing policies relating to product 
adaptation, data collection and analysis, 
channels of distribution, pricing, com- 
munications, and cost analysis, con- 
sideration is given to the cultural, legal, 
financial, and organizational aspects of 
international marketing. 

BMGT 455 Sales Management. (3) The 
role of the sales manager, both at head- 
quarters and in the field, in the manage- 
ment of people, resources and marketing 
functions. An analysis of the problems 
involved in sales organization, 
forecasting, planning, communicating, 
evaluating and controlling. Attention is 
given to the application of quantitative 
techniques and pertinent behavioral 
science concepts in the management of 
the sales effort and sales force. 

BMGT 456 Advertising. (3) Prerequisite. 
BMGT 354. The role of advertising in the 
American economy; the impact of adver- 
tising on our economic and social life. 
the methods and techniques currently 
applied by advertising practitioners; the 
role of the newspaper, magazine, and 
other media in the development of an 
advertising campaign, modem research 
methods to improve the effectiveness of 
advertising and the organization of the 
advertising business, (not open for credit 
to students with credit for BMGT 352.) 

BMGT 457 Marketing Policies and 
Strategies. (3) Prerequisite, three courses 
in marketing. Integrative decision making 
in marketing. Emphasis on consumer 
and market analysis and the appropriate 
decision models. Case studies are 
included. 

BMGT 460 Personnel Management- 
Analysis and Problems. (3) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 360. Recommended. BMGT 230. 
Research findings, special readings, case 
analysis, simulation, and field investiga- 
tions are used to develop a better 
understanding of personnel problems, 
alternative solutions and their practical 
ramifications. 

BMGT 462 Labor Legislation. (3) Case 

method analysis of the modern law of in- 
dustrial relations. Cases include the deci- 
sions of administrative agencies, courts 
and arbitration tribunals. 

BMGT 463 Public Sector Labor Relations 
(3) Prerequisite. BMGT 362 or permission 
of instructor. Development and structure 
of labor relations in public sector 
employment: federal, state, and local 
government responses to unionization 
and collective bargaining. 



Graduate Programs / 75 



BMGT 464 Organizational Behavior. (3) 

Prerequisite, BMGT 364. An examination 
of research and theory concerning the 
forces which contribute to the behavior 
of organizational members. Topics 
covered include: work group behavior, 
supervisory behavior, intergroup rela- 
tions, employee goals and attitudes, 
communication problems, organizational 
change, and organizational goals and 
design. 

BMGT 467 Undergraduate Seminar in 
Personnel Management. (3) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. This course is 
open only to the top one-third of 
undergraduate majors in personnel and 
labor relations and is offered during the 
fall semester of each year. Highlights 
major developments. Guest lecturers 
make periodic presentations. 

BMGT 470 Land Transportation Systems 

(3) Prerequisite, BMGT 370. Overall view 
of managerial problems facing land car- 
riers; emphasis on rail and motor modes 
of transportation. 

BMGT 471 Air and Water Transportation 
Systems. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 370. 
Overall view of managerial problems fac- 
ing air and water carriers; emphasis on 
international and domestic aspects of air 
and water modes of transportation. Not 
open for credit to students who have 
credit for BMGT 472. 

BMGT 473 Advanced Transportation 
Problems. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 370. A 
critical examination of current govern- 
ment transportation policy and proposed 
solutions. Urban and intercity managerial 
transport problems are also considered. 

BMGT 474 Urban Transport and Urban 
Development. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 203 
or 205. An analysis of the role of urban 
transportation in present and future ur- 
ban development. The interaction of 
transport pricing and service, urban plan- 
ning, institutional restraints, and public 
land uses is studied. 

BMGT 475 Advanced Logistics Manage- 
ment. (3) Prerequisites, BMGT 370, 372, 
332. Application of the concepts of 
BMGt 372 to problem solving and special 
projects in logistics management; case 
analysis is stressed. 

BMGT 480 Legal Environment of 
Business. (3) The course examines the 
principal ideas in law stressing those 
which are relevant for the modern 
business executive. Legal reasoning as it 
has evolved in this country will be one of 
the central topics of study. Several 
leading antitrust cases will be studied to 
illustrate vividly the reasoning process as 
well as the interplay of business, 
philosophy, and the various conceptions 
of the nature of law which give direction 
to the process. Examination of contem- 
porary legal problems and proposed 
solutions, especially those most likely to 
affect the business community, are also 
covered. 

BMGT 481 Public Utilities. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ECON 203 or 205. Using the 

76 / Graduate Programs 



regulated industries as specific ex- 
amples, attention is focused on broad 
and general problems in such diverse 
fields as constitutional law, ad- 
ministrative law, public administration, 
government control of business, ad- 
vanced economic theory, accounting, 
valuation and depreciation, taxation, 
finance, engineering, and management. 

BMGT 482 Business and Government. (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. A study 
of the role of government in modern 
economic life. Social control of business 
as a remedy for the abuses of business 
enterprise arising from the decline of 
competition. Criteria of limitations on 
government regulation of private 
enterprise. 

BMGT 485 Advanced Production Manage- 
ment. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 385. A 
study of typical problems encountered 
by the factory manager. The objective is 
to develop the ability to analyze and 
solve problems in management control 
of production and in the formulation of 
production policies. Among the topics 
covered are plant location, production 
planning and control, methods analysis, 
and time study. 

BMGT 490 Urban Land Management. (3) 

Covers the managerial and decision- 
making aspects of urban land and pro- 
perty. Included are such subjects as land 
use and valuation matters. 

BMGT 493 Honors Study. (3) First 
semester of the senior year. Prerequisite, 
candidacy for honors in business and 
management. The course is designed for 
honors students who have elected to 
conduct intensive study (independent or 
group). The student will work under the 
direct guidance of a faculty advisor and 
the chairman of the honors committee. 
They shall determine that the area of 
study is of a scope and intensity deserv- 
ing of a candidate's attention. Formal 
written and/or oral reports on the study 
may be required by the faculty advisor 
and/or chairman of the honors program. 
Group meetings of the candidates may 
be called at the discretion of the faculty 
advisors and/or chairman of the honors 
committee. 

BMGT 494 Honors Study. (3) Second 
semester of the senior year. Prerequisite, 
BMGT 493, and continued candidacy for 
honors in business and management. 
The student shall continue and complete 
the research initiated in BMGT 493, addi- 
tional reports may be required at the 
discretion of the faculty advisor and 
honors program chairman. Group 
meetings may be held. 

BMGT 495 Business Policies. (3) Prereq- 
uisites, BMGT 340, 350, 364, and senior 
standing. A case study course in which 
the aim is to have the student apply 
what they have learned of general 
management principles and their 
specialized functional applications to the 
overall management function in the 
enterprise. 



BMGT 496 Business and Society. (3) 

Prerequisite, one course in BMGT or 
consent of instructor. Normative role of 
business in society; consideration of the 
sometimes conflicting interests and 
claims on the firm and its objectives. 

BMGT 498 Special Topics in Business 
and Management. (3) Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. Special topics in 
business and management designed to 
meet the changing needs and interests 
of students and faculty. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits if the subject 
matter is different. 

BMGT 501 Business Functions. (3) Inten- 
sive review of the management functions 
in the business enterprise, the develop- 
ment of management thought, and the 
nature of the managerial process. Credit 
not applicable towards graduate degrees. 

BMGT 502 Public Policy and the En- 
vironments of Business. (3) Intensive 
review of the social, economic and legal 
environments of the business enterprise. 
Credit not applicable towards graduate 
degrees. 

BMGT 503 Accounting and Information 
Systems. (3) Intensive review of the 
technical and conceptual aspects of 
financial accounting and accounting in- 
formation systems as they apply to the 
business enterprise. Credit not applicable 
towards graduate degrees. 

BMGT 504 Quantitative Methods and 
Computer Laboratory. (4) Intensive review 
of the mathematical, statistical, and com- 
puter concepts, methods and skills req- 
uisite to the analysis of business prob- 
lems. Credit not applicable towards 
graduate degrees. 

BMGT 606 Information Systems 
Technology. (3) Introduction to graduate 
courses in IFSM, a survey for interested 
graduate students in other fields. The 
concepts, theory and techniques of infor- 
mation systems. The system life cycle. 
The role of information systems in the 
management and control of the organiza- 
tion. Effectiveness measures of informa- 
tion systems. Case studies of informa- 
tion systems as developed by industry 
and government. Societal impact. 
BMGT 701 Management Analysis and 
Communication. (1) Analysis of business 
problems through case studies to 
generate written and/or oral reports de- 
scribing problem definition, alternative 
solutions, decision criteria, and recom- 
mended solutions. 

BMGT 708 Special Topics in Business 
and Management. (3) Prerequisite, admis- 
sion to a graduate program in business 
and management or approval of the col- 
lege program director. Selected advanced 
topics in the various fields of graduate 
study in business and management. With 
permission of the college program direc- 
tor, may be repeated to a maximum of 
six credits provided the content is 
different. 

BMGT 710 Advanced Accounting Theory 

I. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 503 or permis- 



sion of college. Theoretical and concep- 
tual foundations for generally accepted 
accounting principles and practices. The 
basic postulates, assumptions, and stan- 
dards which underlie the measurement 
criteria and practices of financial 
accounting. 

BMGT 720 Managerial Accounting I. (3) 

Prerequisite. BMGT 503 or permission of 
college. Use of accounting data for finan- 
cial planning and control. Organization 
for control, profit planning, budgeting, 
relevant costing, and return on 
investment. 

BMGT 721 Requirements Analysis and 
Logical Design of Information Systems 

(3) Prerequisite, IFSM 606 or permission 
of instructor. The life cycle of an infor- 
mation processing system. The early part 
of the life cycle, i.e., the perception of 
need and the collection of requirements. 
Feasibility analysis of proposed informa- 
tion processing systems. Techniques for 
statement of the requirements of an in- 
formation processing system, ranging 
from the early industrial engineering 
originated methods to current computer- 
aided ones. Concepts of logical design 
from the synthesis of requirements. 

BMGT 722 The Physical Design of Infor- 
mation Systems. (3) Prerequisite, IFSM 
606 or permission of instructor. Mapping 
the logical design to the available hard- 
ware and off-the-shelf software in the 
'best' way possible. Human factors and 
social implications. 

BMGT 723 Database Technology. (3) 

Prerequisite. IFSM 606 or permission of 
instructor. The concepts, theory and 
models of data, its structure, manipula- 
tion, and storage. The various architec- 
tures of data management systems. 
Evaluation and selection of database 
systems. 

BMGT 724 Application of Management 
Methods to Information Systems. (3) 

Prerequisites. IFSM 606, BMGT 734 or 
equivalent, theory and practice of 
management techniques from strategic 
planning to system acquisition to opera- 
tion as applied to information systems. 
Methods of organizing the information 
center, allocation of chargeback policies, 
performance monitoring and projection, 
security and integrity evaluation, project 
selection and staffing, outside services 
for resource leveling. 

BMGT 730 Bayesian Statistics and Deci- 
sion Theory. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 732 
or consent of instructor. Concepts and 
methods of Bayesian Statistical decision 
theory with application to business 
problems. 

BMGT 731 Theory of Survey Design. (3) 

Examines the usefulness of statistical 
principles in survey design. Topics in- 
clude: the nature of statistical estima- 
tion, the differential attributes of dif- 
ferent estimators, the merits and 
weaknesses of available sampling 
methods and designs, the distinctive 
aspects of simple random samples, 



stratified random samples, and cluster 
samples, ratio estimates and the prob- 
lems posed by biases and non-sampling 
errors. 

BMGT 732 Management Statistics and 
Computer Laboratory. (4) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 504 or permission of college. Ap- 
plication of statistical concepts to solu- 
tion of business problems; laboratory 
use of computer packages. 

BMGT 734 Management Science and 
Computer Laboratory. (4) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 504 or permission of college. Ap- 
plication of management science con- 
cepts to solution of business problems; 
laboratory use of computer packages. 

BMGT 735 Application of Management 
Science. (3) Prerequisite. BMGT 734 or 
consent of instructor. Selected topics 
and case studies in the application of 
management science to decision making 
in various functional fields. 

BMGT 736 Philosophy and Practice of 
Management Science. (3) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 734 or 735, or consent of instruc- 
tor. Critical examination of the 
philosophy underlining the techniques 
and methodology of management 
science from a system analysis point of 
view. 

BMGT 737 Management Simulation. (3) 

Prerequisite, BMGT 734 or consent of in- 
structor. Methodology of systems 
simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and 
discrete simulation. Verification and 
validation of simulation models with 
computer applications. 

BMGT 740 Financial Management. (3) 

Prerequisites, BMGT 501, 503 and 504 or 
permission of college. The role of finan- 
cial management in the firm. Topics in- 
clude valuation and leverage, capital 
budgeting, cost of capital, dividend 
policy, long-term financing, working 
capital management, short-term financ- 
ing, intermediate-term financing and leas- 
ing, and mergers. Required of all MBA 
students. 

BMGT 741 Advanced Financial Manage- 
ment. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 740. Con- 
cepts underlying financial decision mak- 
ing in the firm. Case studies, model 
building and applications in financial 
theory and management. 

BMGT 743 Investment Management. (3) 

Prerequisite, BMGT 740. Methods of 
security selection and portfolio manage- 
ment in the debt and equity markets. In- 
vestment alternatives, securities markets, 
bond and common stock valuation, op- 
tions, portfolio theory, and behavior of 
stock prices. 

BMGT 745 Financial Institutions Manage- 
ment. (3) Prerequisite. BMGT 740. The 
role of financial management in financial 
institutions. The economic role and 
regulation of financial institutions, 
analysis of risks and returns on financial 
assets and liabilities, and the structure 
of assets, liabilities and capital. 



BMGT 746 International Financial 
Management. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 740. 
The role of financial management in the 
multinational firm. The financing and 
managing of foreign investments, assets, 
currencies, imports and exports. National 
and international financial institutions 
and markets. 

BMGT 747 Risk Management. (3) Prereq- 
uisites, BMGT 720. 732, 740. Strategies 
for pure risk management, including 
property, personnel, and liability ex- 
posures. Quantitative decision-making 
techniques applied to self-insurance, in- 
surance, and noninsurance transfers in 
organizations. 

BMGT 750 Marketing Management. (3) 
Prerequisite, BMGT 501 or permission of 
college. Analysis of marketing problems 
and evaluation of specific marketing ef- 
forts as they contribute to a coordinated 
marketing program. Product, price and 
service policies; market characteristics; 
channel selection; promotion and 
organization structure. 
BMGT 751 Marketing Communications 
Management. (3) Required for M.B.A. can- 
didates concentrating in marketing. Con- 
cerned with the part that advertising, 
promotion, public relations and related 
efforts play in the accomplishment of a 
firm's total marketing objectives. Its pur- 
pose is to develop competence in the 
formulation of mass communications, 
objectives in budget optimization, media 
appraisal, theme selection, program im- 
plementation and management, and 
results measurement. 
BMGT 752 Marketing Research Methods 
(3) Required for M.B.A candidates con- 
centrating in marketing. Deals with the 
process of acquiring, classifying and in- 
terpreting primary and secondary market- 
ing data needed for intelligent, profitable 
marketing decision. Through readings, 
discussion, and case studies, efforts are 
made to develop skill in evaluating the 
appropriateness of alternative method- 
ologies such as the inductive, deductive, 
survey, observational, and experimental. 
Consideration is also given to recent 
developments in the systematic recor- 
ding and use of internal and external 
data needed for marketing decisions. 

BMGT 753 International Marketing. (3) 

Deals with environmental, organizational, 
and financial aspects of international 
marketing as well as problems of market- 
ing research, pricing, channels of distri- 
bution, product policy, and communica- 
tions which face U.S. firms trading with 
foreign firms or which face foreign firms 
in their operations. 

BMGT 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis. (3) A 
systematic examination and evaluation of 
the literature, research tradition and 
theory of buyer behavior in the market 
place from a fundamental and applied 
perspective. The cognitive and 
behavioral bases underlying the buying 
process of individuals and institutions is 
investigated to better understand, 
predict, and influence the process 

Graduate Programs / 77 



through the effective utilization of the 
firms' marketing resources. 

BMGT 760 Personnel Administration. (3) 

Examination of the human resource func- 
tion in organizations. Human resource 
planning, procurement and selection, 
training and development, performance 
appraisal, wage and salary administra- 
tion, and equal employment opportunity. 

BMGT 761 Problems and Applications in 
Personnel Administration. (3) Prere- 
quisite, BMGT 760 or equivalent, or per- 
mission of instructor. Applications in the 
design, implementation, and evaluation 
of human resource management pro- 
grams. Experiential learning activities 
and simulations. 

BMGT 762 Problems and Issues in Col- 
lective Bargaining. (3) Current problems 
and issues in collective bargaining, in- 
cluding methods of handling industrial 
disputes, legal restrictions on various 
collective bargaining activities, theory 
and philosophy of collective bargaining, 
and internal union problems. 

BMGT 763 Administration of Labor Rela- 
tions. (3) Analysis of labor relations at 
the plant level with emphasis on the 
negotiation and administration of labor 
contracts. Union policy and influence on 
personnel management activities. 

BMGT 764 Behavioral Factors in Manage- 
ment. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 501 or per- 
mission of college. Analysis of the in- 
fluence of behavioral sciences on the 
theory and practice of management. 

BMGT 765 Application of Behavioral 
Science to Business. (3) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 764 or permission of professor. 
Stresses case analysis of behavioral 
knowledge applied to management prob- 
lems. Typical topics include analysis of 
modes for introducing change, group ver- 
sus organizational goals, organizational 
barriers to personal growth, the effect of 
authority systems on behavior, and the 
relationship between technology and 
social structure. 

BMGT 770 Transportation Theory and 
Analysis. (3) Examines the transportation 
system and its components. Key topics 
in the development and present form of 
transportation in both the United States 
and other countries are considered 
together with theoretical concepts 
employed in the analysis of transport 
problems 

BMGT 771 Transport and Public Policy 

(3) An intensive study of the nature and 
consequences of relations between gov- 
ernments and agencies thereof, carriers 
in the various modes, and users of 
transport services. Typical areas sub- 
jected to examination and analysis in- 
clude: the control of transport firms by 
regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers, 
methods employed in the allocation of 
funds to the construction, operation, and 
maintenance of publicly-provided trans- 
port facilities, and the direct subsidiza- 
tion of services supplied by privately- 
owned entities. Additional problems con- 



sidered include labor and safety. Com- 
parative international transport policies 
and problems are also examined. 
BMGT 772 Management of Physical 
Distribution. (3) Focuses on managerial 
practices required to fulfill optimally the 
physical movement needs of extractive, 
manufacturing, and merchandising firms. 
Attention is given to the total cost ap- 
proach to physical distribution. Interrela- 
tions among purchased transport ser- 
vices, privately-supplied transport ser- 
vices, warehousing, inventory control, 
materials handling, packaging, and plant 
location are considered. An understand- 
ing of the communications network to 
support physical distribution is 
developed in conjunction with study of 
the problems of coordination between 
the physical movement management 
function and other functional areas 
within the business firm — such as ac- 
counting, finance, marketing, and 
production. 

BMGT 773 Transportation Strategies. (3) 

Treats organization, structure policies, 
and procedures employed in the adminis- 
tration of inter- and intra-urban transport 
firms. Problems receiving attention in- 
clude managerial development, opera- 
tional and financial planning and control, 
demand analysis, pricing, promotional 
policiies, intra- and inter-modal com- 
petitive and complementary relationships, 
and methods for accommodating public 
policies designed to delimit the 
managerial discretion of carrier ex- 
ecutives. Administrative problems 
peculiar to publicly-owned and operated 
transport entities are also considered. 
BMGT 774 Private Enterprise and Public 
Policy. (3) Examines the executive's 
social and ethical responsibilities to his 
employees, customers and to the general 
public. Consideration is given to the con- 
flicts occasioned by competitive relation- 
ships in the private sector of business 
and the effect of institutional restraints. 
The trends in public policy and their 
future effect upon management are ex- 
amined. For comparative purposes, sev- 
eral examples of planned societies are 
considered. 

BMGT 775 Product, Production and Pric- 
ing Policy. (3) Required of MBA. can- 
didates. The application of economic 
theory to the business enterprise in 
respect to the determination of policy 
and the handling of management prob- 
lems with particular reference 'o the firm 
producing a complex line of proi.'i. cts, 
nature of competition, pricing policy, 
interrelationship of production and 
marketing problems, basic types of cost, 
control systems, theories of depreciation 
and investment and the impact of each 
upon costs. 

BMGT 777 Policy Issues in Public 
Utilities. (3) A critical analysis of current 
developments in regulatory policy and 
issues arising among public utilities, 
regulatory agencies, and the general 
public. Emphasis is placed on the elec- 
tric, gas. water, and communications in- 



dustries in both the public and private 
sectors of the economy. Changing and 
emerging problems stressed include 
those pertinent to cost analysis, deprec- 
iation, finance, taxes, rate of return, the 
rate base, differential rate-making, and 
labor. In addition, the growing impor- 
tance of technological developments and 
their impact on state and federal 
regulatory agencies are explored. 

BMGT 781 International Business Ad- 
ministration. (3) Examines the interna- 
tional business environment as it affects 
company policy and procedures. Inte- 
grates the business functions under- 
taken in international operations through 
analysis in depth and comprehensive 
case studies. This course can be 
credited toward the 18-hour requirement 
for a major field in the D.B.A. program. 

BMGT 782 Management of the Multina- 
tional Firm. (3) Deals with the problems 
and policies of international business 
enterprise at the management level. Con- 
siders management of a multinational 
enterprise as well as management within 
foreign units. The multinational firm as a 
socio-econometric institution is analyzed 
in detail. Cases in comparative manage- 
ment are utilized. 

BMGT 785 Management Planning and 
Control Systems. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 
501 or permission of college. Analysis of 
planning and control systems as they 
relate to the fulfillment of organizational 
objectives. Identification of organizational 
objectives, responsibility centers, infor- 
mation needs, and information networks. 
Case studies of integrated planning and 
control systems. 

BMGT 786 Development and Trends in 
Production Management. (3) Case studies 
of production problems in a number of 
industries. Focuses attention on deci- 
sions concerning operating programs 
and manufacturing policies at the top 
level of manufacturing. Basic concepts 
of process and product technology are 
covered, taking into consideration the 
scale, operating range, capital cost, 
method of control, and degree of 
mechanization at each successive stage 
in the manufacturing process. 

BMGT 790 Total Enterprise Strategy. (3) 

Prerequisites, BMGT 501, 502, 503 and 
504, or permission of college. Case stud- 
ies and research in the identification of 
management problems, the evaluation of 
alternative solutions, and the recommen- 
dation for management implementation. 

BMGT 791 Total Enterprise Strategy- 
Management Practicum. (3) Prerequisites, 
BMGT 501. 502, 503 and 504, and permis- 
sion of director of MBA program Exper- 
iental research project in the identifica- 
tion of management problems, the 
evaluation of alternative solutions, and 
the recommendation for management. 
BMGT 799 Master's Thesis Research 
(1-6) 

BMGT 808 Doctoral Seminar. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, admission to the D.B.A program 



78 / Graduate Programs 



or approval of the college director of 
graduate studies. Selected advanced 
topics in the various fields of doctoral 
study in business and management. With 
permission of the college director of 
graduate studies, may be repeated pro- 
vided the content is different. 

BMGT 811 Advanced Accounting Theory 
II. (3) Prerequisite BMGT 710. A study of 
the more controversial, not generally ac- 
cepted ideas and concepts, currently 
proposed as suggested solutions to cur- 
rent problems or to improve the state of 
the art of financial accounting 
measurements. 

BMGT 812 Accounting in Regulated In- 
dustries. (3) A study of the accounting 
problems of industries subject to cost 
and price regulations of government 
agencies. Included are government con- 
tracts and grants, rate regulations for 
transportation carriers and public util- 
ities, distribution cost analyses under the 
Robinson-Patman Act, and cost regula- 
tions of the medicare program. 

BMGT 813 The Impact of Taxation on 
Business Decisions. (3) A study of the 
impact of tax law and regulations on al- 
ternative business strategies. Particular 
emphasis is given to the large, multidivi- 
sional firm. Problems of acquisitions, 
mergers, spinoffs, and other divestitures 
are considered from the viewpoint of 
profit planning, cash flow, and tax 
deferment. 

BMGT 814 Current Problems of Profes- 
sional Practice. (3) Generally accepted 
auditing standards, auditing practices, 
legal and ethical responsibilities, and the 
accounting and reporting requirements 
of the securities and exchange 
commission. 

BMGT 815 International Auditing. (3) In- 
ternational accounting, its problems and 
organizations associated with the study 
of the issues involved; international stan- 
dards of accounting and auditing; na- 
tional differences in accounting thought 
and practice. 

BMGT 821 Managerial Accounting II. (3) 

Prerequisite. BMGT 720. The manage- 
ment of the controllership function in 
the large, multidivisional firm. Centralized 
and decentralized organizations; manage- 
ment control systems in consolidated 
and conglomerate corporations; alter- 
native strategies for profit maximization; 
acquisitions and divestitures for in- 
creased investment return. 

BMGT 828 Independent Study in 
Business and Management. (1-9) 

BMGT 830 Operations Research: Linear 
Programming. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 240 
or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 
Concepts and applications of linear pro- 
gramming models, theoretical develop- 
ment of the simplex algorithm, and 
primal-dual problems and theory. 

BMGT 831 Operations Research: Exten- 
sion of Linear Programming and Network 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 830 or 



equivalent, or permission of instructor. 
Concepts and applications of network 
and graph theory in linear models with 
emphasis on computional algorithms. 

BMGT 832 Operations Research: Op- 
timization and Non-linear Programming 

(3) Prerequisites. BMGT 830 an MATH 
241 or equivalent, or permission of in- 
structor. Theory and applications of 
algorithmic approaches to solving un- 
constrained and constrained non-linear 
optimization problems. The Kuhn-Tucker 
conditions, Lagrangian and duality 
theory, types of convexity, and con- 
vergence criteria. Feasible direction pro- 
cedures, penalty and barrier techniques, 
and cutting plane procedures. 

BMGT 833 Operations Research: Integer 
Programming. (3) Prerequisites, BMGT 
830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or per- 
mission of instructor. Theory, applica- 
tions, and computational methods of in- 
terger optimization. Zero-one implicit 
enumeration, branch and bound 
methods, and cutting plane methods. 

BMGT 834 Operations Research: Probab- 
ilistic Models. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 
241 and STAT 400 or equivalent, or per- 
mission of instructor. Theoretical founda- 
tions for the construction, optimization, 
and applications of probabilistic models. 
Queuing theory, inventory theory, Markov 
processes, renewal theory, and stoch- 
astic linear programming. 

BMGT 835 Simulation and Design of Ex- 
periments. (3) Prerequisites, knowledge 
of FORTRAN programming, BMGT 732 
and 734 or equivalent, or permission of 
instructor. Statistical design and analysis 
of simulation experiments. 

BMGT 841 Seminar in Corporate 
Finance.(3) Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor. Seminar in selected classic and 
current theoretical and empirical 
research in corporate finance. 

BMGT 843 Seminar in Portfolio Theory.(3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 
Seminar in selected classic and current 
theoretical and empirical research in 
portfolio theory. 

BMGT 845 Seminar in Financial Institu- 
tions and Markets. (3) Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. Seminar in 
selected classic and current theoretical 
and empirical research in financial in- 
stitutions and markets. 

BMGT 850 Marketing Channels 
Analysis.(3) Focuses on the fundamen- 
tals explain alternate channels of 
distribution and the roles played by 
various intermediaries, the evolution of 
business structures in marketing, 
reasons for change, and projected 
marketing patterns for the future. M.B.A. 
candidates may register with permission 
of instructor. 

BMGT 851 Quantitative Methods in 
Marketing— Demand and Cost 
Analysis. (3) Consideration is given to 
quantitative methods in the analysis and 
prediction of market demand and 



marketing costs. Topics in connection 
with demand incude market potentials, 
sales forecasting, consumer analysis, 
promotional and pricing results, and the 
like. Cost analysis focuses on allocation 
of costs by marketing functions, prod- 
ucts, territories, customers and 
marketing personnel. Statistical tech- 
niques, mathematics, models and other 
methods are utilized in the solution of 
marketing problems. M.B.A. candidates 
may register with permission of instructor. 

BMGT 852 Theory in Marketing. (3) An in- 
quiry into the problems and elements of 
theory development in general with 
specific reference to the field of 
marketing. A critical analysis and evalua- 
tion of past and contemporary efforts to 
formulate theories of marketing and to 
integrate theories from the social 
sciences into a marketing framework. At- 
tention is given to the development of 
concepts in all areas of marketing 
thought and to their potential application 
in the business firm. 

BMGT 860 Seminar in Human Resource 
Planning and Selection. (3) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. 
Seminar in selected theoretical and em- 
pirical literature in human resource plan- 
ning, forecasting, and staffing. 

BMGT 861 Seminar in Performance Ap- 
praisal and Training. (3) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. 
Seminar in selected theoretical and em- 
pirical literature in performance appraisal 
and training. 

BMGT 862 Seminar in Compensation Ad- 
ministration. (3) Prerequisite. BMGT 760 
or permission of instructor. Seminar in 
selected theoretical and empirical 
literature in the compensation of human 
resources. 

BMGT 863 Seminar. The Organization 
and the Individual. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 
764 or equivalent, or permission of in- 
structor. Seminar in the literature on the 
relationship between individual and or- 
ganizational characteristics. 

BMGT 864 Seminar in Interpersonal Rela- 
tions and the Group Process in Organiza- 
tions. (3) Prerequisite, BMGT 764 or equi- 
valent, or permission of instructor. Em- 
phasis on the literature of small group 
behavior among industrial work groups, 
white-collar work groups, professional 
staff, and managerial units. 

BMGT 865 Seminar in Comparative 
Theories of Organization. (3) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission 
of instructor. Emphasis on the inter- 
disciplinary literature on classical 
management, systems, and contingency 
theories of organization. 

BMGT 866 Seminar in Organizational 
Conflict and Change. (3) Prerequisite, 
BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission 
of instructor. Emphasis on the introduc- 
tion of planned and systematic changes 
in small work groups, organizational sub- 
systems, and the entire organization 

Graduate Programs / 79 



through the use of behavioral science 
techniques. 

BMGT 872 Business Logistics. (3) Con- 
centrates on the design and application 
of methods for the solution of advanced 
physical movement problems of business 
firms. Provides thorough coverage of a 
variety of analytical techniques relevant 
to the solution of these problems. Where 
appropriate, experience will be provided 
in the utilization of computers to assist 
in managerial logistical decision-making. 

BMGT 873 Transportation Science. (3) 

Focuses on the application of quan- 
titative and qualitative techniques of 
ana'ysis to managerial problems drawn 
from firms in each of the various modes 
of transport. Included is the application 
of simulation to areas such as the con- 
trol of equipment selection and terminal 
and line operations. The application of 
advanced analytical techniques to prob- 
lems involving resource use efficiency 
within the transportation industry and be- 
tween transportation and other sectors 
of the economy is an integral part of the 
course. 

BMGT 880 Business Research 
Methodology. (3) Covers the nature, 
scope, and application of research 
methodology. The identification and 
formulation of research designs ap- 
plicable to business and related fields. 
Required of D.B.A. students. 

BMGT 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 

Chemical Engineering 
Program 

Professor and Director: Gomezplata 
Professor and Department Chairman: 

Cadman 
Professors: Beckmann, Birkner ! , Gentry 3 , 

Marchello', Regan, Schroeder', Smith, 

Spain 
Adjunct Professors: Bolsaitis 
Associate Professors: Gasner, Hatch 
Assistant Professors: Burka, Finger', 

King 

'part time 

2 joint appointment with Civil Engineering 

'joint appointment with Institute for 

Physical Science and Technology 
'Provost, Mathematical, Physical 

Sciences and Engineering Division 

An individual plan of graduate study 
compatible with the student's inter- 
est and background is established 
between the student, his advisor, 
and the Department Chairman. The 
general chemical engineering pro- 
gram is focused on five major areas; 
applied polymer science, biochem- 
ical engineering, environmental and 
energy-related engineering, high 
pressure technology, process and 
analysis simulation. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. 



and Ph.D. degrees are open to quali- 
fied students holding the B.S. 
degree. Admission may be granted 
to students with degrees in any of 
the engineering and science areas 
from accredited programs. In some 
cases it may be necessary to re- 
quire courses to fulfill the 
background. The general regulations 
of the Graduate School apply in 
reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree 
has the choice of following a plan 
of study with or without thesis. The 
equivalent of at least three years of 
full-time study beyond the B.S. de- 
gree is required for the Ph.D. 
degree. All students seeking grad- 
uate degrees in Chemical Engi- 
neering must enroll in ENCH 610, 
620, 630, and 640. In addition to the 
general rules of the Graduate School 
certain special degree requirements 
are set forth by the Department in 
its departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

A number of special facilities are 
available for graduate study and 
research and are coordinated 
through the Laboratory for Radiation 
and Polymer Science, the Laboratory 
for High Pressure Science, the Lab- 
oratory for Process Analysis and 
Simulation, the Laboratory for Bio- 
chemical Engineering and Envir- 
onmental Studies, and the Nuclear 
Reactor Facility. These laboratories 
contain analog and digital process 
control computers, a gamma radia- 
tion facility, an electron accelerator, 
an electron paramagnetic resonance 
spectrometer, high pressure and 
cryogenic systems, crystal growth 
and mechanical testing equipment, 
and X-ray units. 

Courses 

ENCH 425 Transport Processes II — 
Heat Transfer. (3) Pre- or corequisite, 
ENCH 280. Steady and unsteady state 
conduction, convective heat transfer, 
radiation, design of condensers, heat ex- 
changers, evaporation, and other types 
of heat transfer equipment. 

ENCH 427 Transport Processes III — 
Mass Transfer. (3) Pre- or corequisite, 
ENCH 425. Steady and unsteady state 
molecular diffusion, interphase transfer, 
simultaneous heat and mass transfer, 
transfer and chemical reaction. Design 
applications in humidification gas ab- 
sorption, distillation, extraction adsorp- 
tion and ion exchange. 

ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering 
Laboratory. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427. 
Application of chemical engineering 
process and unit operation principles in 
small scale semi-commercial equipment. 
Data from experimental observations are 



used to evaluate performance and effic- 
iency of operations. Emphasis is placed 
on correct presentation of results in 
report form. 

ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering 
Kinetics. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 250. 
Fundamentals of chemical reaction 
kinetics and their application to the 
design and operation of chemical reac- 
tors. Reaction rate theory, homogeneous 
reactions in batch and flow systems, ad- 
sorption, heterogeneous reactions and 
catalysis electrochemical reactions. 
Catalytic reactor design. 

ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, differential 
equations or ENCH 453. Dynamic 
response applied to process systems. 
Goals and modes of control, la place 
transformations, analysis and synthesis 
of simple control systems, closed loop 
response, dynamic testing. Laboratory 
work on methods of process control, use 
of experimental analog and mathematical 
models of control systems. 

ENCH 444 Process Engineering 
Economics and Design I. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENCH 427. Principles of chemical engi- 
neering economics and process design. 
Emphasis on equipment types, equip- 
ment design principles, capital cost 
estimation, operating costs, and profit- 
ability. Not open to students who already 
have credit for ENCH 447. 

ENCH 445 Process Engineering and 
Design. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427. 
Utilization of chemical engineering prin- 
ciples for the design of process equip- 
ment. Typical problems in the design of 
chemical plants. Comprehensive reports 
are required. 

ENCH 446 Process Engineering Eco- 
nomics and Design II. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENCH 444. Application of chemical engi- 
neering principles for the design of 
chemical processing equipment. Typical 
problems in the design of chemical 
plants. Not open to students who 
already have credit for ENCH 445. 

ENCH 450 Chemical Process Develop- 
ment. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Chem- 
ical process industries from the stand- 
point of technology, raw materials, prod- 
ucts and processing equipment. Opera- 
tions of major chemical processes and 
industries combined with quantitative 
analysis of process requirements and 
yields. 

ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineer- 
ing Analyses. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425. 
Application of digital and analog com- 
puters to chemical engineering problems. 
Numerical methods, programming, differ- 
ential equations, curve fitting, amplifiers 
and analog circuits. 
ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics in 
Chemical Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH 240. Mathematical techniques ap- 
plied to the analysis and solution of 
chemical engineering problems. Use of 
differentiation, integration, differential 
equations, partial differential equations 



80 / Graduate Programs 



and integral transforms. Application of 
infinite series, numerical and statistical 
methods. 

ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis 
and Optimization. (3) Prerequisites, 
ENCH 427, 440. Applications of 
mathematical models to the analysis and 
optimization of chemical processes. 
Models based on transport, chemical 
kinetics and other chemical engineering 
principles will be employed. Emphasis on 
evaluation of process alternatives. 

ENCH 455 Chemical Process Laboratory. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427 and 440. One 
lecture and six hours of laboratory per 
week. Experimental study of various 
chemical processes through laboratory 
and small semi-commercial scale equip- 
ment. Reaction kinetics, fluid mechanics, 
heat and mass transfer. 

ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution 
Sources. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing 
in engineering or consent of instructor. 
Theory and application of methods for 
the control and removal of airborne ma- 
terials. Principles of design and perform- 
ance of air quality control equipment. 

ENCH 468 Research. (1-3) Prerequisite, 
permission of the instructor. Investiga- 
tion of a research project under the di- 
rection of a faculty member. Compre- 
hensive reports are required. Repeatable 
to a maximum of six credits. 

ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineering. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425. Fundamen- 
tals of electrochemistry with application 
to engineering and commercial proc- 
esses. Equilibrium potentials, reaction 
mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization, 
surface phenomena. Electrorefining, elec- 
trowinning, oxidation and reduction, 
solid, liquid and gas systems. Aspects of 
design and performance of electroproc- 
ess plants. 

ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of 
Physiological Systems. (3) Engineering 
description and analysis of physiological 
systems. Survey of bioengineering litera- 
ture and an introduction to mathematical 
modeling of physiological systems. 

ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing in engineer- 
ing or consent of instructor. Introduction 
to biochemical and microbiological appli- 
cations to commercial and engineering 
processes, including industrial fermenta- 
tion, enzymology, ultrafiltration, food and 
pharmaceutical processing and resulting 
waste treatment. Enzyme kinetics, cell 
growth, energetics and mass transfer. 

ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering 
Laboratory. (2) Prerequisite, or core- 
quisite, ENCH 482. Techniques of mea- 
suring pertinent parameters in fermenta- 
tion reactors, quantification of produc- 
tion variables for primary and secondary 
metabolities such as enzymes and an- 
tibiotics, the insolublization of enzymes 
for reactors, and the demonstration of 
separation techniques such as ultrafiltra- 
tion and affinity chromatography. 



ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer 
Science. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. The elements of the chemistry, 
physics, processing methods, and engi- 
neering applications of polymers. 

ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of 
Polymers. (3) Prerequisite, CHEM 481. 
Corequisite, CHEM 482 or consent of in- 
structor. Kinetics of formation of high 
polymers, determination of molecular 
weight and structure, and applied ther- 
modynamics and phase equilibria of 
polymer solutions. 

ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Labor- 
atory. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 490 or 492 
or consent of instructor. One lecture and 
two lab periods per week. Measurement 
of mechanical, electrical, optical, thermal 
properties of polymers. Measurement of 
molecular weight by viscosimetry 
isometric and light scattering methods. 
Application of X-ray, NMR, ESR, spec- 
troscopy molecular relaxation, 
microscopy and electron microscopy to 
the determination of polymer structure, 
effects of ultraviolet light and high 
energy radiation. 

ENCH 495 Rheology of Polymer 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 490 or 
492 or consent of instructor. Mechanical 
behavior with emphasis on the con- 
tinuum point of view and its relationship 
to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelas- 
ticity, anelasticity and plasticity of single 
phase and multiphase materials. 
(Students who have credit for ENCH 495 
may not take ENMA 495 for credit.) 

ENCH 496 Processing of Polymer 
Materials. (3) Prerequisites, ENCH 490 or 
492 or consent of instructor. A compre- 
hensive analysis of the operations car- 
ried out on polymeric materials to in- 
crease their utility. Conversion opera- 
tions such as molding extrusion, blend- 
ing, film forming, and calendering. 
Development of engineering skills re- 
quired to practice in the high polymer in- 
dustry. Students who have credit for 
ENCH 496 may not take ENMA 496 for 
credit. 

ENCH 609 Graduate Seminar. (1) 
ENCH 610 Chemical Engineering 
Thermodynamics. (3) First semester. Ad- 
vanced application of the general 
thermodynamic methods to chemical en- 
gineering problems. First and second law 
consequences; estimation and correla- 
tion of thermodynamic properties; phase 
and chemical reaction equilibria. 

ENCH 620 Methods of Engineering 
Analysis. (3) First semester, application 
of selected mathematical techniques to 
the analysis and solution of engineering 
problems; included are the applications 
of matrices, vectors, tensors, differential 
equations, integral transforms and proba- 
bility methods to such problems as 
unsteady heat transfer, transient 
phenomena in mass transfer operations, 
stagewise processes, chemical reactors, 
process control, and nuclear reactor 
physics. 



ENCH 630 Transport Phenomena. (3) 

First semester. Heat, mass and momen- 
tum transfer theory from the viewpoint of 
the basic transport equations. Steady 
and unsteady state; laminar and tur- 
bulent flow; boundary layer theory, 
mechanics of turbulent transport; with 
specific application to complex chemical 
engineering situations. 

ENCH 640 Advanced Chemical Reaction 
Kinetics. (3) Second semester. The 
theory and application of chemical reac- 
tion kinetics to reactor design. Reaction 
rate theory; homogeneous batch and 
flow reactors; fundamentals of catalysis; 
design of heterogeneous flow reactors. 

ENCH 648 Special Problems in Chemical 
Engineering. (1-6) 

ENCH 655 Radiation Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An 
analysis of such radiation applications as 
synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, 
control of industrial processes. Design of 
irradiation installations, e.g., cobalt 60 
gamma ray sources, electronuclear 
machine arrangement, and chemical 
reactors. 

ENCH 656 Radiation Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An 
analysis of such radiation applications as 
synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods, 
control of industrial processes. Design of 
irradiation installations, e.g., cobalt 60 
gamma ray sources, electronuclear 
machine arrangement, and chemical 
reactors. 

ENCH 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory. 

(3) Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 
Effect of massive doses of radiation on 
the properties of matter for purposes 
other than those pointed toward nuclear 
power. Radiation processing, radiation- 
induced chemical reactions, and conver- 
sion of radiation energy; isotope power 
sources. 

ENCH 670 Rheology of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENMA 650. 
Mechanical behavior with emphasis on 
the continuum point of view and its rela- 
tionship to structural types. Elasticity, 
viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity 
in single phase and multiphase 
materials. 

ENCH 720 Process Analysis and Simula- 
tion. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite, 
ENCH 630. Development of mathematical 
models of chemical processes based on 
transport phenomena, chemical kinetics, 
and other chemical engineering methods. 
Emphasis on principles of model build- 
ing and simulation utilizing mathematical 
solutions and computer methods. 

ENCH 723 Process Engineering and 
Design. (3) First and second semesters. 
Coordination of chemical engineering 
and economics to advanced process en- 
gineering and design. Optimization of in- 
vestment and operating costs. Solution 
of typical problems encountered in the 
design of chemical engineering plants. 



Graduate Programs / 81 



ENCH 730 Complex Equilibrium Stage 
Processes. (3) Second semester. The 
theory and application of complex equi- 
librium stages. Binary and multicompo- 
nent absorption; extraction; liquefaction. 

ENCH 735 Chemical Process Dynamics. 

(3) First semester. Prerequisites, differen- 
tial equations or consent of instructor. 
Analysis of open and closed control 
loops and their elements; dynamic 
response of processes; choice of vari- 
ables and linkages; dynamic testing and 
synthesis; noise and drift; chemical pro- 
cess systems analysis; strategies for op- 
timum operation. 

ENCH 737 Chemical Process Optimiza- 
tion. (3) Second semester. Techniques of 
moden optimization theory as applied to 
chemical engineering problems. Optimi- 
zation of single and multivariable sys- 
tems with and without constraints. Ap- 
plication of partial optimization tech- 
niques to complex chemical engineering 
processes. 

ENCH 761 Enzyme Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 640. Enzyme science 
and kinetics; principles of enzyme in- 
solublization and denaturation with ap- 
plication to design, operation and model- 
ing of enzyme reactors. The relationship 
between mass transfer and apparent 
kinetics in enzyme systems; and tech- 
niques of separation and purification of 
enzymes. 

ENCH 762 Advanced Biochemical 
Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 482 
or permission of instructor. Advanced 
topics to include use of a digital com- 
puter for mathematical modeling of the 
dynamics of biological systems; separa- 
tion techniques for heat sensitive biologi- 
cally active materials; and transport 
phenomena in biological systems. 

ENCH 763 Engineering of Artificial 
Organs. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 480 or 
permission of instructor. Design con- 
cepts and engineering analysis of 
devices to supplement or replace natural 
functions; artificial kidney; heart assistor; 
membrane oxygenator; materials prob- 
lems, physiological considerations. 

ENCH 784 Polymer Physics. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENCH 490 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Application and correlation of 
mechanical and dielectric relaxation, 
NMR, electron microscopy, X-ray diffrac- 
tion, diffusion and electrical properties to 
the mechanical properties and structure 
of polymers in the solid state. 

ENCH 786 Polymer Processing and Ap- 
plications. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 490 or 
consent of instructor. Application of 
theoretical knowledge of polymers to in- 
dustrial processes. An analysis of poly- 
merization, stabilization, electrical, 
rheological, thermal, mechanical and op- 
tical properties and their influence on 
processing conditions and end use 
applications. 

ENCH 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 



ENCH 818 Advanced Topics in Ther- 
modynamics. (3) Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, CHEM 604. 

ENCH 828 Advanced Topics in Chemical 
Reaction Systems. (3) First semester. Of- 
fered in alternate years. Prerequisite 
ENCH 640. 

ENCH 838 Advanced Topics in Transfer 
Theory. (3) First semester. Offered in 
alternate years. Prerequisite, ENCH 720. 

ENCH 848 Advanced Topics in Separa- 
tion Processes. (3) Second semester. Of- 
fered in alternate years. 

ENCH 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Chemical Physics Program 

Professor and Director: Benedict 
Professors: Benesch, De Rocco, Ginter, 

Sengers, Zwanzig 
Associate Professor: Gammon 

This curriculum is under the com- 
bined sponsorship of the Institute 
for Physical science and Technol- 
ogy, Department of Chemistry, and 
the Department of Physics and As- 
tronomy. It is designed to train 
students for research in this rapidly 
expanding interdisciplinary field. 

Areas of study include: astrophys- 
ical spectroscopy, atmospheric 
physics and chemistry, bioengineer- 
ing, biophysics, critical phenomena, 
infrared and Raman spectroscopy, 
Intermolecular forces, Interstellar 
molecules, laser spectroscopy, light 
scattering, liquid crystals, low 
temperature physics, microwave and 
mser spectroscopy, molecular struc- 
ture, NMR and ESR spectroscopy, 
physics and chemistry at high 
pressure, quantum mechanics, reac- 
tion kinetics, solid state physics, 
statistical mechanics, transport 
phenomena, vacuum UV spectro- 
scopy, x-ray diffraction. 

Admission and Degree Information 

This program is open to graduate 
students admitted to the Depart- 
ments of Chemistry and Physics 
and Astronomy and offers a course 
of study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy. Entering students are 
expected to have an undergraduate 
degree in either chemistry or 
physics with a strong background in 
the other discipline. However, a 
mathematics or engineering major 
may also be eligible. 

The course program will be ad- 
justed to the needs of the individual 
student, who is required to pass a 
qualifying examination (a version of 
the Physics qualifier, modified to 



emphasize the atomic properties of 
matter). The successful Ph.D. stu- 
dent should end with a mastery of 
quantum mechanics, and have taken 
advanced courses in molecular 
structure (PHYS 723 or CHEM 685) 
and thermodynamics and inter- 
molecular forces (CHEM 687 or 704). 
In keeping with the interdisciplinary 
nature of the Program, 9 credits in 
Chemistry are required from under- 
graduate Physics majors; 9 credits 
in Physics are required from 
undergraduate Chemistry majors. 
Research problems in chemical phy 
sics may be supervised by the facul- 
ty in the Department of Chemistry, 
the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy, or the Institute for Phys- 
ical Science and Technology. The 
program is supervised by a commit- 
tee from the above units. Courses 
will be taken from other programs. 
The program employs an oral ex- 
amination, subsequent to the writ- 
ten, which is the defense of a 
modest research proposal. This 
feature provides two means for 
gauging the student's level of 
sophistication and understanding. 

Financial Assistance 

The degree is granted by the depart- 
ment or program of origin, that is, 
physics, chemistry, meteorology, 
etc., and financial assistance 
depends on assignment as teaching 
or research assistants with in- 
dividual departments or research 
groups. 



Chemistry Program 

Visiting Professor and Acting Chairman: 
McNesby 

Professors: Adler, Ammon, Bellama, 
Castellan, Freeman, Goldsby, Gordon, 
Grim, Henery-Logan, Holmlund, 
Huheey, Jaquith, Keeney', Mazzocchi, 
Munn, Ponnamperuma, Reeve, 
Rollinson, Stewart, Stuntz, Vanderslice, 
Viola, Walters 

Associate Professors: Alexander, Boyd, 
Campagnoni, DeVoe, Hansen, Helz, 
Jarvis, Kasler, Khanna, Lakshmanan, 
Martin, Miller, Moore, Murphy, O'Haver, 
Sampugna, Zoller 

Assistant Professors: Bergeron, 
Heikkinen, McArdle, Rowan, Tossell 

Research Professor: Bailey 

'joint appointment with Dairy Science 
The Chemistry Department offers 
programs leading to the Master of 
Science or Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees with specialization in the 
fields of analytical chemistry, bio- 
chemistry, chemical physics (in co- 



82 / Graduate Programs 



operation with the Institute of Phys- 
ical Sciences & Technology and the 
Department of Physics and Astron- 
omy), environmental chemistry, 
geochemistry, inorganic chemistry, 
nuclear chemistry, organic chem- 
istry, and physical chemistry. The 
graduate program has been de- 
signed with maximum flexibility so 
that a student can achieve a strong 
background in his chosen field of 
specialization. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis op- 
tions are offered for the M.S. 
degree. Departmental regulations 
concerning qualifying (diagnostic) 
examinations, comprehensive ex- 
aminations, and other matters per- 
taining to course work have been 
assembled for the guidance of can- 
didates for graduate degrees. Copies 
of these regulations are available 
from the Department of Chemistry. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has many special 
research facilities to support re- 
search in the fields given above. The 
new research wing of the chemistry 
building houses biochemistry 
research, a centralized animal col- 
ony, and some of the inorganic and 
analytical chemical research. 
Nuclear chemistry facilities include 
the 140-MeV cyclotron housed in the 
Physics Department. Other facilities 
include "clean" rooms for lunar and 
environmental sample analysis, an 
electron microscope, X-ray 
fluorescence instrumentation, an 
electron microprobe, mass spec- 
trometers, NMR spectrometers in- 
cluding a 100 MHz Fourier-transform 
NMR spectrometer, ultracentrifuges, 
and analytical optical spectrometers. 
Departmental research is supported 
on two large computers in the Com- 
puter Science Building, a UNIVAC 
1100/41 and a UNIVAC 1108, both of 
which are accessible by remote 
time-sharing terminals. A variety of 
facilities including a laser laboratory, 
other electron microscopes, and an 
ESCA spectrometer are available 
through the Center of Materials 
Research on campus. The Depart- 
ment has an excellent glassblowing 
shop, a fine student faculty machine 
shop, and access to other campus 
machine shops. The Chemistry Li- 
brary, located in the new research 
wing, has an extensive collection of 
books, journals, and abstracts in 
chemistry, biochemistry and allied 
fields. Included in the Chemistry 
Library is a computer terminal for 
literature searching. 



Financial Assistance 

Entering graduate students are nor- 
mally supported on graduate teach- 
ing assistantships. Their assistant- 
ships usually involve teaching 
undergraduate laboratory and recita- 
tion classes and enable the student 
to pursue a ten-credit program of 
graduate study each semester. 

Additional Information 

The Department has a brochure 
available describing its graduate pro- 
gram and the research interests of 
its faculty. For a copy of the 
brochure, or for specific information 
on graduate programs in chemistry, 
admissions procedures, or financial 
aid, contact Dr. Gerald Ray Miller, 
Associate Chairman for Graduate 
Studies and Research, Department 
of Chemistry. 

Courses 

CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 
481. 

CHEM 403 Radiochemistry. (3) Three lec- 
tures per week. Prerequisite, one year of 
college chemistry and one year of col- 
lege physics. Radioactive decay; intro- 
duction to properties of atomic nuclei; 
nuclear processes in cosmology; 
chemical, biomedical and environmental 
applications of radioactivity; nuclear 
processes as chemical tools; interaction 
of radiation with matter. 

CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative 
Analysis. (3) Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisites, CHEM 430 and 482 or con- 
current registration. An examination of 
some advanced topics in quantitative 
analysis including nonaqueous titrations, 
precipitation phenomena, complex equili- 
bria, and the analytical chemistry of the 
less familiar elements. 

CHEM 423 Organic Quantitative Analysis. 

(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203-204, or 
213-214, and consent of the instructor. 
The semi-micro determination of carbon, 
hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and certain 
functional groups. 

CHEM 430 Chemical Measurements 
Laboratory I. (3) One lecture and two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Corequisite, CHEM 481. An introduction 
to the principles and applications of 
quantitative techniques useful in 
chemistry, with emphasis on modern in- 
strumentation. Computer programming, 
electronic circuits, spectroscopy, 
chemical separations. 

CHEM 431 Chemical Measurements 
Laboratory II. (3) One lecture and two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 481; corequisite, 
CHEM 482. An introduction to the prin- 
ciples and applications of quantitative 
techniques useful in chemistry, with em- 
phasis on modern instrumentation. Com- 



munications techniques, vacuum sys- 
tems, thermochemistry, phase equilibria, 
chemical kinetics, electrochemistry. 

CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis. (3) One 

lecture and two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem 
201-202 or 211-212, and 203-204 or 
213-214. 

CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry. 

(3) Prerequisite, Chem 481. An advanced 
study of the compounds of carbon, with 
special emphasis on molecular orbital 
theory and organic reaction mechanisms. 

CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis. 

(3) One lecture and two-three hour labor- 
atory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
Chem 201-202 or 211-212, and 203-204 or 
213-214. The systematic identification of 
organic compounds. 

CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 482 or GEOL 422. Principles of 
crystal chemistry applied to structures, 
properties and reactions of minerals and 
non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed 
on the relation of structural stability to 
bonding, ionic size, charge, order- 
disorder, polymorphism, and 
isomorphism. 

CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 481, or equivalent. The sources of 
various elements and chemical reactions 
between them in the atmosphere and hy- 
drosphere are treated. Causes and bio- 
logical effects of air and water pollution 
by certain elements are discussed. 

CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 203-204 or 213-214, MATH 141, 
PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may 
be taken concurrently with CHEM 481) or 
consent of instructor. A course primarily 
for chemists and chemical engineers. 

CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 481, or consent of instructor. A 
course primarily for chemists and chem- 
ical engineers. 

CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry. 

(2) Prerequisite, CHEM 482. Quantum 
chemistry and other selected topics. 

CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry 
Laboratory. (2) Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 
482 and consent of instructor. 

CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry. 

(3) Three lectures or two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisite varies with the nature of the 
topic being considered. Course may be 
repeated for credit if the subject matter 
is substantially different, but not more 
than three credits may be accepted in 
satisfaction of major supporting area re- 
quirements for chemistry majors. 

CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chem- 
istry I. (3) Prerequisite, Chem 401 or 
equivalent. Three lectures per week. A 
survey of the fundamentals of modern in- 



Graduate Programs / 83 



organic chemistry which serves as a 
basis for more advanced work. 

CHEM 602 Advanced Inorganic 
Chemistry II. (3) Prerequisite. CHEM 601. 
Three lectures per week. A continuation 
of CHEM 601 with more emphasis on 
current work in inorganic chemistry. 

CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Labor- 
atory. (3) Prerequisite, CHEM 601 or con- 
current registration therein. One lecture 
and two three-hour laboratories per 
week. Practice in synthesis and modern 
experimental techniques in inorganic 
chemistry. 

CHEM 605 Chemistry of Coordination 
Compounds. (3) Prerequisite. CHEM 601 
or consent of instructor. Three lectures 
per week. Structure and properties of 
coordination compounds and the theoret- 
ical bases on which these are 
interpreted. 

CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometallic 
Compounds. (3) Prerequisite. CHEM 601 
or consent of instructor. Three lectures 
per week. An in-depth treatment of the 
properties of compounds having metal- 
carbon bonds. 

CHEM 608 Selected Topics in Inorganic 
Chemmistry. (1-3) Prerequisite, CHEM 
601 and 602. or equivalent. One to three 
lectures per week. Topics of special in- 
terest and current importance. Course 
may be repeated to a maximum of six 
credits if topics are different. 

CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I. (2) 

One lecture and one three-hour labora- 
tory period per week. Registration 
limited. Prerequisite, consent of instruc- 
tor. A study of the use of the micro- 
scope in chemistry. 

CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II. (2) 

One lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 621. A study of the optical proper- 
ties of crystals. 

CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quan- 
titative Analysis. (3) Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisites, CHEM 421 and 482. The quan- 
titative applications of emission spec- 
troscopy, atomic absorption spectro- 
scopy, ultraviolet, visible, and infrared 
spectrophotometry, fluorescence, atomic 
fluorescence, nephelometry, and of cer- 
tain closely related subjects like NMR 
and mass spectroscopy. 

CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quan- 
titative Analysis. (3) Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisites, CHEM 421 and 482. The use 
of conductivity, potentiometry, polar- 
ography. voltammetry, amperometry, 
coulometry, and chronopotentiometry in 
quantitative analysis. 

CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quan- 
titive Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prereq- 
uisites, CHEM 421 and 482. The theory 
and practical application to quantitative 
analysis of the various forms of chroma- 



tography, ion exchange, solvent extrac- 
tion, and distillation. 

CHEM 628 Modem Trends in Analytical 
Chemistry. (2) Two lectures per week. 
Prerequisites, CHEM 421 and 482. A 
study of advanced methods, including 
topics such as statistical treatment of 
analytical data, kinetic methods in 
analytical chemistry, analytical measure- 
ments based on radioactivity, and en- 
zymatic techniques. 

CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechan- 
isms. (3) Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry. 
(3) Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High 
Polymers. (2) Two lectures per week. An 
advanced course covering the synthesis 
of monomers, mechanisms of polymeri- 
zation, and the correlation between 
structure and properties in high 
polymers. 

CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory. (2) 

Two lectures per week. A partial quan- 
titative application of molecular orbital 
theory and symmetry to the chemical 
properties and reactions of organic 
molecules. Prerequisites, CHEM 441 and 
482. 

CHEM 645 The Chemistry of the 
Steroids. (2) Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics. (2) Two 

lectures per week. 

CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic 
Chemistry. (1-3) One to three lecture 
hours per week. Topics of special inter- 
est and current importance. Course may 
be repeated to a maximum of nine 
credits provided the topics are different. 

CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural 
Products. (2) Two lectures per week. Pre- 
requisite, CHEM 441. The chemistry and 
physiological action of natural products. 
Methods of isolation, determination of 
structure and synthesis. 

CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmen- 
tal Chemistry. (3) Prerequisite, CHEM 
474. In-depth treatment of environmental 
chemistry problem areas of current re- 
search interest. The topics will vary 
somewhat from year to year. Repeatable 
to maximum of 6 credits. Provided sub- 
ject is different. 

CHEM 681 Infra-red and Raman Spec- 
troscopy. (2) Two lectures per week. 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics. (3) Three 

lectures per week. 

CHEM 683 Electrochemistry. (3) Three 

lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 

684 or equivalent. 

CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics. 

(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 

CHEM 482 or equivalent. 

CHEM 685 Molecular Structure. (3) Three 

lectures per week. 

CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 



consent of instructor. A detailed treat- 
ment of single-crystal x-ray methods. 

CHEM 687 Statistical Mechanics and 
Chemistry. (3) Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 684 or equivalent. 

CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical 
Chemistry. (2) Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical 
Chemistry. (3) Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 485. 

CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 690 or PHYS 622. 

CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chem- 
istry. (1-6) Prerequisite, one semester of 
graduate study in chemistry. Laboratory 
experience in a research environment. 
Restricted to students in the non-thesis 
M.S. option. Repeatable for a maximum 
of 6 credits. 

CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory. 

(1-2) One or two four-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Registration limited. 
Prerequisites, CHEM 403 (or concurrent 
registration therein), and consent of 
instructor. 

CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry. (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, 
CHEM 403 and CHEM 462. Utilization of 
radioisotopes with special emphasis on 
applications to problems in the life 
sciences. 

CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry 
Laboratory. (1-2) One or two four-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 702 and consent of instructor. 
Laboratory training in the utilization of 
radioisotopes with special emphasis on 
applications to problems in the life 
sciences. 

CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry. (3) 

Nuclear structure models, radioactive 
decay processes, nuclear reactions in 
complex nuclei, fission, nucleosynthesis 
and nuclear particle accelerators. 

CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear 
Chemistry. (1-3) One to three lectures 
per week. A discussion of current 
research problems. Subtitles will be 
given at each offering. Repeatable for 
credit to a maximum of six hours. 

CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 201 or equivalent. A discussion of 
the fate of natural organic products in 
the geological environment. The influ- 
ence of diagenetic factors, such as 
hydrolysis, heat, pressure, etc., on such 
compounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, 
and lipids, detailed consideration of the 
origin of soil organic matter, carbon- 
aceous shales, coal, and crude oil. 

CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry. (3) Three 
lectures for one week. Prerequisited, 
CHEM 482 or equivalant. Current 
theories of origin and evolution of the 
solar system with emphasis on the ex- 



84 / Graduate Programs 



perimental data available to chemists 
from examination of meteorites. The 
moon, and the earth. 

CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 481 or equivalent. The geochem- 
ical evolution of the ocean; composition 
of sea water, density-chlonnity-salinity 
relationship and carbon dioxide system. 
The geochemistry of sedimentation with 
emphasis on the chemical stability and 
inorganic and biological production of 
carbonate, silicate and phosphate con- 
taining minerals. 

CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation. 

(3) Distribution of the chemical elements 
in the earth and the mechanisms by 
which the distributions came about. 

CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical 
Geochemistry. (2-3) One or two lectures 
per week and one laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. This 
course will be subtitled each time it is 
offered to indicate the analytical method 
discussed. Repeatable for credit to a 
maximum of nine hours. Enrollment will 
be limited. 

CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochem- 
istry. (1-3) One to three lectures per 
week. A discussion of current research 
problems. Subtitles will be given at each 
offering. Repeatable for credit to a max- 
imum of six hours. 

CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution. (3) Pre- 
requisites, CHEM 441, 462, or 721; or 
ZOOL 446; or BOTN 616; or consent of 
instructor. The chemical processes lead- 
ing to the appearances of life on earth. 
Theoretical and experimental consider- 
ations related to the geochemical, 
organic, and biochemical phenomena of 
chemical evolution. 

CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

CHEM 898 Seminar. (1) 

CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Civil Engineering Program 

Professor and Chairman: Ragan 
Professors: Birkner, Carter, Heins, Lep- 

per, Otts, Sternberg. 
Associate Professors: Albrecht, Colville, 

Cournyn, Garber, McCuen, Mulinazzi, 

Piper, Wedding, Witczak. 
Assistant Professors: Aggour, Alleman, 

Derucher, Schelling, Schoenfeld, 

Vannoy. 
The Department of Civil Engineering 
offers graduate work leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy. All programs 
are planned on an individual basis 
by the student and his advisor to 
consider the student's background 
and special interests. Courses and 
research opportunities are available 



in the general areas of transporta- 
tion and urban systems, environmen- 
tal engineering and water resources, 
structural engineering, and soil 
mechanics. In general, emphasis is 
on learning sound engineering prin- 
ciples and applying them, to provide 
for the needs of man. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for admission should 
hold a B.S. degree in Civil Engineer- 
ing. However, applicants with under- 
graduate degrees in other disci- 
plines may be accepted with the 
stipulation that deficiencies in 
prerequisite undergraduate course 
work be corrected before enrolling 
in graduate courses. There are no 
entrance examinations required for 
the program. 

Two options are available for the 
Master of Science degree; thesis 
and non-thesis. The Department's 
policies and requirements are the 
same as the requirements of the 
Graduate School. 

The requirements for the Doctor 
of Philosophy degree are the same 
as those imposed by the Graduate 
School. An individual program of 
study to suit the needs of the stu- 
dent is developed by the student 
and his advisor. The equivalent of 
two years of full-time study beyond 
the Master of Science degree is the 
minimum requirement. The student 
must pass a qualifying examination 
before being admitted to candidacy. 
Normally, the qualifying exam is 
taken one year after the completion 
of the M.S. degree. There is no 
language requirement for the Ph.D. 
degree. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The research facilities of the Depart- 
ment are available to graduate stu- 
dents. These include laboratories in 
the following areas; transportation, 
systems analysis, environmental, hy- 
draulics, structures, remote sensing, 
and soil mechanics. A UNIVAC 1106 
and a UNIVAC 1108, complemented 
by remote access units located in 
the Department and engineering 
building, are available. 

The Washington and Baltimore 
Metropolitan Areas are easily ac- 
cessible for data.field studies, library 
access, contacts with national orga- 
nizations and attendance at national 
meetings. The location of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland offers a unique 
opportunity to obtain an advanced 
degree in Civil Engineering. 

Financial Assistance 

Almost all full-time graduate stu- 
dents receive financial assistance. 



Inquiries about financial assistance 
and program information should be 
directed to the Director of Graduate 
Studies, Department of Civil 
Engineering. 

Courses 

ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENES 220. 
Strength and deformation of deformable 
bodies, plane stress and strain. Torsion 
theory, unsymmetrical bending, curved 
beams. Behavior of beams, columns, 
slabs, plates, and composite members 
under load. Elastic and inelastic stability. 

ENCE 411 Experimental Stress Analysis. 

(4) Three lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, ENES 220. Applica- 
tion of experimental data on materials to 
design problems. Correlation of analyti- 
cal and experimental methods of analy- 
sis with design. Electric strain gages, 
photoelasticity, brittle laquer methods 
and various analogies. 

ENCE 420 Basic Civil Engineering Plan- 
ning I. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing or 
consent of the instructor. Urban-regional 
physical planning from the civil engineer- 
ing viewpoint. Integration of the planning 
aspects of engineering, environmental, 
structural, transportation and water re- 
sources into a systems approach to the 
practice of civil engineering. Also in- 
cluded: site, construction, and engineer- 
ing materials planning: engineering eco- 
nomics and evaluation; current topics. 

ENCE 430 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics. 

(4) Three lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, ENCE 330. Applica- 
tion of basic principles to the solution of 
engineering problems: ideal fluid flow, 
mechanics of fluid resistance, open 
channel flow under uniform, gradually 
varied and rapidly varied conditions, sedi- 
ment transport, role of model studies in 
analysis and design. 

ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology. (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 330 and 360. Con- 
current registration in ENCE 460 or per- 
mission of instructor. Study of the phys- 
ical processes of the hydrologic cycle. 
Hydrometology, concepts of weather 
modification, evaporation and transpira- 
tion infiltration studies, run off computa- 
tions, flood routing, reservoir require- 
ments, emphasis on process simulation 
as a tool in water resource development. 

ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 330. 460 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Concepts related to 
the development of the ground water re- 
source, hydrogeology, hydrodynamics of 
flow through porous media, hydraulics of 
wells, artificial recharge, sea water intru- 
sion, basin-wide ground water 
development. 

ENCE 433 Environment Health Engineer- 
ing Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. The theory and 
analytical techniques used in evaluating 
man's environment. Emphasis is given to 

Graduate Programs / 85 



the areas of quantitative, physical, elec- 
troanalytical and organic chemistry as 
applied to chemical analysis of water. 

ENCE 434 Air Pollution. (3) Classification 
of atmospheric pollutants and their ef- 
fects on visibility, inanimate and animate 
receptors. Evaluation of source emis- 
sions and principles of air pollution con- 
trol; meteorological factors governing the 
distribution and removal of air pollutants; 
air quality measurements and air pollu- 
tion control legislation. 

ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis 
and Design. (4) Three lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 
221 and ENCE 330. The application of 
sanitary analysis and fundamental prin- 
ciples to the design and operation of 
water and waste treatment plants and 
the control of stream pollution. 

ENCE 440 Advanced Soil Mechanics. (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, ENCE 340. Theories 
of strength, compressibility, capillarity 
and permeability. Critical review of 
theories and methods of measuring 
essential properties. Planning, execution 
and interpretation of soil testing 
programs. 

ENCE 441 Soil-Foundations Systems. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 340. Soil mechanics 
and foundation analysis are integrated in 
a systems approach to the analysis and 
design soil foundation-structural sys- 
tems. Interaction of bearing capacity, 
settlements, lateral pressures, drainage, 
vibrations, stress distributions, etc., are 
included for a variety of structural 
systems. 

ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures. (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 350 and concurrent 
registration in ENCE 351. Analyses for 
stresses and deflections in structures by 
methods of consistent deformations, vir- 
tual work and internal strain energy. Ap- 
plication to design of plate girders, in- 
determinate and continuous trusses, two 
hinged arches and other structures. 
Elements of plastic analysis and design 
of steel structures. 

ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Struc- 
tures. (4) Prerequisites, ENCE 340 and 
ENCE 351. Three lecture hours and one 
laboratory per week. Design of reinforced 
concrete structures, including slabs, 
footings, composite members, building 
ferames, and retaining walls. Approx- 
imate methods of analysis: code re- 
quirements; influence of concrete proper- 
ties on strength and deflection; optimum 
design. Introduction to prestressed con- 
crete design. 

ENCE 460 Modern Techniques for Struc- 
tural Analysis (3) Prerequisites, ENCE 
351, and ENCE 360. Two lecture hours 
and one laboratory per week. Application 
of computer oriented methods and 
numerical techniques to analysis and 
design of structural systems. Matrix for- 
mulation of the stiffness and flexibility 
methods for framed structures. Introduc- 
tion of numerical techniques to the solu- 



tion of selected problems in such topics 
as plates, structural stability, and 
vibrations. 

ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering 
Systems I. (3) Prerequisite, senior stand- 
ing or consent of instructor. Application 
of the principles of engineering economy 
and statistics to the solution of civil 
engineering problems. Economic compar- 
ision of alternatives using present worth, 
annual cost, rate of return and cost 
benefit analyses. Development and use 
of simple and multiple regression 
models, and statistical decision theory. 

ENCE 463 Engineering Economics and 
System Analysis (3) Prerequisite, senior 
standing in engineering, or consent of in- 
structor. Development and application of 
the principles of engineering economics 
to problems in civil engineering. Evalua- 
tion of design alternatives, depreciation 
and sensitivity analysis. Use of systems 
analysis techniques, including CPM, pert 
and decision networks. 

ENCE 470 Highway Engineering (4) Three 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Loca- 
tion, design, construction and main- 
tainance of roads and pavements. In- 
troduction to traffic engineering. 

ENCE 471 Transportation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 370. A study of the 
principles of transportation engineering 
as applied to the various modes of 
transport. Consideration is given to cost 
analysis, economic aspects of route and 
site selection and layout. The organiza- 
tion and administration of engineering 
functions. 

ENCE 472 Highway and Airfield Pave- 
ment Design (3) Prerequisites, ENCE 340 
and 370. Two lectures and one laboratory 
per week. Principles of pavement 
analysis and design. Analysis of moving 
loads and pavement response. Subgrade 
evaluation and beneficiation. Flexible and 
rigid pavement design; related materials 
specifications and tests. 

ENCE 489 Special Problems. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, senior standing. A course ar- 
ranged to meet the needs of exception- 
ally well prepared students for study in a 
particular field of civil engineering. 

ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering 
Materials Laboratory. (3) Prerequisites, 
ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 300 or equiva- 
lent. Critical examination of the methods 
for testing engineering materials and 
structures under static, repeated, sus- 
tained and impact forces. Laboratory ex- 
periments for the determination of 
strength and stiffness of structural 
alloys, concrete and other construction 
materials. Critical examination of the ef- 
fects of test factors on the determination 
of engineering properties. 

ENCE 601 Structural Materials and 
Design. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 410 and 
411 or consent of instructor. Relation of 
structural analysis, properties of 
materials and laboratory study of the 



behavior of members to structural design 
methods, codes and specifications. Ef- 
fects of temperature, loading rates and 
state of combined stress on behavior of 
construction materials. 

ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and 
Granular Materials. (3) Prerequisites, 
ENCE 600, or consent of instructor. Crit- 
ical reviews of analytical and experimen- 
tal investigations of the behavior of con- 
cretes under diverse conditions of 
loading and environment. Mechanics of 
granular aggregates and the chemistry of 
cements. Theories of the design of 
Portland cement and field experience. 

ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of 
Materials. (3) Prerequisites, ENES 220, 
221 and ENCE 300, or equivalent. 
Analysis for stress and deformation in 
engineering members by the methods of 
mechanics of materials and elementary 
theories of elasticity and plasticity. Prob- 
lems in flexure, torison plates and shells, 
stress concentrations, indeterminate 
combinations, residual stresses, stability. 

ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods 
and Models Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent. 
Instrumentation, data analysis; states of 
stress; structural models, structural 
similitude; analogies; non-destructive 
testing techniques; planning research 
projects, lab studies and reports. 

ENCE 620 Urban-Regional Civil Engineer- 
ing Planning. (3) First semester. Prereq- 
uisite, degree in civil engineering or con- 
sent of instructor. Theory and 
methodology for the synthesis of general 
civil engineering aspects of urban and 
regional planning. Integration of land use 
conditions and capabilities, population 
factors and needs, engineering econom- 
ics and engineering techologies. Applica- 
tion to special problems in urban- 
regional development. Preparation of 
engineering reports. Presentation 
methods. 

ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, ENCE 
620 or equivalent. General to comprehen- 
sive planning of complex engineering 
facilities such as industrial plants, 
bridges, utilities and transportation proj- 
ects. Planning based on the synthesis of 
all applicable factors. Emphasis on gen- 
eral civil engineering planning including 
site, structural and construction plann- 
ing. Plan evaluation and feasibility. 

ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite or corequisite, 
ENCE 461 or consent of instructor. Cur- 
rent applications and research ap- 
proaches in land-use forecasting, land- 
use evaluation, urban transportation, 
land-use interrelationships, and the plan- 
ning implementation process in a sys- 
tems analytic framework. 

ENCE 630 Analysis and Design of Water 
Resource Systems. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENCE 461 or equivalent. Use of ad- 
vanced techniques for the design and 
analysis of complex, multi-purpose water 



86 / Graduate Programs 



resource systems: identification of the 
objectives of design and translation of 
the objectives into design criteria; evalua- 
tion of alternate designs and the selec- 
tion of the best design: special emphasis 
on optimization and simulation tech- 
niques which are applicable to water 
resource systems. 

ENCE 631 Advanced Hydrologic Anal- 
ysis. (3) Emphasis is on the analysis of 
hydrologic data for the development of 
information necessary for design or for 
the identification of important processes: 
eigenvalue and eigenvector analysis of 
linear hydrologic systems: application of 
multivariant statistical methods: non- 
linear least squares. 

ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. ENCE 330 or equivalent. Applica- 
tion of fundamentals of fluid mechanics 
to problems of free surface flow: com- 
putation of steady and transient water 
surface profiles; stratified flows in reser- 
voirs and estuaries: diffusion: transition 
structures: sediment transport. 

ENCE 633 The Chemistry of Natural 
Waters. (4) Prerequisite. ENCE 433 or 
consent of instructor. Three lectures, one 
lab a week. Application of principles 
from chemical thermodynamics and 
kinetics to the study and interpretation 
of the chemical characteristics of natural 
water systems. The chemical composi- 
tion of natural waters is rationalized by 
considering metal ion soluability con- 
trols. Ph. carbonate equilibria, absorption 
reactions, redox reactions, and the 
kinetics of oxygenation reactions which 
occur in natural water environments. 

ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENCE 434 or consent of in- 
structor. Two lectures and one laboratory 
a week. The theory and techniques used 
in the determination and measurement of 
chemical, radiological, and biological 
pollutants in the atmosphere. Discussion 
of air sampling equipment, analytical 
methods and data evaluation. 

ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification 
Facilities. (3) Corequisite. ENCE 636 or 
equivalent. One lecture and two labo- 
ratory periods a week. Application of 
basic science and engineering science to 
design of water supply and purification 
processes: design and economics of unit 
operations as applied to environmental 
systems. 

ENCE 636 Unit Operations of En- 
vironmental Health Engineering. (3) Pre- 
requisite. ENCE 221 or consent of in- 
structor. Properties and quality criteria of 
drinking water as related to health are in- 
terpreted by a chemical and biological 
approach. Legal aspects of water use 
and handling are considered. Theory and 
application of aeration, sedimentation, 
filtration, centrifugation. desalinization. 
corrosion and corrosion control are 
among topics to be considered. 

ENCE 637 Biological Principles of En- 
vironmental Health Engineering. (4) Pre- 
requisite. MICB 440 or equivalent. Three 



lectures and one lab period a week. An 
exposition of biological principles di- 
rectly affecting man and his environ- 
ment; assay, control and treatment of 
biological and virological agents in water, 
sewage, and air microbiology and bio- 
chemistry of aerobic and anaerobic treat- 
ment processes for aqueous wastes. 

ENCE 640 Soil Mechanics. (3) Prereq- 
uisites. ENCE 340. 440 or equivalent. 
Identification properties tests and clas- 
sification methods for earth materials. 
Strength and deformation characteristics, 
hydraulic properties and permeability, 
shearing resistance, compressibility and 
consolidation, with laboratory tests for 
these properties. Study of the basic 
theories involved and the development of 
test procedures. 

ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations. (3) 
Prerequisites. ENCE 340. 450 and 451 or 
equivalent. Principles of mechanics ap- 
plied to engineering problems in founda- 
tion. Earth pressure theories, seepage 
and drainage phenomena stability of 
footings and slopes, stresses and defor- 
mation m soils, consolidation theory and 
application to foundation settlements. 

ENCE 651 Matrix Methods cf Structural 
Analysis. (3) Review of basic structural 
and matrix theory. Development of force 
and displacement methods with empha- 
sis on the latter. Discussion of special 
topics such as geometric non-linearity, 
automated and optimum design non- 
prismatic members and thin-walled open 
sections and sub-division of large struc- 
tures. Emphasis on applications to civil 
engineering structures. 

ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell 
Structures. (3) Prerequisites. ENCE 410 
and ENCE 381 or equivalent review of 
theory of elasticity and in-plane forces; 
theory of orthotropic plates: approximate 
methods; large deflection theory, buck- 
ling: general theory of shells, cylindrical 
shells, domes. 

ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of 
Structures. (3) Prerequisite, permission of 
instructor. The study of the factors 
effecting the plastic behavior of steel 
structures and the criteria necessary for 
design. The design of beams, rigid 
frames and multi-story braced frames us- 
ing current specifications. A review of 
current research and practice. 
ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design. (3) 
Prerequisite. ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or 
equivalent. Interpretation of specifica- 
tions and codes for the design of steel 
buildings and bridges. Discussion of the 
behavior of steel connections, members 
and structures: the relationship between 
behavior and design specifications. 

ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design. 
(3) Prerequisite. ENCE 656. Correlation of 
theory, experience, and experiments in 
study of structural behavior, proportion- 
ing, and preliminary design. Special 
design problems of fatique, buckling, 
vibrations, and impact. 

ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis. (3) 



ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in 
Engineering Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. Basic principles 
and fundamental concepts of the finite 
element method. Consideration of geo- 
metric and material nonlinearities, con- 
vergence, mesh gradation and computa- 
tional procedures in analysis. Applica- 
tions to plane stress and plane strain, 
plates and shells, eigenvalue problems, 
axi-symmetric stress analysis, and other 
problems in civil engineering. 

ENCE 670 Highway Traffic 
Characteristics and Measurements. (3) 
Prerequisite. ENCE 470 or consent of in- 
structor. The study of the fundamental 
traits and behavior patterns of the road 
user and his vehicle in traffic. The basic 
characteristics of the pedestrian, the 
driver, the vehicle, traffic volume and 
speed, stream flow and intersection 
operation, parking, and accidents. 

ENCE 671 Highway Traffic Operations. 
(3) Prerequisite. ENCE 470. ENCE 670 or 
consent of instructor. A survey of traffic 
laws and ordinances. The design, appli- 
cation and operation of traffic control 
devices and aids, including traffic signs 
and signals, pavement markings, and 
hazard delineation. Capacity, accident, 
and parking analyses. 

ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Plan- 
ning. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 471 or con- 
sent of instructor. Factors involved and 
the components of the process for plan- 
ning statewide and regional transporta- 
tion systems, encompassing all mc^s. 
Transportation planning studies, state- 
wide traffic r.'odels, investment models, 
programming and scheduling. 

ENCE 673 Urban Transportation. (3) Pre- 
requisite. ENCE 672 or consent of in- 
structor. Relationship of transportation to 
the total urban complex, the urban 
transportation planning process, the 
models used to achieve the various 
steps in the process and the relationship 
of private and public transportation. Con- 
sideration of the factors influencing the 
demand for transportation and the socio- 
economic consequences of transporta- 
tion. 

ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and 
Rail Transportation Engineering. (3) Pre- 
requisite. ENCE 471 or consent of in- 
structor. Basic engineering components 
of conventional and high speed railroads 
and of air cushion and other high speed 
new technology. The study of urban rail 
and bus transit. The characteristics of 
the vehicle, the supporting way. and the 
terminal requirements will be evaluated 
with respect to system performance, 
capacity, cost, and level of service. 

ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design. 
(3) Prerequisite. ENCE 471 or consent of 
instructor. The planning and design of 
airports including site selection, runway 
configuration, geometric and structural 
design of the landing area and terminal 
facilities. Methods of financing airports, 
estimates of aeronautical demand, air 



Graduate Programs / 87 



traffic control, and airport lighting are 
also studied. 

ENCE 676 Highway Traffic Flow Theory. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENCE 461, ENCE 462 or 
consent of the instructor. An examina- 
tion of physical and statistical laws that 
are used to represent traffic flow 
phenomena. Deterministic models in- 
cluding heat flow, fluid flow, and energy- 
momentum analogies, car following 
models, and acceleration noise. 
Stochastic approaches using indepen- 
dent and Markov processes, queuing 
models, and probability distributions. 

ENCE 677 Quantitative Methods in 
Transportation Engineering. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENCE 461 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Theory, methods and applications 
relevant to the study of micro- and 
macro-scale transportation systems, in 
terms of their behavior, design, and 
evaluation. A selected overview of op- 
timization, multivariate statistics, 
stochastic processes and the general 
science of systems decision processes 
will form the basis for a selected study 
of pertinent examples. 

ENCE 688 Advanced Topics in Civil 
Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor. Advanced topics 
selected by the faculty from the current 
literature of civil engineering to suit the 
needs and background of students. May 
be taken for repeated credit when iden- 
tified by topic title. 
ENCE 689 Seminar. (1-6) 

ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water 
Hydrology. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 432 or 
equivalent. Theory and application of 
unsteady flow in porous media. Analysis 
of one and two dimensional unsteady 
flow. Solutions of non-linear equation of 
unsteady flow with a free surface. 
Development and use of approximate 
numerical and graphical methods in the 
study of ground water movement. 

ENCE 732 Deterministic Models in Sur- 
face Water Hydrology. (3) A detained ex- 
amination of the processes controlling 
the quantity and quality of watershed 
runoff: emphasis is on the development 
of deterministic mathematical models for 
process simulation; role of land-phase 
processes in flood hydrology; evapora- 
tion and transpiration; models for urban 
watersheds; linkage for hydrograph syn- 
theses. 

ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry (4). 

Prerequisite. ENCE 633 or consent of in- 
structor. Three lectures, one lab a week. 
A study of the chemistry of both 
municipal and industrial water treatment 
processes. Among the topics to be con- 
sidered are water softening, stabilization, 
chemical destabilization of colloidal 
materials, ion exchange, disinfection, 
chemical oxidation and oxygenation 
reactions. 

ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Tech- 
nology. (3) Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisite, ENCE 430 or equivalent. 
Physical properties of air-borne particles. 



Theories of: particle motion under the 
action of external forces; coagulation; 
Brownian motion and diffusion. Applica- 
tion of aerosols in atmospheric sciences 
and industrial processes. 

ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and In- 
dustrial Wastes Treatment Facilities. (3) 

Corequisite, ENCE 736 or equivalent. 
One lecture and two laboratory periods a 
week. Application of basic science and 
engineering science to design of 
municipal and industrial waste treatment 
processes; design and economics of unit 
operations as applied to environmental 
systems. 

ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid 
Waste Treatment and Disposal. (3) Prere 
quisites, ENCE 221 and fundamentals of 
microbiology, or consent of instructor. 
Theory and basic principles of treating 
and handling waste products; hydraulics 
of sewers; biological oxidation; principles 
and design criteria of biological and 
physical treatment processes; disposal 
of waste sludges and solids. 

ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes. (3) Coreq- 
uisite, ENCE 736 or equivalent. A study 
of the characteristics of liquid wastes 
from major industries, and the processes 
producing the wastes. The theory and 
methods of eliminating or treating the 
wastes, and their effects upon municipal 
sewage-treatment plants, and receiving 
waters. 

ENCE 738 Selected Topics in Porous 
Media Flow. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 731. 
Analysis of two-liquid flows for immisci- 
ble fluids, simultaneous flow of two im- 
miscible fluids and miscible fluids. 
Hydrodynamic dispersion theories, 
parameters of dispersion and solutions 
of some problems with emphasis on 
migration of pollutants. A maximum of 
six hours may be earned in this course. 

ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Struc- 
tural Systems. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 450 
and ENCE 451 or equivalent. Review of 
classical determinate and indeterminate 
analysis techniques; numerical tech- 
nique; multistory buildings; space struc- 
tures; suspension bridges and cables 
structures; arches; long span bridges. 

ENCE 751 Advanced Problems in Struc- 
tural Behavior. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 750 
or equivalent. Elastic and inelastic 
behavior of structural members and 
frames; problems in torsion, stability and 
bending; open and closed thin-walled 
sections; curved girders. 

ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Struc- 
tures. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 450 and 451 
or equivalent. The behavior and strength 
of reinforced concrete members under 
combined loadings, including the effects 
of creep, shrinkage and temperature. 
Mechanisms of shear resistance and 
design procedures for bond, shear and 
diagonal tension. Elastic and ultimate 
strength analysis and design of slabs. 
Columns in multi-story frames. Applica- 
tions to reinforced concrete structures. 



ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Struc- 
tures. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 450 and 451 
or equivalent. Fundamental concepts of 
prestressed concrete. Analysis and 
design of flexural members including 
composite and continuous beams with 
emphasis on load balancing technique. 
Ultimate strength design for shear. 
Design of post tensioned flat slabs. 
Various applications of prestressing in- 
cluding tension members, compression 
members, circular prestressing, frames 
and folded plates. 

ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Re- 
search. (1-8) 



Comparative Literature 
Program 

Professor and Director: Fuegi 
Professors: Barry, Best, Bryer, Freedman, 

Goodwyn, Gramberg, Hering, Jones, 

MacBain, Panichas, J. Russell. Sal- 

manca, Stern, Whittemore 
Associate Professors: Beiken, Coogan, 

Demaitre, Fink, Fleck, Greenwood, 

Holton, Mack. 
Assistant Professors: Peterson, C. 

Russell 

The Program in Comparative 
Literature offers graduate work 
leading to the degrees of Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The CMLT Program draws on a 
distinguished faculty in several 
departments and offers concen- 
trated work in Medieval and Ren- 
aissance studies, and in major 
movements and genres of the mod- 
ern period including the Eighteenth 
Century. Though the focus of 
courses and seminars is usually 
specifically literary, interdisciplinary 
work is very much encouraged as is 
practical criticsm in the arts. Depart- 
ments cooperating in the Program 
include: American Studies, Classics, 
English, French and Italian, German 
and Slavic, History, Spanish and 
Portuguese, Dramatic Arts, Radio- 
Television-Film, and the Women's 
Studies Programs. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have a strong 
background in the arts and human- 
ities. Since advanced work in Com- 
parative Literature is based on the 
premise that literature should be 
read in the original whenever possi- 
ble, students are expected to be 
able to read at least one language 
other than English with a high de- 
gree of aesthetic appreciation. Ph.D. 
students are expected to use at 
least two foreign languages actively 
in their work, and it is assumed that 



88 / Graduate Programs 



efforts will be made to develop an 
acquaintance with one or two addi- 
tional languages. Entrance examina- 
tions are not required, but high 
scores on GRE literature and 
language examinations will add 
weight to applications. 

Students take courses in CMLT 
and in two other departments of 
literature. The M.A. degree requires 
thirty hours, either 24 hours of 
course work and a thesis, or thirty 
hours of course work and a com- 
prehensive examination. No specific 
number of hours is required for the 
Ph.D.. as the number will vary 
according to the preparation and 
goals of the individual student; the 
average has been eight to ten 
courses beyond the M.A. A Master's 
degree is a required step toward the 
Ph.D. The Ph.D. comprehensive ex- 
aminations cover four major areas, 
determined after consultation with 
the individual student's committee. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The resources of the Kennedy 
Center, the Folger Library, the 
American Film Institute, Kennan In- 
stitute, and Dumbarton Oaks are 
regularly drawn upon as are intern- 
ship possibilities in the greater 
Washington area and graduate ex- 
change programs with European 
Universities. 

Financial Assistance 

Various assistantships and general 
university fellowships are available. 
CMLT students may teach in various 
departments cooperating in the 
CMLT Program and may be con- 
sidered for a year abroad as a 
teacher at a cooperating European 
university. 

Courses 

CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Com- 
parative Literature. (3) Survey of the 
background of European Literature 
through the study of Greek and Latin 
literature in English translations, discuss- 
ing the debt of modern literature to the 
ancients. 

CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Com- 
parative Literature. (3) Study of the 
medieval and modern continental 
literature. 

CMLT 411 The Greek Drama. (3) The 
chief works of Aeschylus. Sophocles, 
Euripides, and Aristophanes in English 
translations. Emphasis on the historic 
background, on dramatic structure, and 
on the effect of the attic drama upon the 
mind of the civilized world. 

CMLT 415 The Old Testament as 
Literature. (3) A study of sources, 
development and literary types. 



CMLT 416 New Testament as Literature. 
(3) A study of the books of the New 
Testament, with attention to the relevant 
historical background and to the 
transmission of the text. A knowledge of 
Greek is helpful, but not essential. 

CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and its 
Influence in the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on maior 
writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or 
Latin required. 

CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and its 
Influence in the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major 
writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or 
Latin required. 

CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages. 

(3) Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature 
of the Middle Ages studied in transla- 
tion. 

CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance Tradi- 
tion. (3) A reading of the Divine Comedy 
to enlighten the discovery of reality in 
western literature. 

CMLT 461 Romanticism — Early Stages. 

(3) Emphasis on England, France and 
Germany. Reading knowledge of French 
or German required. 

CMLT 462 Romanticism — Flowering 
and Influence. (3) Emphasis on England, 
France and Germany. Reading 
knowledge of French or German re- 
quired. 

CMLT 469 The Continental Novel. (3) The 

novel in translation from Stendhal 
through the Existentialists, selected from 
literatures of France, Germany. Italy, 
Russia, and Spain. 

CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental 
Drama. (3) Emphasis on the major work 
of Ibsen, with some attention given to 
selected predecessors, contemporaries 
and successors. 

CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors. 
(3) 

CMLT 488 Genres. (3) A study of a 
recognized literary form, such as tradegy. 
epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, 
tragicomedy, etc. The course may be 
repeated for cumulative credit up to six 
hours when different material is 
presented. 

CMLT 489 Major Writers. (3) Each 

semester two major writers from dif- 
ferent cultures and languages will be 
studied. Authors will be chosen on the 
basis of significant relationships of 
cultural and aesthetic contexts, 
analogies between their respective 
works, and the importance of each writer 
to his literary tradition. 

CMLT 496 Conference Course in Com- 
parative Literature. (3) Second semester. 
A tutorial type discussion course, cor- 
relating the courses in various literatures 
which the student has previously taken 
with the primary themes and master- 
pieces of world literature. This course is 
rec iired of undergraduate majors in 



comparative literature, but must not be 
taken until the final year of the student's 
program. 

CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Com- 
parative Literature. (3) 

CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative 
Literature. (3) 

CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature. (3) 

CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic. (3) 

CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance. (3) 

CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance. 
(3) Repeatable to a maximum of nine 
hours. 

CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and 
its Influence. (3) 

CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in 
Literature. (3) 

CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century 
Literature. (3) Studies in eighteenth cen- 
tury literature: as announced. Repeatable 
to a maximum of 9 hours. 

CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism. (3) 

Studies in Romanticism: as announced. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 

CMLT 679 Seminar in Modem and Con- 
temporary Literature. (3) Seminar in 
modern and contemporary literature: as 
announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 
9 hours. 

CMLT 681 Literary Criticism — Ancient 
and Medieval. (3) 

CMLT 682 Literary Criticism — 
Renaissance and Modem. (3) 

CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and 
Types. (3) 

CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Computer Science 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Minker 
Professors: Atchison, Chu ! , 

Edmundson 3 . Kanal. Stewart' 
Associate Professors: Agrawala. Austing, 

Basili. Hamlet. Rieger, 

Vandergraft, Zelkowitz 
Assistant Professors: Dowdy, Gannon, 

Gligor, Jacobs, O'Leary. Privitera. 

Samet, Tripathi, Zave 
Research Professor: Rosenfeld' 
Adjunct Professor: Mills, H 

'joint appointment with Computer 

Science Center, 
'joint appointment with Electrical 

Engineering. 

J joint appointment with Mathematics 
'joint appointment with Insitute for 

Physical Science and Technology. 

The Department of Computer 
Science offers graduate programs 
leading to the degrees of Master of 



Graduate Programs / 89 



Science and Doctor of Philosophy in 
the following areas: applications, ar- 
tificial intelligence, computer sys- 
tems, information processing, nu- 
merical analysis, programming 
languages, and theory of computing. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission and degree requirements 
specific to the graduate programs in 
computer science are described in a 
brochure available through the De- 
partmental Education Office. There 
are two options for the master's 
degree: 24 hours of course work 
plus the completion of a thesis; or 
33 hours of course work, a compre- 
hensive examination plus the com- 
pletion of a scholarly paper. There is 
no minimum course requirement in 
the doctoral program. The number 
and variety of courses offered each 
semester enables students and their 
advisors to plan individualized 
degree programs. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department maintains a labor- 
atory consisting of several PDP 
11/45 computer systems, display 
devices, peripheral equipment, and 
utilizes the UNIVAC 1108/1100 com- 
puter system maintained by the 
Computer Science Center. 

Additional Information 

For information on degree programs 
and graduate assistantships, con- 
tact: Dr. Richard H. Austing, Depart- 
ment of Computer Science. 

Courses 

CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer 
Languages and Systems. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, MATH 241 or equivalent. A ter- 
minal course suitable for non-CMSC ma- 
jors with no programming background. 
Organization and characteristics of com- 
puters. Procedure oriented and assembly 
languages. Representation of data, char- 
acters and instructions. Introduction to 
logic design and systems organization. 
Macro definition and generation. Program 
segmentation and linkage. Extensive use 
of the computer to complete projects il- 
lustrating programming techniques and 
machine structure. (CMSC 400 may not 
be counted for credit in the graduate 
program in computer science.) 

CMSC 411 Computer System Architec- 
ture. (3) Prerequisite, CMSC 311 or 
equivalent. Input/output processors and 
techniques. Intra-system communication, 
buses, caches. Addressing and memory 
hierarchies. Microprogramming, parallel- 
ism, and pipeling. 

CMSC 412 Operating Systems. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, CMSC 311 or equivalent. An intro- 
duction to batch systems, spooling sys- 
tems, and third-generation multiprogram- 
ming systems. Description of the parts 



of an operating system in terms of func- 
tion, structure, and implementation. 
Basic resource allocation policies. 

CMSC 415 Systems Programming. (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 220, 410. Basic 
algorithms of operating system software. 
Memory management using linkage edi- 
tors and loaders, dynamic relocation with 
base registers, paging. File systems and 
input/output control. Processor allocation 
for multiprogramming, timesharing. The 
emphasis of the course is on practical 
systems programming, including projects 
such as a simple linkage editor, a stand- 
alone executive, a file system, etc. 

CMSC 420 Data Structures. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, CMSC 220 or equivalent. Descrip- 
tion, properties, and storage allocation of 
data structures including lists and trees. 
Algorithms for manipulating structures. 
Applications from areas such as data 
processing, information retrieval, symbol 
manipulation, and operating systems. 

CMSC 426 Image Processing. (3) Prereq 
uisite, CMSC 420 or equivalent. An intro- 
duction to basic techniques of analysis 
and manipulation of pictorial data by 
computer. Image input/output devices, 
image processing software, enhance- 
ment, segmentation, property measure- 
ment, fourier analysis. Computer encod- 
ing, processing, and analysis of curves. 

CMSC 430 Theory of Language Transla- 
tion. (3) Prerequisites, CMSC 120 and 
250, or equivalent; CMSC 330 recom- 
mended. Formal translation of program- 
ming languages, program Syntax and 
semantics. Finite state grammars and 
recognizers. Context free parsing tech- 
niques such as recursive descent, 
precedence, LL(K), LR(K) and SLR(K). 
Machine independent code improvement 
and generation, Syntax directed transla- 
tion schema. Not open to students who 
have credit for CMSC 440. 

CMSC 445 Compiler Writing. (3) Prereq- 
uisites, CMSC 220, 440. A detailed exam- 
ination of a compiler for an algebraic 
language designed around the writing of 
a compiler as the major part of the 
course. Topics covered in the course in- 
clude a review of scanning and parsing, 
the examination of code generation, op- 
timization and error recovery, and 
compiler-writing techniques such as 
bootstrapping and translator writing 
systems. 

CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and 
Algorithms. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 240 
or consent of instructor. This is the 
same course as MATH 444. An elemen- 
tary development of propositional logic, 
predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean 
algebra, with a discussion of Markov 
algorithms, turing machines and recur- 
sive functions. Topics include post pro- 
ductions, word problems, and formal 
languages. 

CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of Com- 
putation. (3) Prerequisites, CMSC 120, 
250. This course is intended to serve two 
purposes: (1) an introduction to the 



theory of computation, and (2) a tie be- 
tween many abstract results and their 
concrete counterparts. This course es- 
tablishes a theoretical foundation for the 
proper understanding of the inherent 
limitations and actual power of digital 
computers. Also, it provides a relatively 
uniform way of stating and investigating 
problems that arise in connection with 
the computation of particular functions 
and certain classes of functions. Topics 
covered include an introductory treat- 
ment of classes of computable func- 
tions, computability by register 
machines, computability by turing 
machines, unsolvable decision problems, 
concrete computational complexity, and 
complexity of loop programs. 

CMSC 455 Elementary Formal Language 
Theory. (3) Prerequisites CMSC 120, 250. 
This course is intended to serve as an 
introduction to the theory of formal 
languages. This theory is encountered in 
the study of both programming 
languages and natural languages, and 
consequently will be useful in numerous 
other courses in computer science at the 
undergraduate and graduate levels. 
Topics covered include the highlights of 
Chomsky's hierarchy of grammars and 
Chomsky's hierarchy of languages, a 
summary treatment of acceptors related 
to these languages, and a brief introduc- 
tion to the theory of transformational 
grammars. 

CMSC 460 Computational Methods. (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 240, 241 and CMSC 
110, or equivalent. Basic computational 
methods for interpolation, least squares, 
approximation, numerical quadrature, 
numerical solution of polynomial and 
transcendental equations, systems of 
linear equations and initial value prob- 
lems for ordinary differential equations. 
Emphasis on the methods and their 
computational properties rather than on 
their analytic aspects. (Listed also as 
MAPL 460.) 

CMSC 470 Numerical Mathematics: 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 240 
and 241; CMSC 110 or equivalent. This 
course with MAPUCMSC 471, forms a 
one-year introduction to numerical 
analysis at the advanced undergraduate 
level. Interpolation, numerical differentia- 
tion and integration, solution of 
nonlinear equations, acceleration of con- 
vergence, numerical treatment of dif- 
ferential equations. Topics will be sup- 
plemented with programming 
assignments. (Listed also as MAPL 470.) 

CMSC 471 Numerical Mathematics: 
Linear Algebra. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 
240 and 241; CMSC 110 or equivalent. 
The course, with MAPUCMSC 470, forms 
a one-year introduction to numerical 
analysis at the advanced undergraduate 
level. Direct solution of linear systems, 
norms, least squares problems, the sym- 
metric eigen-value problem, basic 
iterative methods. Topics will be sup- 
plemented with programming assign- 
ments. (Listed also as MAPL 471.) 



90 / Graduate Programs 



CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph 
Theory. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 240 and 
MATH 241. General enumeration 
methods, difference equations, gener- 
ating functions. Elements of graph 
theory, matrix representations of graphs, 
applications of graph theory to transport 
networks, matching theory and graphical 
algorithms. (Also listed as MATH 475.) 

CMSC 477 Optimization. (3) Prereq- 
uisites. CMSC 110 and MATH 405 or 
MATH 474. Linear programming including 
the simplex algorithm and dual linear 
programs, convex sets and elements of 
convex programming, combinatorial op- 
timization integer programming. (Listed 
also as MAPL 477.) 

CMSC 480 Simulation of Continuous 
Systems. (3) Prerequisite, CMSC 280 or 
equivalent. Introduction to digital simula- 
tion; simulation by mimic programming, 
simulation by fortran programming: 
simulation by DSU90 (or CSMP) program- 
ming: logic and construction of a simula- 
tion processor: similarity between digital 
simulations of continuous and discrete 
systems. 

CMSC 498 Special Problems in Com- 
puter Science. (1-3) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor. An individualized 
course designed to allow a student or 
students to pursue a specialized topic or 
project under the supervision of the 
senior staff. Credit according to work 
done. 

CMSC 612 Computer Systems Theory. (3) 
Prerequisites. CMSC 411. CMSC 412, 
CMSC 250. and STAT 400. or equivalent. 
Basic theoretical results in computer 
systems, including synthetic models of 
system structure, analytical (probabilistic) 
models of system structure, analysis of 
computer system mechanisms, analysis 
of operating system mechanisms, and 
analysis of resource allocation policies. 

CMSC 620 Problem Solving Methods in 
Artificial Intelligence. (3) Prerequisites, 
CMSC 420 and 450. Underlying theoreti- 
cal concepts in solving problems by 
heuristically guided trial and error search 
methods. State-space problem reduction, 
and first-order predicate calculus 
representations for solving problems. 
Search algorithms and their 'optimality' 
proofs. 

CMSC 630 Theory of Programming 
Languages. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 440. 
Syntactic and semantic models of pro- 
gramming languages. Finite state proces- 
sors and their application to lexical 
analysis. Context free languages. LR(K). 
precedence languages as models of pro- 
gramming languages. Extensions to con- 
text free grammars such as property 
grammars, inherited and synthesized at- 
tributes, Van Wijngaarden grammars 
(ALGOL 68), abstract Syntax, the Vienna 
definition language, graph models. Trans- 
lator writing systems. 

CMSC 640 Computability and Automata. 
(3) Prerequisite. CMSC 450 or equivalent. 
Introduction to formal treatment of 



abstract computing devices and the con- 
cept of effective procedure'. Major 
topics: (1) finite-state automata. Finite- 
state transducers and acceptors, finite- 
state languages, regular expressions and 
sets. (2) Turing machines, computability. 
and partial recursive functions. The tur- 
ing formalism as a model of the compu- 
tation process: (3) representative models 
of digital computers. 

CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites. MATH/CMSC 
460 or 470. and CMSC 110. Detailed 
study of problems arising in the imple- 
mentation of numerical algorithms on a 
computer. Typical problems include 
rounding errors, their estimation and 
control: numerical stability considera- 
tions: stopping criteria for converting 
processes; parallel methods. Examples 
from linear algebra, differential equa- 
tions, minimization. (Also listed as MATH 
684). 

CMSC 700 Translation of Programming 
Languages. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC 420 
and 440. Application of theoretical con- 
cepts developed in formal language and 
automata theory to the analytic design of 
programming languages and their proc- 
essors. Theory of push-down automata, 
precedence analysis, and bounded- 
context syntactic analysis as models of 
syntactic portion of translator design. 
Design criteria underlying compiler 
techniques, such as backtracking and 
lookahead. Methods for analyzing 
translator operation in terms of esti- 
mating storage space and translation 
time requirements. Current version of 
Backus-Naur form. Associated semanic 
notions for specifying the operation of 
programming language translators. 

CMSC 710 Simulation of Computers and 
Software. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 410 or 
equivalent. Computer simulation 
language. Macro and Micro simulation. 
Boolean translation, software-hardware 
transformation, description and simula- 
tion of a microprogrammed computer, 
construction and simulation of an 
assembler, project for unified hardware- 
software design. 

CMSC 720 Information Retrieval. (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 420. Designed to in- 
troduce the student to computer tech- 
niques for information organization and 
retrieval of natural language data. Tech- 
niques of statistical, syntactic and logi- 
cal analysis of natural language for 
retrieval, and the extent of their success. 
Methods of designing systems for use in 
operational environments. Applications to 
both data and document systems. 

CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics. (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 420. Introductory 
course on applications of computational 
techniques to linguistics and natural- 
language processing. Research cycle of 
corpus selection, pre-editing, key punch- 
ing, processing, post-editing, and evalua- 
tion. General-purpose input, processing, 
and output routines. Special-purpose pro- 
grams for sentence parsing and genera- 



tion, segmentation, idiom recognition, 
paraphrasing, and stylistic and discourse 
analysis. Programs for dictionary, 
thesaurus, and concordance compilation, 
and editing. Systems for automatic 
abstracting, translation, and question- 
answering. 

CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics. (3) 
Prerequisites. CMSC 640 and STAT 400. 
Introductory course on applications of 
mathematics to linguistics. Elementary 
ideas in phonology, grammar, and 
semantics. Automata, formal grammars 
and languages. Chomsky's theory of 
transformational grammars. Yngve's 
depthhypothesis and syntactic complexi- 
ty. Markov-chain models of word and 
sentence generation. Shannon's informa- 
tion theory. Carnap and Bar-Hillel's 
semantic theory, lexicostatistics and 
stylostatistics. Zopf's law of frequency 
and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis. Math- 
ematical models as theoretical founda- 
tion for computational linguistics. 

CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence. (3) 
Prerequisites. CMSC 620 and STAT 401. 
Heuristic programming; tree search pro- 
cedures. Programs for game playing, 
theorem finding and proving, problem 
solving; multiple-purpose programs. Con- 
versation with computers; question- 
answering programs. Trainable pattern 
classifiers-linear, piecewise linear, 
quadratic. O'. and multilayer machines. 
Statistical decision theory, decision func- 
tions, liklihood ratios: mathematical tax- 
onomy, cluster detection. Neural models, 
computational properties of neural nets, 
processing of sensory information, repre- 
sentative conceptual models of the brain. 

CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pic- 
torial Information. (3) Prerequisite. 
CMSC 420. Input, output, and storage of 
pictorial information. Pictures as informa- 
tion sources, efficient encoding, sampl- 
ing, quantization, approximation. 
Position-invariant operations on pictures, 
digital and optical implementations, the 
Pax language, applications to matched 
and spatial frequency filtering. Picture 
quality, 'image enhancement' and image 
restoration'. Picture properties and pic- 
torial pattern recognition. Processing of 
complex pictures: 'figure' extraction, 
properties of figures. Data structures for 
pictures description and manipulation: 
'picture languages'. Graphics systems for 
alphanumeric and other symbols, line 
drawings of two- and three-dimensional 
objects, cartoons and movies. 

CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science 

(3) Prerequisite, permission of the in- 
structor. This is the same course as 
LBSC 721. Definition of information 
science, relation to cybernetics and other 
sciences, systems analysis, information, 
basic constraints on information sys- 
tems, processes of communication, 
classes and their use. optimalization and 
mechanization. 

CMSC 740 Automata Theory. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. CMSC 640. This is the same 
course as ENEE 652. Introduction to the 



Graduate Programs / 91 



theory of abstract mathematical 
machines. Structural and behavioral 
classification of automata. Finite-state 
automata; theory of regular sets. 
Pushdown automata. Linear-bounded 
automata. Finite transducers. Turing 
machines; universal turing machines. 

CMSC 745 Theory of Formal Languages. 

(3) Prerequisite, CMSC 640. Formal gram- 
mars; Syntax and semantics. Post pro- 
ductions; Markov algorithms. Finite-state 
languages, parsing, trees, and ambiguity. 
Theory of regular sets. Context-free 
languages; pushdown automata. Context- 
sensitive languages; linear-bounded 
automata. Unrestricted rewriting sys- 
tems; turing machines. Closure prop- 
erties of languages under operations. 
Undecidability theorems. 

CMSC 750 Theory of Computability. (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 640. Algorithms; 
Church's thesis. Primitive recursive func- 
tions; Godel numbering. General and par- 
tial recursive functions. Turing machines; 
Turings' thesis. Markov algorithms. 
Church's Lamda calculus. Grzegorczyk 
hierarch; Peter hierarchy. Relative recur- 
siveness. Word problems, Post's cor- 
respondence problem. 

CMSC 755 Theories of Information. (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 620 and STAT 401. 
Mathematical and logical foundations of 
existing theories of information. Topics 
include Fisher's theory of statistical in- 
formation, Kullback and Leibler's theory 
of statistical information, Shannon's 
theory of selective information, and Car- 
nap and Bar-Hillel's theory of semantic 
information. The similarities and dif- 
ferences of these and other theories are 
treated. 

CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites, MAPL 470, 
471 and MATH 405 or MATH 474; or con- 
sent of instructor. Advanced topics in 
numerical linear algebra, such as dense 
eigenvalue problems, sparse elimination, 
iterative methods, and other topics. 
(Same as MAPL 600.) 

CMSC 772 Numerical Solution of Non- 
Linear Equations. (3) Prerequisites, MAPL 
470, 471 and MATH 410; or consent of 
instructor. Numerical solution of non- 
linear equations in one and several 
variables. Existence questions. Minimiza- 
tion methods. Selected applications. 
(Same as MAPL 604.) 

CMSC 780 Computer Applications to the 
Physical Sciences. (3) Prerequisites, 
CMSC 210, STAT 400, and a graduate 
course in physical science. Applications 
of computers to numerical calculation, 
data reduction, and modeling in the 
physical sciences. Stress will be laid on 
the features of the applications which 
have required techniques not usually 
considered in more general contexts. 

CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of 
Physical Systems. (3) Prerequisites, 
CMSC 210 and STAT 401. Monte-Carlo 
and other methods of investigating 
models of interest to physical scientists. 



Generation and testing of random 
numbers. Probabilistic, deterministic and 
incomplete models. 

CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Com- 
puter Science. (1-3) 

CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research 
(1-6) 

CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer 
Systems (1-3) Prerequisite, permission 
of instructor. Advanced topics selected 
by the faculty from the literature of com- 
puter systems to suit the interest and 
background of students. May be 
repeated for credit. 

CMSC 828 Advanced Topics in Informa- 
tion Processing. (1-3) Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. Advanced topics 
selected by the faculty from the liter- 
ature of information processing to suit 
the interest and background of students. 
May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Program- 
ming Languages. (1-3) Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. Advanced topics 
selected by the faculty from the liter- 
ature of programming languages to suit 
the interest and background of students. 
May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 840 Advanced Automata Theory. 
(3) Prerequisite CMSC 740. Advances 
and innovations in automata theory. Var- 
iants of elementary automata; multitape, 
multihead, and multidimensional 
machines. Counters and stack automata. 
Wang machines; Shepherdson-Sturgis 
machines. Recursive hierarchies. Effec- 
tive computability; relative uncomputabil- 
ity. Probabilistic automata. 

CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory of 
Computing. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission 
of instructor. Advanced topics selected 
by the faculty from the literature of 
theory of computing to suit the interes- 
tand background of students. May be 
repeated for credit. 

CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numeri- 
cal Methods. (1-3) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor. Advanced topics 
selected by the faculty from the 
literature of numerical methods to suit 
the interest and background of students. 
May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 898 Advanced Topics in Applica- 
tions. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of 
instructor. Advanced topics selected by 
the faculty from the literature of applica- 
tions of computer science to suit the in- 
terest and background of students. May 
be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Counseling and Personnel 
Services Program 

Professor and Chairman: Marx 
Professors: Byrne, Magoon 1 . 2 , Pumroy 1 , 

Schlossberg 
Associate Professors: Allan, Birk 2 , 



Greenberg, Lawrence, Medvene 2 , Ray, 
Rhoads 
Assistant Professors: Boyd, Cambridge, 
Chasnoff, Freeman, Hoffman, 
Knefelkamp, Leonard, Levine, 
McMullan, Thomas, Westbrook 
'Joint appointment with Psychology 
2 Joint appointment with Counseling 
Center. 

Historically, the programs of the 
Department of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services have been respon- 
sive to societal needs in providing 
leadership in the training of 
specialized personnel service 
workers. The programs are designed 
for the preparation of professionals 
who serve in a variety of social set- 
tings including schools, colleges, 
rehabilitative agencies, government 
agencies and other community 
agencies. These professionals may 
serve one of several roles either at 
the practitioner's level or at an ad- 
vanced level of leadership, supervi- 
sion and research. Programs of 
preparation for practitioners are of- 
fered at the master's and Advanced 
Graduate Specialist level while the 
advanced offerings for researchers, 
supervisors, and personnel ad- 
ministrators are conducted at the 
doctoral level. The master's and Ad- 
vanced Graduate Specialist pro- 
grams are offered among the follow- 
ing six specialty programs within 
the Department. 

1) The Elementary School Coun- 
seling Specialty Program prepares 
the student as a child development 
consultant, individual and group 
counselor and coordinator of pupil 
services. 2) The Secondary School 
Counseling Program prepares the 
student to serve as a member of a 
human resources team in individual 
and group counseling, as informa- 
tion specialist regarding personal, 
social, educational and vocational 
matters, and pupil personnel pro- 
gram coordination. 3) The School 
Psychology Program prepares the 
student to be certified as a school 
psychologist where his principal 
functions are to assess 
psychological conditions and devise 
intervention strategies to enhance 
the learning of pupils. 4) The Col- 
lege Student Personnel Specialty 
Program prepares specialists at the 
higher education level in two areas 
of concentration: college counseling 
and Student Personnel Administra- 
tion which includes areas such as 
Student Development, Student 
Union, Housing, Admissions, Place- 
ment, Deans of Students and Vice 
Presidents of Student Affairs. 5) The 
Community Counseling Specialty 



92 / Graduate Programs 



Program provides three emphases 
within the program: Career develop- 
ment and vocational counseling, 
personal-social counseling and com- 
munity mental health consultation, 
and adult counseling. 6) The 
Rehabilitation Counseling Specialty 
Program prepares counselors to 
work with mentally, emotionally, 
socially and physically handicapped 
persons in public and private 
agencies. 

The doctoral programs in 
Counseling and Personnel Services 
are designed to prepare students to 
achieve exceptional competence in 
the areas of research, theory, and 
practice related to personnel ser- 
vices. Graduates typically assume 
positions of leadership, research or 
supervision of personnel services in 
public units such as large school 
systems, universities, or state 
rehabilitation and community agen- 
cies; as professors in personnel ser- 
vice programs; as counselors in 
higher education institutions. The 
program leading to the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree, has as its major 
emphasis theory and research in the 
behavioral sciences and applied 
fields. The primary thrust at the 
master's and Advanced Graduate 
Specialist levels is upon excellence 
in practice. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to these programs is not 
only based on meeting minimum re- 
quirements, but is also competitively 
based on staff resources available. 

The requirements for the master's 
and Advanced Graduate Specialist's 
diplomas are spelled out for each of 
the six specialty areas. Write or call 
for the specialty area brochure(s) 
which interest you. (301) 454-2026. 

The doctoral program of studies 
is developed with an advisor. The 
single required course is Advanced 
Statistics. There are no language re- 
quirements for the Ph.D. degree. 

Courses 

EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling 
and Personnel Services. (3) Presents prin- 
ciples and procedures, and examines the 
function of counselors, psychologists in 
schools, school social workers, and 
other personnel service workers. 

EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene. (3) The prac- 
tical application of the principles of men- 
tal hygiene to classroom problems. 

EDCP 413 Behavior Modification. (3) 

Knowledge and techniques of interven- 
tion in a variety of social situations, in- 
cluding contingency contracting and 
time out will be acquired. 



EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior. (3) 

Development of student proficiency in 
analyzing complex patterns of behavior 
on the basis of empirical evidence. 

EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP 414. Basic principles of 
human behavior will be reviewed and ap- 
plication of these principles will be im- 
plemented under supervision. 

EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leader- 
ship. (3) The nature and property of 
groups, interaction analysis, developmen- 
tal phases, leadership dynamics and 
styles, roles of members and interper- 
sonal communications. Two hours of lec- 
ture discussion and two hours of 
laboratory per week, laboratory involves 
experimental based learning. 

EDCP 420 Education and Racism. (3) 

Strategy development for counselors and 
educators to deal with problems of 
racism. 

EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation 
Counseling. (3) Introductory course for 
majors in rehabilitation counseling, 
social work, psychology, or education 
who desire to work professionally with 
physically or emotionally handicapped 
persons. 

EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Per- 
sonnel. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. A systematic analysis of 
research and theoretical literature on a 
variety of major problems in the 
organization and administration of stu- 
dent personnel services in higher educa- 
tion. Included will be discussion of such 
topics as the student personnel 
philosophy in education, counseling ser- 
vices, discipline, housing, student ac- 
tivities, financial aid. health, remedial ser- 
vices, etc. 

EDCP 489 Field Experience in Counsel- 
ing and Personnnel Services. (1-4) 
Prerequisites, at least six semester hours 
in education at the University of 
Maryland plus such other prerequisites 
as may be set by the major area in 
which the experience is to be taken. 
Planned field experience may be pro- 
vided for selected students who have 
had teaching experience and whose ap- 
plication for such field experience has 
been approved by the education faculty. 
Field experience is offered in a given 
area to both major and nonmajor 
students. Note: the total number of 
credits which a student may earn is 
EDCP 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a 
maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counsel- 
ing and Personnel Services. (1-3) Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. Available 
only to major students who have formal 
plans for individual study of approved 
problems. 

EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes. 
(1-6) The maximum number of credits 
that may be earned under this course 
symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours; the symbol may be used 



two or more times until six semester 
hours have been reached. The following 
type of educational enterprise may be 
scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the department 
of counseling and personnel services (or 
developed cooperatively with other 
departments, colleges and universities) 
and not otherwise covered in the present 
course listing; clinical experiences in 
counseling and testing centers, reading 
clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and 
special education centers; institutes de- 
veloped around specific topics or prob- 
lems and intended for designated 
groups. 

EDCP 611 Occupational Choice Theory 
and Information. (3) Research and theory 
related to occupational and educational 
decisions; programs of related informa- 
tion and other activities in occupational 
decision. 

EDCP 614 Personality Theories in 
Counseling and Personnel Services. (3) 

Examination of constructs and research 
relating to major personality theories 
with emphasis on their significance for 
working with the behaviors of individuals. 

EDCP 615 Cases in Appraisal. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, EDMS 446 or EDMS 451. Collect- 
ing and interpreting non-standardized 
pupil appraisal data, synthesis of all 
types of data through case study 
procedures. 

EDCP 616 Counseling — Theoretical 
Foundations and Practice. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. EDCP 615. Exploration of learning 
theories as applied to counseling in 
school, and practices which stem from 
such theories. 

EDCP 617 Group Counseling. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP 616. A survey of theory, 
research and practice of group counsel- 
ing and psychotherapy with an introduc- 
tion to growth groups and the laboratory 
approach, therapeutic factors in groups, 
composition of therapeutic groups, prob- 
lem clients, therapeutic techniques, 
research methods, theories, ethics and 
training of group counselors and 
therapists. 

EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling. (2-6) 

Prerequisites. EDCP 616 and permission 
of instructor. Sequence of supervised 
counseling experiences of increasing 
complexity. Limited to eight applicants in 
advance. Two hours class plus 
laboratory. 

EDCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum. 

(3) Prerequisite. EDCP 617, EDCP 619, 
and consent of instructor. A supervised 
field experience in group counseling. 

EDCP 627 Process Consultation. (3) 

Prerequisite, graduate course in group 
process. Study of case consultation, 
systems consultation, mental health con- 
sultation and the professional's role in 
systems intervention strategies. 

EDCP 633 Diagonstic Appraisal of 
Children I. (4) Assessment of develop- 



Graduate Programs / 93 



ment, emotional and learning problems 
of children in schools. Practicum 
experience. 

EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of 
Children II. (4) Prerequisite, EDCP 633. 
Assessment of development, emotional, 
and learning problems of adolescents in 
schools. Practicum experience. 

EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and 
Classroom Management I. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. EDCP 414. Diagnosis and treat- 
ment of problems presented by teacher 
and parents. Practicum experience. 

EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and 
Classroom Management II. (3) Prerequi- 
site, EDCP 635. The objective of this 
course is to understand and to treat 
children's problems. The focus is primar- 
ily on the older child in secondary 
school and the orientation is essentially 
behavioral. Practicum experience will be 
provided. 

EDCP 645 Counseling in Elementary 
Schools. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 615 or 
consent of instructor. Counseling theory 
and practices as related to children. Em- 
phasis will be placed on an awareness of 
the child's total behavior as well as on 
specific methods of communicating with 
the child through techniques of play in- 
terviews, observations, and the use of 
non-parametric data. 

EDCP 655 Organization and Administra- 
tion of Personnel Services. (2) Prerequi- 
site, EDCP 619 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Exploration of personnel services 
programs and implementing personnel 
services practices. 

EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Ser- 
vices Seminar. (2) Prerequisite, advanced 
standing. Examination of issues that 
bear on professional issues such as 
ethics, interprofessional relationships 
and research. 

EDCP 661 Psycho-Social Aspects of 
Disability. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 460 or 
consent of instructor. This course is part 
of the core curriculum for rehabilitation 
counselors. It is designed to develop an 
understanding of the nature and impor- 
tance of the personal and psycho-social 
aspects of adult disability. 

EDCP 662 Psychiatric Aspects of 
Disability I. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 460 or 
equivalent and consent of instructor. Part 
of core curriculum in rehabilitation coun- 
seling. It is designed to develop an 
understanding of the rehabilitation proc- 
ess, clients served, and skills and at- 
titudes necessary for working effectively 
with the physically disabled. 

EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disabil- 
ity II. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 460 or 
equivalent and consent of instructor. Part 
of core curriculum in rehabilitation coun- 
seling. The psychiatric rehabilitation 
client: understanding his needs, treat- 
ment approaches available, and society's 
reaction to the client. 



EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilita- 
tion. (1-6) Prerequisite, permission of the 
instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six hours. 

EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group 
Processes. (2-6) Prerequisites, EDCP 626. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

EDCP 735 Seminar in Rehabilitation 
Counseling. (2) This course is part of the 
core curriculum for rehabilitation coun- 
selors. It is designed to provide the ad- 
vanced rehabilitation counseling student 
with a formal seminar to discuss, 
evaluate and attempt to reach personal 
resolution regarding pertinent profes- 
sional problems and issues in the field. 

EDCP 771 The College Student. (3) A 

demographic study of the characteristics 
of college students as well as a study of 
their aspirations, values, and purposes. 

EDCP 776 Modification of Human 
Behavior Laboratory and Practicum. (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. In- 
dividual and group supervised introduc- 
tion to intake and counseling 
relationships. 

EDCP 777 Modification of Human 
Behavior — Laboratory and Practicum. 

(3) Prerequisite, EDCP 776 and permis- 
sion of instructor. Continuation of EDCP 
776. Further experience under direct su- 
pervision of more varied forms of coun- 
seling relationships. 

EDCP 778 Seminar in Student 
Personnel.(2-6) An intensive study of the 
various student personnel functions. A 
means to integrate the knowledge from 
various fields as they relate to student 
personnel administration. 

EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum in 
Counseling. (1-6) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor, previous practicum ex- 
perience. Individual supervision of coun- 
seling, and group consultation. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counsel- 
ing and Personnel Services. (1-6) 

Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

EDCP 798 Special Problems in Counsel- 
ing and Personnel Services. (1-6) 

Master's AGS, or Doctoral candidates 
who desire to pursue special research 
problems under the direction of their ad- 
visors may register for credit under this 
number. 

EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) Registration required to the extent 
of six hours for master's thesis. 

EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling 
and Personnel Services. (1-8) Apprentice- 
ships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose 
application for an apprenticeship has 
been approved by the education faculty. 
Each apprentice is assigned to work for 
at least a semester full-time or the 
equivalent with an appropriate staff 
member of a cooperating school, school 
system, or eductional institution or 



agency. The sponsor of the apprentice 
maintains a close working relationship 
with the apprentice and the other per- 
sons involved. Prerequisites, teaching ex- 
perience, a master's degree in education, 
and at least six semester hours in educa- 
tion at the University of Maryland. NOTE: 
the total number of credits which a stu- 
dent may earn in EDCP 489, 888, and 889 
is limted to a maximum of twenty (20) 
semester hours. 

EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and 
Personnel Services. (3-8) Internships in 
the major area of study are available to 
selected students who have teaching ex- 
perience. The following groups of stu- 
dents are eligible: (a) any student who 
has been advanced to candidacy for the 
Doctor's degree: and (b) any student who 
receives special approval by the educa- 
tion faculty for an internship, provided 
that prior to taking an internship, such 
student shall have completed at least 60 
semester hours of graduate work, in- 
cluding at least six semester hours in 
education at the University of Maryland. 
Each intern is assigned to work on a full- 
time basis for at least a semester with 
an appropriate staff member in a cooper- 
ating school, school system, or educa- 
tional institution or agency. The intern- 
ship must be taken in a school situation 
different from the one where the student 
is regularly employed. The intern's spon- 
sor maintains a close working relation- 
ship with the intern and the other per- 
sons involved. Note: the total number of 
credits which a student may earn in 
EDCP 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a 
maximum of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) Registration required to 
the extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. proj- 
ect and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 
Dissertation. 



Criminal Justice and 
Criminology Program 

(Institute of Criminal Justice and 
Criminology) 

Professor and Director: Lejins 
Associate Professors: Ingraham, Maida, 

Tennyson 
Assistant Professors: Debro, B. Johnson, 

K. Johnson, McKenzie, Minor 

The Program of graduate study 
leading to a Master of Arts and 
Ph.D. degree in the area of Criminal 
Justice and Criminology is intended 
to prepare students for research, 
teaching and professional employ- 
ment in the operational agencies in 
the field of criminal justice. This 
program combines an intensive 
background in a social science 
discipline such as sociology, 
psychology, public administration, 
etc., with graduate-level study of 



94 / Graduate Programs 



selected aspects of the criminal 
justice field. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate 
School requirements,, special admis- 
sion requirements include the 
Graduate Record Examination Ap- 
titude Test, a major in a social 
science discipline, and 9 hours of 
course work in the appropriate area 
of criminal justice. For the M.A. ap- 
plicant, the undergraduate social 
science major must have included at 
least one course each in theory, 
statistics and research methods. 
The Ph.D. applicant must have com- 
pleted two statistics, two research 
methods and two theory courses, 
one of each being at the 
master's-level. Admission to the 
Ph.D. program presupposes comple- 
tion of the M.A. degree. At the 
discretion of the Graduate Admis- 
sions Committee of the Institute, 
deficiencies in some of the above 
areas may be made up by noncredit 
work at the beginning of the 
program. 

Students enrolled in the M.A. pro- 
gram have two options: a 
Criminology option and a Criminal 
Justice option. The general plan of 
study for both options, totaling to 30 
semester hours, is as follows: 1) 
Three social science courses on an 
appropriate level in theory, 
methodology, and statistics. 2) Three 
appropriate-level courses in Crim- 
inology or Law Enforcement, 
depending upon the option. Two of 
these must be at the 600 level or 
above. One of these should be a 
general seminar dealing with the 
overall field of criminal justice 
(LENF 600). 3) Two elective courses. 
4) Tutorial courses may be taken on- 
ly as elective courses. 5) The stu- 
dent has a choice between: a) an 
M.A. degree with an M.A. thesis, b) 
an M.A. degree without thesis, but 
with some additional requirements. 

For completion of the Ph.D. 
degree, in addition to the general 
Graduate School Ph.D. requirements, 
competence in the theory of at least 
one social science discipline, in 
research methodology and in quan- 
titative techniques is expected, as 
well as competence in the general 
theory of the criminal justice field 
and in the specialization area se- 
lected by the student. The 
necessary coursework is determined 
on the basis of the student's 
previous preparation, needs, and in- 
terests. The candidate is required to 
pass 4 comprehensive examinations. 



Financial Assistance 

Several graduate teaching assistant- 
ships are available on a competitive 
basis. Further, graduate research 
assistantships are sometimes 
available for graduate students to 
participate in research projects 
directed by faculty members and 
funded by outside sources. 

Additional Information 

A brochure describing the Institute 
of Criminal Justice and Criminology 
and its programs is available upon 
request. Inquiries should be directed 
to: Dr. Peter P. Lejins, Director. 

Courses 

CRIM 432 Law of Corrections. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, LENF 230 or 234 and CRIM 220. A 
review of the law of criminal corrections 
from sentencing to final release or 
release on parole. Probation, punish- 
ments, special treatments for special of- 
fenders, parole and pardon, and the 
prisoner's civil rights are also examined. 

CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency. (3) Pre- 
requisite, SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquen- 
cy in relation to the general problem of 
crime; analysis of factors underlying 
juvenile delinquency; treatment and 
prevention. 

CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency 
Prevention. (3) Prerequisite, CRIM 220 or 
CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. 
Methods and programs in prevention of 
crime and delinquency. 

CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and 
Delinquents in the Community. (3) 

Prerequisite, CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or 
consent of instructor. Analysis of the 
processes and methods in the modifica- 
tion of criminal patterns of behavior in a 
community setting. 

CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of 
Criminals and Delinquents. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent 
of instructor. History, organization and 
functions of penal and correctional in- 
stitutions for adults and juveniles. 

CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological 
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, CRIM 220, CRIM 
450, and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM 
453. Brief historical overview of Crim- 
inological Theory up to the 50's. De- 
viance. Labeling. Typologies. Most recent 
research in Criminalistic subcultures and 
middle class delinquency. Recent pro- 
posals for 'Decriminalization.' 

CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Crim- 
inology. (3) Topics of special interest to 
advanced undergraduates in criminology. 
Such courses will be offered in response 
to student request and faculty interest. 
No more than six credits may be taken 
by a student in selected topics. 

CRIM 610 Research Methods in Criminal 
Justice and Criminology. (3) Prerequisite, 
completion of research methods and 



statistics requirements for the M.A. 
degree. Examination of special research 
problems and techniques. 

CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology. (3) 

First semester. Survey of the principal 
issues in contemporary Criminological 
Theory and research. 

CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology. (3) 

Second semester. 

CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquen- 
cy. (3) First semester. 

CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency as a 
Community Problem. (3) Second 
semester. An intensive study of selected 
problems in adult crime and juvenile 
delinquency in Maryland. 

CRIM 654 History of Criminological 
Thought. (3) Prerequisite, CRIM 454 or its 
equivalent. A study of the development 
of criminological thought from antiquity 
to the present. 

CRIM 699 Special Criminological Prob- 
lems. (3) 

CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) Doctoral Dissertation 
Research in Criminal Justice and 
Criminology. 

Courses 

LENF 444 Advanced Law Enforcement 
Administration. (3) Prerequisite, LENF 
340 or consent of instructor. The struc- 
turing of manpower, material, and 
systems to accomplish the major goals 
of social control. Personnel and systems 
management. Political controls and 
limitations on authority and jurisdiction. 

LENF 455 Dynamics of Planned Change 
in Criminal Justice I. (3) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. An examination of 
conceptual and practical issues related 
to planned change in criminal justice. 
Emphasis on the development of in- 
novative ideas using a research and 
development approach to change. 

LENF 456 Dynamics of Planned Change 
in Criminal Justice II. (3) Prerequisite, 
LENF 455 or consent of instructor. An 
examination of conceptual and practical 
issues related to planned change in 
criminal justice. Emphasis on change 
strategies and tactics which are appropri- 
ate for criminal justice personnel in entry 
level positions. 

LENF 462 Special Problems in Security 
Administration. (3) Prerequisites, LENF 
360 and consent of instructor. An ad- 
vanced course for students desiring to 
focus on specific concerns in the study 
of private security organizations; 
business intelligence and espionage; 
vulnerability and criticality analyses in 
physical security; transportation, banking, 
hospital and military security problems; 
uniformed security forces; national 
defense information; and others. 



Graduate Programs / 95 



LENF 498 Selected Topics in Criminal 
Justice. (1-6) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. Supervised study of a selected 
topic to be announced in the field of 
criminal justice. Repeatable to a max- 
imum of six credits. 

LENF 600 Criminal Justice (3) Prereq- 
uisites, admission to the graduate pro- 
gram in criminal justice or consent of in- 
structor. Current concept of criminal 
justice in relationship to other concepts 
in the field. Historical perspective. 
Criminal justice and social control. 
Operational implications. Systemic 
aspects. Issues of evaluation. 

LENF 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and 
Society. (3) Prerequisite, LENF 230 or its 
equivalent and a course in introductory 
criminology. The criminal law is studied 
in the context of general studies in the 
area of the sociology of law. The evolu- 
tion and social and psychological factors 
affecting the formulation and administra- 
tion of criminal laws are discussed. Also 
examined is the impact of criminal laws 
and their sanctions on behavior in the 
light of recent empirical evidence. 

LENF 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice 
Administration. (3) Prerequisites, one 
course in the theory of groups or 
organizations, one course in administra- 
tion; or consent of instructor. Examina- 
tion of external and internal factors that 
currently impact on police administra- 
tion. Intra-organizational relationships 
and policy formulation; the conversion of 
inputs into decisions and policies. 
Strategies for formulating, implementing 
and assessing administrative decisions. 
LENF 699 Special Problems in Criminal 
Justice. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. Supervised study of a selected 
problem in the field of criminal justice. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
LENF 720 Criminal Justice System Plan- 
ning. (3) Prerequisites, one course in 
criminal justice and one course in 
research methodology. System theory 
and methods; examination of planning 
methods and models based primarily on 
a systems approach to the operations of 
the criminal justice system. 
LENF 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Sublett 
Professors: Ashlock, Duffey O'Neill, 

Weaver, J. Wilson, R. Wilson 
Associate Professors. Amershek, Church, 
Dietz, Eley, Gantt, Heidelbach, Her- 
man, Jantz, Johnson, Roderick, 
Seefeldt, Williams. 
Assistant Professors: Gambrell, Garner, 
Knifong, Madison, Schumacher, Sunal 
Graduate programs leading to M.A., 
M.Ed., D.Ed., and Ph.D. degrees in 
the Department of Early Childhood- 



Elementary Education are designed 
to prepare teachers, curriculumm 
specialists, supervisors, adminis- 
trators, and higher education in- 
structors to function effectively in 
leadership positions in programs for 
young children. 

Students have opportunities to 
specialize in any of the following 
areas: early childhood education, 
elementary education, reading sci- 
ence education, mathematics educa- 
tion, language arts, social studies 
education, or nursery-kindergarten 
education. 

Admission and Degree Information 
Masters Degree programs average 
30-36 semester hours. D.Ed, and 
Ph.D. programs average 90 semester 
hours, including work at the 
master's level. All applicants must 
submit the Miller Analogy Test 
score as prerequisite to admission. 

EDEL 500 and 501, qualifying 
courses for which no graduate 
credit is offered, may be required of 
some students. 

Programs, particularly at the doc- 
toral level, are individualized to 
reflect the students' backgrounds 
and to meet their particular career 
goals. Regular counseling with an 
advisor is an important aspect of 
each program. An effort is made to 
ascertain that graduate programs in- 
clude both theory and practicum, 
professional work and academic 
courses. 

There is a comprehensive exami- 
nation near the completion of work 
at the master's level. The Ph.D. pro- 
gram includes a preliminary examin- 
ation after approximately 12 se- 
mester hours of work and a com- 
prehensive examination near the 
completion of the program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities for graduate study 
include the Reading Center, the 
Science Teaching Center, the Arith- 
metic Center, the Teacher Education 
Centers in local schools, and the 
Center for Young Children. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department is able to give fi- 
nancial aid, in the form of graduate 
assistantships, to students of 
proven ability who have had public 
school teaching experience. 

Courses 

EDEL 401 Science in Early Childhood 
Education. (3) Designed primarily to help 
in-service teachers, nursery school 
through grade 3, to acquire general 
science understandings and to develop 
teaching materials for practical use in 



classrooms. Includes experiments, dem- 
onstrations, constructions, observations, 
field trips and use of audio-visual 
materials. The emphasis is on content 
and method related to science units in 
common use in nursery school through 
grade 3. Offered during summer sessions 
and in off-campus programs taught 
through University College. Ordinarily 
there is no field placement. 

EDEL 402 Science in the Elementary 
School. (3) Designed primarily to help in- 
service teachers, grades 1-6, to acquire 
general science understandings and to 
develop teaching materials for practical 
use in classrooms. Includes experiments, 
demonstrations, constructions, observa- 
tions, field trips and use of audio-visual 
materials. The emphasis is on content 
and method related to science units in 
common use in grades 1-6. Offered dur- 
ing summer sessions and in off-campus 
programs taught through University Col- 
lege. Ordinarily there is no field 
placement. 

EDEL 404 Language Arts in Early Child- 
hood Education. (3) Teaching of spelling, 
handwriting, oral and written expression 
and creative expression. Designed pri- 
marily for in-service teachers, nursery 
school through grade 3. Offered during 
summer sessions and in off-campus pro- 
grams taught through University College. 
Ordinarily there is no field placement. 

EDEL 405 Language Arts in the Elemen- 
tary School. (3) Teaching of spelling, 
handwriting, oral and written expression 
and creative expression. Designed pri- 
marily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 
Offered during summer sessions and in 
off-campus programs taught through Uni- 
versity College. Ordinarily there is no 
field placement. 

EDEL 406 Social Studies in Early 
Childhood Education. (3) Consideration 
given to curriculum, organization and 
methods of teaching, evaluation of newer 
materials and utilization of environmental 
resources. Designed for in — service 
teachers, nursery school through grade 
3. Offered during summer sessions and 
in off-campus programs taught through 
University College. Ordinarily there is no 
field placement. 

EDEL 407 Social Studies in the Elemen- 
tary School. (3) Consideration given to 
curriculum, organization and methods of 
teaching, evaluation of newer materials 
and utilization of environmental re- 
sources. Designed for in-service 
teachers, grades 1-6. Offered during 
summer session and in off-campus pro- 
grams taught through University College. 
Ordinarily there is no field placement. 
EDEL 410 The Child and the Curriculum 
— Early Childhood. (3) Relationship of 
the school curriculum, nursery school 
through grade 3, to child growth and de- 
velopment. Recent trends in curriculum 
organization; the effect of environment 
on learning; readiness to learn; and adap- 
ting curriculum content and methods to 



96 / Graduate Programs 



maturity levels of children. Designed for 
in-service teachers, nursery school 
through grade 3. Offered during summer 
sessions and in off-campus programs 
taught through University College. Or- 
dinarily there is no field placement. 

EDEL 411 The Child and the Curriculum 
— Elementary. (3) Relationship of the 
school curriculum, grades 1-6, to child 
growth and development. Recent trends 
in curriculum organization; the effect of 
environment on learning; readiness to 
learn; and adapting curriculum content 
and methods to maturity levels of chil- 
dren. Designed for in-service teachers, 
grades 1-6. Offered during summer ses- 
sions and in off-campus programs taught 
through University College. Ordinarily 
there is no field placement. 

EDEL 412 Art in the Elementary School. 

(3) Concerned with art methods and 
materials for elementary schools. In- 
cludes laboratory experiences with 
materials appropriate for elementary 
schools. 

EDEL 413 Mathematics in Early 
Childhood Education. (3) Prerequisite, 
Math 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on 
materials and procedures which help 
pupils sense arithmetic meanings and re- 
lationships. Designed to help in-service 
teachers, nursery school through grade 
3, gain a better understanding of the 
number system and arithmetical proc- 
esses. Offered during summer sessions 
and in off-campus programs taught 
through University College. Ordinarily 
there is no field placement. 

EDEL 414 Mathematics in the Elementary 
School. (3) Prerequisite. Math 210 or 
equivalent. Emphasis on materials and 
procedures which help pupils sense 
arithmetic meanings and relationships. 
Designed to help in-service teachers, 
grades 1-6, gain a better understanding 
of the number system and arithmetical 
processes. Offered during summer ses- 
sions and in off-campus programs taught 
through University College. Ordinarily 
there is no field placement. 

EDEL 415 Diagnosis and Treatment of 
Learnning Disabilities in Mathematics I. 

(3) Prerequisite. EDEL 351 or equivalent 
and approval of instructor. Diagnosis and 
treatment of disabilities in mathematics. 
Theoretical models, specific diagnostic 
and instructional techniques and mater- 
ials for working with children in both 
clinical and classroom settings. Practice 
using techniques by conducting case 
studies with children previously diagnos- 
ed as primarily corrective rather than 
severely disabled. Clinic hours to be ar- 
ranged. 

EDEL 416 The Mathematics Laboratory. 

(3) Prerequisite. EDEL 351 or equivalent, 
or consent of instructor. The definition, 
design, and uses of an elementary 
school mathematics laboratory. Labora- 
tory visitations. The design of instruc- 
tional activities and field tested activities 
with children. 



EDEL 417 Social Studies and Multi- 
Ethnic Education. (3) Prerequisite, a 
preservice social studies methods course 
or permission of the instructor. Seminars 
will be held relating to general social 
science principles that are applicable to 
multi-ethnic education as a component 
of social studies instruction. Cultural ex- 
periences arranged on an independent 
basis for each participant. 

EDEL 424 Literature for Children and 
Young People, Advanced. (3) Develop- 
ment of literary materials for children 
and young people. Timeless and ageless 
books, and outstanding examples of con- 
temporary publishing. Evaluation of the 
contributions of individual authors and il- 
lustrators and children's book awards. 

EDEL 425 The Teaching of Reading — 
Early Childhood. (3) Concerned with the 
fundamentals of developmental reading 
instruction, including reading readiness, 
use of experience stories, procedures in 
using basal readers, the improvement of 
comprehension, teaching reading in all 
areas of the curriculum, uses of 
children's literature, the program in word 
analysis, and procedures for determining 
individual needs. Designed for in-service 
teachers, nursery school through grade 
3 Offered during summer sessions and 
in off-campus programs taught through 
University College. Ordinarily there is no 
field placement. 

EDEL 426 The Teaching of Reading — 
Elementary. (3) Concerned with the fun- 
damentals of developmental reading in- 
struction, including reading readiness, 
use of experience stories, procedures in 
using basal readers, the improvement of 
comprehension, teaching reading in all 
areas of the curriculum, uses of 
children's literature, the program in word 
analysis, and procedures for determining 
individual needs. Designed for in-service 
teachers, grades 1-6. Offered during 
summer sessions and in off-campus pro- 
grams taught through University College. 
Ordinarily, there is no field placement. 

EDEL 427 The Reading Process. (1-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of the department. 
A survey of the reading process to pro- 
vide needed knowledge for graduate 
studies in reading. Students will be pre- 
tested prior to registration and take oniy 
those modules of the course identified 
as needed. 

EDEL 430 Con-ective- Remedial Reading 
Instruction. (3) Prerequisite, EDEL/EDSE 
427 or equivalent, and consent of the de- 
partment. For teachers, supervisors, and 
administrators who wish to identify and 
assist pupils with reading difficulties. 
Concerned with diagnostic techniques, 
instructional materials and teaching pro- 
cedures useful in the regular classroom. 

EDEL 431 Laboratory Practices in 
Reading. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 430. A 
laboratory course in which each student 
has one or more pupils for analysis and 
instruction. At least one class meeting 
per week to diagnose individual cases 
and to plan instruction. 



EDEL 488 Special Topics in Elementary 
Education (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor Special treatment of current 
topics and issues in elementary educa- 
tion. Repeatable to maximum of 6 
credits, provided content is different. 

EDEL 489 Field Experience in Education 
(1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester 
hours in education at the University of 
Maryland plus such other prerequisites 
as may be set by the major area in 
which the experience is to be taken. 
Planned field experience may be provid- 
ed for selected students who have had 
teaching experience and whose applica- 
tion for such field experience has been 
approved by the education faculty. Field 
experience is offered in a given area to 
both major and nonmajor students. Note 
— the total number of credits which a 
student may earn in EDEL 489, 888, and 
889 is limited to a maximum of 20 
semester hours. 

EDEL 498 Special Problems in Education. 
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
Available only to mature students who 
have definite plans for individual study of 
approved problems. 

EDEL 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Insti- 
tutes. (1-6) The maximum number of 
credits that may be earned under this 
course symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours; the symbol may be used 
two or more times until six semester 
hours have been reached. The following 
types of educational enterprise may be 
scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the college of 
education (or developed cooperatively 
with other colleges and universities) and 
not otherwise covered in the present 
course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, 
speech therapy laboratories, and special 
education centers; institutes developed 
around specific topics or problems and 
intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and 
supervisors. 

EDEL 500 Education of the Young Child. 

(3) Prerequisites, a baccalaureate degree 
and consent of the department. An initial 
course for persons entering graduate 
study in early childhood education, to 
provide a foundation for further graduate 
study or a supplement to other areas. In- 
tensive study of current education pro- 
grams, teacher roles, and planning, staff- 
ing, and organizing for children's learning 
needs. Not applicable towards graduate 
degrees. 

EDEL 501 Materials and Practices in Ear- 
ly Childhood Education. (3) Prerequisites, 
a baccalaureate degree and consent of 
the department. An overview of practices 
and media available for innovative ap- 
proaches in early childhood programs, in- 
cluding diagnostic and prescriptive 
techniques. Not applicable toward 
graduate degrees. 

EDEL 600 Seminar in Elementary Educa- 
tion. (3) Primarily for individuals who 



Graduate Programs / 97 



wish to write seminar papers. Prereq- 
uisite, at least 12 hours of graduate work 
in education. 

EDEL 601 Problems in Teaching Science 
in Elementary Schools. (3) Prerequisites, 
EDEL 353 or 402 or consent of the in- 
structor. Analysis of the teaching of 
science to children through (1) the iden- 
tification of problems to teaching 
science, (2) the investigation and study 
of research reports related to the iden- 
tified problems, and (3) the hypothesizing 
of methods for improving the effective- 
ness of science education for children. 

EDEL 605 Problems of Teaching Lan- 
guage Arts in Elementary Schools. (3) 

Prerequisite, EDEL 404 or approval of in- 
structor. This course is designed to 
allow each student an opportunity (1) to 
analyze current issues, trends, and prob- 
lems in language arts instruction in 
terms of research in fundamental educa- 
tional theory and the language arts, and 

(2) to use this analysis in effecting 
changes in methods and materials for 
classroom instruction. 

EDEL 607 Problems of Teaching Social 
Studies in Elementary Schools. (3) Pre- 
requisite, EDEL 406 or approval of in- 
structor. An examination of current 
literature and research reports in the 
social sciences and in social studies cur- 
riculum design and instruction, with an 
emphasis on federally-sponsored projects 
as well as programs designed for urban 
children. 

EDEL 613 Theoretical and Research 
Foundations of Elementary School Math- 
ematics. (3) Prerequisite, EDEL 351 or 
equivalent, or permission of the instruc- 
tor. Theoretical and research literature in- 
terrelating mathematics education with 
psychology, sociology, philosophy, and 
history. Evaluation of the influence of 
this literature on research, teacher 
preparation, and mathematics instruction 
in schools. 

EDEL 614 Elementary School 
Mathematics Curricula. (3) Prerequisite, 
EDEL 314 or equivalent and approval of 
instructor. Critical evaluation of past and 
present curricular projects, experimental 
programs, and instructional materials. 
Design and implementation of elemen- 
tary school mathematics curricula. 

EDEL 615 Diagnosis and Treatment of 
Learning Disabilities in Mathematics II. 

(3) Prerequisite. EDEL 415 or equivalent 
and approval of instructor. Diagnosis and 
treatment of severe learning disabilities 
in elementary school mathematics. 
Theoretical models, relevant research 
and specific techniques appropriate for 
accessing the interaction of subject mat- 
ter, organismic, and instructional 
variables will be developed. Clinic hours 
for case study work to be arranged. 

EDEL 618 Practicum in Diagnoses and 
Treatment of Learning Disabilities in 
Mathematics. (3) Prerequisite, EDEL 615 
or equivalent and approval of instructor. 
Supervised clinical research studies with 



children experiencing learning difficulties 
in mathematics. Extension of diagnostic 
treatment and reporting procedures de- 
veloped in EDEL 415 and 615. Course 
may be repeated to a maximum of 6 
hours. 

EDEL 624 Reading Diagnostic Assess- 
ment and Prescription. (3) Prerequisites, 
12 credits of graduate study in educa- 
tion, or consent of instructor. Survey 
course in reading diagnosis and prescrip- 
tion for graduate students not majoring 
in reading. The interpretation of reading 
diagnostic techniques with an overview 
of various prescriptions based on 
diagnosis. 

EDEL 626 Problems in the Teaching of 
Reading in the Elementary School. (3) Im- 
plications of current theory and the 
results of research for the teaching of 
reading in the elementary school. Atten- 
tion is given to all areas of developmen- 
tal reading instruction, with special em- 
phasis on persistent problems. 

EDEL 627 Clinical Assessment in 
Reading. (3) Prerequisites, EDEL 430, 
EDEL 626, EDMS 446 and EDMS 622. 
Clinical diagnostic techniques and 
materials useful to the reading specialist 
in assessing serious reading difficulties. 

EDEL 630 Clinical Remediation of 
Reading Disabilities. (3) Prerequisites. 
EDEL 430, EDEL 626, EDMS 446 and 622. 
Remedial procedures and materials 
useful to the reading specialists in plan- 
ning programs of individual and small 
group instruction. 

EDEL 631 Advanced Laboratory Practices 
(Diagnosis). (3) Prerequisite, EDEL 630. 
Diagnostic work with children in clinic 
and school situations. Administration, 
scoring, interpretation, and prescription 
via diagnostic instruments is stressed. 
Case report writing and conferences are 
also stressed. EDEL 631 is taken with 
EDEL 632. 

EDEL 632 Advanced Laboratory Practices 
(Instruction). (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 630. 
Remedial instruction with children in 
clinic and school situations. Develop 
competency in various remedial techni- 
ques, diagnostic teaching and evaluation. 
Development of the reading resource role 
is stressed EDEL 632 is taken with 
EDEL 631. 

EDEL 636 Communications and the 
School Curriculum. (3) Curriculum 
development based on communication 
as the major vehicle for describing the 
Learner's interactions with persons, 
knowledge, and materials in the 
classroom and school environment. 

EDEL 640 Curriculum Planning in 
Nursery-Kindergarten Education. (3) An 

examination of significant new 
developments in curriculum theory and 
practice. 

EDEL 641 The Young Child in the Com- 
munity. (3) Planned observation, related 
research, and analysis of the experiences 
of young children in such community 



centers as foster homes, orphanages, 
day care centers, Sunday schools, etc. 
One-half day a week observation re- 
quired. 

EDEL 642 The Young Child in School. (3) 

An examination of significant theory and 
research on the characteristics of young 
children which have special implications 
for teaching children in nursery- 
kindergarten groups. 

EDEL 643 Teacher- Parent Relationships. 

(3) A study of the methods and 
materials, trends, and problems in 
establishing close home-school relation- 
ships. 

EDEL 644 Intellectual and Creative Ex- 
periences of the Nursery-Kindergarten. 

(3) A critical examination of materials, 
methods and programs in such areas as 
reading, literature, science, mathematics, 
the social studies, art, music, dance, etc. 

EDEL 650 Seminar in Early Childhood 
Education. (3) A problem seminar in early 
childhood education Prerequisites, at 
least 12 hours of graduate work in early 
childhood education. 

EDEL 651 Staffing in Early Childhood 
Programs. (3) Prerequisite, admission to 
doctoral programs in early childhood 
education or educational administration; 
administrative experience or consent of 
instructor. 

EDEL 652 Education and Group Care of 
the Infant and Young Child. (3) Prerequi- 
site, EDMS 446 or consent of the in- 
structor. The historical, theoretical and 
empirical basis for the group care and 
education of young children with special 
emphasis on the child under the age of 
three. 

EDEL 653 Curriculum Innovations in Ear- 
ly Childhood- Elementary Science Educa- 
tion. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instruc- 
tor. A study of the most recently 
developed curricula in early 
childhood-elementary science education 
including the psychological basis of 
each science curriculum; analysis of the 
components of each curriculum; and in- 
teraction with early childhood-elemen- 
tary school children using selected ac- 
tivities from science curricula. 

EDEL 701 Seminar in Research and 
Development of Science Education for 
Children. (3) Prerequisites, EDEL 601 and 
EDEL 653; or consent of instructor. The 
development of science education for 
children; the study, description and inter- 
pretation of science education research 
reports; the identification and critical 
analysis of one specific topic in early 
childhood-elementary science education; 
and the development of a research pro- 
posal for an investigation designed to 
further the student's knowledge of the 
selected topic in early childhood-elemen- 
tary science education. 

EDEL 707 Elementary School Social 
Studies Research. (3) Prerequisites. EDEL 
607, EDMS 446, and 12 graduate hours in 
the social sciences. The identification of 



98 / Graduate Programs 



a significant problem in elementary 
school social studies, the design and ex- 
ecution of a research study to resolve 
the problem. Intended for advanced 
graduate students whose concentration 
is in elementary school social studies. 

EDEL 719 Research Seminar in Teaching 
and Learning of Elementary School 
Mathematics. (3) Prerequisites. EDMS 645 
and EDEL 613. or consent of instructor. 
Critical evaluation of past and current 
research, formulation of researchable 
questions, design and conduct of 
research in the teaching and learning of 
elementary school mathematics. Course 
may be repeated to a maximum of 6 
credits. 

EDEL 726 Research Design in Early 
Childhood Education. (3) Prerequisites, 
EDMS 646 or equivalent. Provides oppor- 
tunity for designing and conducting 
research with children from birth to eight 
years of age based on reviews, evalua- 
tions and discussions of significant and 
relevant early childhood research 
literature. 

EDEL 788 Special Topics in Elementary 
Education. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. Special and intensive treat- 
ment of current topics and issues in 
elementary education. Repeatable to 
maximum of 6 credits. 

EDEL 798 Special Problems in Education. 
(1-6) Master's AGS. or doctoral can- 
didates who desire to pursue special 
research problems under the direction of 
their advisors may register for credit 
under this number. Course card must 
have the title of the problem and the 
name of the faculty member under 
whom the work will be done. 
EDEL 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) Registration required to the extent 
of six hours for master's thesis. 
EDEL 888 Apprenticeship in Education. 
(1-8) Apprenticeships in the major area 
of study are available to selected 
students whose application for an ap- 
prenticeship has been approved by the 
education faculty. Each apprentice is 
assigned to work for at least a semester 
full-time or the equivalent with an ap- 
propriate staff member of a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational in- 
stitution or agency. The sponsor of the 
apprentice maintains a close working 
relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. Prerequisites, 
teaching experience, a master's degree 
in education, and at least six semester 
hours in education at the University of 
Maryland. Note: the total number of 
credits which a student may earn in 
EDEL 489. 888 and 889 is limited to a 
maximum of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDEL 889 Internship in Education. (3-8) 
Internships in the major area of study 
are available to selected students who 
have teaching experience. The following 
groups of students are eligible; (a) any 
student who has been advanced to can- 
didacy for the doctor's degree; and (b) 
any student who receives special ap- 



proval by the education faculty for an in- 
ternship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have com- 
pleted at least 60 semester hours of 
graduate work, including at least six 
semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Each intern is 
assigned to work on a full-time basis for 
at least a semester with an appropriate 
staff member in a cooperating school, 
school system, or educational institution 
or agency. The internship must be taken 
in a school situation different from the 
one where the student is regularly 
employed. The intern's sponsor main- 
tains a close working relationship with 
the intern and the other persons in- 
volved. Note; the total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDEL 489, 
888. and 889 is limited to a maximum of 
twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDEL 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) Registration required to 
the extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. proj- 
ect and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D 
dissertation. 

Economics Program 

Professor and Chairman: Marris 
Professors: Aaron. Adelman, Almon, 

Bailey. Bergmann, Cumberland. Dillard. 

Gruchy, Harris. Kelejian. McGuire. 

Mueller, O'Connell, Olson, Schultze, 

Straszheim, Ulmer, Wonnacott 
Associate Professors: Adams, Bennett, 

Betancourt, Clague. Dodge, Johnson, 

Knight. Meyer. Singer, Weinstein 
Assistant Professors: Brown. Clotfelter, 

Dorman, Lieberman. Murrell, Pelcovits, 

Snower, Swartz, Vavrichek 
Programs are offered leading to the 
Master of Arts and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. Areas of 
specialization include: economic 
theory, advanced economic theory, 
comparative economic systems and 
planning, econometrics, economic 
development, economic history, en- 
vironmental and natural resource 
economics, history of economic 
thought, industrial organization, in- 
stitutional economics, international 
economics, labor economics, mone- 
tary economics, public finance, re- 
gional and urban economics, and 
social policy. 

Admission and Degree Information 
Applicants should have taken (or 
should plan to take immediately) at 
least one advanced undergraduate 
course in each of microeconomics, 
macroeconomics, statistics, and 
calculus. In addition, the Aptitude 
Test section of the Graduate Record 
Examination is required, and the Ad- 
vanced Economics Test is strongly 
recommended. Letters of recommen- 
dation from three persons compe- 
tent to judge the probability of the 
applicant's success in graduate 
school should be sent directly to 



the Director of Graduate Studies in 
Economics. While part-time graduate 
study is possible, few courses are 
taught at night. 

The Master of Arts degree in 
Economics may be taken under ei- 
ther (1) the thesis option (24 hours 
plus a thesis) or (2) the non-thesis 
option (30 hours, including Eco- 
nomics 621-622, plus a written ex- 
amination in Economic Theory and a 
research paper). The requirements 
for the non-thesis option for the 
M.A. are met automatically in the 
course of the Ph.D. program in 
Economics. 

The main requirements of the 
Ph.D. program are (1) a written ex- 
amination in economic theory, nor- 
mally taken at the beginning of the 
second year of full-time graduate 
study; (2) written examinations in 
two approved optional fields; (3) a 
comprehensive oral examination 
covering economic theory and the 
two optional fields; (4) two courses 
(ECON 621-622) in Quantitative 
Methods in Economics; (5) two 
courses (ECON 606, 607) in the 
History of Economic Thought; or 
one in Thought and one in 
Economic History (ECON 611 or 
613); (6) foreign language competen- 
cy or one of several options; (7) a 
research paper available to the facul- 
ty at the time of the oral compre- 
hensive examination; (8) a disser- 
tation and its successful oral defense. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The graduate program in Economics 
is a comprehensive one. The depart- 
ment possesses special strength in 
the Economics of the Public Sector 
and Public Choice. The department 
has general strengths in social 
policy, poverty, natural resources 
and the environment, in international 
economics and economic develop- 
ment, and other applied areas. 
Special research projects under the 
supervision of faculty members are 
carried on in the Economics of En- 
vironmental Management and Inter- 
industry Forecasting. 

Financial Assistance 

Research assistantships are avail- 
able in special projects. Numerous 
teaching assistantships are also 
available. The department can usu- 
ally help graduate students find half- 
time employment in Federal agen- 
cies engaged in economic research. 
There are a limited number of 
fellowships available, including 
several for members of groups 
presently underrepresented among 
economists. 

Graduate Programs / 99 



Additional Information 

A complete description of the re- 
quirements of the degrees in eco- 
nomics and the admission process 
is available on request from: Direc- 
tor of Graduate Studies in 
Economics, Department of Econom- 
ics, University of Maryland. 

Courses 

ECON 401 National Income Analysis. (3) 

Prerequsite, ECON 201, 203. Required for 
economics majors. Analysis of the deter- 
mination of national income, employ- 
ment, and price levels. Discussion of 
consumption, investment, inflation, and 
government fiscal and monetary policy. 

ECON 402 Business Cycles. (3) First 
semester. Prerequisite, ECON 430. A 
study of the causes of depressions and 
unemployment. Cyclical and secular in- 
stability, theories of business cycles, and 
the problem of controlling economic 
instability. 

ECON 403 Intermediate Price Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203. Required 
for economics majors. An analysis of the 
theories of consumer behavior and of the 
firm, and of general price and distribu- 
tion theory, with applications to current 
economic issues. 

ECON 407 Contemporary Economic 
Thought. (3) Prerequisites, ECON 201, 
203, and senior standing. Graduate stu- 
dents should take ECON 705. A survey 
of the development of economic thought 
since 1900 with special reference to 
Thorstein Veblin and other pre-1939 in- 
stitutionalists and to post-1945 Neo- 
Institutionalists such as J.K. Galbraith 
and Gunnar Myrdal. 
ECON 415 Introduction to Economic 
Development of Underdeveloped areas. 
(3) Prerequisite ECON 201 and 203; or 
205 An analysis of the economic and 
social characteristics of underdeveloped 
areas. Recent theories of economic de- 
velopment, obstacles to development, 
policies and planning for development. 

ECON 418 Economic Development of 

Selected Areas. (3) 

A — Latin America 

B — Asia 

C — Africa 

Prerequisite, ECON 415. Institutional 

characteristics of a specific area are 

discussed and alternate strategies and 

policies for development are analyzed. 

ECON 421 Economic Statistics. (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 110 or equivalent. 
Not open to students who have taken 
BSAD 230 or BSAD 231. An introduction 
to the use of statistics in economics. 
Topics include: probability, random 
variables and their distributions, sampl- 
ing theory, estimation, hypothesis 
testing, analysis of variance, regression 
analysis, correlation. 

ECON 422 Quantitative Methods in 
Economics. (3) Prerequisites, ECON 201, 
203, and 421 (or BSAD 230); or permis- 
sion of instructor. Emphasizes the inter- 

100 / Graduate Programs 



action between the economic problems 
posed by economists and the as- 
sumptions employed in statistical theory. 
Deals with the formulation, estimation 
and testing of economic models. Topics 
include single variable and multiple 
variable regression techniques, theory of 
identification, autocorrelation and 
simultaneous equations. Independent 
work relating the material in the course 
to an economic problem chosen by the 
student is required. 

ECON 425 Mathematical Economics. (3) 

Prerequisites, ECON 401 and 403 and 
one year of college mathematics. A 
course designed to enable economics 
majors to understand the simpler as- 
pects of mathematical economics. Those 
parts of the calculus and algebra re- 
quired for economic analysis will be 
presented. 

ECON 430 Money and Banking. (3) Pre- 
requisite, ECON 201, 203. Relation of 
money and credit to economic activity 
and prices; impact of public policy in 
financial markets and for goods and ser- 
vices; policies, structure, and functions 
of the federal reserve system; organiza- 
tion, operation, and functions of the 
commercial banking system, as related 
particularly to questions of economic 
stability and public policy. 

ECON 431 Theory of Money, Prices and 
Economic Activity. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 
430. A theoretical treatment of the in- 
fluence of money and financial markets 
on economic activity and prices, and of 
the effects of monetary policy on the 
markets for goods and services; the role 
of money in the classical and Keynesian 
macro-systems; topics of theoretical in- 
terest in monetary policy formation and 
implementation. 

ECON 440 International Economics. (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203. A descrip- 
tive and theoretical analysis of interna- 
tional trade, balance of payments ac- 
counts, the mechanism of international 
economic adjustment, comparative costs, 
economics of customs unions. 

ECON 441 International Economic 
Policies. (3) Prerequisites, ECON 401, 
403, and 440. Contemporary balance of 
payments problems; the international liq- 
uidity controversy investment, trade and 
economic development; evaluation of 
arguments for protection. 

ECON 450 Introduction to Public 
Finance. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203; 
or ECON 205. The role of federal, state, 
and local governments in meeting public 
wants. Analysis of tax theory and policy, 
expenditure theory, government budget- 
ing, benefit-cost analysis, and income 
redistribution. 

ECON 451 Public Choice and Public 
Policy. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 203, or 
205. Analysis of collective decision mak- 
ing. Economic models of government, 
program budgeting, and policy implemen- 
tation; emphasis on models of public 
choice and institutions which affect deci- 
sion making. 



ECON 454 State and Local Public 
Finance. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 and 
203; or 205. Principles and problems of 
governmental finance with special ref- 
erence to state and local jurisdictions. 
Topics to be covered include taxation, 
expenditures and intergovernmental 
fiscal relations. 

ECON 460 Industrial Organization. (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 201 and 203; or 205. 
Changing structure of the American 
Economy; price policies in different in- 
dustrial classifications of monopoly and 
competition in relation to problems of 
public policy. 

ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor 
Economics. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 470. 
For students who wish to pursue, in 
depth, selected topics in the labor field. 
Issues and topics selected for detailed 
examination may include: manpower 
training and development, unemployment 
compensation and social security, race 
and sex discrimination in employment, 
wage theory, productivity analysis, the 
problems of collective bargaining in 
public employment, wage-price controls 
and incomes policy. 

ECON 474 Economic Problems of 
Women. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201, 203, 
or 205. Discrimination against women in 
the labor market; the division of labor in 
the home and the workplace by sex; the 
'child care industry'; women in poverty. 

ECON 475 Economics of Poverty and 
Discrimination. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 
201 and 203; or 205. Topics include the 
causes of the persistence of low income 
groups; the relation of poverty to tech- 
nological change, to economic growth, 
and to education and training; economic 
motivations for discrimination; the 
economic results of discrimination; pro- 
posed remedies for poverty and 
discrimination. 

ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet 
Union. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 and 
203; or 205. An analysis of the organiza- 
tion, operating principles and perform- 
ance of the Soviet economy with atten- 
tion to the historical and ideological 
background, planning, resources, in- 
dustry, agriculture, domestic and foreign 
trade, finance, labor, and the structure 
and growth of national income. 

ECON 484 The Economy of China. (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 201 and 203; or 205. 
Policies and performances of the Chi- 
nese economy since 1949. Will begin 
with a survey of modern China's eco- 
nomic history. Emphasizes the strategies 
and institutional innovations that the 
Chinese have adopted to overcome the 
problems of economic development. 
Some economic controversies raised dur- 
ing the 'cultural revolution' will be 
covered in review of the problems and 
prospects of the present Chinese 
economy. 

ECON 486 The Economics of National 
Planning. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 and 



203; or 205. An analysis of the principles 
and practice of economic planning with 
special reference to the planning prob- 
lems of West European Countries and 
the United States. 

ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic 
Problems and Policies. (3) Prerequisites. 
ECON 201 and 203; or 205. An introduc- 
tion to the study of urban economics 
through the examination of current pol- 
icy issues. Topics may include subur- 
banization of jobs and residences, hous- 
ing and urban renewal, urban transporta- 
tion, development of new towns, ghetto 
economic development, problems in ser- 
vices such as education and police. 

ECON 491 Economics and Control of Ur- 
ban Growth. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 490. 
An analysis of metropolitan development 
processes, the consequences of alter- 
native growth patterns, and the evalua- 
tion of policies to control growth. 

ECON 492 Economics of Location and 
Regional Growth. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 
403. or consent of instructor. Study of 
the theories, problems, and policies of 
regional economic development and the 
location of economic activity for both 
rural and metropolitan regions. Methods 
of regional analysis. 

ECON 601 Macro- Economic Analysis. (3) 

First semester of a two-semester se- 
quence. 601 and 602. Topics normally in- 
clude general equilibrium theory in 
Classical, Keynesian, and Post-Keynesian 
treatments; the demand for money: theo- 
ries of consumption behavior and of 
inflation. 

ECON 602 Economic Growth and In- 
stability. (3) Second semester. A con- 
tinuation of ECON 601. Major topics in- 
clude growth and technological change, 
investment, business cycles, and large 
empirical macroeconomic models. Also 
included are material on wages and 
employment and on international and 
domestic stability. 

ECON 603 Micro-Economic Analysis I. 

(3) Prerequisite, a calculus course or con- 
current registration in ECON 621. The 
first semester of a two-semester se- 
quence which analyzes the usefulness 
and shortcomings of prices in solving 
the basic economic problem of allocating 
scarce resources among alternative uses. 
The central problem of welfare eco- 
nomics and general equilibrium as a 
framework for a detailed analysis of con- 
sumption and production theories in- 
cluding linear programming with deci- 
sions under uncertainty. 

ECON 604 Micro-Economic Analysis II. 

(3) Prerequisite. ECON 603. A continua- 
tion of ECON 603. Theory of capital, in- 
terest and wages. Qualifications of the 
basic welfare theorem caused by 
noncompetitive market structures, exter- 
nal economies and diseconomies and 
secondary constraints. Application of 
price theory to public expenditure deci- 
sions, investment in human capital, inter- 



national trade, and other areas of 
economics. 

ECON 605 Welfare Economics. (3) First 
semester. Prerequisite. ECON 603. The 
topics covered include pareto optimality, 
social welfare functions, indivisibilities, 
consumer surplus, output and price pol- 
icy in public enterprise, and welfare 
aspects of the theory of public 
expenditures. 

ECON 606 History of Economic Thought. 

(3) First semester. Prerequisite. ECON 
403 or consent of the instructor. A study 
of the development of economic thought 
and theories including the Greeks. Ro- 
mans, Canonists. Mercantilists, Phys- 
iocrats. Adam Smith. Malthus. Ricardo. 
Relation of ideas to economic policy. 

ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) Second semester. 
Prerequisite. ECON 606 or consent of 
the instructor. A study of nineteenth- 
century and twentieth-century schools of 
economic thought, particularly the 
Classicists. Neo-Classicists. Austrians, 
German Historical School. American 
Economic Thought, the Socialists, and 
Keynes. 

ECON 611 Seminar in American 
Economic Development. (3) 

ECON 613 Origins and Development of 
Capitalism. (3) Second semester. Studies 
the transition from feudalism to modern 
capitalistic economies in Western Eu- 
rope. Whenever possible, this economic 
history is analyzed with the aid of tools 
of modern economics, and in the light of 
comparisons and contrasts with the less 
developed areas of the present day. 

ECON 615 Economic Development of 
Underdeveloped Areas. (3) First semester 
Prerequisite. ECON 401 and 403. An anal- 
ysis of the forces contributing to and 
retarding economic progress in underde- 
veloped areas. Macro and micro- 
economic aspects of development plan- 
ning and strategy are emphasized. 

ECON 616 Seminar in Economic 
Development. (3) Second semester. Pre- 
requisite. ECON 615 or consent of in- 
structor. A continuation of ECON 615. 
Special emphasis is on the application of 
economic theory in the institutional set- 
ting of a country or area of particular in- 
terest to the student. 

ECON 617 Money and Finance in 
Economic Development. (3) First se- 
mester. Economic theory, strategy, and 
tactics for mobilizing real and financial 
resources to finance and accelerate eco- 
nomic development. Monetary, fiscal, and 
tax reform policy and practice by the 
government sector to design and imple- 
ment national development plans. 

ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I. (3) 

First semester. An introduction to the 
theory and practice of statistical infer- 
ence. Elements of computer program- 
ming and a review of mathematics ger- 
mane to this and other graduate eco- 
nomics courses are included. 



ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite. ECON 
621. Techniques of estimating relation- 
ships among economic variables. Multi- 
ple regression, the analysis of variance 
and covariance. and techniques for deal- 
ing in time series. Further topics in 
mathematics. 

ECON 661 Advanced Industrial Organiza- 
tion. (3) First semester. Prerequisite, 
ECON 401 and 403 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Analysis of market structure and its 
relation to market performance. 

ECON 662 Industrial Organization and 
Public Policy. (3) Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, ECON 661 or consent of in- 
structor. Analysis of the problems of 
public policy in regard to the structure, 
conduct, and performance of industry. 
Examination of anti-trust policy from the 
point of view of economic theory. 

ECON 671 Seminar in Labor Economics. 

(3) First semester. Formal models of 
labor demand, supply, utilization and 
price formation. Factors affecting labor 
supply: the determination of factor 
shares in an open economy; bargaining 
models, labor resources, trade union 
theories as they affect resource 
allocation. 

ECON 672 Selected Topics in Labor 
Economics. (3) Second semester. The 
wage-price issue; public policy with 
respect to unions, labor-management re- 
lations, and the labor market: institu- 
tional aspects of the American Labor 
Movement: manpower development and 
training. 

ECON 682 Seminar in Economic 
Development of the Soviet Union. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite. ECON 
482 or consent of instructor. Measure- 
ment and evaluation of Soviet Economic 
growth including interpretation and use 
of Soviet statistics, measurement of na- 
tional income, fiscal policies, investment 
and technological change, planning and 
economic administration, manpower and 
wage policies, foreign trade and aid. 
Selected topics in bloc development and 
reform. 

ECON 686 Economic Growth in Mature 
Economies. (3) A comparative analysis of 
measures for achieving economic stabil- 
ity and progress in mature economies 
such as the major West European coun- 
tries and the United States, including 
fiscal and monetary policies, tax incen- 
tives, manpower programs, redistribu- 
tional efforts, planning procedures and 
nationalization. 

ECON 698 Selected Topics in 
Economics. (3). 

ECON 703 Advanced Economic Theory I. 

(3) Prerequisite, background in calculus 
and matrix algebra such as provided by 
ECON 621 and 622. Optimization tech- 
niques such as Lagrangian multipliers 
and linear programming. Mathematical 
treatment of general equilibrium, in- 
cluding interindustry analysis, the theory 
of production, consumption, and welfare. 



Graduate Programs / 101 



ECON 704 Advanced Economic Theory II. 

(3) Prerequisite. ECON 703. Multi-Sectoral 
growth models and questions of optimal 
growth. Last half of course consists of 
presentations of seminar papers. 

ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional 
Economic Theory. (3) Second semester. 
A study of the recent developments in 
the field of institutional economic theory 
in the United States and abroad. 

ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional 
Economic Theory. (3). 

ECON 721 Econometrics I. (3) First 
semester. Special topics in mathematical 
statistics necessary for understanding 
econometric theory, with particular em- 
phasis on multivariate analysis. The 
estimation of simultaneous equation sys- 
tems, problems involving errors in vari- 
ables, distributed lags, and spectral 
analysis. 

ECON 722 Seminar in Quantitative 
Economics. (3) Second semester. Prereq- 
uisite. ECON 622 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Analysis of data sources for eco- 
nomic research; critical evaluation of 
previous and current quantitative 
economic studies; and class discussion 
and criticism of student research 
projects. 

ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy. 

(3) First semester. An adequate 
knowledge of micro and macro- 
economics is assumed. Theory of 
money, financial assets, and economic 
activity; review of Classical, Neo- 
classical and Keynesian contribution; 
emphasis on Post-Keynesian contribu- 
tions, including those of Tobin, Patinkin, 
Gurley-Shaw, Friedman, and others. 

ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary Theory 
and Policy. (3) Second semester. Prereq- 
uisite, ECON 731 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Theory of the mechanisms through 
which central banking affects economic 
activity and prices; formation and im- 
plementation of monetary policy; theo- 
rectical topics in monetary policy. 

ECON 741 Advanced International 
Economics I. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 601. 
The international mechanism of adjust- 
ment: price, exchange rate, and income 
changes. The flexible exchange rate 
system, international monetary reform 
and international investment and capital 
flows. 

ECON 742 Advanced International 
Economics II. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 603 
and ECON 741. The pure theory of inter- 
national trade. Comparative costs, the 
Heckscher-Ohlin Theorem, and the effect 
of trade on factor prices. Tariff analysis, 
commercial policy and customs unions. 
The gains from trade and ranking of 
policy interventions. 

ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public 
Finance. (3) Review of utility analysis to 
include the theory of individual con- 
sumer resource allocation and exchange 
and welfare implications. Effects of alter- 
native tax and subsidy techniques upon 



allocation, exchange, and welfare out- 
comes. Theories of public goods, their 
production, exchange and consumption. 
Principles of benefit-cost analysis for 
government decisions. 

ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance. (3) 

Second semester. Theory of taxation and 
tax policy, with particular emphasis on 
income taxation; empirical studies; the 
burden of the public debt. Research pa- 
per by each student to be presented to 
seminar. 

ECON 775 Poverty and the Labor Market. 

(3) Prerequisite, ECON 603 and 622, or 
consent of instructor. Theories of in- 
come distribution and factor shares; hu- 
man capital theory, empirical applica- 
tions, and criticisms; theories and 
measurement of discrimination; the oper- 
ation of labor markets, trade unions, and 
minimum wage laws; economic fluctua- 
tions and income distribution. 

ECON 776 Policies Affecting Income 
Distribution. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 603 
and 622, or consent of instructor. Ethics 
of Distribution; measures of income, in- 
come distribution, and poverty; incidence 
of taxation and public expenditures; the 
design of distributional policies, in-kind 
versus cash assistance; particular policy 
areas, education finance, housing assis- 
tance, medical care, child care, cash 
transfer programs. 

ECON 781 Advanced Environmental 
Economics. (3) Prerequisites. ECON 603 
and 621, or consent of instructor. Theory 
in externalutes, microeconomic models 
of pollution damage functions, benefits 
and costs of alternative pollution control 
measures, macroeconomic models of 
material and energy balance, limits to 
economic growth and long-run problems 
of intergenerational and interregional effi- 
ciency and equity. 

ECON 785 Advanced Economics of 
Natural Resources. (3) Prerequisites, 
ECON 603 and 621, or consent of in- 
structor. The rate of use of renewable 
and non-renewable resources from the 
normative and positive points of view; 
evaluation of alternative uses of natural 
environments; irreversibilities, discount- 
ing and intergenerational transfers. 
Discussion of natural resource problems 
and policies. 

ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics. 

(3) Market processes and public policies 
as related to urban problems and metro- 
politan change. Employment, housing, 
discrimination, transportation and the 
local public sector. 
ECON 792 Regional and Urban Eco- 
nomics. (3) Theoretical and empirical 
analysis of the location and spatial 
distribution of economic activity. Anal- 
ysis of regional growth and development. 
The study of analytical methods and 
forecasting models. 

ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6). 

ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8). 



Electrical Engineering 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Harger 
Professors: Chu', Davisson, DeClaris, 

Hochuli, Ligomenides, Lin, Newcomb, 

Reiser 2 , Taylor, Weiss 3 
Associate Professors: Baras, Basham, 

Emad, Ephremides, Lee, Levine, 

Pugsley, Rhee, Silio, Simons, Tretter, 

Zajac, Zaki 
Assistant Professors: Conn, Davis, 

Destler, Striffler, Wang, Yee 
'joint appointment with Computer 
Science 

2 joint appointment with Physics 
2 joint appointment with Institute for 
Physical Sciences and Technology 
The Electrical Engineering Depart- 
ment offers graduate work leading 
to the Master of Science with or 
without thesis and the Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees with specializa- 
tion in bioelectrical engineering, cir- 
cuits, communication, computers, 
control, and eletrophysics. In con- 
junction with his Graduate Advisor, 
each graduate student plans and 
pursues an individual study program 
which includes an appropriate se- 
quence of courses and a thesis or 
scholarly paper. 

Areas of study in Bioelectrical En- 
gineering include neural and 
muscular control of movement in 
animals and man, neural electro- 
physiology, system and computer 
approaches to medical diagnostics 
and health care. 

Areas of study in Circuits empha- 
size the analysis and synthesis of 
passive and active linear and 
nonlinear networks, microwave ac- 
tive circuit synthesis, integrated cir- 
cuits and devices, and computer 
aided designs. 

In Control, areas of study apply 
the mathematics of dynamical 
systems, optimization and random 
processes to the synthesis and 
analysis of control systems. Topics 
included are modern control system 
design methods, control systems 
with time delay, non-linear systems, 
discrete time systems, control and 
identification of stochastic systems, 
and control of distributed parameter 
systems. 

Areas of study in Communica- 
tions emphasize the mathematics of 
random processes and statistical in- 
ference, the analysis and design of 
communication systems, coding 
theory, optical communications, 
radar systems, digital signal proc- 
essing, and communication 
networks. 

Areas of study in Electrophysics 
include electromagnetic theory and 
applications (microwaves and optics, 



102 / Graduate Programs 



stochastic media, plasma propaga- 
tion), biological effects of micro- 
waves, charged particle dynamics 
and accelerator design, including 
high-power microwave engineering 
applications of relativistic beams, 
controlled thermonuclear fusion, and 
cyclotron design; quantum elec- 
tronics (laser technology and non- 
linear optics); scattering systems. 

Admissions and Degree Information 

Present minimum requirement for 
admission to the Graduate School 
as an Electrical Engineering student 
is graduation from an ECPD ac- 
credited undergraduate program in 
Electrical Engineering with an 
average no lower than B. or similar 
undergraduate preparation in math- 
ematics, computer science, physics, 
or other areas of engineering or 
science. 

Requirements for the master's, 
thesis and nonthesis option are not 
in excess of general Graduate 
School requirements for these 
degrees. All requirements must be 
completed within 5 years. 

Requirements for the Ph.D. degree 
include a minimum of 42 semester 
hours of graduate approved courses; 
a pass on the Ph.D. qualifying exam- 
ination; and completion of all disser- 
tation and oral examination 
requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Among the up-to-date research lab- 
oratories and computational 
facilities within the department are 
the following: the Biomedical 
Laboratory is equipped with instru- 
mentation for studying the motor 
control mechanisms of man and 
animals. The Laboratory for Charged 
Particle Studies contains an ion 
beam facility for source develop- 
ment and ion implantation. The 
Computer Architecture Design 
Laboratory includes a PDP 11/40 for 
studies on computer structures. The 
System Simulation Laboratory con- 
tains a digital processor core and 
drum memory with analog hardware 
and graphics. The Gas Laser 
Laboratory is devoted to He-Ne and 
CO? lasers while the Solid State 
Laser Laboratory features a mode- 
locked Nd glass laser and an injec- 
tion GaAs laser. The Integrated Cir- 
cuits Laboratory contains a full-line 
facility capable of producing 
monolithic, thin-film and MOS struc- 
tures. The Computational Facility 
contains conversational and remote- 
batch terminals to the University's 
IBM 7094 and UNIVAC 1108 digital 
computers. The Electron Ring 



Research laboratory has facilities for 
studying beam diagnostic, formation 
of electron rings, relativistic electron 
beam diode, non-neutral plasma in- 
stabilities and collective ion ac- 
celerations. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to graduate 
students in the form of Graduate 
Research Assistantships, Graduate 
Teaching Assistantships and 
Fellowships. Applications for 
Graduate Research and Teaching 
Assistantships should be completed 
and sent to the Electrical Engineer- 
ing Office of Graduate Studies. 

Graduate Research Assistantships 
are awarded subject to availability of 
funds and are renewed subject to 
satisfactory research progress. Sum- 
mer appointments are often 
available. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships 
are usually awarded in April. Prefer- 
ence is given to United States citi- 
zens. Duties may include laboratory 
teaching assignments, assistance in 
the computation facility, or assist- 
ance in courses. Teaching 
Assistants must register for at least 
nine credit hours per semester. 

Local industries and government 
agencies have work-study programs 
in which about half of the Electrical 
Engineering graduate student body 
participates. Application should be 
made directly to the agencies. 

Additional Information 

Special brochures or publications of- 
fered by the Department may be ob- 
tained by writing to this address; 

Electrical Engineering Office of 

Graduate Studies 

University of Maryland 

Courses 

ENEE 400 Computer Aided Circuit 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 314. 
Computer aided analysis of electronic 
devices and components. Network 
topology, computer formulation of Kirch- 
hoff laws, Nodal analysis of linear and 
non-linear networks, computer formula- 
tion of the state equations, time domain 
and frequency domain solution, sensitiv- 
ity calculations. 

ENEE 402 Advanced Pulse Techniques. 

(3) (See ENEE 403 for optional related 
laboratory course). Prerequisites, ENEE 
314 or 410 or equivalent. Bistable, mono- 
stable, and astable circuits, sweep cir- 
cuits, synchronization, counting, gates, 
comparators. Magnetic core circuits, 
semi-conductor and vacuum-tube 
circuits. 

ENEE 407 Microwave-Circuits Laboratory 

(2) Prerequisite, senior standing in elec- 
trical engineering or consent of instruc- 



tor. One lecture and three lab hours per 
week. Experiments concerned with cir- 
cuits constructed from microwave com- 
ponents providing practical experience in 
the design, construction and testing of 
such circuits. Projects include microwave 
filters and s-parameter design with appli- 
cations of current technology. 

ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE 300 or equivalent knowl- 
edge of circuit theory or consent of the 
instructor. This course is intended for 
students in the physical sciences, and 
for engineering students requiring addi- 
tional study of electron circuits. Credit 
not normally given for this course in an 
electrical engineering major program. 
(ENEE 413 may optionally be taken as an 
associated laboratory). P-N junctions, 
transistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and 
operating point stability, switches, large- 
signal analysis, models, small-signal 
analysis, frequency response, feedback 
and multistage amplifiers, pulse and 
digital circuits. 

ENEE 412 Telemetry Systems. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE 314. Selected digital cir- 
cuits; frequency division multiplexing; 
FM/AM systems, SSB/FM systems; time 
division multiplexed systems; pulse 
amplitude modulation; pulse duration 
modulation; pulse code modilation; 
analog to digital converters; multiplexers 
and DC-commutators. 

ENEE 413 Electronics Laboratory. (2) 

Corequisite. ENEE 314. One lecture and 
three lab hours per week. Provides expe- 
rience in the specification, design, and 
testing of basic electronic circuits and 
practical interconnections. Emphasis on 
design with discrete solid state and in- 
tegrated circuit components for both 
analog and pulse circuits. 

ENEE 414 Network Analysis. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE 304. Network properties: 
linearity, reciprocity, etc.; 2-port descrip- 
tions and generalization; Y, S, hybrid 
matrices; description properties; sym- 
metry, para-unity, etc,; basic topological 
analysis; state-space techniques; 
computer-aided analysis; sensitivity 
analysis; approximation theory. 

ENEE 416 Network Synthesis. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. ENEE 304. Active and passive 
components, passivity, bounded and 
positive real, RC properties and syn- 
thesis, Brune and Darlington synthesis, 
transfer-voltage and Y21 synthesis, active 
feedback configurations, image param- 
eter design, computer-aided optimization 
synthesis via the embedding concept. 

ENEE 418 Projects in Electrical Engineer 
ing. (1-3) Hours to be arranged. Prereq- 
uisites, senior standing and permission 
of the instructor. May be taken for re- 
peated credit up to a total of 4 credits, 
with the permission of the student's ad- 
visor and the instructor. Theoretical and 
experimental projects. 
ENEE 419 Apprenticeship in Electrical 
Engineering. (2-3) Hours to be arranged. 
Prerequisite, Completion of sophomore 



Graduate Programs / 103 



courses and permission of an apprentice- 
ship director. May be taken for repeated 
credit up to a total of nine credits. A 
unique opportunity for experience in ex- 
perimental research and engineering 
design. A few highly qualified students 
will be selected as apprentices in one of 
the research facilities of the electrical 
engineering department and will partici- 
pate in the current research under the 
supervision of the laboratory director. In 
the past, apprenticeships have been 
available in the following laboratories: 
biomedical, electron ring accelerator, gas 
laser, integrated circuits, simulation and 
computer, and solid state laser. 

ENEE 420 Communication Systems. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 324. Fourier series, 
Fourier transforms and linear system 
analysis; random signals, autocorrela- 
tions functions and power spectral den- 
sities; analog communication systems; 
amplitude modulation, single-sideband 
modulation, frequency and phase mod- 
ulation, sampling theorem and pulse- 
amplitude modulation; digital communi- 
cation systems pulse-code modulation, 
phase-shift keying, differential phase 
shift keying, frequency shift keying; per- 
formance of analog and digital com- 
munication systems in the presence of 
noise. 

ENEE 421 Information Theory and 
Coding. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 324. 
Definition of information and entropy; 
memoryless and Markov sources; source 
coding; Kraft and MacMillan inequalities; 
Shannon's first theorem; Hoffman codes; 
channels, mutual information, and capac- 
ity; Shannon's noisy channel coding 
theorem; error correcting codes. 

ENEE 425 Digital Signal Processing. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 322. Sampling as a 
modulation process; aliasing; the sampl- 
ing theorem; the Z-transform and 
discrete-time system analysis; direct and 
computer-aided design of recursive and 
nonrecursive digital filters; the discrete 
Fourier transform (DFT) and the fast 
Fourier transform (FFT); digital filtering 
using the FFT; analog-to-digital and 
digital-to analog conversion; effects of 
quantization and finite-word-length 
arithmetic. 

ENEE 432 Electronics for Life Scientists. 
(4) Three hours of lecture and two hours 
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites, col- 
lege algebra and a physics course, in- 
cluding basic electricity and magnetism. 
Not accepted for credit in an electrical 
engineering major program. The concept 
of an instrumentation system with em- 
phasis upon requirements for trans- 
ducers, amplifiers, and recording devices, 
design criteria and circuitry of power 
supplies amplifiers, and pulse equip- 
ment, specific instruments used for 
biological research, problems of 
shielding against hum and noise pickup 
and other interference problems charac- 
teristic of biological systems. 

ENEE 433 Electronic Instrumentation for 
Physical Science. (3) Two hours of lec- 



ture and two hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites, ENEE 300 or 306, 
PHYS 271 or equivalent, or consent of in- 
structor. The concept of the instrumenta- 
tion systems from sensor to readout; 
discussions of transducers, system 
dynamics, precision and accuracy; 
measurement of electrical parameters; 
direct, differential, and potentiometric 
measurements; bridge measurements, 
time and frequency measurements, wave- 
form generation and display. 

ENEE 434 Introduction to Neural Net- 
works and Signals. (3) Prerequisites. 
ENEE 204 or 300. Introduction in the 
generation and processing of bioelectric 
signals including structure and function 
of the neuron, membrane theory, genera- 
tion and propagation of nerve impulses, 
synaptic mechanisms, transduction and 
neural coding of sensory events, central 
nervous system processing of sensory 
information and correlated electrical 
signals, control of effector organs, mus- 
cle contraction and mechanics, and 
models of neurons and neural networks. 

ENEE 435 Electrodes and Electrical Proc- 
esses in Biology and Medicine. (3) Pre- 
requisites, ENEE 204 or 300. Techniques 
for recording biological signals such as 
brain, muscle and cardial electrical 
potentials; membrane theory; half-cell 
potentials, liquid junction potentials, 
polarization of electrodes; biological and 
medical instrumentation; and applica- 
tions in the design of cardial pace- 
makers, or a similar case study. 

ENEE 438 Topics in Biomedical 
Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of the instructor. May be taken for 
repeated credit. The content may vary 
from semester to semester. Selected 
topics of current interest from such 
areas as bioelectric systems, modeling 
instrumentation, automated diagnostic, 
health-care delivery, etc. Repeatable to a 
maximum of 9 hours. 

ENEE 442 Software Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisites, ENES 240; ENEE 250 or 
equivalent. Architectural aspects of soft- 
ware engineering. Machine language and 
machine structure; assembly language 
and assemblers; Macro-language and 
Macro-processors; loaders and linkers; 
programming languages and language 
structure; compilers and interpreters; 
operating systems. 

ENEE 444 Logic Design of Digital 
Systems. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 250. 
Review of switching algebra; Gates and 
Logic modules; map simplification tech- 
niques; multiple-output systems; memory 
elements and sequential systems; large 
switching systems; iterative networks; 
sample designs, computer oriented 
simplification algorithms; state assign- 
ment; partition techniques; sequential 
system decompositions. 

ENEE 445 Computer Laboratory. (2) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 444. One lecture and 
three lab hours per week. Hardware 
oriented experiments providing practical 



experience in the design, construction, 
and checkout of components and inter- 
faces for digital computers and data 
transmission systems. Projects include 
classical design techniques and applica- 
tions of current technology. 

ENEE 446 Digital Computer Design. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 250. Essential ele- 
ments of the hardware design of digital 
computers. Arithmetic and logic units, 
adders, multipliers, dividers, logic and 
shifting operations, floating point 
arithmetic. Memory organization, design 
of a basic computer: instruction set, bus 
structure, fetch-execute microoperations, 
hard-wired control unit, micropro- 
grammed control unit, index registers, in- 
direct addressing, interrupt operation, 
direct memory access. Organization of 
commercially available computers. No 
student will be allowed credit for both 
CMSC 410 and ENEE 446. 

ENEE 450 Discrete Structures. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENES 240 or equivalent. Review of 
set algebra including relations, partial 
ordering and mappings. Algebraic struc- 
tures including semigroups and groups. 
Graph theory including trees and 
weighted graphs. Boolean algebra and 
prospositional logic. Applications of 
these structures to various areas of com- 
puter engineering. 

ENEE 460 Control Systems. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE 322. Mathematical models 
for control system components. Trans- 
form and time domain methods for linear 
control systems. Introductory stability 
theory. Root locus, bode diagrams and 
nyquist plots. Design specifications in 
the time and frequency domains. Com- 
pensation design in the time and fre- 
quency domain. Introduction to sampled 
data systems. Introduction to computer 
aided design of control systems. 
ENEE 461 Control Systems Laboratory. 
(2) Prerequisite, ENEE 460. One lecture 
and three lab hours per week. Projects to 
enhance the student's understanding of 
feedback control systems and to famil- 
iarize him with the characteristics and 
limitations of real control devices. 
Students will design, build, and test ser- 
vomechanisms, and will conduct analog 
and hybrid computer simulations of con- 
trol systems. 

ENEE 462 Systems, Control and Com- 
putation. (3) Prerequisites, ENEE 300 or 
304, and MATH 246 or consent of in- 
structor. Matrix algebra, state space 
analysis of discrete systems, state space 
analysis of continuous systems, com- 
puter algorithms for circuit analysis, op- 
timization and system simulation. 

ENEE 472 Transducers and Electrical 
Machinery. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 304. 
Electromechanical transducers, theory of 
electromechanical systems, power and 
wideband transformers, rotating electrical 
machinery from the theoretical and per- 
formance points of view. 

ENEE 473 Transducers and Electrical 
Machinery Laboratory. (1) Corerequisite, 



104 / Graduate Programs 



ENEE 472. Experiments on transformers, 
synchronous machines, induction 
motors, synchros, loudspeakers, other 
transducers. 

ENEE 480 Fundamentals of Solid State 
Electronics. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 381. 
Review of Maxwell's equation, electro- 
magnetic properties of dielectrics; intro- 
duction to quantum mechanics and 
quantum statistics; classical and quan- 
tum theory of metals; theory of semicon- 
ductors and semiconductor devices; prin- 
ciple of magnetic devices and selected 
topics. 

ENEE 481 Antennas. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENEE 381. Introduction to the concepts 
of radiation, generalized for field for- 
mulas; antenna theoreums and fun- 
damentals, antenna arrays, linear and 
planar arrays; aperture antennas; terminal 
impedance: propagation. 

ENEE 483 Electromagnetic Measure- 
ments Laboratory. (2) Prerequisites. 
ENEE 305 and ENEE380. One lecture and 
three lab hours per week. Experiments 
designed to provide familiarity with a 
large class of micro-wave and optical 
components, techniques for intercon- 
necting them into useful systems, and 
techniques of high frequency and optical 
measurements. 

ENEE 487 Particle Accelerators. Physical 
and Engineering Principles. (3) Prereq- 
uisites. ENEE 380 and PHYS 420. or con- 
sent of the instructor. Sources of 
charged particles: methods of accelera- 
tion and focusing of ion beams in elec- 
tromagnetic fields; basic theory, design, 
and engineering principles of particle 
accelerators. 

ENEE 488 Topics in Electrical Engineer- 
ing. (3) Prerequisite, permission of the in- 
structor. May be taken for repeated 
credit up to a total of six credits, with 
the permission of the student's advisor 
and the instructor. 

ENEE 496 Lasers and Electro-Optic 
Devices. (3) Pre- or corequisite. ENEE 
381. Optical resonators. Fabry-Perot 
Etalon. Theory of laser oscillation, rate 
equations. Gaseous, solid state, semi- 
conductor and dye laser systems. 
Electro-optic effects and parametric 
oscillators. Holography. 

ENEE 601 Active Network Analysis. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 406 or equivalent. 
The complex frequency plane, conven- 
tional feedback and sensitivity, theorems 
for feedback circuits, stability and 
physical reliability of electrical networks, 
Nyquist's and Routh's criteria for stabil- 
ity, activity and passivity criteria. 

ENEE 602 Transients in Linear Systems. 
(3) Prerequisite, undergraduate major in 
electrical or mechanical engineering or 
physics. Operational circuit analysis, the 
Fourier integral, transient analysis of 
electrical and mechanical systems and 
electronic circuits by the Laplace 
transform method. 



ENEE 603 Transients in Linear Systems. 
(3) Prerequisite, undergraduate major in 
electrical or mechanical engineering or 
physics. Continuation of ENEE 602. 

ENEE 604 Advanced Electronic Circuit 
Design. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 312 or 
consent of the instructor. Comparison of 
bipolar and field effect transistors, de- 
tailed frequency response of single and 
multistage amplifiers, design of feedback 
amplifiers. DC coupling techniques, 
design of multistage tuned amplifiers. 

ENEE 605 Graph Theory and Network 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 600. 
Linear graph theory as applied to elec- 
trical networks, cut sets and tie sets, in- 
cidence matrices, trees, branches, and 
mazes, development of network equa- 
tions by matrix and index notation, net- 
work characteristic equations for natural 
circuit behavior, signal-flow-graph theory 
and mason's rule, stability of active two- 
part networks. 

ENEE 608 Graduate Seminar. (1-3) Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. Every 
semester regular seminars are held in 
electrical science and in the six areas of 
specialization offered by the electrical 
engineering department. They may be 
taken, by arrangement with the student's 
advisor, for repeated credit. 

ENEE 609 Projects in Electrical Engineer- 
ing. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of the in- 
structor. Individual projects on advanced 
systems in electrical engineering. May be 
repeated for credit up to a maximum of 
three credits. 

ENEE 610 Electrical Network Theory. (3) 

Undergraduate circuit theory or consent 
of the instructor. Matrix algebra, network 
elements, ports, passivity and activity, 
geometrical and analytical descriptions 
of networks, state variable characteriza- 
tions, scattering matrices, signal flow 
graphs, sensitivity. 

ENEE 620 Random Processes in Com- 
munication and Control. (3) Prerequisite. 
ENEE 324 or equivalent. Introduction to 
random processes: characterization, 
classification, representation; Gaussian 
and other examples. Linear operations 
on random processes, stationary proc- 
esses; covariance function and spectral 
density. Linear least square waveform 
estimating Wiener-Kolmogroff filtering. 
Kalman-Bucy recursive filtering: function 
space characterization, non-linear opera- 
tions on random processes. 

ENEE 621 Estimation and Detection 
Theory. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 620 or 
equivalent or consent of instructor. Esti- 
mation of unknown parameters. Cramer- 
RAO lower bound: optimum (map) 
demodulation; filtering, amplitude and 
angle modulation, comparison with con- 
ventional systems; statistical decision 
theory Bayes. Minimax. Neyman/Pearson. 
criteria-68 simple and composite hypoth- 
eses; application to coherent and in- 
coherent signal detection: M-ary 
hypotheses; application to uncoded and 



coded digital communication systems. 
(Listed also as MAPL 644.) 

ENEE 630 Advanced Topics — Radar 
Signals and Systems. (3) Corequisite, 
ENEE 620. Review of linear systems and 
signals: Fourier transform representation 
time bandwidth product, resolution, com- 
plex representation; maximum signal-to- 
noise radio criterion receiver and signal 
design, radar range equation; statistical 
detection theory; probability of error per- 
formance; statistical estimation theory; 
unknown parameters, range-doppler 
radar, ambiguity problem, asymptotic 
maximum likelihood estimation and 
Cramer-RAO lower bound; resolution of 
multiple objects. 

ENEE 633 Modeling of Nerves and 
Muscles with Applications to Prosthetic 
Devices. (3) Prerequisite, undergraduate 
degree in engineering or physics, or per- 
mission of the instructor. Principles and 
circuit models for resting and active 
membrane potentials of nerves and 
muscles; synaptic mechanisms including 
probabilistic models of neuromuscular 
transmission; electrode potentials and 
reactions; propagation of biopotentials in 
a volume conductor, properties, 
mechanical models, and circuit analogs 
for muscles and proprioceptors; spinal 
reflexes in the control of posture; ap- 
plications of the above in the design of 
prosthetic and orthotic devices. 

ENEE 634 Models of Transduction and 
Signal Processing in Sensory Systems. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 633 or ENEE 435 
or permission of the instructor. General 
organization of sensory systems; recep- 
tor mechanism; receptor and neural 
models; statistics of neural spike trains; 
peripheral signal processing in sensory 
systems, with emphasis on vision and 
audition; introduction to signal process- 
ing in the central nervous system; ap- 
plications to development of sensory 
protheses. 

ENEE 640 Arithmetic and Coding 
Aspects of Digital Computers. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. ENEE 440 or 446 or permission of 
the instructor. Digital logic design 
aspects: sequential circuits; computer 
number systems: arithmetic codes for er- 
ror correction; residue number theory; 
arithmetic unit design; fault detection 
and correction circuits. 

ENEE 642 Software System Implementa- 
tion. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 442 or 
equivalent. Implementation aspects of 
software engineering. Programming lan- 
guages: architectural designs; program 
design; structured programming; 
peripheral storage devices; I/O program- 
ming; debugging and evaluation. 

ENEE 646 Digital Computer Design. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 446. Introduction to 
design techniques for digital computers; 
digital arithmetic; logic circuits; digital 
memories: design of computer elements; 
arithmetic unit; and control unit. A sim- 
ple digital computer will be designed. 



Graduate Programs / 105 



ENEE 648 Advanced Topics in Electrical 
Engineering. (3) Every semester courses 
intended for high degree of specializa- 
tion are offered by visiting or regular 
electrical engineering faculty members in 
two or more of the areas listed in 488. 
The student should check with the elec- 
trical engineering office of graduate 
studies for a list and the description of 
the topics offered currently. 

ENEE 651 Coding Theory and Applica- 
tions. (3) Prerequisite ENEE 450 and 
some knowledge of logic of switching 
systems. Introduction to coding and brief 
review of modern algebra; theory of 
linear codes; decoding, hamming, cyclic 
and Bose-Chaudhuri codes; error- 
checking codes for arithmetic; an + B 
type codes; residue checks; practical self 
checking arithmetic units; simple auto- 
matic fault diagnosing techniques. 

ENEE 652 Automata Theory. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE 421 or CMSC 640. This is 
the same course as CMSC 740. Introduc- 
tion to the theory of abstract math- 
ematical machines; structural and behav- 
ioral classification of automata; finite- 
state automata; theory of regular sets; 
pushdown automata; linear-bounded 
automata; finite transducers; turing 
machines; universal turing machines. 

ENEE 654 Combinatorial Switching 
Theory. (3) Prerequisites, ENEE 450 and 
ENEE 444. Application of algebraic tech- 
niques to combinatorial switching net- 
works; multi-valued systems; symmetries 
and their use; optimization algorithms; 
heuristic techniques: majority and 
threshold logic; function decomposition; 
cellular cascades. 

ENEE 655 Structure Theory of Machines. 

(3) Prerequisites, ENEE 450 and ENEE 
444. Machine realizations; partitions and 
the substitution property; pair algebras 
and applications; variable dependence; 
decomposition; loop-free structures; set 
system decompositions; semigroup 
realizations. 

ENEE 657 Simulation of Dynamic Sys- 
tems. (3) Mechanistic methods for differ- 
ential equation solution; application of 
analog or hybrid computers and digital 
differential analyzers for that purpose; 
design and structure of languages for 
digital-analog simulation on a general 
purpose digital computer; mimic langu- 
age and examples of its use. Class will 
run simulation programs on a larger- 
scale computer. 

ENEE 660 Modem Control System 
Design Method. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 
663 and ENEE 620. or equivalent, or con- 
sent of the instructor. Applications of 
state space design methods; linear reg- 
ulator problem and applications to track- 
ing, stabilization and disturbance elimina- 
tion; self-tuning regulators. State 
estimators. The second method of 
Liapunov and applications in control sys- 
tems design. Applications of modern fre- 
quency domain methods in control 



system design; diagonal dominance, 
dynamic compensation, decoupling. Ap- 
plications of the linear quadratic gaus- 
sian problem in control systems design. 
Case studies from industrial, guidance 
and other engineering control problems. 
Analysis of computer algorithms are 
analyzed for each of the above four 
basic design methods provided. Analysis 
of interactive computer aided design 
methods and validation procedures are 
extensively analyzed. 

ENEE 661 Non-linear Control Systems. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 460 or consent of 
instructor. State space methods of stabil- 
ity analysis including second order 
systems and the phase plane, lineariza- 
tion and stability in the small, stability in 
the large and Lyapunov's second 
method. Frequency domain methods in- 
cluding the describing function. Popov's 
method and functional analytic methods. 
Introduction to Volterra series represen- 
tations of non-linear systems. Applica- 
tions to control system design. 

ENEE 662 Sampled-Data Control Sys- 
tems. (3) Prerequisite, preparations in 
linear feedback control theory or consent 
of instructor. Z-transform and modified 
Z-transform method of analysis, root 
locus and frequency response methods 
of analysis, ideal and finite width sampl- 
ing, discrete and continuous compensa- 
tion of digital control systems, state 
space equations, controllability and ob- 
servability of discrete systems, stability, 
minimum time and minimum energy con- 
trol, statistical design and the discrete 
Kalman filter. 

ENEE 663 System Theory. (3) General 
systems models. State variables and 
state spaces. Differential dynamical 
systems. Discrete time systems. Linear- 
ity and its implications, controllability 
and observability. State space structure 
and representation. Realization theory 
and algorithmic solutions. Parameteriza- 
tions of linear systems; canonical forms. 
Basic results from stability theory. Stabil- 
izability. Fine structure of linear 
multivariable systems; minimal indices 
and polynomial matrices. Inverse Nyquist 
array. Geometric methods in design. In- 
terplay between frequency domain and 
state space design methods. Interactive 
computer-aided design methods. (Listed 
also as MAPL 640.) 

ENEE 664 Optimal Control. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE 460 or consent of the in- 
structor General optimization and con- 
trol problems. Static optimization prob- 
lems. Linear and non-linear programming 
methods. Geometric interpretations. 
Dynamic optimization problems. Discrete 
time maximum principle and applica- 
tions. Pontryagin maximum principle in 
continous time. Dynamic-programming. 
Feedback realization of solutions. Exten- 
sive applications to problems in optimal 
design, navigation and guidance, power 
systems. Introduction to state con- 
strained and singular optimal control 
problems. (Listed also as MAPL 641.) 



ENEE 665 Linear System ldentification.(3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 400 and ENEE 322 or 
equivalent, ENEE 620. Representations 
for linear systems. Parameter estimation 
techniques such as least square and 
maximum likelihood. Correlation methods 
with white noise inputs. Stochastic ap- 
proximation and gradient algorithms. Ap- 
plications of quarilinearization and in- 
variant imbedding. Effect of abbreviation 
noise. 

ENEE 680 Electromagnetic Theory I. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 381 or equivalent. 
Theoretical analysis and engineering ap- 
plications of Maxwell's equations. Boun- 
dary value problems of electrostatics and 
magnetostatics. 

ENEE 681 Electromagnetic Theory II. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 381 or equivalent. 
Continuation of ENEE 680. Theoretical 
analysis and engineering applications of 
Maxwell's equations. The homogeneous 
wave equation. Plane wave propagation. 
The interaction of plane waves and ma- 
terial media. Retarded potentials. The 
Hertz potential. Simple radiating sys- 
tems. Relativisitic covariance of 
Maxwell's equations. 

ENEE 683 Mathematics for Electro- 
magnetism. (3) Prerequisite, undergrad- 
uate preparation in electromagnetic 
theory and advanced calculus. Tensors 
and curvilinear coordinates, partial dif- 
ferential equations of electrostatics and 
electrodynamics, functionals, integral 
equations, and calculus of variations as 
applied to electromagnetism. 

ENEE 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, 
Electron and Ion Beams. (3) Three hours 
per week. Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. General principles of single- 
particle dynamics; mapping of the elec- 
tric and magnetic fields; equation of mo- 
tion and methods of solution; production 
and control of charge particle beams; 
electron optics; Liouville's theorem; 
space charge effects in high current 
beams; design principles of special elec- 
tron and ion beam devices. 

ENEE 690 Quantum and Wave 
Phenomena with Electrical Application. 

(3) Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
ENEE 381 and ENEE 382 or equivalent. 
Introduction of Quantum and Wave 
Phenomena from electrical engineering 
point of view. Topics included: general 
principles of quantum mechanics, oper- 
ator algebra, the microwave resonant 
cavity and the analagous potential well 
problem, harmonic oscillator, hydrogenic 
atom. Perturbation method applied to the 
transmission line and potential well prob- 
lems. Periodically loaded transmission 
line and Kronig-Penny model of band 
theory. 

ENEE 696 Intergrated and Microwave 
Electronics. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 310. 
Registration in ENEE 793 recommended. 
Active and passive elements used in 
semiconductor structures. Design appli- 
cation of linear and digital integrated 
circuits. 



106 / Graduate Programs 



ENEE 697 Semiconductor Devices and 
Technology. (3) Prerequisite ENEE 496 or 
equivalent. Registration in ENEE 793 
recommended. The principles, structures 
and characteristics of semiconductor 
devices. Technology and fabrication of 
semiconductor devices. 

ENEE 700 Network Synthesis. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE 605 or equivalent. Design of 
driving-point and transfer impedance 
functions with emphasis of the transfer 
loss and phase of minimum-phase net- 
works, flow diagrams, physical network 
characteristics, including relations ex- 
isting between the real and imaginary 
components of network functions, mod- 
ern methods of network synthesis. 

ENEE 701 Network Synthesis. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. ENEE 700 or equivalent. Design of 
driving-point and transfer impedance 
functions with emphasis of the transfer 
loss and phase of minimum-phase net- 
works, flow diagrams, physical network 
characteristics, including relations ex- 
isting between the real and imaginary 
components of network functions, 
modern methods of network synthesis. 

ENEE 703 Semiconductor Device Models. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 605 or equivalents. 
Single-frequency models for transistors: 
small-signal and wide-band models for 
general non-reciprocal devices. hybrid-PI 
and tee models for transitors; relation- 
ship of models to transistor physics; 
synthesis of wide-band models for ter- 
minal behavior, computer utilization of 
models for other semiconductive 
devices. 

ENEE 707 Applications of Tensor 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 600 or 
602. The mathematical background of 
tensor notation, which is applicable to 
electrical engineering problems. Applica- 
tions of tensor analysis to electric circuit 
theory and to field theory. 

ENEE 721 Information Theory. (3) Coreq- 
uisite. ENEE 620. Prerequisite, STAT 400 
or equivalent. Information measure, en- 
tropy, mutual information; source en- 
coding; noiseless coding theorem, noisy 
coding theorem; exponential error 
bounds; introduction to probabilistic er- 
ror correcting codes, block and convolu- 
tional codes and error bounds; channels 
with memory; continuous channels; rate 
distortion function. (Same as MAPL 731.) 

ENEE 722 Error Correcting Codes. (3) In- 
troduction to linear codes; bounds on 
the error correction capabilities of codes; 
convolutional codes with threshold, se- 
quential and Viterbi decoding; cyclic ran- 
dom error correcting codes; P-N se- 
quences; cyclic and convolutional burst 
error correcting codes. 

ENEE 724 Digital Signal Processing. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 620 or consent of in- 
sructor. Review of 2 transforms; correla- 
tions functions and power spectral den- 
sities for discrete time stochastic proc- 
esses; discrete time wiener filters; 
methods for designing digital filters to 
meet precise frequency domain specifi- 



cation; effects of truncation, round-off 
and finite word length arithmetic on the 
accuracy and stability of digital filters; 
adaptive equalizers for narrow band data 
channels: discrete Fourier transform and 
fast Fourier transform; homomorphic 
filtering; Gauss-Markov estimates; spec- 
tral density estimation. 

ENEE 728 Advanced Topics in Com- 
munication Theory. (3) Topics selected, 
as announced, from advanced communi- 
cation theory and its applications. 

ENEE 730 Advanced Topics — Radar 
Signals and Systems. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENEE 620 or equivalent. The theory of 
imaging radar systems. Classifications, 
resolution mechanisms, and principles. 
System design for additive noise; effects 
of ambiguity, multiplicative noise, motion 
errors, non-linearities, and scattering 
mechanism. System design for ambiguity 
and multiplicative noise. Optical process- 
ing. Application to synthetic aperture, 
astronomical, and hologram radar. 

ENEE 733 Neural Control of Animal 
Movement. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 633 or 
634. Properties of muscles, propriocep- 
tors, reflexes, and central nervous 
system structures; linear and non-linear 
models; field potential analysis and 
theories of cerebellar function; and the 
control and coordination of these struc- 
tures during voluntary and involuntary 
movement in animals. 

ENEE 746 Digital Systems Engineering. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 646. Systems 
aspects of digital-computer-based sys- 
tems; data flow analysis; system 
organization; control languages; consoles 
and displays; remote terminals; software- 
hardware tradeoff; system evaluation; 
case studies from selected applications 
areas such as data acquisition and redu 
ction information storage, or the like. 

ENEE 748 Topics in Computer Design. 
(1-3) Prerequisite, permission of the in- 
structor. Such topics as computer arith- 
metic, computer reliability, and threshold 
logic will be considered. May be taken 
for repeated credit. 

ENEE 760 Mathematical Methods in Con- 
trol Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 
663 or consent of instructor. Applica- 
tions of compactness in control and 
communications, geometric methods in 
optimal control of lumped and dis- 
tributed systems and harmonic analysis 
of linear systems. Applications to control 
and estimation problems. (Listed also as 
MAPL 740.) 

ENEE 761 Control of Distributed 
Parameter Systems. (3) Prerequisite, an 
introductory course in functional analytic 
methods at the level of ENEE 760, and 
background in control and system 
theory. Study of systems governed by 
paritial differential equations. Delay 
systems. Boundary and distributed con- 
trol, Lyapunov stability. Optimal control 
of systems governed by paritial differen- 
tial equations and of delay systems. Ap- 
plications to continuum mechanics, dis- 



tributed networks, biology, economics, 
and engineering. (Same as MAPL 741.) 

ENEE 762 Stochastic Control. (3) Prereq- 
uisites, ENEE 620 or equivalent; and 
ENEE 633/MAPL 640; or consent of the 
instructor. Stochastic control systems, 
numerical methods for the Ricatti equa- 
tion, the separation principle, control of 
linear systems with Gaussian signals and 
quadratic cost, non-linear stochastic con- 
trol, stochastic stability, introduction to 
stochastic games. (Same as MAPL 742.) 

ENEE 769 Advanced Topics in Control 
Theory. (3) Topics selected, as an- 
nounced, from advanced control theory 
and its applications. 
ENEE 772 Advanced Methods and 
Algorithms in Detection and Filtering. (3) 
Prerequisite. ENEE 621. Foundations of 
random processes. Conditional expecta- 
tions. Markov processes and Martingales. 
ITO calculus. Detection and estimation 
of continuous signals with continuous 
observations. Jump processes. Detection 
and estimation with discontinuous obser- 
vations. Discrete-time case. Fast 
algorithms for digital filtering problems. 
(Listed also as MAPL 735.). 

ENEE 774 Mathematics of Continuous 
Networks. (3) Nonoriented systems, 
ports, linear orientations, theory of 
distributions, scattering matrices, oper- 
ator theory of networks, activity, invariant 
embedding, multivariate PR and BR 
state-determined systems, synthesis, in- 
terval functions, tolerance analysis, 
neuron networks and models, Manley- 
Rowe relations, oscillators and non-linear 
subharmonic generation. 

ENEE 780 Microwave Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 681. Mathematical 
methods for the solution of wave equa- 
tion, transmission lines and waveguides, 
selected topics in the theory of wave- 
guide structures, surface guides and ar- 
tificial dielectrics. 

ENEE 781 Optical Engineering. (3) 

Fourier analysis in two dimensions, dif- 
fraction theory, optical imaging systems, 
spatial filtering, holography. 

ENEE 782 Radio Wave Propagation. (3) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
ENEE 681. General solutions of 
Maxwell's equations, geometrical optics 
approximations, propagation above a 
plane earth, effects of surface irregu- 
larities and stratified atmospheres, scat- 
tering by turbulence. 

ENEE 783 Radio Wave Propagation. (3) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite 
ENEE 782. Continuation of ENEE 782. 

ENEE 784 Antenna Theory. (3) Two lec- 
tures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 681 
or equivalent. Review of Maxwell's equa- 
tions; radiative networks; linear antennas: 
antenna arrays; aperture antennas; ad- 
vanced topics. 

ENEE 790 Quantum Electronics I. (3) Two 

lectures per week. Prerequisite, a 
knowledge of quantum mechanics and 
electromagnetic theory. Spontaneous 



Graduate Programs / 107 



emission, interaction of radiation and 
matter, masers, optical resonators, the 
gas, solid and semi-conductor lasers, 
electro-optical effect, propagation in 
anisotropic media and light modulation. 

ENEE 791 Quantum Electronics II. (3) 

Non-linear optical effects and devices, 
tunable coherent light sources: optical 
parametric oscillator; frequency conver- 
sion and dye laser. Ultrashort pulse 
generation and measurement, stimulated 
raman effect, and applications. Interac- 
tion of acoustic and optical waves, and 
holography. 

ENEE 793 Solid State Electronics. (3) 

Prerequisite, a graduate course in quan- 
tum mechanics or consent of instructor. 
Properties of crystals; energy bands; 
electron transport theory; conductivity 
and hall effect; statistical distributions; 
fermi level; impurities; non-equilibrium 
carrier distributions; normal modes of 
vibration; effects of high electric fields; 
P-N junction theory, avalanche break- 
down; tunneling phenomena; surface 
properties. 

ENEE 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

ENEE 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Engineering Materials 
Program 

Professor and Director: Arsenault 
Professor and Department Chairman: 

Cadman' 
Professors: Spain 1 , Dieter 2 
Adjunct Professor: Kramer 
Assistant Professor: Mathers' 
Associate Faculty: Marcinkowski 3 , Park 4 
'Chemical and Nuclear Engineering 
2 Dean, College of Engineering 
'Mechanical Engineering 
'Physics and Astronomy 

The Engineering Materials program 
is interdisciplinary between Chem- 
ical and Mechanical Engineering. It 
is administered by the Department 
of Chemical and Nuclear Engineer- 
ing. Special areas of concentration 
include diffraction, dislocation and 
mechanical behavior of materials, 
x-ray and electron microscopic 
techniques, electronic and magnetic 
behavior of materials, and the 
chemical physics of materials. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. 
and Ph.D. degrees are open to quali- 
fied students holding the B.S. 
degree. Admission may be granted 
to students with degrees in any of 
the engineering and science areas 
from accredited programs. In some 
cases it may be necessary to re- 
quire courses to fulfill the back 
ground. 
The candidate for the M.S. degree 



has the choice of following a plan 
of study with thesis or without 
thesis. The equivalent of at least 
three years of full-time study beyond 
the B.S. degree is required for the 
Ph.D. degree. All students seeking 
graduate degrees in Engineering 
Materials must enroll in ENMA 650, 
660 and 671. In addition to the 
general rules of the Graduate School 
certain special degree requirements 
are set forth by the Department in 
their departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities available for 
graduate study in Engineering Ma- 
terials are coordinated through the 
Center for Materials Research, the 
Laboratory for Radiation and 
Polymer Science, the Laboratory for 
High Pressure Science and various 
central facilities. Special equipment 
available includes a scanning elec- 
tron microscope, x-ray diffraction 
equipment, crystal growing, sample 
preparation and mechanical testing 
facilities, and high pressure and 
cryogenic equipment. 

Additional Information 

Information is available from the Di- 
rector, Engineering Materials Pro- 
gram, Department of Chemical and 
Nuclear Engineering. 

Courses 

ENMA 462 Deformation of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisites, ENES 230 or 
consent of instructor. Relationship of 
structure to the mechanical properties of 
materials. Elastic and plastic deforma- 
tion, microscopic yield criteria, state of 
stress and ductility. Elements of disloca- 
tion theory, work hardening, alloy 
strengthening, creep, and fracture in 
terms of dislocation theory. 

ENMA 463 Chemical, Liquid and Powder 
Processing of Engineering Materials. (3) 

Prerequisites, ENES 230 or consent of 
instructor. Methods and processes used 
in the production of primary metals. The 
detailed basic principles of beneficiation 
processes, pyrometallurgy, hydrometal- 
lurgy, electrometallurgy, vapor phase pro- 
cessing and electroplating. Liquid metal 
processing including casting, welding, 
brazing and soldering. Powder process- 
ing and sintering. Shapes and structures 
produced in the above processes. 

ENMA 464 Environmental Effects on En- 
gineering Materials. (3) Prerequisites, 
ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Intro- 
duction to the phenomena associated 
with the resistance of materials to 
damage under severe environmental con- 
ditions. Oxidation, corrosion, stress cor- 
rosion, corrosion fatigue and radiation 
damage are examined from the point of 
view of mechanism and influence on the 
properties of materials. Methods of cor- 



rosion protection and criteria for selec- 
tion of materials for use in radiation 
environments. 

ENMA 470 Structure and Properties of 
Engineering Materials. (3) A comprehen- 
sive survey of the atomic and electronic 
structure of solids with emphasis on the 
relationship of structure to the physical 
and mechanical properties. 

ENMA 471 Physical Chemistry of Engi- 
neering Materials. (3) Equilibrium 
multicomponent systems and relation- 
ship to the phase diagram. Thermody- 
namics of polycrystalline and polyphase 
materials. Diffusion in solids, kinetics of 
reactions in solids. 

ENMA 472 Technology of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Relationship of properties 
of solids to their engineering applica- 
tions. Criteria for the choice of materials 
for electronic, mechanical and chemical 
properties. Particular emphasis on the 
relationships between structure of the 
solid and its potential engineering 
application. 

ENMA 473 Processing of Engineering 
Materials. (3) The effect of processing on 
the structure of engineering materials. 
Processes considered include refining, 
melting and solidification, purification by 
zone refining, vapor phase processing, 
mechanical working and heat treatments. 

ENMA 495 Rheology of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisites, ENES 230 or 
consent of instructor. Study of the defor- 
mation and flow of engineering materials 
and its relationship to structural type. 
Elasticity, viscoelasticity, anelasticity and 
plasticity of single phase and multiphase 
materials. Students who have credit for 
ENMA 495 may not take ENCH 495 for 
credit. 

EMNA 496 Polymeric Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENES 230. A 
comprehensive summary of the funda- 
mentals of particular interest in the 
science and applications of polymers. 
Polymer single crystals, transformations 
in polymers, fabrication of polymers as 
to shape and internal structure. Students 
who have credit for ENMA 496 may not 
take ENCH 496 for credit. 

ENMA 650 Structures of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENMA 470 or 
equivalent. The structural aspects of 
crystalline and amorphous solids and 
relationships to bonding types. Point and 
space groups. Summary of diffraction 
theory and practice. The reciprocal lat- 
tice. Relationships of the microscopically 
measured properties to crystal symmetry. 
Structural aspects of defects in crystal- 
line solids. 

ENMA 651 Electronic Structure of 
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENMA 650. Electronic and magnetic ma- 
terials in relationship to their applica- 
tions. Metallic conductors, resistive 
alloys, superconducting materials, 
semiconductors, hard and soft magnetic 
materials, piezo-electric and piezo- 
magnetic materials, optical materials. 



108 / Graduate Programs 



Emphasis on relationships between elec- 
tronic configuration, crystal structure, 
defect structure and physical properties. 

ENMA 659 Special Topics in Structure of 
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. 

ENMA 660 Chemical Physics of Engi- 
neering Materials. (3) Prerequisite. ENMA 
650. Thermodynamics and statistical 
mechanics of engineering solids. Cohen- 
sion. thermodynamic properties. Theory 
of solid solutions. Thermodynamics of 
mechanical, electrical, and magnetic 
phenomena in solids. Chemical thermo- 
dynamics, phase transitions and ther- 
modynamic properties of polycrystalline 
and polyphase materials. Thermodynam- 
ics of defects in solids. 

ENMA 661 Kinetics of Reactions in 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite. ENMA 660. 
The theory of thermally activated proc- 
esses in solids as applied to diffusion, 
nucleation and interface motion. 
Cooperative and diffusioniess transfor- 
mations. Applications selected from pro 
cesses such as allotropic transforma- 
tions, precipation. martensite formation, 
solidification, ordering, and corrosion. 

ENMA 669 Special Topics in the 
Chemical Physics of Materials. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. 

ENMA 671 Dislocations in Crystalline 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite. ENMA 650. 
The nature and interactions of defects in 
crystalline solids, with primary emphasis 
on dislocations. The elastic and electric 
fields associated with dislocations. Ef- 
fects of imperfections on mechanical 
and physical properties. 

ENMA 672 Mechanical Properties of 
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite. 
ENMA 671. The mechanical properties of 
single crystals, polycrystalline and poly- 
phase materials. Yield strength, work 
hardening, fracture, fatigue and creep are 
considered in terms of fundamental ma- 
terial properties. 

ENMA 679 Special Topics in the 
Mechanical Behavior of Materials. (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

ENMA 680 Experimental Methods in 
Materials Science. (3) Methods of meas- 
uring the structural aspects of materials. 
Optical and electron microscopy. 
Microscopic analytical techniques. 
Resonance methods Electrical, optical 
and magnetic measurement techniques. 
Thermodynamic methods. 

ENMA 681 Diffraction Techniques in 
Materials Science. (3) Prerequisite. ENCH 
620. Theory of diffraction of electrons, 
neutrons and x-rays. Strong emphasis on 
diffraction methods as applied to the 
study of defects in solids. Short range 
order, thermal vibrations, stacking faults, 
microstrain. 

ENMA 689 Special Topics in Experimen- 
tal Techniques in Materials Science. (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 



ENMA 691 Special Topics in Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. 

ENMA 697 Seminar in Engineering 
Materials. (1) 

ENMA 698 Special Problems in Engineer- 
ing Materials. (1-16) 

ENMA 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

ENMA 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



English Language and 
Literature Program 

Professor and Chairman: Kenny 
Professors: Bode. Bradley. Bryer. Freed- 

man. Hovey. Isaacs. Lawson. Lutwack. 

Mish. Murphy. Myers. Panichas. 

Peterson. Russell, Salamanca 

Schoenbaum, Whittemore. Winton, 

Wittreich 
Associate Professors Barnes. Barry. 

Birdsall. Brown. Coogan. Cooper, Fry, 

Greenwood. D. Hamilton, G. Hamilton. 

Herman. Holton. Houppert. Howard, 

Jellema. Kinnaird. Kleine. Mack, Miller. 

Moore. Portz. Smith. Thorberg. Vitzt- 

hum, Wilson 
Assistant Professors: Burger. Cate. Dunn. 

James. I. Ousby. Rutherford, 

Trousdale. Van Egmond 

The Department of English offers 
graduate work leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Arts and Doctor 
of Philosophy. Areas of specializa- 
tion for the M.A. and Ph.D. include: 
English literature, American litera- 
ture, and folklore. In addition, candi- 
dates for the M.A. degree may spe- 
cialize in creative writing, and in 
linguistics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate 
School requirements, applicants to 
the M.A. program ordinarily should 
present a 3.5 GPA in English and a 
minimum of 24 hours of upper-level 
English courses. Applicants to the 
Ph.D. program should present a 3.75 
GPA and an M.A. degree in English. 

Departmental requirements for the 
degree of Master of Arts include 
ENGL 601 and nine credits of sem- 
inars. Candidates have a non-thesis 
option under which they take 31 
credits, submit an independent re- 
search paper, and pass a three-hour 
written comprehensive examination. 

Departmental requirements for the 
degree of Doctor of Philosophy in- 
clude: (1) a foreign language require- 
ment: (2) at least three hours of 
linguistics: (3) a comprehensive writ- 
ten examination on three fields (dis- 
sertation field and two additional 



fields) which may be taken with per- 
mission after nine hours beyond the 
Master of Arts and must be taken 
upon the completion of 30 hours. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to drawing on the cul- 
tural and intellectual resources of 
Washington. D.C.. the English de- 
partment is an active participant in 
the Folger Institute of Renaissance 
and 18th Century Studies. Folger In- 
stitute fellowships have been 
awarded to advanced graduate stu- 
dents in the English department. 

The Department is also a member 
of South Atlantics Graduate English 
(SAGE). Graduate students from 
Maryland may take courses at other 
SAGE institutions, and the English 
department is eligible for a lecturer 
of its choice from another SAGE 
institution. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available in 
the form of fellowships and teaching 
assistantships. Fellowships are 
awarded directly by the Graduate 
School to nominees from the Eng- 
lish department. The number of 
teaching assistantships is contin- 
gent on available funds: currently 96 
students are teaching assistants. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on admission, 
financial aid, and degree require- 
ments can be obtained from Cal- 
houn Winton, Director of Graduate 
Studies. Department of English. 
University of Maryland. 

Courses 

ENGL 401 English Medieval Literature in 
Translation. (3) 

ENGL 402 Chaucer. (3) 

ENGL 403 Shakespeare. (3) Early period 

— histories and comedies. 

ENGL 404 Shakespeare. (3) Late period 

— tragedies and romances. 

ENGL 405 The Major Works of 
Shakespeare. (3) Students who have 
credit for ENGL 403 or 404 cannot 
receive credit for ENGL 405. 

ENGL 407 Literature of the Renaissance. 
(3) 

ENGL 410 Edmund Spenser. (3) 

ENGL 411 Literature of the Renaissance. 
(3) 

ENGL 412 Literature of the Seventeenth 
Century, 1600-1660. (3) 

ENGL 414 Milton. (3) 

ENGL 415 Literature of the Seventeenth 
Century, 1660-1700. (3) 



Graduate Programs / 109 



ENGL 416 Literature of the Eighteenth 
Century. (3) Age of Pope and Swift. 

ENGL 417 Literature of the Eighteenth 
Century. (3) Age of Johnson and the 
preromantics. 

ENGL 418 Major British Writers. (3) Two 

writers studied intensively each 
semester. 

ENGL 419 Major British Writers. (3) Two 

writers studied intensively each 
semester. 

ENGL 420 Literature of the Romantic 
Period. (3) First generation: Blake, Words- 
worth, Coleridge, et. al. 

ENGL 421 Literature of the Romantic 
Period. (3) Second generation: Keats, 
Shelly, Byron, et. al. 

ENGL 422 Literature of the Victorian 
Period. (3) Early years. 

ENGL 423 Literature of the Victorian 
Period. (3) Middle years. 

ENGL 424 Late Victorian and Edwardian 
Literature. (3) A study of the literary 
movements and techniques which ef- 
fected the transition from Victorian to 
modern literature. 

ENGL 425 Modern British Literature. (3) 

An historical survey of the major writers 
and literary movements in English prose 
and poetry since 1900. 

ENGL 430 American Literature, Begin- 
ning to 1810, the Colonial and Federal 
Periods. (3) 

ENGL 431 American Literature, 1810 to 
1865, the American Renaissance. (3) 

ENGL 432 American Literature, 1865 to 
1914, Realism and Naturalism. (3) 
ENGL 433 American Literature, 1914 to 
the Present, the Modern Period. (3) 
ENGL 434 American Drama. (3) 
ENGL 435 American Poetry — Beginning 
to the Present. (3) 

ENGL 436 The Literature of American 
Democracy. (3) 

ENGL 437 Contemporary American Liter- 
ature. (3) A survey of the poetry, prose, 
and drama written in America in the last 
decade. 

ENGL 438 Major American Writers. (3) 

Two writers studied intensively each 
semester. 

ENGL 439 Major American Writers. (3) 

Two writers studied intensively each 
semester. 

ENGL 440 The Novel in America to 1910. 
(3). 

ENGL 441 The Novel in America Since 
1910. (3) 

ENGL 442 Literature of the South. (3) A 

historical survey, from eighteenth-century 
beginnings to the present. 

ENGL 443 Afro-American Literature. (3) 

An examination of the literary expression 



of the Negro in the United States, from 
its beginning to the present. 

ENGL 444 Experimental Approaches to 
Literature — Emerson and Thoreau. (3) 

Variable subject matter presented in ex- 
perimental methods and approaches. 
Grading in satisfactory/fail only. Consent 
of instructor required for admission. 

ENGL 445 Modern British and American 
Poetry. (3) Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor required for students with credit 
in ENGL 345. A study of the formation of 
the 'Modern Tradition' in British and 
American poetry, exploring the dis- 
tinctive energy and consciousness in the 
poets of the early twentieth century 
(1896-1930). Special emphasis on 
Hopkins, Yeats, Pound, Eliot, and 
Stevens. Collateral readings in essays on 
modern poets, and other poets of the 
period. 

ENGL 446 Contemporary British and 
American Poetry. (3) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor required for students 
with credit in ENGL 345. A study of 
British and American poetry from the 
Depression to the present. Special em- 
phasis on Auden, Williams, Dylan 
Thomas, Theodore Roethke, Robert 
Lowell. A more general study of the work 
of some of these: Berryman, Jarrell, 
Fuller, Bishop, Wright, Kinnell, Larkin 
and including the Projectivists, the Beats 
and the present scene. 

ENGL 447 Satire. (3) An introduction to 
English and American satire from 
Chaucer to the present. 

ENGL 449 Playwriting. (3) 

ENGL 450 Elizabethan and Jacobean 
Drama. (3) Beginnings to Marlowe. 

ENGL 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean 
Drama. (3) Jonson to Webster. 

ENGL 452 English Drama from 1660 to 
1800. (3) 

ENGL 453 Literary Criticism. (3) 

ENGL 454 Modern Drama. (3) 

ENGL 455 The English Novel. (3) Eigh- 
teenth century. 

ENGL 456 The English Novel. (3) Nine- 
teenth century. 

ENGL 457 The Modern Novel. (3) 

ENGL 460 Introduction to Folklore. (3) 

ENGL 461 Folk Narrative. (3) Studies in 
legend, tale and myth. Prerequisite, 
ENGL 460. 

ENGL 462 Folksong and Ballad. (3) Prere 
quisite, ENGL 460. 

ENGL 463 American Folklore. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENGL 460. An examination of 
American folklore in terms of history and 
regional cultures. Exploration of collec- 
ting of folklore from various areas to 
reveal the difference in regional and 
ethnic groups as witnessed in their oral 
and literary traditions. 



ENGL 464 Afro-American Folklore and 
Culture. (3) An examination of the culture 
of the Negro in the United States in 
terms of history (antebellum to the pres- 
ent) and social changes (rural to urban). 
Exploration of aspects of Negro culture 
and history via oral and literary traditions 
and life histories. 

ENGL 465 Urban Folklore. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, ENGL 460. An examination of the 
folklore currently originating in white, ur- 
ban, American culture. 

ENGL 476 Modern Fantasy and Science 
Fiction. (3) Major works of fantasy and 
science fiction since the mid-eighteenth 
century, emphasizing their continuity and 
their relationships to philosophical spec- 
ulation, scientific discovery, literary 
history and cultural change. 

ENGL 478 Selected Topics in English 
and American Literature Before 1800. (3) 

ENGL 479 Selected Topics in English 
and American Literature After 1800. (3) 

ENGL 481 Introduction to English Gram- 
mar. (3) A brief review of traditional 
English grammar and an introduction to 
structural grammar, including phonology, 
morphology and syntax. 

ENGL 482 History of the English 
Language. (3) 

ENGL 483 American English. (3) 

ENGL 484 Advanced English Grammar. 

(3) Credit may not be granted in both 
ENGL 484 and LING 402. 

ENGL 485 Advanced English Structure. 

(3) 

ENGL 486 Introduction to Old English. (3) 

An introduction to the grammar, syntax, 

and phonology of Old English. Selected 

readings from old English Prose and 

poetry. 

ENGL 489 Special Topics in English 

Language. (3) Studies in topics of current 

interest; repeatable to a maximum of 9 

hours. 

ENGL 493 Advanced Expository Writing. 

(3) 

ENGL 498 Creative Writing. (3) 

ENGL 499 Advanced Creative Writing. (3) 

ENGL 601 Bibliography and Methods. (3) 

ENGL 602 Middle English. (3) 

ENGL 603 Readings in English Language 
History. (3) An historical survey of the 
syntactic, lexical, and phonological pat- 
terns of English from Old English and its 
sources in Germanic and Indo-European 
through Modern English. 

ENGL 604 Old English. (3) Grammar, syn- 
tax, phonology and prosody of Old 
English. Designed to give graduate 
students a working knowledge of Old 
English and to introduce them to the ma- 
jor Old English texts in the original. 

ENGL 611 Approaches to College Com- 
position. (3) A seminar emphasizing 



110 I Graduate Programs 



rhetorical and linguistic foundations for 
the handling of a course in freshman 
composition. For graduate assistants (op- 
tional to other graduate students). 

ENGL 620 Readings in Medieval English 
Literature. (3) 

ENGL 621 Readings in Renaissance 
English Literature. (3) 

ENGL 622 Readings in Seventeenth- 
Century English Literature. (3) 

ENGL 623 Readings in Eighteenth- 
Century English Literature. (3) 

ENGL 624 Readings in English Romantic 
Literature. (3) 

ENGL 625 Readings in English Victorian 
Literature. (3) 

ENGL 626 Readings in American Lit- 
erature Before 1865. (3) 

ENGL 627 Readings in American Lit- 
erature Since 1865. (3) 

ENGL 630 Readings in 20th Century 
English Literature. (3) 

ENGL 718 Seminar in Medieval Lit- 
erature. (3) 

ENGL 719 Seminar in Renaissance Lit- 
erature. (3) 

ENGL 728 Seminar in Seventeenth- 
Century Literature. (3) 

ENGL 729 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century 
Literature. (3) 

ENGL 738 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century 
Literature. (3) 

ENGL 739 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century 
Literature. (3) 

ENGL 748 Seminar in American Lit- 
erature. (3) 

ENGL 749 Studies in Twentieth-Century 
Literature. (3) 

ENGL 758 Literary Criticism. (3) 

ENGL 759 Seminar in Literature and the 
Other Arts. (3) 

ENGL 768 Studies in Drama. (3) 

ENGL 769 Studies in Fiction. (3) 

ENGL 778 Seminar in Folklore. (3) 

ENGL 788 Studies in the English Lan- 
guage. (3) May be repeated for credit to 
a maximum of 9 hours. 

ENGL 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

ENGL 819 Seminar in Themes and Types 
in English Literature. (3) 

ENGL 828 Seminar in Themes and Types 
in American Literature. (3) 

ENGL 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 

Linguistics 

LING 401 Phonetics and Phonemics. (3) 

Training in the identification, description 
and symbolization of various sounds 
found in language. Study of scientific 



techniques for classifying sounds into 
units which are percectually relevant for 
a given language. 

LING 402 Morphology and Syntax. (3) A 

detailed study of language structure. No 
student may receive credit for both LING 
402 and ENGL 484. 

LING 403 Historical Linguistics. (3) Pre- 
requisite, LING 401 and 402, or 
equivalent. A study of change in the 
phonological, grammatical and semantic 
structures of natural languages; language 
typology; reconstruction and various 
allied topics will be treated. 

LING 498 Seminar in Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite, LING 100. Advanced topics 
in linguistics. Lectures and discussions 
by faculty, students and invited outside 
scholars. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six credits provided content is different. 

LING 609 Seminar in Linguistics. (3) 

Entomology Program 

Professor and Chairman: Steinhauer 
Professors: Bickley, Davidson, Harrison, 

Jones, Menzer, Messersmith, Wirth 
Associate Professors: Caron, Miller, 

Reichelderfer, Wood 
Assistant Professors: Armstrong, Denno, 

Dively, Hellman, Linduska, Nelson 
Lecturer: Spang ler 

The Department of Entomology of- 
fers both the M.S. and Ph.D. de- 
grees. Graduate students may spe- 
cialize in physiology and morphol- 
ogy, toxicology, biosystematics, 
ecology and behavior, medical ento- 
mology, apiculture, insect pathology, 
economic entomology and pest 
management. 

Admission and Degree Information 
Students applying for graduate work 
in entomology are expected to have 
strong backgrounds in the biological 
sciences, chemistry and mathemat- 
ics. Since the Department is par- 
ticularly anxious to find strong basic 
preparation, an undergraduate major 
in entomology is not required for ad- 
mission to the program. Students 
lacking certain specific courses in 
their undergraduate program may 
need to extend the normal period of 
time required for the degree. 

In the M.S. and Ph.D. programs, 
the student is given great latitude in 
the selection of the advisory study 
committee, choice of the major 
study areas and supporting course 
work and choice of the research pro- 
gram. The M.S. degree is awarded 
following the successful completion 
of the course requirements and a 
satisfactory thesis. A non-thesis 
M.S. option is available for those in- 
terested in qualifying as pest man- 
agement specialists. In this program 
a field experience course including a 



comprehensive report is substituted 
for the thesis. 

The demonstration of competence 
in one foreign language is required 
for the Ph.D. Upon admission to the 
Ph.D. program, the student is given 
a preliminary interview (which may 
be combined with the M.S. final oral 
examination) in which the program 
of course work and collateral read- 
ing, the plan for demonstration of 
competence in the foreign language 
chosen, and the general outline of 
the proposed research area are es- 
tablished and approved. Following 
the completion of most course work 
and the demonstration of foreign 
language competency, the oral quali- 
fying examination is administered 
before the student applies for ad- 
mission to candidacy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Facilities are maintained in the 
Department for research in all areas 
of specialization offered, and in 
addition, cooperative programs with 
other departments in Agricultural 
and Life Sciences are possible. Co- 
operative research programs are 
often maintained by the Department 
with several government agencies, 
such as the Beltsville Agricultural 
Research Center, the U.S. National 
Museum of Natural History, and the 
Walter Reed Army Institute of Re- 
search. Specialized facilities are fre- 
quently made available to graduate 
students in these programs. In many 
instances graduates of the programs 
in entomology find employment in 
such government agencies because 
of the contacts made in these co- 
operative projects. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a limited number of 
teaching and research assistant- 
ships available to entomology grad- 
uate students on a competitive 
basis. Several part-time employment 
opportunities are available in govern- 
mental and private research and de- 
velopmental laboratories in the area. 

Additional Information 

The Department's "Guidelines for 
Graduate Students" give additional 
information on the graduate pro- 
gram, including requirements for ad- 
mission, course requirements, ex- 
aminations, seminars and research 
areas and facilities. Copies ina 
available from the Department of En- 
tomology, University of Maryland. 

Courses 

ENTM 407 Entomology for Science 
Teachers. (4) Summer. Four lectures and 
four three-hour laboratory periods a 



Graduate Programs / 111 



week. This course will include the ele- 
ments of morphology, taxonomy and bi- 
ology of insects using examples com- 
monly available to high school teachers. 
It will include practice in collecting, pre- 
serving, rearing and experimenting with 
insects insofar as time will permit. 

ENTM 412 Advanced Apiculture. (3) One 

lecture and two three-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 111. 
The theory and practice of apiary man- 
agement. Designed for the student who 
wishes to keep bees or requires a prac- 
tical knowledge of bee management. 

ENTM 421 Insect Taxonomy and Biology. 

(4) Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
ENTM 204. Introduction to the principles 
of systematic entomology and the study 
of all orders and the important families 
of insects; immature forms considered. 

ENTM 432 Insect Morphology. (4) Two 

lectures and two three-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 204. 
A basic study of insect form, structure 
and organization in relation to function. 

ENTM 442 Insect Physiology. (4) Prereq- 
uisites, ENTM 204 and CHEM 104 or 
equivalent. Three lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Functions of 
internal body systems in insects. 

ENTM 451 Economic Entomology. (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite. ENTM 
204. The recognition, biology and control 
of insects injurious to fruit and vegetable 
crops, field crops and stored products. 

ENTM 452 Insecticides. (2) Prerequisite, 
consent of the department. The develop- 
ment and use of contact and stomach 
poisons, fumigants and other important 
chemicals, with reference to their chem- 
istry, toxic action, compatibility, and host 
injury. Recent research emphasized. 

ENTM 453 Insect Pests of Ornamental 
Plants. (3) Prerequisite, ENTM 204. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period a week. The recognition, biology 
and control of insects and mites injur- 
ious to ornamental shrubs, trees and 
greenhouse crops. Emphasis is placed 
on the pests of woody ornamental 
plants. 

ENTM 462 Insect Pathology. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one three-hour laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisite, MICB 200, 
prerequisite or corequisite, ENTM 442 or 
consent of the instructor. An introduc- 
tion to the principal insect pathogens 
with special reference to symptomology, 
epizootiology, and microbial control of 
insect pests. 

ENTM 472 Medical and Veterinary En- 
tomology. (4) Three lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, ENTM 204 or consent of 
department. A study of the morphology, 
taxonomy, biology and control of the 
arthropod parasites and disease vectors 
of man and animals. The ecology and 



behavior of vectors in relation to disease 
transmission will be emphasized. 

ENTM 498 Seminar. (1) Prerequisite, 
senior standing. Presentation of original 
work, reviews and abstracts of literature. 

ENTM 612 Insect Ecology. (3) Prerequi- 
site, a course in general ecology or per- 
mission of instructor. An advanced 
course in population and community 
ecology, plant-insect interactions, and in- 
sect biogeography. Emphasis on current 
entomological literature. 

ENTM 625 Experimental Honey Bee 
Biology. (2) First semester. One three- 
hour lab a week. Fifteen labs during 
semester will include topics such as 
communication, nest construction and 
organization, behavior, insect societies 
and bee and wasp biology. 

ENTM 641 Advances in Insect Phys- 
iology. (2) First semester, alternate years. 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, 
ENTM 442 or consent of instructor. Lec- 
tures on current literature with reading 
assignments and discussion. 

ENTM 643 Aspects of Insect Biochem- 
istry. (2) First semester. Two lectures a 
week. (Alternate years) One year of 
biochemistry, or equivalent, or consent 
of the instructor. Lectures and group 
discussions on the energy sources of in- 
sects. Intermediary metabolism, utlization 
of energy sources, specialized subjects 
of curent interest, such as light produc- 
tion, insect pigment formation, 
pheromones, venoms, and chemical 
defense mechanisms. 

ENTM 653 Toxicology of Insecticides. (4) 

First semester. Three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period a week. 
(Alternate years, not offered 1973-1974). 
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. 
A study of the physical, chemical, and 
biological properties of insecticides. Em- 
phasis is placed on the relationship of 
chemical structures to insecticidal activ- 
ity and mode of action. Mechanisms of 
resistance are also considered. 

ENTM 654 Insect Pest Population 
Management. (2) Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Cur- 
rent developments in pest management 
theory and practice. Emphasis on Agro- 
ecosystem components and their manip- 
ulation. Population sampling, damage 
thresholds, cost-benefit relationships, 
and modeling in pest management. 

ENTM 672 Culicidology. (2) Second 
semester. One lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory period a week. (Alternate 
years.) The classification, distribution, 
ecology, biology, and control of 
mosquitoes. 

ENTM 689 Entomological Topics. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. One lecture 
or one two-hour laboratory period a week 
for each credit hour. Prerequisite, con- 
sent of department. Lectures, group 
discussions or laboratory sessions on 
selected topics such as: aquatic insects, 



biological control of insects, en- 
tomological literature, forest entomology, 
history of entomology, insect 
biochemistry, insect embryology, im- 
mature insects, insect behavior, prin- 
ciples of economic entomology, insect 
communication, principles of en- 
tomological research. 

ENTM 698 Seminar. (1) Presentation of 
topics of current interest, including 
thesis and dissertation research, by 
faculty members, students, and outside 
speakers. 

ENTM 699 Advanced Entomology. (1-6) 

Credit and prerequisites to be deter- 
mined by the department. First and se- 
cond semesters. Studies of minor pro- 
blems in morphology, physiology, tax- 
onomy and applied entomology, with par- 
ticular reference to the preparation of the 
student for individual research. 

ENTM 789 Field Experience in Pest 
Management. (1-6) Prerequisite. ENTM 
654 or consent of the department. In- 
volvement in practical problems of pest 
management in field situations. The stu- 
dent will be assigned to a problem area 
for intensive experience, usually during 
the summer. A final written report is re- 
quired for each assignment. Repeatable 
to a maximum of six credits. 

ENTM 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

ENTM 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1 -8) 



Family And Community 
Development Program 

Assoc. Professor and Acting Chairman: 
Rubin 

Professor: Gaylin 

Associate Professors: Brabble, Myricks, 
Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Churaman, Gar- 
rison, Macklin, Phillips, Royer 

A Master of Science Degree in Fam- 
ily and Community Development is 
offered under a graduate program 
within the College of Human Ecol- 
ogy. The program is particularly re- 
sponsive to the contemporary needs 
of families and the most effective 
ways of providing programs and ser- 
vices in the community. 

The program objectives of the De- 
partment of Family and Community 
Development are directed toward ed- 
ucating professionals who are pre- 
pared to develop and direct a variety 
of programs and services that are 
both family-oriented and community 
based. The areas of specialization in 
the Department are: family studies, 
community studies with particular 
emphasis on programs serving fami- 
lies, and management and consumer 



112 / Graduate Programs 



studies. Faculty members use and 
encourage an interdisciplinary ap- 
proach to the study of human prob- 
lems related to social change and to 
helping students become agents of 
change, through the family unit. 

An integrated practicum experi- 
ence is offered which enables stu- 
dents to work directly with families 
and community agencies. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department will continue to 
adopt the policies of the Graduate 
School as the basic criteria for ad- 
mission to the Master's program. In 
addition, it is recommended that in- 
dividuals take the Aptitude section 
of the GRE, and have adequate un- 
dergraduate preparation in one or 
more of the following areas: family 
development, psychology, sociology, 
or human ecology. A course in ele- 
mentary statistics at the undergrad- 
uate level is required. 

The Master's program is 30 hours. 
The student may choose either the 
thesis or non-thesis option. Six 
hours of thesis research are re- 
quired for those students selecting 
the thesis option. The non-thesis op- 
tion permits more extensive field 
experience in lieu of the research 
thesis. Any student selecting this 
option will complete 30 hours of 
course work with oral and written 
comprehensive examinations upon 
completion. 

Financial Assistance 

Due to the limited number of avail- 
able Graduate Teaching Assistant- 
ships, and the high demand, applica- 
tion for financial aid should be 
made prior to April 1st, for the fall 
semester of the coming year. 

Additional Information 

Further information regarding this 
program should be obtained by con- 
tacting the Department or the Col- 
lege of Human Ecology directly. 

Courses 

FMCD 431 Family Crises and Rehabilita- 
tion. (3) Deals with various types of fam- 
ily crises situations and how families 
cope with the rehabilitation process. It 
covers issues at various stages of the 
family cycle ranging from divorce, teen- 
age runaways, abortion, to the effect of 
death on a family. Role playing and in- 
terviewing techniques are demonstrated 
and ways of helping the family through 
the crises are emphasized. 

FMCD 443 Consumer Problems. (3) Con- 
sumer practices of American families. 
Merchandising practices as they affect 
the consumer. Organizations and laws in 
the interest of the consumer. 



FMCD 446 Living Experiences with Fami- 
lies. (3-6) 

A — Domestic Intercultural 
B — International Intercultural 
Prerequisites, FMCD 330, ANTH 
101, FMCD 250; optional, language com- 
petence. An individual experience in liv- 
ing with families of a sub-culture within 
the U.S. or with families of another coun- 
try, participating in family and commu- 
nity activities. A foreign student may par- 
ticipate and live with an American family. 

FMCD 447 Home Management for the 
Disabled. (3) Application of home 
management concepts in the use of re- 
sources to promote maintenance of 
homemaker independence through physi- 
ological and psychological adjustments 
in the family and home environment. The 
purpose of this course is to prepare 
students for working effectively with 
disabled homemakers. 

FMCD 448 Selected Topics in Home 
Management. (3) Seminar format will be 
used to examine the ways families set 
priorities and organize their efforts and 
resources to achieve both social and 
economic goals. Prior registration in 
FMCD 250, 341, or other courses in 
management theory, systems analysis or 
research methods is desirable. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits 
provided subject matter is different. 

FMCD 453 Family-Community Advocacy. 

(3) Legislative efforts, state and federal, 
which have impact on families. The tech- 
niques, tactics, and strategies of 
lobbyists. 

FMCD 485 Introduction to Family 
Counseling. (3) Provides the fundamental 
theoretical concepts and clinical pro- 
cedures that are unique to marital and 
family therapy. These techniques are 
contrasted with individually-oriented psy- 
chotherapy. Pre-marital, marital and fam- 
ily, and divorce counseling techniques 
are demonstrated and evaluated. 

FMCD 487 Legal Aspects of Family Prob- 
lems. (3) Laws and legal involvement that 
directly affect specific aspects of the 
family: adoption, marriage, estate plan- 
ning, property rights, wills, etc. Emphasis 
will be given to the involvement of a pro- 
fessional lawyer; principles and interpre- 
tation of the law. 

FMCD 499 Special Topics. (1-3) 

A — Family Studies 

B — Community Studies 

C — Management and Consumer 

Studies 

FMCD 600 Readings in Research and 
Theory of the Family. (3) Emphasis is 
placed on surveying current research, 
concepts and theory in marital and fam- 
ily dynamics. The relationship of the con- 
temporary family to the society and com- 
munity are discussed and family patterns 
within various social classes and across 
different cultures are compared. Changes 
in family functioning throughout the fam- 



ily life cycle and over the last hundred 
years are described and analyzed. 

FMCD 602 Integrative Aspects of Human 
Ecology. (3) The philosophical foundation 
for the home economics profession are 
explored in this course. An historical ap- 
proach is used in part to indicate the 
growth of home economics, its relation- 
ship to other disciplines and its integra- 
tive function for the practitioner of the 
applied human sciences. Emphasis is 
placed upon recent trends and future di- 
rections for the professional as change 
agent and his role within society. 

FMCD 609 Seminar Current Issues in 
Family and Community Development. 
(1-4) This seminar will be open to all 
graduate students for non-credit or vari- 
able credit by prior arrangement. It is 
considered an informal vehicle to gen- 
erate communication and discussion 
among all members of the department. 
Presentations will include reviews and 
critiques of recent articles and books 
within the field and those relevent to it. 
In addition, original informal discussion 
papers from faculty and students will be 
generated for presentation and discus- 
sion. Guest speakers and discussants 
will be encouraged when deemed 
appropriate. 

FMCD 610 Familimetrics. (3) Prerequi- 
sites, FMCD 401 and statistics. The pri- 
mary focus is on the advantages and 
limitations of family research procedures 
and the degree of correspondence be- 
tween these methods. Ways of devel- 
oping and evaluating adequate research 
procedures will be emphasized and re- 
cent innovations in the field will be 
considered. 

FMCD 615 Community Interaction with 
Families. (3) A study of relationships of 
the individual within the family and in- 
volvement with the community. Commu- 
nity organization and structure will be 
studied from the perspective of (1) indi- 
vidual involvement; (2) family involve- 
ment; (3) intergroup involvement, i.e., 
racial, ethnic, religious and class groups. 
Theoretical frameworks are to be devel- 
oped with effective operational ap- 
proaches applied in local community or- 
ganizations. Students will participate in 
studying available community groups 
and their effects on individuals. Govern- 
mental agency programs and funded 
community projects will be studied, with 
special attention given to the philosophy 
of various funding agencies. 

FMCD 625 Advanced Consumer Affairs. 

(3) An analysis of current consumer be- 
havior found in various family life styles 
and of community processes for dealing 
with consumer problems. Emphasis is 
given to recent research and theoretical 
frameworks in the consumer area. 

FMCD 660 Program Planning and Evalua- 
tion. (1-6) Consideration is given to 
research program development and/or 
evaluation of an existing research pro- 
gram in relation to objectives and need. 



Graduate Programs / 113 



Reporting of research for publication in a 
journal and periodicals will also be 
stressed. 

FMCD 668 Special Topics in Family Life. 
(1-6) Individual study or arranged group 
study. 

FMCD 678 Special Topics in Community 
Services. (1-6) Individual study or ar- 
ranged group study. 

FMCD 686 Introduction to Family Coun- 
seling. (3) This course gives the funda- 
mental theoretical concepts and clinical 
procedures that are unique to family and 
marital therapy. Family and marital ther- 
apy are contrasted with individually- 
oriented psychotherapy in terms of his- 
torical development, assumptions and 
techniques. Various types of clinical 
techniques for marital and family thera- 
pists are presented. Premarital, marital 
and family, divorce counseling ap- 
proaches are considered. 

FMCD 688 Special Topics in 
Management-Consumer. (1-6) Individual 
study or arranged group study. 

FMCD 691 Family-Community Consulta- 
tion. (3) The foci of this course are upon 
defining areas of behavior which can be 
referred to the family-community consul- 
tant and upon methodology which can 
be applied by the consultant to family or 
professional situations. Roles such as 
homemaker rehabilitation consultant 
could receive added emphasis through 
field experience participation which is 
encouraged in the course. 

FMCD 695 Practicum in Family and Com- 
munity Services. (3) A field experience 
which provides one of the following: (1) 
direct contact with family life styles dif- 
ferent from one's own (2) observation 
and/or (3) experience of a professional 
role in working with families (consulting, 
counseling, informal education, leader- 
ship training, community action, case 
work, etc.). Observation and/or experi- 
ence with services, educational programs 
or action programs dealing with a partic- 
ular type of family problem (financial, 
consumer, help in emergencies, health, 
housing, homemaker rehabilitation, fam- 
ily relationships and management) will be 
included. 

FMCD 698 Special Topics in General 
Human Ecology. (1-6) Individual study or 
arranged group study. 

FMCD 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 



Food, Nutrition and 
Institution Administration 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Prather 
Professors: Ahrens, Beaton 
Associate Professors: Butler, Cox, 

Williams 
Assistant Professors: Howe. Poplai. 

Rosebrough, Wodarski 



Adjunct Associate Professors: Kelsay. 

Szepesi 
Adjunct Professors: Bodwell. Reiser, 

Trout 

The Department offers a program 
leading to a Master of Science 
degree in each of the following ma- 
jor areas: food, nutrition, and institu- 
tion administration. The Department 
participates in an interdepartmental 
program for Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in 
nutritional science which is de- 
scribed under that title. The area of 
food includes study in experimental 
foods as well as cultural and con- 
sumer aspects of food. Nutrition in- 
cludes the science of nutrition as 
well as the broad area of community 
and clinical nutrition. Institution ad- 
ministration includes all phases of 
food service systems. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to minimum Graduate 
School requirements, a satisfactory 
score on the aptitude portion of the 
Graduate Record Examination is re- 
quired. A minimum combination of 
900 with a minimum of 400 on both 
the verbal and quantitative is re- 
quired for admission. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are 
available for the Masters of Science 
degree in food, nutrition or institu- 
tion administration. 

All students are required to take 
Seminar, Research Methods and a 
statistics course. Other courses are 
selected with the guidance of an ad- 
visor and/or a committee. Non-thesis 
option students must prepare a 
research paper, present an addi- 
tional seminar and take a written 
comprehensive examination in addi- 
tion to an oral examination. An 
average of three or four semesters 
is usually required to complete the 
M.S. thesis option and two or three 
semesters for the non-thesis option. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has special arrange- 
ments and cooperative agreements 
with laboratories at the Nutrition In- 
stitute. A.R.S., U.S.D.A., the Univers- 
ity Affiliated Program in Child 
Development at Georgetown Univer- 
sity Hospital Clinic and Children's 
Hospital for students in nutrition 
and foods. There are faculty with ad- 
vanced degrees in the areas of food 
chemistry, cultural foods, commun- 
ity nutrition, clinical nutrition, human 
and animal nutrition, and food ser- 
vice systems. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a limited number of 



graduate teaching assistantships 
and research assistantships 
available. 

Additional Information 

Copies of a Department mimeograph 
with additional information concern- 
ing admission requirements, 
courses, faculty, facilities, etc. are 
available from the Department 
Chairman. 

Courses 
Food 

FOOD 440 Advanced Food Science. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, 
FOOD 250 and CHEM 261 or 461. Chem- 
ical and physical properties of food as 
related to consumer use in the home 
and institutions. 

FOOD 445 Advanced Food Science 
Laboratory. (1) One three-hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 201 and 
consent of instructor. Chemical deter- 
mination of selected components in 
animal and plant foods. 

FOOD 450 Experimental Food Science. 

(3) One lecture, two laboratories per 
week. Prerequisite. FOOD 440 or equiva- 
lent. Individual and group laboratory ex- 
perimentation as an introduction to 
methods of food research. 

FOOD 480 Food Additives. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, FOOD 440 or equivalent. Effects 
of intentional and incidental additives on 
food quality, nutritive value and safety. 
Current regulatory procedures. 

FOOD 490 Special Problems in Foods. 
(2-3) Prerequisite, FOOD 440 and con- 
sent of instructor. Individual selected 
problems in the area of food science. 

FOOD 498 Special Topics. (1-3) Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. Selected 
current aspects of food. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits if the subject 
matter is subs.antially different. 

FOOD 610 Readings in Food. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. FOOD 440 or consent of instruc- 
tor. A critical survey of the literature of 
recent developments in food research. 

FOOD 620 Nutritional and Quality Evalua- 
tion of Food. (3) Prerequisite. FOOD 440 
or consent of instructor. Effects of pro- 
duction, processing, marketing, storage, 
and preparation on nutritive value and 
quality of foods 

FOOD 640 Food Enzymes. (3) First 
semester, alternate years. Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory. Prereq- 
uisite, FOOD 440 or equivalent. The 
classification and behavior of naturally 
occurring and added enzymes in food; in- 
cludes the effects of temperature, pH, 
radiation, moisture, etc., on enzyme 
activity. 

FOOD 650 Advanced Experimental Food. 
(3-5) Second semester. Two lectures and 
three laboratory periods a week. Selected 



114 / Graduate Programs 



readings of literature in experimental 
foods. Development of individual 
problem. 

FOOD 660 Research Methods. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, a statistics course. A study of ap- 
propriate research methodology and 
theories including experimental design. 
Each student is required to develop a 
specimen research proposal. 

FOOD 678 Special Topics in Foods. (1-6) 

Individual or group study in an area of 
foods. 

FOOD 688 Seminar. (1-2) Reports and 
discussions of current research in foods. 

FOOD 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

Nutrition 

NUTR 425 International Nutrition. (2) Two 

lectures per week. Prerequisite, course in 
basic nutrition. Nutritional status of 
world population and local, national and 
international programs for improvement. 

NUTR 430 Nutritional Biochemistry. (3) 

Prerequisite, CHEM 261 or equivalent. 
Nutritional biochemistry with special em- 
phasis on the relationship between bio- 
chemistry and nutrition. 

NUTR 435 History of Nutrition. (2) Two 

lectures per week. Prerequisite, course in 
basic nutrition. A study of the develop- 
ment of the knowledge of nutrition and 
its interrelationship with social and eco- 
nomic developments. 

NUTR 450 Advanced Human Nutrition. (3) 

Prerequisites, consent of department; 
NUTR 300 and CHEM 261 or concurrent 
registration in CHEM 462. Two lectures 
and one two-hour laboratory, A critical 
study of the physiological and metabolic 
influences on nutrient utilization, with 
particular emphasis on current problems 
in human nutrition. 

NUTR 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition. 

(3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisites, NUTR 300, 
450. Modifications of the normal ade- 
quate diet to meet human nutritional 
needs in pathological conditions. 

NUTR 470 Community Nutrition. (3) 

Prerequisites, NUTR 300, 450, 460. A 
study of different types of community 
nutrition programs, problems and 
projects. 

NUTR 480 Applied Diet Therapy. (3) Open 
only to students accepted into and par- 
ticipating in the U.S. Army Dietetic In- 
ternship Program at Walter Reed General 
Hospital or the coordinated undergrad- 
uate dietetics program. Application of 
principles of normal and therapeutic 
nutrition in total medical care and in- 
struction of patients. Clinical experiences 
in hospital therapeutics, pediatrics, 
research and a variety of clinics are in- 
cluded. For students in the coordinated 
undergraduate dietetics program, 238 
hours of clinical experience is required 
and this course must be accompanied by 
NUTR 460. 



NUTR 485 Applied Community Nutrition. 

(3) Prerequisite, NUTR 460 and concur- 
rent registration in NUTR 470. Open only 
to students accepted into and partici- 
pating in the coordinated undergraduate 
program in dietetics. Application of prin- 
ciples in community nutrition through 
guided experiences in different aspects 
of nutrition programs in the community. 
This course requires 238 hours of clinical 
experience. 

NUTR 490 Special Problems in Nutrition. 
(2-3) Prerequisites, NUTR 300 and con- 
sent of instructor. Individual selected 
problems in the area of human nutrition. 

NUTR 498 Special Topics. (1-3) Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. Selected 
current aspects of nutrition. Repeatable 
to a maximum of six credits if the sub- 
ject matter is substantially different. 

NUTR 600 Recent Progress in Human 
Nutrition. (3) Recent developments in the 
science of nutrition with emphasis on 
the interpretation of these findings for 
application in health and disease. 

NUTR 610 Readings in Nutrition. (1-3) 

Reports and discussions of significant 
nutritional research and investigation. 

NUTR 615 Maternal and Infant Nutrition. 

(3) Prerequisite, NUTR 460 or equivalent, 
or consent of instructor. Current litera- 
ture concerning the importance of diet 
during pregnancy and infancy on the 
health of the mother and infant. Phys- 
iological and biochemical changes during 
pregnancy and infancy, current issues in 
infant feeding, such as possible effects 
of diet during infancy on obesity and 
degenerative diseases in later life, and 
current public health programs designed 
to serve pregnant women and infants. 

NUTR 620 Nutrition for Community Ser- 
vices. (3) Application of the principles of 
nutrition to various community problems 
of specific groups of the public. 
Students may select specific problems 
for independent study. 

NUTR 630 Nutritional Aspects of Energy 
Balance. (3) Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or 
equivalent, or consent of instructor. The 
prevalence and basic causes of caloric 
imbalance, along with a wide variety of 
approaches to weight control. 

NUTR 660 Research Methods. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, a statistics course. A study of ap- 
propriate research methodology and 
theories including experimental design. 
Each student is required to develop a 
specimen research proposal. 

NUTR 670 Intermediary Metabolism in 
Nutrition. (3) Second semester. Prereq- 
uisite, CHEM 461, 462 or equivalent. The 
major routes of carbohydrate, fat, and 
protein metabolism with particular em- 
phasis on metabolic shifts and their 
detection and significance in nutrition. 

NUTR 678 Special Topics in Nutrition. 
(1-6) Individual or group study in an area 
of nutrition. 



NUTR 680 Human Nutritional Status. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. Methods 
of appraisal of human nutritional status, 
to include dietary, biochemical and an- 
thropometric techniques. 

NUTR 698 Seminar in Nutrition. (1-3) A 

study in depth of a selected phase of 
nutrition. 

NUTR 699 Problems in Nutrition. (1-4) 

Prerequisite, permission of faculty. Ex- 
perience in a phase of nutrition of in- 
terest to the student. Use is made of ex- 
perimental animals, human studies and 
extensive, critical studies of research 
methods, techniques or data of specific 
projects. 

NUTR 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

Institution Administration 

IADM 410 School Food Service. (3) Two 

lectures and one morning a week for 
field experience in a school food service. 
Prerequisite, FOOD 200, or 240 and 250, 
and NUTR 300, or consent of instructor. 
Study of organization and management, 
menu planning, food purchasing, prepar- 
ation, service, and cost control in a 
school lunch program. 

IADM 420 Quantity Food Purchasing. (2) 

Prerequisites, FOOD 240 and IADM 300, 
or consent of instructor. Food selection 
and the development of integrated pur- 
chasing programs. Standards of quality; 
marketing distribution systems. 

IADM 430 Quantity Food Production. (4) 

Two hours of lecture and one six-hour 
laboratory a week. Prerequisites, FOOD 
240 and IADM 300, or consent of instruc- 
tor. Scientific Principles and Procedures. 
Laboratory experience in management 
techniques and in quantity food produc- 
tion and service. 

IADM 440 Food Service Personnel Ad- 
ministration. (2) Prerequisite, IADM 300. 
Principles of personnel administration in 
food services, emphasis on personnel se- 
lection, supervision and training, job 
evaluation, wage and payroll structure, 
current labor regulations, and interper- 
sonal relationships and communications. 

IADM 450 Food Service Equipment and 
Planning. (2) Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. Equip- 
ment design selection, maintenance and 
efficient layout, relation of the physical 
facility to production and service. 

IADM 460 Administrative Dietetics I. (3) 

Open only to students accepted into and 
participating in the U.S. Army Dietetic In- 
ternship Program at Walter Reed General 
Hospital or the coordinated undergrad- 
uate dietetics program. Application of 
management theory through guided ex- 
perience in all aspects of hospital dietary 
department administration. For students 
in the coordinated undergraduate 
dietetics program, 238 hours of hospital 
food service management experience is 
required and this course must be accom- 
panied by IADM 300 and 430. 



Graduate Programs / 115 



IADM 470 Administrative Dietetics II. (3) 

Open only to students accepted into and 
participating in the U.S. Army Dietetic In- 
ternship Program at Walter Reed General 
Hospital or the coordinated undergrad- 
uate dietetics program. Continuation of 
IADM 460. For students in the coor- 
dinated undergraduate program, 238 
hours of food service experience is re- 
quired and this course must be accom- 
panied by IADM 420 and 440. 

IADM 490 Special Problems in Food Ser- 
vice. (2-3) Prerequisites, senior standing, 
five hours in IADM courses and consent 
of instructor. Individual selected prob- 
lems in the area of food service. 

IADM 498 Special Topics. (1-3) Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. Selected 
current aspects of institution administra- 
tion. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits if the subject matter is substan- 
tially different. 

IADM 600 Food Service Administration. 

(3) First or second semester. Principles 
of organization and management related 
to a food system. Control of resources 
through the use of quantitative methods. 
Administrative decision-making, and per- 
sonnel policies and practices. 

IADM 610 Readings in Food Administra- 
tion. (3) Reports and discussion of 
significant research and development in 
the area of food administration. 

IADM 630 Computer Application in Food 
Service. (3) Alternate years. Prerequisite, 
IADM 600 or equivalent. The use of auto- 
matic data processing and programming 
for the procurement and issuing of food 
commodities, processing of ingredients, 
menu seleciion, and labor allocations. 

IADM 640 Sanitation and Safety in Food 
Service. (3) Alternate years. Prerequisite, 
MICB 200. Principles and practices of 
sanitation and safety unique to the pro- 
duction, storage and service of food in 
quantity; includes current legislation. 

IADM 650 Experimental Quantity Food 
Production. (3) Alternate years. Two lec- 
tures and one three-hour laboratory. 
Prerequisites, IADM 430 and FOOD 450 
or equivalents. Application of experimen- 
tal methods to quantity food production, 
recipe development and modification; 
relationship of food quality to production 
methods. 

IADM 660 Research Methods. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, a statistics course. A study of ap- 
propriate research methodology and 
theories including experimental design. 
Each student is required to develop a 
research proposal. 

IADM 678 Special Topics in Institutional 
Food. (1-6) Individual or group study in 
an area of institutional food service. 

IADM 688 Seminar. (1) Reports and 
discussion of current research in institu- 
tion administration. May be repeated to a 
maximum of three semester hours of 
credit. 



IADM 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) First and second semesters. Credit 
in proportion to work done and results 
accomplished. Investigation in some 
phases of institution administration 
which may form the basis of a thesis. 



Food Science Program 

Professor and Chairman: King (Dairy 
Science) 

Professors: Bender (Agricultural and 
Resource Economics), Young (Animal 
Science), Keeney (Chemistry), Davis 
and Mattick (Dairy Science), Kramer, 
Twigg and Wiley(Horticulture), Thomas 
(Poultry Science) 

Associate Professors: Wheaton 
(Agricultural Engineering), Buric 
(Animal Science), Westhoff (Dairy 
Science), Heath (Poultry Science) 

Assistant Professors: Vijay (Dairy 
Science), Solomos (Horticulture) 

Visiting Lecturer: Bednarczyk 

The Food Science Program offers 
the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. The Program is 
interdepartmental with participation 
or support from the Departments of 
Animal Science, Dairy Science, Hor- 
ticulture, Poultry Science, Agricul- 
tural Engineering, Chemistry, and 
Agricultural and Resource 
Economics. Programs of study and 
research are individually planned 
with the student and an appropriate 
committee. Areas of study encom- 
pass animal, plant, seafood, and 
fabricated food products. Specializa- 
tion is available in food micro- 
biology and fermentations, food 
chemistry and biochemistry, quality 
assurance, food engineering and 
product development, nutritional 
evaluation, food sanitation, packag- 
ing, and distribution. 

Admission and Degree Information 

There are no special admission re- 
quirements above those required by 
the Graduate School. The Food 
Science Admissions Committee 
evaluates and makes recommenda- 
tions on all applications based on 
academic and professional ex- 
perience and letters of recommenda- 
tions (at least 3 required). When 
feasible the Committee may conduct 
a personal interview. In the absence 
of a bachelor's degree in Food 
Science or Food Technology a 
strong background in physical and 
biological sciences is recommended. 
Inadequate prerequisites may result 
in a recommendation to complete a 
remedial program as a special stu- 
dent, undergraduate status. Program 
requirements are as follows: 1) Food 
Science; the equivalent of the 



following courses: FDSC 412, 413, 
Principles of Food Processing; 
FDSC 421, Food Chemistry; FDSC 
430, Food Microbiology; FDSC 431, 
Food Quality Control. 2) Biochem- 
istry — minimum of 3 hours 
graduate credit. 3) Colloquium 
(seminar). Attendance each semester 
and at least 2 presentations for 
credit during the program of study. 
4) Provisional requirements based 
on admission must be satisfied as 
soon as practical. 

For the M.S. degree, a student 
must complete the program of study 
as approved by his committee which 
will include the minimum require- 
ments. Students entering the Pro- 
gram without a background in Food 
Science will probably complete 
about 30 hours of course work to 
obtain the M.S. degree. For the M.S. 
with thesis, a research proposal 
must be submitted to the student's 
committee for review and approval 
by the end of the second semester 
of study. Students who for various 
reasons or circumstances cannot 
readily satisfy the thesis research 
may complete an additional 6 hours 
of courses at the 600 level in addi- 
tion to the program requirements 
above. A scholarly paper on a sub- 
ject approved by the committee 
must be prepared and presented at 
a regular FDSC colloquium. A final 
comprehensive examination in- 
cluding defense of the scholarly 
paper will be conducted by the stu- 
dent's committee. Part of this ex- 
amination will be written. The above 
programs should be completed 
within 3 semesters and a summer 
session. 

For admission to the doctoral pro- 
gram, the M.S. degree is not re- 
quired but is generally recom- 
mended. Students completing an 
M.S. degree in the FDSC Program, 
UMCP must receive a favorable 
recommendation from the M.S. 
degree final examining committee. 
Students admitted from outside the 
FDSC Program, UMCP will be exam- 
ined orally by their committee as a 
basis for developing a suitable pro- 
gram of study. The student must 
complete a program of study as ap- 
proved by the student's committee 
including minimum requirements of 
the Graduate School and FDSC Pro- 
gram requirements. There is no re- 
quired number of hours of course 
work. Programs are developed on an 
individual basis. There is no 
language requirement. A proposal 
for dissertation research must be 
presented to the student's commit- 



116 / Graduate Programs 



tee for review and approval by the 
end of the third semester of study. 
A comprehensive oral examination 
will be conducted by the committee 
and other interested faculty 
members after substantial comple- 
tion of the program of study and 
usually before the end of the fourth 
semester. Satisfactory performance 
in this examination is required 
before recommendation for admis- 
sion to candidacy is granted. Each 
student will assist in teaching at 
least one course regardless of 
whether employed as a graduate 
assistant. The candidate will defend 
the dissertation before a committee 
of at least 5 members appointed by 
the Dean for Graduate Studies. The 
candidate's advisor is usually chair- 
man of the committee. It is recom- 
mended that the candidate prepare 
initial drafts of intended publications 
for review before the final examina- 
tion. This program should be com- 
pleted in 3 years or less depending 
on the candidate's previous 
background. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The combined resources of the par- 
ticipating Departments are available 
for Food Science research. Labora- 
tories, pilot plants, and equipment 
are located in the Animal Sciences 
Center, Holzapfel Hall, Turner 
Laboratory and Shriver Hall. 
Facilities are available for the ex- 
perimental processing of fruits, 
vegetables, poultry, red meat, and 
dairy products. A seafood process- 
ing facility is located off campus. 
Laboratories are equipped for 
microbiological, biochemical, bio- 
physical, and engineering research 
including facilities for laboratory 
animals. Instrumentation includes 
gas-liquid chromatographs. atomic 
absorption spectrophotometers, 
electron microscope, radioisotope 
counters, amino acid analyzer, ultra- 
centrifuge, fermenters, and con- 
trolled environment incubator. 
University research farms are 
available for both plant and animal 
production studies. Specialized 
facilities of nearby government and 
food industry laboratories are 
regularly made available for graduate 
student research. The National 
Agricultural Library is about 3 miles 
from the campus. The FDSC Pro- 
gram has an exchange agreement 
with the Food Science Department 
of the Central University of 
Venezuela for graduate study and 
research. 

Financial Assistance 

Teaching and research assistant- 



ships are made available by the par- 
ticipating Departments. Financial 
support is also available from con- 
tracts and grants and by special ar- 
rangements with several nearby gov- 
ernment laboratories. 

Additional Information 

A detailed brochure, "Graduate 
Study in Food Science," is available 
in the Program Office and can be 
obtained by contacting: Dr. R.L. 
King, Coordinator and Chairman, 
Food Science Program, Animal 
Sciences Center, University of 
Maryland. Telephone #: 301-454-3928. 

Courses 

FDSC 412 Principles of Food Processing 

I. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. A study of the basic methods by 
which foods are preserved (unit opera- 
tions). Effect of raw product quality and 
the various types of processes on yield 
and quality of the preserved products. 

FDSC 413 Principles of Food Processing 

II. (3) Three lectures per week. A detailed 
study of food processing with emphasis 
on line and staff operations, including 
physical facilities, utilities, pre- and post- 
processing operations, processing line 
development and sanitation. 

FDSC 421 Food Chemistry. (3) Three lee 
tures per week. Prerequisites. CHEM 203 
and 204. The application of basic chem- 
ical and physical concepts to the com- 
position and properties of foods. Em- 
phasis on the relationship of processing 
technology, to the keeping quality, nutri- 
tional value, and acceptability of foods. 

FDSC 422 Food Product Research and 
Development. (3) Two lectures, and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites. FDSC 
413, CHEM 461, or permission of instruc- 
tor. A study of the research and develop- 
ment function for improvement of exist- 
ing products and development of new, 
economically feasible and marketable 
food products. Application of chemical- 
physical characteristics of ingredients to 
produce optimum quality products, cost 
reduction, consumer evaluation, equip- 
ment and package development. 

FDSC 423 Food Chemistry Laboratory. (2) 
Pre- or Corequisite. FDSC 421. Two 
laboratories per week. Analysis of the 
major and minor constituents of food us- 
ing chemical, physical and instrumental 
methods in concordance with current 
food industry and regulatory practices. 
Laboratory exercises coincide lecture 
subjects in FDSC 421. 

FDSC 430 Food Microbiology. (2) Two 

lectures per week. Prerequisite. MICB 
200 or equivalent. A study of microorgan- 
isms of major importance to the food in- 
dustry with emphasis on food-borne out- 
breaks, public health significance, 
bioprocessing of foods and control of 
microbial spoilage of foods. 

FDSC 431 Food Quality Control. (4) Three 
lectures and one laboratory per week. 



Definition and organization of the quality 
control function in the food industry; 
preparation of specifications: statistical 
methods for acceptance sampling; in- 
plant and processed product inspection. 
Instrumental and sensory methods for 
evaluating sensory quality, identity and 
wholesomeness and their integration into 
grades and standards of quality. 

FDSC 434 Food Microbiology Laboratory. 

(2) Two laboratories per week. Pre- or 
corequisite, FDSC 430. A study of tech- 
niques and procedures used in the 
microbiological examination of foods. 

FDSC 442 Horticultural Products Proc- 
essing. (3) Two lectures and one labor- 
atory per week. Commercial methods of 
canning, freezing, dehydrating, ferment- 
ing, and chemical preservation of fruit 
and vegetable crops. 

FDSC 451 Dairy Products Processing. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Method of production of fluid milk, 
butter, cheese, condensed and evap- 
orated milk and milk products and ice 
cream. 

FDSC 461 Technology of Market Eggs 
and Poultry. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. A study of the tech- 
nological factors concerned with the 
processing, storage, and marketing of 
eggs and poultry and the factors affect- 
ing their quality. 

FDSC 471 Meat and Meat Processing. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite. CHEM 461 or permission of 
instructor. Physical and chemical charac- 
teristics of meat and meat products, 
meat processing, methods of testing and 
product development. 

FDSC 482 Seafood Products Processing. 

(3) Two lectures and one laboratory a 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or permis- 
sion of instructor. The principal preserva- 
tion methods for commercial seafood 
products with particular reference to the 
invertebrates. Chemical and micro- 
biological aspects of processing are em- 
phasized. 

FDSC 621 Systems Analysis in the Food 
Industry. (3) Construction and solution of 
models for optimizing feed, product for- 
mulations, nutrient-palatability costs. 
Methods for optimizing processes, inven- 
tories, and transportation systems. 

FDSC 631 Advanced Food Microbiology. 

(2) One lecture and one laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisite. FDSC 430 or per- 
mission of instructor. An in depth 
understanding and working knowledge of 
a selected number of problem areas and 
contemporary topics in food 
microbiology. 

FDSC 689 Seminar in Food Science. 
(1-3) 

A — Lipids 

B — Proteins 

C — Carbohydrates 

D — Organoleptic Properties 

E — Fermentation 

F — Enzymes and Microorganisms 



Graduate Programs / 117 



G — Flavor Analysis 
I — Assays 

Studies in depth of selected phases of 
food science are frequently best ar- 
ranged by employment if a lecturer from 
outside the university to teach a specific 
phase. Flexibility in the credit offered 
permits adjustment to the nature of the 
course. 

FDSC 698 Colloquium in Food Science. 

(1) First and second semester. Oral 
reports on special topics or recently 
published research in food science and 
technology. Distinguished scientists are 
invited as guest lecturers. A maximum of 
three credits allowed for the M.S. 

FDSC 699 Special Problems in Food 
Science. (1-4) First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or 
permission of instructor. Credit accor- 
ding to time scheduled and magnitude of 
problem. An experimental program on a 
topic other than the student's thesis 
problem will be conducted. Four credits 
shall be the maximum allowed toward an 
advanced degree. 

FDSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

FDSC 811 Advances in Food Technology. 

(3) First semester, alternate years. Pre- 
requisite. CHEM 461 or permission of in- 
structor. A systematic review of new pro- 
ducts, processes and management prac- 
tices in the food industry. 

FDSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



French Language and 
Literature Program 

Professor and Chairman: Therrien 
Professors: Bingham, MacBain. 

Rosenfield 
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fink, 

Hall, Meijer, Tarica 
Assistant Professors: Campagna, Colvile, 

Daniel, Russell 

The Department of French and 
Italian prepares students for the 
M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in French 
language and literature. The com- 
position of the Graduate faculty and 
the variety of course offerings make 
it possible for students to specialize 
in any period or movement of 
French literature or any aspect of 
the French language, with the con- 
sent of their advisers. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Entry into the M.A. program is open 
to students having a solid grounding 
in French language and literature. 
All applicants, whether graduates of 
the University of Maryland or not, 
must take all parts of the G.R.E., in- 
cluding the Advanced Examination 
in French. 

The students' knowledge of 
French is screened at the beginning 



of their first semester through a 
Language Proficiency Examination. 
In addition to evidence of indepen- 
dent scholarly research in the form 
of a thesis (thesis option) or a 
substantial research paper (non- 
thesis option), successful comple- 
tion of the M.A. program involves 
passing a comprehensive examina- 
tion ( a six-hour written examination 
followed by a one-hour oral examina- 
tion) in French literature from the 
Middle Ages to the present. The 
M.A. program is generally completed 
in four semesters, or less if Summer 
Session offerings are utilized. 

Entry into the Ph.D. program is 
open to the most highly qualified 
and most highly motivated can- 
didates, who can show that in- 
dividual research is their major in- 
terest and who give evidence of 
strong qualifications to pursue that 
interest. 

All applicants for the Ph.D. pro- 
gram (except M.A. graduates of this 
Department) must pass a three-part 
preliminary examination ad- 
ministered at the start of the Fall 
semester, consisting of an explica- 
tion de texte, an essay and an oral 
examination, before being fully ad- 
mitted to the program. They are 
then required to complete a program 
of seminars related to their field of 
interest and to pass five Special 
Topic examinations and a Foreign 
Language translation examination 
before being admitted to candidacy 
and beginning work on their disser- 
tation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the University grad- 
uate and undergraduate libraries, the 
Department maintains a reference 
library. Area research facilities in- 
clude the Library of Congress and 
the Folger Library (specializing in 
16th and 18th-century literature). 

Financial Assistance 

Financial support is available in the 
form of assistantships and fellow- 
ships; for information contact the 
Department of French and Italian. 

Additional Information 

For complete information concern- 
ing the Department's requirements, 
set forth in the Guide to Graduate 
Programs in French, write to the 
Department of French and Italian 
Language and Literature. 

Courses 

FREN 400 Applied Linguistics. (3) The 

nature of applied linguistics and its con- 
tribution to the effective teaching of 
foreign languages. Comparative study of 
English and French, with emphasis upon 



points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation 
and construction of related drills. 
FREN 401 Introduction to Stylistics. (3) 
Prerequisite, FREN 302, or course chair- 
man's consent. Comparative stylistic 
analysis; detailed grammatical analysis; 
translation. 

FREN 404 Oral Practice for Teachers of 
French. (3) Prerequisites, FREN 311 and 
FREN 312. or consent of the instructor. 
Development of fluency in French, stress 
on correct sentence structure and idio- 
matic expression. Credit may not be ap- 
plied toward the French major. 

FREN 405 Explication De Textes. (3) Oral 
and written analysis of short literary 
works, or of excerpts from longer works 
chosen for their historical, structural, or 
stylistic interest, with the purpose of 
training the maior to understand litera- 
ture in depth and to make mature 
esthetic evaluations of it. 

FREN 411 Introduction to Medieval Lit- 
erature. (3) French literature from the 
ninth through the fifteenth century. La 
Chanson epique. le Roman courtois. le 
Lai; la litterature bourgeoise, le theatre, 
la poesie lyrique. 

FREN 412 Introduction to Medieval Liter- 
ature. (3) French literature from the ninth 
through the fifteenth century. La Chan- 
son epique. le Roman courtois. le Lai; la 
litterature bourgeoise, le theatre, la 
poesie lyriques. 

FREN 421 French Literature of the Six- 
teenth Century. (3) The Renaissance in 
France; Humanism. Rabelais. Calvin, the 
Pleiade, Montaigne, baroque poetry. 

FREN 422 French Literature of the Six- 
teenth Century. (3) The Renaissance in 
France; Humanism. Rabelais, Calvin, the 
Pleiade. Montaigne, baroque poetry. 

FREN 431 French Literature of the Sev- 
enteenth Century. (3) Descartes, Pascal. 
Corneille, Racine; the remaining great 
classical writers, with special attention 
to Moliere. 

FREN 432 French Literature of the Sev- 
enteenth Century. (3) Descartes. Pascal. 
Corneille. Racine; the remaining great 
classical writers, with special attention 
to Moliere. 

FREN 441 French Literature of the Eigh- 
teenth Century. (3) Development of philo- 
sophical and scientific movement; 
Montesquieu. Voltaire. Diderot, 
Rousseau. 

FREN 442 French Literature of the Eigh- 
teenth Century. (3) Development of philo- 
sophical and scientific movement; 
Montesquieu. Voltaire, Diderot, 
Rousseau. 

FREN 451 French Literature of the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) Drama and poetry 
from romanticism to symbolism; the ma- 
jor prose writers of the same period. 

FREN 452 French Literature of the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) Drama and poetry 
from romanticism to symbolism; the ma- 
jor prose writers of the same period. 



118 / Graduate Programs 



FREN 461 Studies in Twentieth Century 
Literature — The Early Years. (3) French 
poetry, theater and the novel during the 
age of Proust and Gide. 

FREN 462 Studies in Twentieth Century 
Literature — Mid-Century Writers. (3) 

Modern French poetry, theater and the 
novel, with special emphasis on the liter- 
ature of anxiety and existentialism. 

FREN 463 Studies in Twentieth Century 
Literature — The Contemporary Scene. 

(3) French writers and literary movements 
since about 1950, with special emphasis 
on new forms of the novel and theater. 

FREN 471 French Civilization I. (3) 

French life, customs, culture, traditions 
(800-1750). 

FREN 472 French Civilization II. (3) 

French life, customs, culture, traditions 
(1750 — Present-day France). 

FREN 478 Themes and Movements of 
French Literature in Translation. (3) 

Studies treatments of thematic problems 
or of literary of historical movements in 
French literature. Topic to be determined 
each semester. Given in English. 

FREN 479 Masterworks of French Litera- 
ture in Translation. (3) Treats the works 
of one or more major French writers. 
Topic to be determined each semester. 
Given in English. 

FREN 488 Pro-Seminar in a Great 
Literary Figure. (3) Each semester a 
specialized study will be made of one 
great French writer chosen from some 
representative literary period or move- 
ment since the middle ages. Repeatable 
for a maximum of six credits. 

FREN 489 Pro-Seminar in Themes or 
Movements of French Literature. (3) 

Repeatable for a maximum of six credits. 

FREN 491 Honors Reading Course, 
Poetry. (3) 

H — Honors, poetry 

Supervised readings to be taken normally 

only by students admitted to the honors 

program. 

FREN 492 Honors Reading Course, 
Novel. (3) 

H — Honors, novel 

Supervised readings to be taken normally 

only by students admitted to the honors 

program. 

FREN 493 Honors Reading Course 
Drama. (3) 

H — Honors, drama 

Supervised readings to be taken normally 

only by students admitted to the honors 

program. 

FREN 494 Honors Independent Study. (3) 

H — Honors 

Honors independent study involves 
guided readings based on an honors 
reading list and tested by a 6 hours writ- 
ten examination. Honors 494 and 495 are 
required to fulfill the departmental 
honors requirement in addition to two 
out of the following, 491 H, 492H, 493H. 



Open only to students admitted to the 
departmental honors program. 

FREN 495 Honors Thesis Research. (3) 

H — Honors 

Honors thesis research involves the writ- 
ing of a paper under the direction of a 
professor in this department and an oral 
examination. Honors 494 and 495 are re- 
quired to fulfill the departmental honors 
requirement in addition to two out of the 
following, 491 H, 492H, 493H. Open only 
to students admitted to the departmental 
honors program. 

FREN 498 Special Topics in French 
Literature. (3) Repeatable for a maximum 
of six credits. 

FREN 499 Special Topics in French 
Studies. (3) An aspect of French studies, 
the specific topic to be announced each 
time the course is offered. Repeatable 
for a maximum of 6 credits. 

FREN 600 Problems in Bibliography and 
Research Methods. (3) 

FREN 601 The History of the French 
Language. (3) 

FREN 602 Comparative Romance 
Linguistics. (3) Also listed as SPAN 612. 

FREN 603 Stylistics. (3) Advanced com- 
position, translation, stylistic analysis. 

FREN 609 Special Topic in the French 
Language. (3) 

FREN 610 La Chanson de Roland. (3) 

Close reading of the text, study of epic 
formulae and early medieval literary tech- 
niques; reading knowledge of old French 
desirable. 

FREN 619 Special Topic in Medieval 
French Literature. (3) 

FREN 629 Special Topic in Sixteenth 
Century French Literature. (3) 

FREN 630 Corneille. (3) 

FREN 631 Moliere. (3) 

FREN 632 Racine. (3) 

FREN 639 Special Topic in Seventeenth 
Century French Literature. (3) 

FREN 640 Voltaire. (3) 

FREN 641 Rousseau. (3) 

FREN 642 Diderot. (3) 

FREN 649 Special Topic in Eighteenth 
Century French Literature. (3) 

FREN 650 French Poetry in the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) 

FREN 651 French Poetry in the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) 

FREN 652 The French Novel in the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) 

FREN 653 The French Novel in the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) 

FREN 659 Special Topic in Nineteenth 
Century French Literature. (3) 

FREN 660 French Poetry in the Twen- 
tieth Century. (3) 



FREN 662 The French Novel in the 
Twentieth Century. (3) 

FREN 663 The French Novel in the 
Twentieth Century. (3) 

FREN 664 The French Theatre in the 
Twentieth Century. (3) 

FREN 665 The French Theatre in the 
Twentieth Century. (3) 

FREN 669 Special Topic in Twentieth 
Century French Literature. (3) 

FREN 679 The History of Ideas in 
France. (3) Analysis of currents of ideas 
as reflected in different periods and 
authors of French literature. 

FREN 689 Seminar in a Great Literary 
Figure. (3) 

FREN 699 Seminar. (3) Topic to be deter- 
mined each semester. 

FREN 702 Structural French Linguistics. 

(3) Synchronic description of the phono- 
logy, morphology and syntax of modern 
spoken French: standard French in con- 
trast with other varieties. 

FREN 709 College of Teaching of 
French. (1) Introduction to the teaching 
of French at the college level with partic- 
ular emphasis on methodology. Seminars 
in theory, demonstration of different 
teaching techniques, supervised practice 
teaching, training in language laboratory 
procedures, evaluation of instructional 
materials. Required of all graduate 
assistants in French. Repeatable to a 
maximum of two credits. 

FREN 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

FREN 801 Independent Study. (3) De- 
signed to permit doctoral candidates to 
work independently in areas of special 
interest to them, under the close supervi- 
sion of a professor of their choice. 

FREN 802 Independent Study. (3) De- 
signed to permit doctoral candidates to 
work independently in areas of special 
interest to them, under the close supervi- 
sion of a professor of their choice. 

FREN 818 French Literary Criticism. (3) 

Analysis and evaluation of various trends 
in literary criticism as a manifestation of 
the French literary genius. Topic to be 
determined each semester. 

FREN 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Italian 

ITAL 410 The Italian Renaissance. (3) 

A study of major trends of thought in Re- 
naissance literature, philosophy, art, and 
science. 

ITAL 498 Special Topics in Italian Literature. 

(3) Repeatable for a maximum of six credits. 

ITAL 499 Special Topics in Italian Studies. 

(3) An aspect of Italian studies, the specific 
topic to be announced each time the course is 
offered. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits. 

Graduate Programs / 119 



Geography Program 

Professor and Chairman: Harper 
Professors: Deshler, Fonaroff 
Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves. 

Groves, Mitchell, Thompson, 

Wiedel 
Assistant Professors: Christian, 

Cirrincione, Garst, Petzold, 

Roswell, Thorn, 

The programs for both the Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees in the Department of 
Geography are designed to provide 
the student with an opportunity for 
specialization in several areas. 

Considering particular advantages 
inherent in the College Park location 
the Department has built its grad- 
uate program around three major 
areas of concentration and has 
assembled in each a group of facul- 
ty members with complementary 
and overlapping interests. The areas 
are: 1) Physical geography with em- 
phasis on physical systems involv- 
ing the inter-relationships between 
landforms, climate, and other en- 
vironmental elements and their rela- 
tionship with man's activities. The 
University's meteorology program 
and Water Resources Research 
Center and work in agriculture and 
biology provide support for this pro- 
gram as do various Federal Govern- 
ment environmental programs and 
the special consortium studying 
Chesapeake Bay and its resources. 
2) A cultural-historical geography 
area, with particular attention to 
tropical settlement and resource 
utilization, health and disease, and 
various themes of historical geo- 
graphy of the Americas. This 
specialty draws on the incomparable 
archival material in the Washington 
area, in state historical agencies, 
and in Baltimore. 3) The geography 
of metropolitan areas and urban 
systems supported by affiliation 
with the University's Institute for Ur- 
ban Studies and regional and local 
planning agencies. There are par- 
ticular strengths in social aspects, 
land use and transportation, and his- 
torical geography of urban areas. 

Individual faculty members have 
other interests that enable students 
to work on special programs such 
as human ecology, environmental 
problems, medical geography, Latin 
America, Africa, and cartography. 
Students planning such programs 
should contact the Department or 
appropriate faculty member to deter- 
mine their feasibility. 

Admission and Degree Information 

While progress in the graduate pro- 
gram is largely an individual matter, 

120 / Graduate Programs 



students entering the M.A. program 
should consider a two-year program 
normal; those entering the Ph.D. 
should think of three years as the 
norm. The Department requires very 
few particular courses — students 
at both levels initiate their own pro- 
grams of coursework and submit a 
plan of study for approval. 

Incoming M.A. students are ex- 
pected to have an undergraduate 
degree in the field or in a closely 
related field, with substantial work 
in geography. In the latter case, 
remedial work may be required prior 
to admission to the degree program. 
All graduate applicants should sub- 
mit GRE examination results. 

Because of the degree of special- 
ization inherent in Ph.D. training, the 
Department only considers ap- 
plicants whose interests coincide 
with departmental staff competence 
— in general, the three major areas 
of geography described above. Pro- 
spective students who are unsure 
whether their interests match those 
of the Department are encouraged 
to submit a proposal for 
consideration. 

For admission to the doctoral pro- 
gram, the Department normally re- 
quires a grade-point average higher 
than 3.0 and an M.A. degree from a 
recognized geography department, 
or competence in terms of fields of 
study and level of achievement com- 
parable to the M.A. degree of the 
Department. 

A non M.A. — direct Ph.D. pro- 
gram is possible by petition from 
the student and upon approval of a 
faculty committee appointed by the 
Department Chairman. 

M.A. students have the choice of 
either thesis or non-thesis programs. 
The non-thesis option involves the 
preparation of two substantial 
research papers. All M.A. students 
take an oral examination defense of 
a research proposal prior to work on 
the thesis or papers and a final oral 
examination based either on the 
thesis or one of the two research 
papers. 

After completion of formal course- 
work requirements for the Ph.D., 
there is a two-part qualifying ex- 
amination. Part One is a written ex- 
amination in the student's two major 
fields of specialization. Part Two is 
an oral examination evaluating the 
dissertation proposal. Upon satisfac- 
tory completion of the dissertation 
there is a final oral examination. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities in- 
clude a reference library with exten- 



sive journal collection, a map collec- 
tion, and a cartographic laboratory. 
A remote computer terminal in the 
building provides direct connection 
with the University's Computer 
Science Center. The Department ex- 
pects to move into new quarters in 
1978 with expanded computation 
and laboratory facilities. Several 
faculty members have particular 
skills in quantitative methods and 
other analytical tools, and the 
Department has its own publication 
of monographs in an Occasional 
Paper series. 

Additional Information 

More detailed information on the 
M.A. and Ph.D. programs can be ob- 
tained from the Department which 
has available a booklet on the 
graduate programs. 

Courses 

GEOG 400 Geography of North America. 

(3) An examination of the contemporary 
patterns of American and Canadian lite 
from a regional viewpoint. Major topics 
include: the significance of the physical 
environment, resource use, the political 
framework, economic activities, demo- 
graphic and socio-cultural characteristics, 
regional identification, and regional 
problems. 

GEOG 402 Geography of Maryland and 
Adjacent Areas. (3) An anal/sis of the 
physical environment, natural resources, 
and population in relation to agriculture, 
industry, transport, and trade in the state 
of Maryland and adjacent areas. 

GEOG 406 Historical Geography of North 
America before 1800. (3) An analysis of 
the changing geography of the U.S. and 
Canada from pre-Columbian times to the 
end of the 18th century. Emphasis on 
areal variations and changes in the set- 
tlements and economies of Indian and 
colonial populations. Areal specialization 
and the changing patterns of agriculture, 
industry, trade, and transportation. 
Population growth, composition and in- 
terior expansion. Regionalization. 

GEOG 407 Historical Geography of North 
America after 1800. (3) An analysis of the 
changing geography of the U.S. and 
Canada from 1800 to the 1920's. Empha- 
sis on the settlement expansion and 
socio-economic development of the U.S., 
and comparisons with Canadian ex- 
perience. Immigration, economic ac- 
tivities, industrialization, transportation 
and urbanization. 

GEOG 410 Geography of Europe. (3) 

Agricultural and industrial development 
of Europe and present-day problems in 
relation to the physical and cultural set- 
ting of the continent and its natural 
resources. 

GEOG 411 Historical Geography of 
Europe after 1500. (3) An analysis of the 
changing geography of Europe from the 



Columbian discoveries until the early 
20th century with particular emphasis on 
western Europe, the medieval legacy, the 
impact of overseas expansion, and 
changing patterns of population, 
agriculture, industry, trade, and transpor- 
tation. Attention to the development of 
the nation-state and to agricultural and 
industrial revolutions. 
GEOG 415 Economic Resources and 
Development of Africa. (3) The natural 
resources of Africa in relation to agricul- 
tural and mineral production; the various 
stages of economic development and the 
potentialities of the future. 

GEOG 420 Geography of Asia. (3) Lands, 
climates, natural resources, and major 
economic activities in Asia (except 
Soviet Asia). Outstanding differences be- 
tween major regions. 

GEOG 421 Economic and Political 
Geography of Eastern Asia. (3) Study of 
China. Korea, Japan, the Philippines: 
physical geographic setting, population, 
economic and political geography. Poten- 
tialities of major regions and recent 
developments. 

GEOG 422 Cultural Geography of China 
and Japan. (3) Survey of geographical 
distribution and interpretation of cultural 
patterns of China and Japan. Emphasis 
on basic cultural institutions, outlook on 
life, unique characteristics of various 
groups. Trends of cultural change and 
contemporary problems. 

GEOG 423 Economic and Political 
Geography of South and Southeast Asia. 

(3) Study of the Indian subcontinent. Far- 
ther India. Indonesia: physical geographic 
setting, population, economic and politi- 
cal geography. Potentialities of various 
countries and regions and their role in 
present Asia. 

GEOG 431 Economic and Cultural Geo- 
graphy of Caribbean America. (3) An 

analysis of the physical framework, 
broad economic and historical trends, 
cultural patterns, and regional diversifica- 
tion of Mexico. Central America, the 
West Indies. 

GEOG 432 Economic and Cultural Geo- 
graphy of South America. (3) A survey of 
natural environment and resources, 
economic development and cultural di- 
versity of the South American Republics, 
with emphasis upon problems and pro- 
spects of the countries. 

GEOG 434 Historical Geography of the 
Hispanic World. (3) An examination of 
the social, economic, political and cul- 
tural geography of the countries of the 
Iberian peninsula and Latin America in 
the past with concentration on specific 
time periods of special significance in 
the development of these countries. 

GEOG 435 Geography of the Soviet 
Union. (3) The natural environment and 
its regional diversity. Geographical fac- 
tors in the expansion of the Russian 
state. The geography of agricultural and 
industrial production in relation to 



available resources, transportation prob- 
lems, and diversity of population. 

GEOG 437 Introduction to Regional 
Methods. (3) Inquiry into the evolution of 
regional methodology with specific 
reference to geographic problems. 
Critical analysis and evaluation of past 
and contemporary theories and a thor- 
ough examination of alternate regional 
methodologies. Application of quan- 
titative and qualitative techniques of 
regional analysis and synthesis to tradi- 
tional and modern regional geography 
emphasizing principles of regionahzation. 

GEOG 440 Process Geomorphology. (3) 

Study of the major processes involved in 
the development of landforms. especially 
weathering, wasting, and fluvial erosion. 
Evaluation of models of slope and land- 
scape evolution. 

GEOG 441 Geomorphological Environ- 
ment. (3) Prerequisite, GEOG 440. An ex- 
amination of environments, coastal, 
glacial, lithologic. etc.. which lead to the 
spatial differentiation of landforms. 

GEOG 445 Climatology. (3) The 
geographic aspects of climate and em- 
phasis on energy-moisture budgets. 
Steady-state and non-steady-state 
climatology, and climatic variations at 
both macro and micro-scales. 

GEOG 446 Applied Climatology. (3) Pre- 
requisite. GEOG 445 or consent of in- 
structor. An in-depth analysis of the 
components of the earth's radiation 
balance and energy budgets: radiation, 
soil heat flux, and the evaporation pro- 
cess. Measurement and estimation 
techniques. Practical applications of 
microclimatological theory and 
techniques. 

GEOG 450 Cultural Geography. (3) Pre- 
requisites. GEOG 201. 202. or consent of 
instructor. An analysis of the impact of 
man through his ideas and technology of 
the evolution of geographic landscapes. 
Major themes in the relationships bet- 
ween cultures and environments. 

GEOG 451 Political Geography. (3) 
Geographical factors in national power 
and international relations: an analysis of 
the role of geopolitics' and geostrategy.' 
with special reference to the current 
world scene. 

GEOG 452 Cultural Ecology. (3) Basic 
issues concerning the natural history of 
man from the perspective of the 
geographer. Basic components of 
selected behavioral and natural systems 
their evolution and adaptation, and sur- 
vival strategies. 

GEOG 453 Population Geography. (3) Pre- 
requisite. GEOG 202 or consent of in- 
structor. Emphasis on the spatial charac- 
teristics of population distribution and 
growth, migration, fertility and mortality 
from a global perspective. Basic 
population-environmental relationships; 
carrying capacity, density, relationships 
to national development. 



GEOG 455 Urban Geography. (3) Origins 
of cities, followed by a study of ele- 
ments of site and location with reference 
to cities. The patterns and functions of 
some major world cities will be analyzed. 
Theories of land use differentiation 
within cities will be appraised. 

GEOG 456 The Social Geography of 
Metropolitan Areas. (3) A socio-spatial 
approach to man's interaction with his 
urban environment; the ways people per- 
ceive, define, behave in. and structure 
their cities and metropolitan areas. 
Spatial patterns of social activities as 
formed by the distribution and interac- 
tion of people and social institutions. 

GEOG 457 Historical Geography of 
Cities. (3) The course is concerned with 
the urbanization of the United States and 
Canada prior to 1920. Both the evolution 
to the urban system across the countries 
and the spatial distribution of activities 
within cities will be considered. Special 
attention is given to the process of in- 
dustrialization and the concurrent struc- 
turing of residential patterns among 
ethnic groups. 

GEOG 459 Proseminar in Urban 
Geography. (3) A problems-oriented 
course for students with a background in 
urban geography using a discussion/ 
lecture format. It will focus on a par- 
ticular sub-field within urban geography 
each time it is taught taking advantage 
of the special interests of the instructor. 

GEOG 460 Advanced Economic Geo- 
graphy I — Agricultural Resources. (3) 

Prerequisite. GEOG 201 or 203. The 
nature of agricultural resources, the ma- 
jor types of agricultural exploitation in 
the world and the geographic conditions. 
Main problems of conservation. 

GEOG 461 Geographic Aspects of Envir- 
onmental Quality. (3) Prerequisite. GEOG 
202 or consent of instructor. Basic 
issues of human-environment interac- 
tions. Reactions of natural systems to 
human intervention. Examination of the 
geographic characteristics of en- 
vironmental disruptions. 

GEOG 462 Water Resources and Water 
Resource Planning. (3) GEOG 201 or 203. 
or permission of instructor. Water as a 
component of the human environment. A 
systematic examination of various 
aspects of water, including problems of 
domestic and industrial water supply, ir- 
rigation, hydroelectric power, fisheries, 
navigation, flood damage reduction and 
recreation. 

GEOG 463 Geographic Aspects of Pollu- 
tion. (3) The impact of man on his en- 
vironment and resultant problems. Exam- 
ination of the spatial aspects of physical 
and socio-economic factors in air. water, 
ana land pollution. 

GEOG 465 Geography of Transportation. 

(3) The distribution of transport routes on 
the earth's surface, patterns of transport 
routes, the adjustment of transport 
routes and media to conditions of the 



Graduate Programs / 121 



natural environment, population centers 
and their distribution. 

GEOG 466 Industrial Localization. (3) Fac- 
tors and trends in the geographic distri- 
bution of the manufacturing industries of 
the world, analyzed with reference to 
theories of industrial location. 

GEOG 470 History and Theory of Car- 
tography. (3) The development of maps 
throughout history. Geographical orienta- 
tion, coordinates and map scales. Map 
projections, their nature, use and limita- 
tions. Principles of representation of 
features on physical and cultural maps. 
Modern uses of maps and relationships 
between characteristics of maps and use 
types. 

GEOG 471 Cartography and Graphics 
Practicum. (3) 

GEOG 472 Problems of Cartographic Re- 
presentation and Procedure. (3) Two 
hours lecture and two hours laboratory a 
week. Study of cartographic compilation 
methods. Principles and problems of 
symbolization, classification and 
representation of features at different 
scales and for different purposes. Place- 
name selection and lettering. Stick-up 
and map composition. 

GEOG 473 Problems of Map Evaluation. 

(3) Two hours lecture and two hours 
laboratory a week. Schools of topo- 
graphic concepts and practices. Theoret- 
ical and practical means of determining 
map reliability, amp utility, and source 
materials. Nature, status and problems of 
topographic mapping in different parts of 
the world. Non-topographic special use 
maps. Criteria of usefulness for purposes 
concerned and of reliability. 

GEOG 490 Geographic Concepts and 
Source Materials. (3) A comprehensive 
and systematic survey of geographic 
concepts designed exclusively for 
teachers. Stress will be placed upon the 
philosophy of geography in relation to 
the social and physical sciences, the use 
of the primary tools of geography, 
source materials, and the problems of 
presenting geographic principles. 

GEOG 498 Topical Investigations. (1-3) 

Independent study under individual 
guidance. Restricted to advanced 
undergraduate students with credit for at 
least 24 hours in geography and to grad- 
uate students. Any exception should 
have the approval of the head of the 
department. 

GEOG 499 Undergraduate Research. (3) 

Directed regional or systematic study in- 
volving several subfields of geography, 
including cartographic presentation, and 
usually requiring field work, and leading 
to an undergraduate thesis. 

GEOG 600 Introduction to Graduate 
Study in Geography. (3) Introduces the 
student both to research procedures 
needed in graduate work and to current 
trends and developments in geographic 
research. Lectures by various staff 



members form basis for discussion. 
Research paper required. 
GEOG 601 Field Course. (3) 

GEOG 605 Quantitative Spatial Analysis. 

(3) This course will provide students with 
a working knowledge of various tools of 
multivariate analysis in the context of 
scientific geographic methodology rather 
than from the statistical theory view- 
point. Emphasis is on the application of 
statistical tools and a working 
knowledge of them will be a basis for 
evaluation of professional literature in 
the various fields of geography using 
quantitative techniques. Students should 
gain a background suitable for using the 
techniques in research. 

GEOG 610 Seminar in Geographic 
Methodology. (3) The seminar will em- 
phasize an intensive survey of the basic 
concepts of geography, a critical evalua- 
tion of major approaches to the study of 
geography, and a detailed analysis of the 
principal methodological problems both 
theoretical and practical confronting 
geography today. 

GEOG 615 Geomorphology. (3) 
GEOG 618 Seminar in Geomorphology. 

(3) Study and discussion of empirical and 
theoretical research methods applied to 
geomorphological problems including 
review of pertinent literature. 

GEOG 625 Advanced Climatology. (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOG 445 or consent of 
the instructor. Advanced study of 
elements and controls of the earth's 
climates. Analysis of the energy and 
water balances at the earth's surface and 
their importance and application to life 
on this planet: radiation, soil heat flux, 
evaporation and evapotranspiration. 

GEOG 626 Applied Climatology. (3) Se- 
cond semester. Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. Study of principles, tech- 
niques, and data of micro-climatology, 
physical and regional climatology relating 
to such problems and fields as transpor- 
tation, agriculture, industry, urban plan- 
ning, human comfort, and regional geo- 
graphic analysis. 

GEOG 628 Seminar in Meteorology and 
Climatology. (3) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. Selected topics in meteor- 
ology and climatology chosen to fit the 
individual needs of advanced students. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 638 Seminar in Physical 
Geography. (3) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. An examination of themes 
and problems in the fields of physical 
geography. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six credits. 

GEOG 640 Theory and Practice in 
Cultural Geography. (3) An introductory 
survey of the basic structure and recent 
trends in the field of cultural geography. 
Emphasis on theoretical principles and 
analytical procedures employed in in- 
vestigating cultural problems and on 
literature which has resulted from this 
research. 



GEOG 648 Seminar in Cultural Geo- 
graphy. (3) Prerequisite, GEOG 450 or 
consent of instructor. An examination of 
themes and problems in the field of 
economic geography. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 655 Theory and Methods in 
Historical Geography. (3) The philoso- 
phical and methodological issues 
associated with historical approaches to 
human geography. Introduction to the 
use and interpretation of sources for the 
study of the North American past. Em- 
phasis on incorporation of time in 
geographic studies, on the evaluation of 
traditional approaches to past geo- 
graphies and on present theoretical, 
analytical, and empirical procedures 
employed in historical inquiry. 

GEOG 658 Seminar in Historical 
Geography. (3) An examination of themes 
and problems in historical geography 
with reference to selected areas. Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. 

GEOG 668 Seminar in Economic 
Geography. (3) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. An examination of themes 
and problems in the field of economic 
geography. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six credits. 

GEOG 670 Theory and Method in Urban 
Geography. (3) Introductory survey of the 
structure and recent trends in urban geo- 
graphy. Emphasis on concepts in urban 
geography using a problem solving ap- 
proach. Urban literature, data sources, ur- 
ban information systems, and survey 
research and sampling. 
GEOG 678 Seminar in Political Geo- 
graphy. (3) Beginning with a review of 
contemporary advanced theory, the 
seminar will turn to problems such as 
the spatial consequences of political 
behavior, the political system and the 
organization of space including perceived 
space, the organization of political 
space. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
semester hours. 

GEOG 679 Seminar in Urban Geography. 

(3) Flexible in format to allow adaptation 
to particular topic being considered, this 
seminar is for advanced students in the 
department's metropolitan areas spec- 
ialty. Students normally will have had the 
seminar in economic geography. Possi- 
ble topics include: metropolitan systems, 
the impact of migrants and immigrants 
on the internal structure of the city, the 
development of black ghettos, the use of 
particular techniques in urban geograph- 
ical research. 

GEOG 698 Seminar in Cartography. (1-6) 

GEOG 718 Seminar in the Geography of 
Europe and Africa. (3) Prerequisite, 
GEOG 410, 415 or consent of instructor. 
Analysis of special problems concerning 
the resources and development of 
Europe and Africa. Repeatable to a max- 
imum of six credits. 

GEOG 738 Seminar in the Geography of 
East Asia. (3) Analysis of problems con- 



122 / Graduate Programs 



cerning the geography of East Asia with 
emphasis on special research methods 
and techniques applicable to the prob- 
lems in this area. Repeatable to a max- 
imum of six credits. 

GEOG 748 Seminar in the Geography of 
Latin America. (3) Prerequisite. GEOG 
431, 432 or consent of instructor. An 
analysis of recent changes and trends in 
industrial development, exploitation of 
mineral resources and land utilization. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 758 Seminar in the Geography of 
the U.S.S.R. (3) Prerequisite, reading 
knowledge of Russian and GEOG 435 or 
consent of instructor. Investigation of 
special aspects of Soviet geography. Em- 
phasis on the use of Soviet materials. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

GEOG 768 Seminar in the Geography of 
the Near East. (3) 

GEOG 788 Selected Topics in 
Geography. (1-3) Readings and discus- 
sion on selected topics in the field of 
geography. To be taken only with the 
joint consent of advisor and head of the 
Department of Geography. 

GEOG 789 Independent Readings. (1-3) 

Independent reading as arranged be- 
tween a graduate faculty member and 
student. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits. 

GEOG 790 Internship in Geography. (3) 

Field experience in the student's spec- 
ialty in a federal, state, or local agency 
or private business. A research paper 
required. 

GEOG 798 Independent Study. (1-6) 

Open only to students in the non-thesis 
M.A. option. 

GEOG 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

GEOG 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



German Language and 
Literature Program 

Associate Professor and Acting 

Chairman: Pfister 
Professors: Best, Jones, Hering 
Associate Professors: Fleck, Beicken 
Assistant Professors: Frederiksen, Mehl 

The Germanic Section of the Depart- 
ment of Germanic and Slavic Lan- 
guages and Literatures offers pro- 
grams of study leading to the M.A. 
and Ph.D. degrees. Specialization in- 
cludes the following areas: Lan- 
guage Pedagogy and Applied 
Linguistics; Germanic Philology; Me- 
dieval Literature and Culture; 
Literature of the German Speaking 
Countries from the Renaissance to 
the Present. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the Graduate School 



requirements, candidates must have 
a bachelor's degree with an under- 
graduate major in German language 
and literature or the equivalent, and 
fluency in the written and spoken 
language. Candidates for the doc- 
torate must have a master's degree 
in Germanic Studies or in a related 
discipline, for example: German, 
Scandinavian Studies, Language 
Education, Medieval Studies, etc. 

Degree requirements for the M.A. 
(thesis option) are: 24 hours of 
coursework, the thesis, and a writ- 
ten comprehensive examination. The 
M.A. (non-thesis option) requires 30 
hours of coursework, a mini-thesis 
with oral defense, and a written 
comprehensive examination. For 
both options the comprehensives 
consist of four two-hour examina- 
tions based on the coursework and 
the M.A. Reading List. 

Degree requirements for the Ph.D. 
are as follows: 1) completion of at 
least 30 hours of coursework 
beyond the master's degree, over a 
period of residency at the University 
of Maryland of at least one year, and 
a further 12 hours of dissertation 
research; 2) a reading skill examina- 
tion in a language other than 
English or German, which may be 
another Germanic language or a 
language related to the candidate's 
research; 3) comprehensive written 
examinations; 4) presentation of the 
dissertation topic to the Germanic 
Section graduate faculty before the 
topic is approved; 5) the disserta- 
tion; 6) oral dissertation defense. 
The doctoral comprehensives con- 
sist of six three-hour examinations. 
The candidate has considerable 
freedom in choosing the subject to 
be covered in three of the examina- 
tions; the other three being the re- 
quired fields of philology or applied 
linguistics, medieval litertaure, and 
modern literature. Candidates who 
opt for all three selected topics in 
German literature will choose sub- 
jects in the following periods: 16th 
and 17th centuries, 18th century, 
19th century, 20th century; in which 
case the required modern literature 
examination will require interpreta- 
tion of a text. Candidates who 
select topics from other fields such 
as philology, Scandinavian Studies, 
medieval studies, etc., will take a 
general examination in the modern 
literature required exam. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to its course offerings 
listed below, the Germanic Section 
of the Department of Germanic and 
Slavic Languages and Literatures 



sponsors the German Club, the Uni- 
versity of Maryland Chapter of Delta 
Phi Alpha (the national German 
language honors society). Dis- 
tinguished scholars and lecturers, as 
well as visiting professors, visit the 
metropolitan area and campus 
regularly. College Park's closeness 
to Washington, D.C. facilitates par- 
ticipation in the many cultural func- 
tions of the capital with its wealth 
of German and Scandinavian social 
groups and national societies. 

Financial Assistance 

The Germanic Section is able to 
contribute to the financial support 
of its graduate students in the form 
of teaching and non-teaching 
assistantships as well as several 
fellowships. 

Additional Information 

For further information write to: 
Director of Graduate Studies, 
Department of Germanic and Slavic 
Languages and Literature. 

Courses 

GERM 001 Elementary German for 
Graduate Students. (3) Intensive elemen- 
tary course in the German language 
designed particularly for graduate 
students who wish to acquire a reading 
knowledge. This course does not carry 
credit towards any degree at the 
university. 

GERM 401 Advanced Conversation. (3) 

Prerequisite, GERM 302 or equivalent. An 
opportunity for the advanced student to 
gain further conversational fluency and 
polish through intensive exercise in the 
aural/oral skills. Conducted in German. 

GERM 402 Stylistics. (3) Prerequisite, 
GERM 302 or equivalent. An advanced 
level presentation of German written 
style shifting concern from what is gram- 
matically correct to usage that is 
stylistically superior. Conducted in 
German. 

GERM 409 Selected Topics in German 
Language Study. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 
302 and permission of instructor. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits 
if subject matter is different. 

GERM 410 Structure of the German 
Language. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 302 or 
equivalent. An introduction to applied 
linguistics suited to the needs of the ad- 
vanced student and/or teacher of Ger- 
man. Structural analysis of the 
phonetics, phonology, morphology, syn- 
tax and vocabulary of modern German 
contrasted with the structure of Modern 
English. Instruction in English. 

GERM 420 Literary Bibliography and 
Research Methods. (3) Prerequisite, 
GERM 115 or equivalent. Introduction to 
the use of German bibliographies, 
catalogues, and reference works in order 
to locate both primary and secondary 



Graduate Programs / 123 



sources. Techniques of conducting re- 
search, composing and documenting 
term papers and theses. Instruction in 
English. 

GERM 421 Literature of the Middle Ages. 
(3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 322, or 
permission of instructor. German litera- 
ture from the 8th through the 15th cen- 
turies. Reading include Old High German 
texts; the German heroic, courtly and 
popular epic; Minnesang, Meistersang, 
the late medieval epic; folk literature of 
the late Middle Ages. Read in modern 
German translation. 

GERM 422 German Literature of the 
Baroque Period. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 

321 and 322, or permission of instructor. 
The Baroque Period readings include 
such authors as Opitz, Grimmelhausen, 
Gryphius, Bidermann, Scheffler, Gerhardt, 
Lohenstein, Hofmannswaldau, Beer, 
Weise. Readings and instruction in 
German. 

GERM 423 Enlightenment; Storm and 
Stress. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 
322, or permission of instructor. The per- 
iod (ca. 1720-1786) from Gottsched's in- 
fluence to Goethe's Italian Journey. 
Readings include such authors as Gott- 
sched, Gellert, Lessing, Wieland, Klop- 
stock, Claudius, Herder. Klinger, Lenz, 
Schiller, and Goethe. Readings and in- 
struction in German. 

GERM 424 Classicism. (3) Prerequisites, 
GERM 321 and 322, or permission of in- 
structor. The period (ca. 1786-1832) from 
Goethe's Italian Journey to his death. 
Readings include such authors as 
Goethe, Schiller, Jean Paul, Hoelderlin. 
Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 431 Romanticism and Bieder- 
meier. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 

322 or permission of instructor. The 
Romantic and Biedermeier periods. Read- 
ings include such authors as Tieck, 
Wackenroder, Novalis, Brentano, Arnim, 
Kleist, E.T.A. Hoffmann, Eichendorff, 
Grillparzer, Raimund, Nestroy, Lenau, 
Moerike, Droste-Huelshoff, Stifter. 
Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 432 Junges Deutschland and 
Realism. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 321 and 
322, or permission of instructor. Realism 
and periods of political unrest surround- 
ing the year 1848. Readings include such 
authors as Heine, Grabbe, Boerne, 
Buechner, Gutzkow, Hebbel, Keller, 
Storm, Raabe, Meyer, Fontane. Readings 
and instruction in German. 

GERM 433 Naturalism and its Counter 
Currents. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 
and 322 or permission of instructor. The 
periods of Naturalism, Impressionism, 
NeoRomanticism and NeoClassicism. 
Readings include such authors as An- 
zengruber, Holz, Sudermann, Hauptmann, 
George, Wedekind, Hofmannsthal, 
Schnitzler, Rilke, Heinrich Mann, Hesse. 
Readings and instruction in German. 

GERM 438 German Literature in Transla- 
tion. (3) Different movements, genres, or 
other special topics will be treated each 



semester. Repeatable up to a maximum 
of six credits if subject matter is dif- 
ferent. May not be counted in fulfillment 
of German major requirement for Ger- 
man literature. Readings and instruction 
in English. 

GERM 439 Proseminar in German Lit- 
erature. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 
322, or permission of instructor. Spe- 
cialized study of an author, school, 
genre, or theme. Repeatable to a max- 
imum of six credits if subject matter is 
different. Readings and instruction in 
German. 

GERM 462 Expressionism to the Present. 

(3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 322. 
Prose and dramatic writings from Expres- 
sionism to present. Modern literary and 
philosophical movements. 

GERM 471 Introduction to Indo- 
European Philology. (3) Basic principles 
of historical language study: terminology 
of phonetics and morphology, language 
families, writing systems. Reconstructed 
Indo-European and surveys of the most 
important ancient Indo-European lan- 
guages: Sanskrit, Old Church Slavonic, 
Lithuanian, Classic Greek, Latin, Gothic. 
Instruction in English; no knowledge of 
German required. 

GERM 472 Introduction to Germanic 
Philology. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 115 
and GERM 471, or equivalent. Recon- 
structed proto-Germanic and surveys of 
Gothic, Old Norse, Old English, Old Sax- 
on. The development of High German 
from the Old High German period 
through Middle High German to Modern 
German; a short introduction to Modem 
German dialectology. Instruction in 
English. 

GERM 473 Reading Swedish, Danish and 
Norwegian I. (3) Develops reading facility 
in three languages in one semester. 
Texts read include Bergman's Seventh 
Seal, Tales by H.C. Andersen, excerpts 
works by Ibsen and Hamsun, and se- 
lected folk literature. No foreign lan- 
uguage prerequisite. 

GERM 474 Reading Swedish, Danish and 
Norwegian II. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 473 
or permission of the instructor. Further 
development of reading facility. 

GERM 475 Old Norse. (3) The language 
of the Old Icelandic Saga, the Eddas and 
Skaldic poetry. Reading of texts in the 
original; historical development of Old 
Norse and its role in the Germanic lan- 
guage family. No knowledge of German 
or a Scandinavian language required; in- 
struction in English. 

GERM 479 Proseminar in Germanic 
Philology. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. Selected topics such as com- 
parative Germanic studies, Old Norse 
language or readings in Old Norse liter- 
ature, Modern German dialectology. Re- 
peatable to a maximum of six credits if 
subject matter is different. 

GERM 489 Proseminar in Germanic 
Culture. (3) Selected topics in the 



cultural and intellectual history of the 
German and Germanic language areas. In 
English. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits if subject matter is different. 

GERM 499 Directed Study in German. 
(1-3) For advanced students, by permis- 
sion of department chairman. Course 
may be repeated for credit if content dif- 
fers. May be repeated to a maximum of 
six credits. 

GERM 611 College Teaching of German. 

(3) Instruction, demonstration and 
classroom practice under supervision of 
modern procedures in the presentation 
of elementary German courses to college 
age students. 

GERM 621 Medieval Narrative. (3) An in- 
troduction to the form and structure of 
the medieval narrative, treatment of the 
most important authors and works of the 
period. 

GERM 631 German Lyric Poetry. (3) An 

exposition of the genre of lyric poetry, 
its metrical and aesthetic background, il- 
lustrated by characteristic examples from 
the Middle Ages to the present. 

GERM 641 German Novelle. (3) Study of 

the development of the genre from the 
18th century to the present. 

GERM 651 German Novel. (3) The theory 
and structure of the German novel from 
the Baroque to the present. 

GERM 661 German Drama. (3) An intro- 
duction to the theory and structure of 
the German drama from the Baroque to 
the present with extensive interpretation 
of characteristic works. 

GERM 671 Gothic, Old High German, 
Middle High German I. (3) The first 
semester of a two-semester practicum in 
reading Gothic, Old and Middle High 
German, with emphasis on linguistic 
analysis. 

GERM 672 Gothic, Old High German, 
Middle High German II. (3) Prerequisite, 
GERM 671. Continuation of German 671. 

GERM 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

GERM 819 Individual Study. (1-3) Prereq- 
uisite, consent of instructor. May be re- 
peated to a maximum of six credits if 
content differs. 

GERM 829 Seminar in German Literature 
of the Middle Ages. (3) Exhaustive study 
of one or more representative authors or 
works of the Middle Ages. May be re- 
peated to a maximum of nine credits if 
content differs. 

GERM 839 Seminar in 16th and 17th 
Century Literature. (3) The German lit- 
erature of the Humanists, the Reforma- 
tion and the Baroque is illustrated by 
study of one or more authors of the 16th 
or 17th centuries. May be repeated up to 
a total of nine credits when content 
differs. 

GERM 849 Seminar in 18th Century 
Literature. (3) In depth study of one or 



124 / Graduate Programs 



more authors from the periods Enlighten- 
ment, Sentimentalism or Storm and 
Stress or Classicism. May be repeated 
up to a total of nine credits when con- 
tent differs. 

GERM 859 Seminar in 19th Century 
Literature. (3) Comprehensive coverage 
from one or more authors of Roman- 
ticism, Biedermeier, Young Germany or 
Realism. May be repeated for a total of 
up to nine credits when content differs. 

GERM 869 Seminar in 20th Century 
Literature. (3) Concentrated investigation 
of a literary movement or of one or more 
authors from the period of Naturalism to 
the present. May be repeated to a max- 
imum of nine credits if the content is 
different. 

GERM 879 Seminar in Germanic 
Philology. (3) In depth study of a topic in 
Germanic or Indo-European philology; 
comparative Germanic grammar, runol- 
ogy. dialect geography, Eddie or Skaldic 
poetry, Indo-European studies. May be 
repeated to a maximum of nine credits if 
content differs. 

GERM 889 Seminar in Germanic Area 
Studies. (3) Comprehensive study of a 
selected topic in German or Germanic 
area studies: history of ideas, cultural 
history, Germanic literatures other than 
German, folk literature and folklore. May 
be repeated to a maximum of nine 
credits if content differs. 

GERM 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 

Russian 

RUSS 001 Elementary Russian for 
Graduate Students. (3) Intensive elemen- 
tary course in the Russian language de- 
signed particularly for graduate students 
who wish to acquire reading knowledge. 
This course does not carry credit 
towards any degree at the University. 

RUSS 401 Advanced Composition. (3) 

RUSS 402 Advanced Composition. (3) 

RUSS 421 Russian Civilization (in Rus- 
sian) I. (3) An historical survey of Russian 
civilization, emphasizing architecture, 
painting, sculpture, music, ballet and the 
theater to the beginning of the 19th cen- 
tury pointing out the inter-relationship of 
all with literary movements. Taught in 
Russian. 

RUSS 422 Russian Civilization (in Rus- 
sian) II. (3) An historical survey of Rus- 
sian civilization emphasizing architecture, 
painting, sculpture, music, ballet, and the 
theater, from the beginninng of the 19th 
century to the present pointing out the 
inter-relationships of all with literary 
movements. Taught in Russian. 

RUSS 441 Russian Literature of the Eigh- 
teenth Century. (3) 

RUSS 451 Russian Literature of the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) 

RUSS 452 Russian Literature of the Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) 



RUSS 461 Soviet Russian Literature . (3) 

RUSS 462 Soviet Russian Literature. (3) 

RUSS 465 Modern Russian Poetry. (3) 

RUSS 466 Modern Russian Drama. (3) 

RUSS 467 Modern Russian Fiction. (3) 

RUSS 468 19th Century Russian 
Literature in Translation. (3) Development 
of Russian literary thought in the Rus- 
sian novel and short prose of the 19th 
century. Influence of western literatures 
and philosophies considered. Repeatable 
to a maximum of six credits when con- 
tent differs. 

RUSS 470 Applied Linguistics. (3) The 

nature of applied linguistics and its con- 
tributions to the effective teaching of 
foreign languages. Comparative study of 
English and Russian, with emphasis 
upon points of divergence. Analysis, 
evaluation and construction of related 
drills. 

RUSS 471 Comparative Slavic 
Linguistics. (3) Comparative Slavic 
linguistics and, especially, a concept of 
the place of the Russian language in the 
world of Slavic culture through the 
reading of selected texts illustrating 
common Slavic relationships and 
dissimilarities. 

RUSS 478 Soviet Literature in Transla- 
tion. (3) Russian literature since 1917, 
both as a continuation of prerevolu- 
tionary traditions and as a reflection of 
Soviet ideology. Repeatable to a max- 
imum of six credits when content differs. 



Government and Politics 
Program 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Hathorn 

Professors: Anderson, Bobrow, Hathorn, 
Hsueh, Jacobs, McNelly, Murphy, 
Phillips, Piper, Plischke, Segal, Young 

Associate Professors: Butterworth, 
Claude, Conway, Devine, Elkin, Glass, 
Glendening, Hardin, Heisler, Koury, 
Oppenheimer, Pirages, Ranald, Reeves, 
Stone, Terchek, Wilkenfeld 

Assistant Professors: Christensen, 
Goodin, Lanning, McCarrick, Nzuwah, 
Oliver, Peroff, Postbrief, Uslader, 
Werbos, Woolpert 

The Department of Government and 
Politics offers programs leading to 
the degrees of Master of Arts and 
Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of spec- 
ialization include American politics, 
comparative politics, international 
politics, political behavior, nor- 
mative, empirical and formal theory, 
public administration, and public 
policy. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Master's degree candidates may se- 
lect a thesis or a non-thesis option, 
both of which require six semester 
hours of research methods and sta- 
tistics, six semester hours of politi- 



cal theory, and a comprehensive ex- 
amination in one field of poltical 
science. Both options require a total 
of 30 semester hours of credit. 

The doctoral program is designed 
for completion within five years and 
involves seminars, directed research 
and opportunities for teaching expe- 
rience. A minimum of at least 36 se- 
mester hours of course work at the 
600-800 level is required. All stu- 
dents must complete nine hours of 
research methods and statistics, 
nine hours of normative, empirical, 
and formal political theory, and a 
comprehensive examination in two 
fields of political science. The exam- 
ination fields are defined by each 
student in consultation with an ad- 
visor and may cut across traditional 
departmental and disciplinary 
boundaries. 

Financial Assistance 

In addition to teaching assistant- 
ships, the Department also has a 
government internship program for 
students interested in public ad- 
ministration and a limited and vari- 
able number of research positions 
with research grants. 

Additional Information 

Further information and a manual on 
graduate study can be secured from 
the Department's Office of the Di- 
rector of Graduate Studies. 

Courses 

GVPT 401 Problems of World Politics. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of gov- 
ernmental problems of international 
scope, such as causes of war, problems 
of neutrality, and propaganda. Students 
are required to report on readings from 
current literature. 

GVPT 402 International Law. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT 170. A study of the basic 
character, general principles and specific 
rules of international law, with emphasis 
on recent and contemporary trends in 
the field and its relation to other aspects 
of international affairs. 

GVPT 411 Public Personnel Administra- 
tion. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 410 or BMGT 
360. A survey of public personnel admin- 
istration, including the development of 
merit civil service, the personnel agency, 
classification, recruitment, examination 
techniques, promotion, service ratings, 
training, discipline, employee relations, 
and retirement. 

GVPT 412 Public Financial Administra- 
tion. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 410 or ECON 
450. A survey of governmental financial 
procedures, including processes of cur- 
rent and capital budgeting, the adminis- 
tration of public borrowing, the tech- 
niques of public purchasing, and the ma- 
chinery of control through pre-audit and 
post-audit. 

Graduate Programs / 125 



GVPT 413 Governmental Organization 
and Management. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 
410. A study of the theories of organiza- 
tion and management in American gov- 
ernment with emphasis on new trends, 
experiments and reorganizations. 

GVPT 414 Administrative Law. (3) Prereq- 
uisite. GVPT 170. A study of the discre- 
tion exercised by administrative agen- 
cies, including analysis of their func- 
tions, their powers over persons and 
property, their procedures, and judicial 
sanctions and controls. 

GVPT 417 Comparative Study of Public 
Administration. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 
280 or 410, or consent of instructor. An 
introduction to the study of governmen- 
tal administrative systems viewed from 
the standpoint of comparative typologies 
and theoretical schemes useful in cross- 
national comparisons and empirical stud- 
ies of the politics of the administrative 
process in several nations. Both western 
and non-western countries are included. 

GVPT 422 Quantitative Political Analysis. 

(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 220, or consent of 
instructor. Introduction to quantitative 
methods of data analysis, including se- 
lected statistical methods, block anal- 
ysis, content analysis, and scale 
construction. 

GVPT 426 Public Opinion. (3) Prerequi- 
site, GVPT 170. An examination of public 
opinion and its effect on political action, 
with emphasis on opinion formation and 
measurement, propaganda and pressure 
groups. 

GVPT 427 Political Sociology. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT 220, or consent of instruc- 
tor. A study of the societal aspects of 
political life including selected aspects 
of the sociology of group formation and 
group dynamics, political association, 
community integration and political be- 
havior presented in the context of the 
societal environments of political 
systems. 

GVPT 429 Problems in Political Behavior. 

(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. The problem 
approach to political behavior with em- 
phasis on theoretical and empirical 
studies on selected aspects of political 
process. 

GVPT 431 Introduction to Constitutional 
Law. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A sys- 
tematic inquiry into the general prin- 
ciples of the American Constitutional 
system, with special reference to the 
role of the judiciary in the interpretation 
and enforcement of the federal 
constitution. 

GVPT 432 Civil Rights and the Constitu- 
tion. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 431. A study 
of Civil Rights in the American constitu- 
tional context, emphasizing freedom of 
religion, freedom of expression, minority 
discrimination, and the rights of 
defendants. 

GVPT 433 The Judicial Process. (3) Pre- 
requisite. GVPT 170. An examination of 
judicial organization in the United States 



at all levels of government, with some 
emphasis on legal reasoning, legal re- 
search and court procedures. 

GVPT 434 Race Relations and Public 
Law. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A politi- 
cal and legal examination of the con- 
stitutionally protected rights affecting 
racial minorities and of the constitutional 
power of the federal courts. Congress, 
and the executive to define, protect and 
extend these rights. 

GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior. (3) A study 
of judicial decision making at the state 
and national levels, drawing primarily on 
the more recent quantitative and behav- 
ioral literature. 

GVPT 436 The Legal Status of Women. 

(3) An examination of Judicial interpreta- 
tion and application of common, statu- 
tory, and constitutional law as these af- 
fect the status of women in American 
Society. 

GVPT 441 History of Political Theory — 
Ancient and Medieval. (3) Prerequisite, 
GVPT 170. A survey of the principal poli- 
tical theories set forth in the works of 
writers before Machiavelli. 

GVPT 442 History of Political Theory — 
Modem and Recent. (3) Prerequisite, 
GVPT 170. A survey of the principal poli- 
tical theories set forth in the works of 
writers from Machiavelli to J.S. Mill. 

GVPT 443 Contemporary Political Theory. 

(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 441 or 442. A 
survey of the principal political theories 
and ideologies from Karl Marx to the 
present. 

GVPT 444 American Political Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of the 
development and growth of American 
political concepts from the colonial 
period to the present. 

GVPT 445 Russian Political Thought. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A survey and 
analysis of political ideas in Russia and 
the Soviet Union from early times to the 
present. 

GVPT 448 Non-Western Political 
Thought. (3) Political thought originating 
in Asia, the Middle East, and Africa. This 
is not a survey of all non-western pol- 
itical thought, but a course to be limited 
by the professor with each offering. 
When repeated by a student, consent of 
instructor is required. 

GVPT 450 Comparative Study of Foreign 
Policy Formation. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 
280 or 300, or consent of instructor. An 
introduction to the comparative study of 
foreign policy formation structures and 
processes followed by a survey of the 
domestic sources of policy for major 
states. A conspectus of substantive pat- 
terns of foreign policy in analytically 
salient types of systems is presented. 
Domestic and global systemic sources of 
foreign policy are compared. 

GVPT 451 Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R. 

(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of 
the development of the foreign policy of 



the Soviet Union, with attention paid to 
the forces and conditions that make for 
continuities and changes from Tsartist 
policies. 

GVPT 452 Inter-American Relations. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. An analytical and 
historical study of the Latin-American 
policies of the United States and of 
problems in our relations with individual 
countries, with emphasis on recent 
developments. 

GVPT 453 Recent East Asian Politics. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. The background 
and interpretation of recent political 
events in East Asia and their influence 
on world politics. 

GVPT 454 Contemporary African Politics. 

(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A survey of 
contemporary development in the inter- 
national politics of Africa, with special 
emphasis on the role of an emerging 
Africa in world affairs. 

GVPT 455 Contemporary Middle Eastern 
Politics. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A 
survey of contemporary development in 
the international politics of the Middle 
East, with special emphasis on the role 
of emerging Middle East nations in world 
affairs. 

GVPT 457 American Foreign Relations. 

(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. The principles 
and machinery of the conduct of Ameri- 
can foreign relations, with emphasis on 
the department of State and the Foreign 
Service, and an analysis of the major 
foreign policies of the United States. 

GVPT 460 State and Local Administra- 
tion. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study 
of the administrative structure, proce- 
dures and policies of state and local gov- 
ernments with special emphasis on the 
state level and on intergovernmental rela- 
tionships, and with illustrations from 
Maryland Governmental arrangements. 

GVPT 461 Metropolitan Administration. 

(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. An examina- 
tion of administrative problems relating 
to public services, planning and coordi- 
nation in a metropolitan environment. 

GVPT 462 Urban Politics. (3) Urban 
political process and institutions consid- 
ered in the light of changing social and 
economic conditions. 

GVPT 473 Legislatures and Legislation. 

(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A comprehen- 
sive study of legislative organization pro- 
cedure and problems. The course in- 
cludes opportunities for student contact 
with congress and with the legislature of 
Maryland. 

GVPT 474 Political Parties. (3) Prerequi- 
site, GVPT 170. A descriptive and analyti- 
cal examination of American political 
parties, nominations, elections, and polit- 
ical leadership. 

GVPT 475 The Presidency and the Exec- 
utive Branch. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. 
An examination of the executive, legisla- 
tive and party roles of the president in 
the political process. 



126 / Graduate Programs 



GVPT 479 Problems of American Public 
Policy. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. The 
background and interpretation of various 
factors which affect the formation and 
execution of American public policy. 

GVPT 480 Comparative Political Systems. 
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280 and at least 
one other course in comparative govern- 
ment. A study, along functional lines, of 
major political institutions, such as leg- 
islatures, executives, courts, bureau- 
cracies, public organizations, and politi- 
cal parties. 

GVPT 481 Government and Administra- 
tion of the Soviet Union. (3) Prerequisite, 
GVPT 170. A study of the adoption of 
the communist philosophy by the Soviet 
Union, of its governmental structure and 
of the administration of government pol- 
icy in the Soviet Union. 

GVPT 482 Government and Politics of 
Latin America. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170 
A comparative study of the governmental 
systems and political processes of the 
Latin American countries, with special 
emphasis on Argentina Brazil. Chile, and 
Mexico. 

GVPT 483 Government and Politics of 
Asia. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280 or 453. 
or HIST 261. or 262 or HIFN 442. or 445. 
A comparative study of the political sys- 
tems of China Japan. India and other se- 
lected Asian countries. 

GVPT 484 Government and Politics of 
Africa. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 170. A com- 
parative study of the governmental sys- 
tems and political processes of the 
African countries, with special emphasis 
on the problems of nation-building in 
emergent countries. 

GVPT 485 Government and Politics of 
the Middle East. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 
170. A comparative study of the govern- 
mental systems and political processes 
of the Middle Eastern countries, with 
special emphasis on the problems of 
nation-building in emergent countries. 

GVPT 486 Comparative Studies in Euro- 
pean Politics. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280. 
or consent of instructor. A comparative 
study of political processes and govern- 
mental forms in selected European 
countries. 

GVPT 487 The Government and Politics 
of South Africa. (3) Political systems and 
governments of such countries as India 
Pakistan, Bangla Desh. Ceylon, and 
Nepal. 

GVPT 492 The Comparative Politics of 
Race Relations. (3) Impact of government 
and politics on race relations in various 
parts of the world. The origins, problems, 
and manifestations of such racial poli- 
cies as segregation, apartheid, integra- 
tion, assimilation, partnership, and non- 
racialism will be analyzed. 

GVPT 600 Proseminar in Government 
and Politics. (3) Required of M.A. candi- 
dates. A proseminar offering a survey of 
major concepts, approaches, and re- 
search trends in political science. 



GVPT 700 Scope and Method of Political 
Science. (3) Required of all Ph.D. candi- 
dates. A seminar in the methodologies of 
political science, and their respective ap- 
plications to different research fields. In- 
terdisciplinary approaches and bibliogra 
phical techniques are also reviewed. 

GVPT 707 Functional Problems in Inter- 
national Relations — Comparative Sys- 
tems. (3) A survey from Kautilya to Kap- 
lan of the literature in IR theory with an 
emphasis on comparative historical 
systems. 

GVPT 708 Seminar in International Rela- 
tions Theory. (3) An examination of the 
major approaches, concepts, and theo- 
ries in the study of world politics with 
special emphasis on contemporary litera- 
ture. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 
hours. 

GVPT 710 Introduction to Graduate 
Study in Public Administration. (3) An ex- 
amination of the history, background, 
and trends of public administration and 
the basic concepts and the approaches 
utilized in the organizational process of 
public bureaucracies. Readings from tex- 
tual sources will include the following: 
the study of public administration. The 
societal and political environment, or- 
ganization theory and behavior, adminis- 
trative law, comparative and development 
administration, policy and systems anal- 
ysis, program planning and budgeting, 
manpower resources development, orga- 
nizational performance and 
accountability. 

GVPT 720 Policy Evaluation. (3) An exam- 
ination of the application of social indi- 
cators and accounts, field and laboratory 
experimentation, formal modeling, and 
other techniques drawn from the social 
sciences to problems of public policy 
selected from various levels of the 
political system. 

GVPT 780 Seminar in the Comparative 
Study of Politics. (3) An examination of 
the salient approaches to and conceptual 
frameworks for the comparative study of 
politics, followed by the construction of 
models and typologies of political 
systems. 

GVPT 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

GVPT 802 Seminar in International Law. 
(3) Reports on selected topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in sub- 
stantive and procedural international law. 

GVPT 803 Seminar in International Politi- 
cal Organization. (3) A study of the forms 
and functions of various international 
organizations. 

GVPT 808 Selected Topics in Functional 
Problems in International Relations. (3) 
An examination of the major substantive 
issues in contemporary international 
relations. 

GVPT 810 Governmental Organization 
Theory. (3) A study of recent develop 
ments in the area of organizational 



theory with an emphasis on empirical 
studies of organizational behavior. 

GVPT 812 Seminar in Public Financial 
Administration. (3) Readings and reports 
on topics assigned for individual or 
group study in the field of public finan- 
cial administration. 

GVPT 813 Problems of Public Personnel 
Administration. (3) Reports on topics 
assigned for individual study and reading 
in the field of public personnel 
administration. 

GVPT 814 Developmental Public Ad- 
ministration. (3) Reports, readings and/or 
field surveys on topics assigned for indi- 
vidual or group study in international, na- 
tional, regional or local environments. 

GVPT 815 Government Administrative 
Planning and Management. (3) Reports 
on topics assigned for individual study 
and reading in administrative planning 
and management in government. 

GVPT 816 Studies in Comparative 
Governmental Administration. (3) An ex- 
amination of theoretical concepts and 
empirical findings in the field of com- 
parative administration. Individual read- 
ings and research dealing with the civil 
services of western and non-western na 
tions will be assigned. 

GVPT 818 Problems of Public Adminis- 
tration. (3) Reports on topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in the 
field of public administration. 

GVPT 822 Problems in Quantitative 
Political Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, three 
hours of statistics or consent of instruc- 
tor. Study of selected problems in quan- 
titative political analysis. 

GVPT 826 Seminar in Public Opinion. (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual 
study and reading in the field of public 
opinion. 

GVPT 827 Seminar in Political Sociology. 
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 427 or equivalent. 
Inquiries into the conceptual and theoret- 
ical foundations of and empirical data in 
the field of political sociology. Individual 
readings and research problems will be 
assigned, dealing with the social con- 
texts of politics and the political aspects 
of social relationships. 

GVPT 828 Selected Problems in Political 
Behavior. (3) Individual reading and 
research reports on selected problems in 
the study of political behavior. 

GVPT 830 Seminar in Public Law. (3) 

Reports on topics for individual study 
and reading in the fields of constitutional 
and administrative law. 

GVPT 840 Analytical Systems and Theory 
Construction. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 700. 
Examination of the general theoretical 
tools available to political scientists and 
of the problems of theory building. At- 
tention is given to communications 
theory, decision-making, game theory 
and other mathematical concepts, per- 
sonality theory, role theory. structural- 



Graduate Programs / 127 



functional analysis, and current 
behavioral approaches. 

GVPT 841 Great Political Thinkers. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 441. Intensive study 
of one or more men each semester. 

GVPT 842 Man and the State. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT 442. Individual reading and 
reports on such recurring concepts in 
political theory as liberty, equality, 
justice, natural law and natural rights, 
private property, sovereignty, nationalism 
and the organic state. 

GVPT 844 American Political Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 444. Analytical and 
historical examination of selected topics 
in American political thought. 

GVPT 845 Marxist Political Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 443 or consent of in- 
structor. Intensive study and analysis of 
the leading ideas of Marx and Engels 
and their development in the different 
forms of social democracy and of 
communism. 

GVPT 846 Theories of Democracy. (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 442. A survey and 
analysis of the leading theories of demo- 
cratic government, with attention to such 
topics as freedom, equality, representa- 
tion, dissent, and critics of democracy. 

GVPT 847 Seminar in Non-Western 
Political Theory. (3) Intensive study of 
selected segments of political theory 
outside of the western European 
tradition. 

GVPT 848 Current Problems in Political 
Theory. (3) Intensive examination of the 
development of political theory since the 
second world war. 

GVPT 850 Applied Foreign Policy Analy- 
sis. (3) Individual research and reporting 
on standards of policy performance and 
analysis with emphasis on data display, 
information organization, forecasting, and 
rational resource allocation. 

GVPT 851 Area Problems in International 
Relations — Soviet Union. (3) An exami- 
nation of problems in the relations of 
states involving the Soviet Union. 

GVPT 852 Area Problems in International 
Relations — Latin America. (3) An exami- 
nation of problems in the relations of 
states within Latin America. 

GVPT 853 Area Problems in International 
Relations — Asia. (3) An examination of 
problems in the relations of states within 
Asia. 

GVPT 854 Area Problems in International 
Relations — Africa. (3) An examination of 
problems in the relations of states within 
Africa. 

GVPT 855 Area Problems in International 
Relations — Middle East. (3) An examina- 
tion of problems in the relations of 
states within the Middle East. 

GVPT 856 Area Problems in International 
Relations — Europe. (3) An examination 
of problems in the relations of states 
within Europe. 



GVPT 857 Seminar in American Foreign 
Relations. (3) Reports on selected topics 
assigned for individual study and reading 
m American foreign policy and the con- 
duct of American foreign relations. 

GVPT 858 Selected Topics in Area Prob- 
lems in International Relations. (3) Spec- 
ial topics concerning regional problems 
in the relations of states. 

GVPT 862 Seminar on Intergovernmental 
Relations. (3) Reports on topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in the 
field of recent intergovernmental 
relations. 

GVPT 868 Problems of State and Local 
Government. (3) Report on topics as- 
signed for individual study in the field of 
state local government throughout the 
United States. 

GVPT 869 Seminar in Urban Administra- 
tion. (3) Selected topics are examined by 
the team research method with students 
responsible for planning, field investiga- 
tion, and report writing. 

GVPT 870 Seminar in American Political 
Institutions. (3) Reports on topics as- 
signed for individual study and reading 
in the background and development of 
American government. 

GVPT 873 Seminar in Legislatures and 
Legislation. (3) Reports on topics as- 
signed for individual study and reading 
about the composition and organization 
of legislatures and about the legislative 
process. 

GVPT 874 Seminar in Political Parties 
and Politics. (3) Reports on topics 
assigned for individual study and reading 
in the fields of political organization and 
action. 

GVPT 876 Seminar in National Security 
Policy. (3) An examination of the com- 
ponents of United States security policy. 
Factors, both internal and external, affec- 
ting national security will be considered. 
Individual reporting as assigned. 

GVPT 878 Problems in American Govern- 
ment and Politics. (3) An examination of 
contemporary problems in various fields 
of government and politics in the United 
States, with reports on topics assigned 
for individual study. 

GVPT 881 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions — Soviet Union. (3) An exam- 
ination of government and politics in the 
Soviet Union. 

GVPT 882 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions — Latin America. (3) An exami- 
nation of governments and politics 
within Latin America. 

GVPT 883 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions — Asia (3) An examination of 
governments and politics within Asia. 

GVPT 884 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions — Africa. (3) An examination 
of governments and politics within 
Africa. 

GVPT 885 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions — Middle East. (3) An exam- 



ination of governments and politics 
within the Middle East. 

GVPT 886 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions — Europe. (3) An examination 
of governments and politics within 
Europe. 

GVPT 887 Seminar in the Politics of 
Developing Nations. (3) An examination 
of the programs of political development 
in the emerging nations with special 
references to the newly independent na- 
tions of Asia and Africa, and the less 
developed countries of Latin America. In- 
dividual reporting as assigned. 

GVPT 888 Selected Topics in Com- 
parative Governmental Institutions. (3) An 

examination of special topics in com- 
parative politics. 

GVPT 898 Readings in Government and 
Politics. (3) Guided readings and discus- 
sions on selected topics in political 
science. 

GVPT 899 Doctoral Dissertation 
Research. (1-8) 



Health Education Program 

Professor and Chairman: Burt 
Professors: Johnson, Leviton 
Associate Professors: D.A. Girdano, 

D.E. Girdano, Miller, Tifft, Clearwater 
Assistant Professors: Althoff, Decker, 

Stone, Yarian 
The Department of Health Education 
offers a program designed to pre- 
pare students as teachers and com- 
munity health workers. Graduates of 
the program have placement oppor- 
tunities in public school systems, 
colleges and universities, govern- 
ment service and community health. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department offers courses of 
study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Arts, Doctor of Education 
and Doctor of Philosophy. Admis- 
sion is open to students holding the 
bachelor's degree in areas related to 
the social, psychological or biologi- 
cal basis of health education. 

Each student is required to sub- 
mit a thesis, to present the work 
orally in a seminar, and to defend it 
to the satisfaction of his examining 
committee. All students must take 
Health Education 600 and 710. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The student may experience specific 
application of theory through numer- 
ous field studies and departmental 
clinics in the areas of children's 
health and development, develop- 
mental programs for the aged, 
obesity and weight control, control- 
ling stress and tension, smoking 
cessation, and driver and safety 
education. 



128 / Graduate Programs 



The proximity of the National In- 
stitutes of Health and the National 
Library of Medicine render the Uni- 
versity of Maryland unusually suited 
for graduate work in health 
education. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of Graduate 
Teaching Assistantships are 
available. 

Additional Information 

For information and departmental 
publication write to Dr. Daniel A. 
Girdano, Director of Graduate 
Studies. 

Courses 

HLTH 420 Methods and Materials in 
Health Education. (3) Prerequisites. HLTH 
105 or 140, 310 or consent of instructor. 
The purpose of this course is to present 
the interrelationships of curriculum plan- 
ning, methodology and the selection and 
use of teaching aids and materials. Spe- 
cial problems associated with health 
teaching are discussed. Students will 
become familiar with a variety of 
resources as well as planning for and 
presenting demonstration lessons. 

HLTH 450 Health Problems of Children 
and Youth. (3) This course involves a 
study of the health needs and problems 
of pupils from the primary grades 
through high school. Physical, mental 
and psychosomatic aspects of health are 
considered in relation to the develop- 
mental and school levels. Consideration 
is given to such topics as diet selection 
and control; exercise, recreation and rest; 
emotional upset and its implications; and 
psychosexual development and prob- 
lems. The role of the teacher and parent 
in encouraging optimal health is 
emphasized. 

HLTH 455 Physical Fitness of the Indi- 
vidual. (3) A study of the major physical 
fitness problems confronting the adult in 
modern society. Consideration is given 
to the scientific appraisal, development 
and maintenance of fitness at all age 
levels. Such problems as obesity, weight 
reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and 
special exercise programs are explored. 
This course is open to persons outside 
the fields of physical education and 
health. 

HLTH 456 Health Problems of the Aging 
and the Aged. (3) Psychological, phys- 
iological, and socio-economic aspects of 
aging; nutrition; sexuality; death, dying, 
and bereavement; self actualization and 
creativity; health needs and crises of the 
aged. 

HLTH 460 Problems in School Health 
Education in Elementary and Secondary 
Schools. (2-6) This is a workshop type 
course designed particularly for inservice 
teachers to acquaint them with the best 
methods of providing good health ser- 
vices, healthful environment and health 
instruction. 



HLTH 470 The Health Program in the 
Elementary School. (3) Prerequisites, 
HLTH 105 or 140; 310. This course, 
designed for the elementary school 
classroom teacher, analyzes biological 
and sociological factors which determine 
the health status and needs of the indi- 
vidual elementary school child. The vari- 
ous aspects of the school program are 
evaluated in terms of their role in health 
education. The total school health pro- 
gram is surveyed from the standpoint of 
organization and administration, and 
health appraisal Emphasis is placed 
upon modern methods and current ma- 
terials in health instruction. (The State 
Department of Education accepts this 
course for biological science credit). 

HLTH 471 Women's Health. (3) The 

women's health movement from the per- 
spective of consumerism and feminism. 
The physician-patient relationship in the 
gynecological and other medical set- 
tings. The gynecological exam, gyneco- 
logical problems, contraception, abortion, 
pregnancy, breast and cervical cancer 
and surgical procedures. Psychological 
aspects of gynecological concerns. 

HLTH 476 Death Education. (3) Examina- 
tion of the genesis and development of 
present day death attitudes and behavior 
by use of a multidisciplinary life cycle 
approach. 

HLTH 477 Fundamentals of Sex Educa- 
tion. (3) This course is concerned with 
basic information regarding the physical, 
psychological, social, historical, semantic 
and comparative cultural aspects of sex. 
The adjustment needs and problems of 
children and adults during the course of 
maturing and aging are studied; and 
special consideration is given to the sex 
education program in schools. 

HLTH 480 Measurement in Health. (3) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods 
per week. The application of the princi- 
ples and techniques of educational 
measurement to the teaching of health 
and physical education; study of func- 
tions and techniques of measurements 
in the evaluation of student progress 
toward the objectives of health and 
physical education, and in the evaluation 
of the effectiveness of teaching. 

HLTH 485 Controlling Stress and Ten- 
sion. (3) Health problems related to 
stress and tension. Analysis of causative 
psycho-social stressors and intervening 
physiological mechanisms. Emphasis on 
prevention and control of stress through 
techniques such as biofeedback, medita- 
tion and neuromuscular relaxation. 

HLTH 489 Field Laboratory Projects and 
Workshop. (1-6) A course designed to 
meet the needs of persons in the field 
with respect to workshop and research 
projects in special areas of knowledge 
not covered by regularly structured 
courses. Note: the maximum total num- 
ber of credits that may be earned toward 
any degree in physical education, recrea- 
tion, or health education under PHED, 
RECR, or HLTH 489 is six. 



HLTH 600 Seminar in Health. (1) 

HLTH 650 Health Problems in Guidance. 
(3) 

HLTH 651 Seminar on the Health Cor- 
relates of the Aging and Aged. (3) Inves- 
tigates the most recent theoretical for- 
mulations, research data, and clinical 
and therapeutic approaches to improving 
the health status of the aging. Extensive 
readings and research project are 
required. 

HLTH 652 Seminar in Death Education. 

(3) Prerequisite, HLTH 456 or permission 
of the instructor. The advanced study 
and investigation of human dying, death, 
bereavement, suicidal behavior, and their 
relationship to human health utilizing a 
multidisciplinary approach. 

HLTH 670 Status and Trends in Health 
Education. (3) 

HLTH 687 Advanced Seminar. (1-3) 

HLTH 688 Special Problems in Health 
Education. (1-6) 

HLTH 690 Administrative Direction of 
Health Education. (3) 

HLTH 710 Methods and Techniques of 
Research. (3) 

HLTH 720 Scientific Foundations of 
Health Education. (3) 

HLTH 730 Problems in Weight Control. 

(3) Prerequisite, HLTH 720 or permission 
of instructor. A study of the causes, 
health cost, and control of obesity 
through analysis of lipid-glucose interac- 
tion; hunger-satiety theories and mecha- 
nisms; pyscho-social forces in obesity; 
body composition, energy output; and 
disease states related to obesity. 

HLTH 740 Modern Theories of Health. (3) 

HLTH 750 Stress and Disease. (3) A 

study of the causative agents of chronic 
disease with particular emphasis on 
stress including the physiological re- 
sponse of the human organism to con- 
temporary psycho-social stressors and 
mechanisms of adaptation and 
prophylaxis. 

HLTH 760 Public Health. (3) 

HLTH 791 Curriculum Construction in 
Health Education. (3) 

HLTH 799 Master's Thesis Research. 
(1-6) 

HLTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Re- 
search. (1-8) 



Hearing and Speech 
Sciences Program 

Professor and Chairman: McCall 
Professor: Newby 

Associate Professors: Baker, Hamlet' 
Assistant Professors: Bennett, Bernthal, 

Cicci 2 , Diggs, Doudna, Suter 2 
Lecturer: Sedge 
Research Professor: Causey 

Graduate Programs / 129 



Research Associates: Punch, Schweitzer 
'Joint appointment with School of Den- 
tistry 
'Joint appointment with School of 

Medicine 

Admission and Degree Information 
The Department of Hearing and 
Speech Sciences offers the M.A. de- 
gree with either the thesis or the 
non-thesis option, and with major 
emphasis either in speech and lan- 
guage pathology or in audiology. 
The Master's degree is required for 
individuals preparing for positions 
as speech pathologists or audiolo- 
gists in the schools, in the hospitals 
or rehabilitation facilities, in hearing 
and speech centers, or in other clini- 
cal settings. Academic course work 
is combined with supervised clinical 
practice in the University Speech 
and Hearing Clinic and in selected 
outside clinical facilities, so that the 
graduate will meet the academic re- 
quirements for clinical certification 
by the American Speech and Hear- 
ing Association, and for licensing in 
the State of Maryland. The Master's 
degree program is accredited by the 
American Boards of Examiners in 
Speech Pathology and Audiology. 

Applicants for the M.A. degree 
must have completed the equivalent 
of an undergraduate major in hear- 
ing and speech sciences. The M.A. 
program usually requires three se- 
mesters and a summer session to 
complete. Only full-time students 
are admitted to the program. 

The Department also offers the 
Ph.D. degree with major emphasis in 
speech and language pathology, au- 
diology, speech science, or hearing 
science. Ordinarily a Master's de- 
gree is required for admission to the 
doctoral program. Advanced courses 
in statistics and research design are 
required of all doctoral candidates. 
Although no formal minor is re- 
quired, students are encouraged to 
take appropriate courses in other 
departments. The Department does 
not require proficiency in a foreign 
language. Course programs for the 
doctorate are planned by the stu- 
dent and a committee of three fac- 
ulty members. Qualifying interviews 
are scheduled for each candidate 
after completion of 12 semester 
hours in the program. Written and 
oral comprehensive examinations for 
admission to candidacy are sched- 
uled at the completion of the formal 
course program. 

In addition to the application ma- 
terials required by the Graduate 
School, the Department requires ap- 
plicants to furnish scores on the ap- 
titude portions of the Graduate 



Record Examination. Prospective ap- 
plicants should note that decisions 
on summer and fall admissions are 
made in early March, and on spring 
admissions in early October. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department's facilities include a 
biocommunications laboratory with 
an anechoic chamber, a speech sci- 
ence laboratory, electronics work- 
shop, two 2-room audiology testing 
suites, and nine therapy rooms 
equipped for observation. Additional 
research and clinical facilities are 
available in the Washington and 
Baltimore metropolitan areas. The 
Library of Congress, the National 
Library of Medicine, and the libraries 
of the various medical schools in 
the Washington-Baltimore area sup- 
plement the University's library at 
College Park. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department is able to provide 
some financial support in the form 
of teaching or clinical assistantships 
or traineeships to approximately 40 
percent of the graduate students 
enrolled. 

Additional Information 

Additional information about the 
M.A. and Ph.D. programs may be ob- 
tained by writing to the Chairman, 
Department of Hearing and Speech 
Sciences. 

Courses 

HESP 400 Speech and Language Devel- 
opment of Children. (3) Prerequisite, 
HESP 202. Analysis of normal processes 
of speech and language development in 
children. 

HESP 401 Survey of Speech Disorders. 

(3) Communication disorders in school 
children. May not be used by majors in 
hearing and speech sciences to satisfy 
major or supporting course requirements. 

HESP 403 Introduction to Phonetic 
Science. (3) Prerequisites, HESP 202 and 
PHYS 102. Phonetic transcription and 
phonetic principles. Acoustical and per- 
ceptual phonetics. 

HESP 404 Speech Pathology II. (3) 

Prerequisite, HESP 302, 305. Etiology and 
therapeutic management of cleft palate 
and stuttering. 

HESP 406 Speech Pathology III. (3) Pre- 
requisite, HESP 302, 305. Etiology and 
therapeutic management of aphasia and 
delayed language. 

HESP 408 Clinical Practice. (3) Prerequi- 
sites, completion of the 21 hours of 
specified courses for the major, HESP 
404 or HESP 406, and permission of the 
clinical staff. Observation and participa- 
tion in the speech and hearing clinic. Re- 
peatable to a maximum of six credits, 
but only three credits may apply toward 



satisfaction of the major course require- 
ment in hearing and speech sciences. 

HESP 410 Principles and Methods in 
Speech Therapy. (3) Prerequisite, HESP 
404 or 406. Comparative methods in the 
clinical management of speech 
problems. 

HESP 411 Introduction to Audiology. (3) 

Prerequisites, HESP 202 and PHYS 102. 
Anatomy and physiology of hearing, in- 
troduction to measurement and to reha- 
bilitation of the hearing-handicapped. 

HESP 412 Rehabilitation of the Hearing 
Handicapped. (3) Prerequisite, HESP 411. 
Speech reading, auditory training, and 
speech training for hard-of-hearing 
children and adults. 

HESP 414 Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. Individual projects 
in phonetic science, speech pathology, 
and audiology. 

HESP 499 Independent Study. (1-3) Pre- 
requisite, departmental approval. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 604 Acoustical and Perceptual 
Phonetics. (3) Laboratory techniques in 
analysis of the acoustical and perceptual 
characteristics of the speech signal. 

HESP 606 Basic Hearing Measurements. 

(3) Prerequisite, HESP 411 or equivalent. 
Administration and interpretation of hear- 
ing tests by pure tones and by speech; 
screening and clinical test procedures. 

HESP 610 Aphasia. (3) Language prob- 
lems of adults associated with brain 
injury. 

HESP 612 Stuttering. (3) 

HESP 614 Orofacial Anomalies. (3) 

HESP 616 Language Disorders of Chil- 
dren. (3) 

HESP 620 Articulation Disorders. (3) 

HESP 622 Neuromotor Disorders of 
Speech. (3) 

HESP 624 Voice Disorders. (3) 

HESP 626 Language Disorders and 
Learning Disabilities. (3) Language 
disorders in children: pre-school through 
adolescence. Effects of oral language 
disabilities on social and emotional de- 
velopment and learning of academic 
skills, including implications for assess- 
ment and remediation. 

HESP 630 Electrophysiological Measure- 
ments. (3) Prerequisite, HESP 606 or per- 
mission of instructor. Principles and 
techniques of impedance/admittance and 
electronystagmographic testing. 

HESP 634 Medical Aspects of Speech 
and Hearing Disorders. (1-3) Lectures by 
physicians on embryological, anatomical, 
physiological, and neurological bases of 
speech and hearing disorders. 

HESP 638 Minor Research Problems. 

(1-3) Special projects in hearing and 
speech science. Repeatable for a max- 
imum of 6 credits. 



130 / Graduate Programs 



HESP 639 Special Topics in Hearing and 
Speech Sciences. (1-3) Prerequisite, de- 
partmental permission. Intensive cover- 
age of selected topics of current in- 
terest. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 
credits when content differs. 

HESP 640 Advanced Principles of Hear- 
ing and Speech Therapy. (3) Analysis of 
the clinical process with emphasis on 
the application of learning theory to 
treatment of speech disorders. 

HESP 648 Clinical Practice in Speech. 
(1-3) Prerequisite, permission of instruc- 
tor. Supervised training in the application 
of clinical methods in the diagnosis and 
treatment of speech disorders. Repeat- 
able for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 649 Clinical Practice in Audiology. 
(1-3) Prerequisite, permission of instruc- 
tor. Supervised training in the application 
of clinical methods in the diagnosis and 
treatment of hearing disorders. Repeat- 
able for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 700 Hearing-Aid Characteristics 
and Performance. (3) Electroacoustic 
characteristics of hearing aids. Methods 
of hearing-aid evaluation and selection. 

HESP 702 Diagnostic Procedures in 
Speech Pathology. (3) Diagnostic tools 
and methods in the analysis of various 
types of speech disorders. Practicum 
required. 

HESP 704 Physiological Phonetics. (3) 

Prerequisite, HESP 604. Laboratory tech- 
niques in the study of the speech 
mechanism. 

HESP 706 Advanced Clinical Audiology. 

(3) Prerequisite, HESP 606 or equivalent. 
Techniques for evaluation of children 
and adults presenting special diagnostic 
problems. 

HESP 708 Independent Study. (1-6) Pre- 
requisite, permission of instructor. In- 
dividual research projects under 
guidance of a faculty member. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 710 Industrial and Environmental 
Noise Problems. (3) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of instructor. Evaluation and control 
of noise hazards. Effects of noise on 
man. Medico-legal aspects of noise- 
induced hearing impairment. 

HESP 720 Structure and Function of the 
Hearing Mechanism. (3) Anatomy and 
physiology of the peripheral auditory and 
vestivular systems and pathologies of 
the peripheral hearing mechanism. 

HESP 722 Experimental Audiology. (3) 

Experimental techniques in the investiga- 
tion of problems in audiology. 

HESP 724 Quantitative Methods in Hear- 
ing and Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite, 
a course in basic statistics. Analysis of 
current procedures used in quantifying 
phenomena observed in hearing and 
speech science. 

HESP 728 Advanced Clinical Practice in 
Speech. (1-8) Prerequisite, HESP 648 and 
permission of instructor. Clinical intern- 



ship in selected off-campus facilities. Re- 
peatable to a maximum of 8 credits. 

HESP 729 Advanced Clinical Practice in 
Audiology. (1-8) Prerequisite, HESP 649 
and permission of instructor. Clinical in- 
ternship in selected off-campus facilities. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 8 credits. 

HESP 799 Master's Thesis Research. 

(1-6) 

HESP 804 Instrumental Phonetics. (3) 

Prerequisites, HESP 604 and 704 or per- 
mission of instructor. Instrumental tech- 
niques in phonetic science. 

HESP 806 Administration of Hearing and 
Speech Programs. (3) Problems of staff- 
ing, budgeting, and operating training 
and clinical service programs. 

HESP 810 Experimental Design in Hear- 
ing and Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite, 
HESP 724 or permission of instructor. 
Design and evaluation of research proj- 
ects. Preparation for undertaking the 
doctoral dissertation. 

HESP 820 Bioacoustics. (3) Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. Functioning of 
the hearing mechanism in animals and 
humans. Laboratory research methods. 

HESP 822 Psychoacoustics. (3) Prerequi- 
site, permission of instructor. Study of 
human response to acoustic stimulation. 

HESP 826 Neurophysiology of Hearing. 

(3) Processing of stimuli by the auditory 
nervous system. 

HESP 848 Seminar in Audiology. (3) Pre- 
requisite, permission of instructor. Re- 
peatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 858 Seminar in Speech Pathology. 

(3) Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 868 Seminar in Speech Science. (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 878 Seminar in Language Disor- 
ders. (3) Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits. 

HESP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Re- 
search. (1-8) 



History Program 

Professor and Chairman: Evans 

Professors: Belz, Brush 1 , Callcott, 
Cockburn, Cole, Duffy, Foust, Gilbert, 
Gordon, Haber, Harlan, Jashemski, 
Kent, Merrill, A. Olson, Prange, 
Rundell, E. Smith, Sparks, Yaney 

Associate Professors: Breslow, Farrell 2 , 
Flack, Folsom, Hoffman, Giffin, Green- 
berg, Grimsted, Kaufman, Matossian, 
Mayo, K. Olson, Stowasser, Warren, 
Wright 

Assistant Professors: Bradbury. Darden 3 , 
Harris, Holum, Lampe, Majeska, 
McCluster, Nicklason, Perinbam, Ridg- 
way, Ruderman, H. Smith, Spiegel, 
Williams 



'joint appointment with Institute for 

Fluid Dynamics and Applied 

Mathematics 
! joint appointment with Secondary 

Education 

'joint appointment with Philosophy 
The Department of History offers 
programs leading to the degrees of 
Master of Arts and Doctor of Phi- 
losophy. Areas of specialization in- 
clude: United States, Ancient, Med- 
ieval, Early Modern European, 
Modern European, British, Russian, 
Latin American, African*, Middle 
Eastern*, East Asian, Diplomatic, 
Science, and Women's History*. 
'Asterisked fields at M.A. level only. 
Admission and Degree Information 
The Master of Arts degree serves 
both as a firm grounding in a field 
of history for teaching purposes and 
as preparation for the expeditious 
pursuit of the doctorate. In addition 
to general Graduate School require- 
ments, the aptitude parts of the 
GRE are required; it should be noted 
that an undergraduate major in his- 
tory is not as such required for ad- 
mission. Of the thirty credit hours 
required for the degree, six are in 
M.A. thesis research courses (HIST 
799), fifteen are normally in the ma- 
jor field of history and nine in a mi- 
nor (which may be taken within or 
outside of the Department).The his- 
toriography course (HIST 600 or 
HIST 601) is required and may be 
used as a part of the major or minor; 
two 800-level research-writing sem- 
inars are required. Fifteen credit 
hours at the level of 600 or above 
are required in addition to the thesis 
research courses. 

A written examination, which is 
based in large part on a list of 
books pertaining to the thesis and 
its field submitted by the student 
and approved by the advisory com- 
mittee, is required upon completion 
of the coursework. There will also 
be a final oral examination which 
will be confined to the thesis and 
the field in which it lies. 

Admission to the doctoral pro- 
gram will be decided by the 
student's M.A. examining committee 
on the basis of the student's written 
and oral examinations, thesis, and 
record of achievements in 
coursework. 

The M.A. degree in history is nor- 
mally required for admission to the 
doctoral program, but it does not 
guarantee admission. Students with 
M.A. degrees awarded at other insti- 
tutions will be asked to submit sub- 
stantial evidence of their written 
work and will normally be expected 
to have completed the equivalent of 

Graduate Programs / 131 



the work required of Maryland M.A. 
students. Every student must pass a 
written examination on his major 
field normally within eighteen 
months of entry into the doctoral 
program; this examination will test a 
broad, intelligent, and informed 
handling of the major historical 
problems and literature of that field. 
A secondary or minor field of study, 
supportive of the major, is required 
of all doctoral students; it may be 
taken within or outside of the De- 
partment. The minor requirement 
may be fulfilled by taking a certain 
combination of courses, or by pass- 
ing a general written examination in 
the appropriate field of study, or, 
with approval of the Department's 
Graduate Committee, by having 
done an M.A. major field in history 
substantially different from the Ph.D. 
major field. 

An oral examination on the stu- 
dent's dissertation prospectus and a 
bibliography on the dissertation field 
is required. The dissertation is to be 
understood as constituting the larg- 
est single portion of the doctoral 
program: it is expected to be a dis- 
tinct contribution to historical 
knowledge and/or interpretation. 

All doctoral students must show a 
reading competence in one foreign 
language; the language examination 
must be passed before the student 
takes the written examination in the 
major field. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the field concentra- 
tions described above, the Depart- 
ment of History offers several forms 
of specialized training. In the field of 
historical editing the Department 
has introduced a successful intern- 
ship course in archival work, in con- 
junction with the National Archives. 
Since 1970 the Department has 
sponsored a journal of history, The 
Maryland Historian, which features 
scholarly articles and reviews and 
which provides practical experience 
for graduate students in the produc- 
tion of a journal. The journal was 
founded and is managed and pro- 
duced by graduate students in the 
Department of History. The Depart- 
ment also sponsors three major 
editorial projects: the Booker T. 
Washington Papers; the Samuel 
Gompers Papers; and the Freedmen 
in Southern Society Papers. A 
number of History Department grad- 
uate students have gained valuable 
research and editing experience on 
these projects, which also receive 
support from the National Historical 
Publications and Records Commis- 

132 / Graduate Programs 



sion and the National Endowment 
for the Humanities. In conjunction 
with the Department of Philosophy, 
the Department of History offers a 
special program of study in the his- 
tory and philosophy of science. This 
program, administered by a joint 
committee comprising members of 
both departmental faculties, offers 
undergraduate and graduate 
courses, sponsors lectures, issues a 
newsletter, and holds colloquia. 
Along with several other universities, 
the Department of History sponsors 
and participates in the Folger In- 
stitute of Renaissance and 
Eighteenth-Century Studies. The In- 
stitute offers seminars for graduate 
students and faculty, workshops, 
conferences, colloquia, and lectures. 
The Institute awards fellowships to 
graduate students, and several of 
these awards have gone to doctoral 
candidates from the University of 
Maryland History Department. Still 
another project supported by the De- 
partment of History is the Pompeii 
excavations under the direction of 
Professor Wilhelmina Jashemski. 
This project, which is funded in part 
by the National Endowment for the 
Humanities, has furnished subjects 
for theses and dissertations for 
graduate students in Ancient History 
who have worked en it. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department of History offers fi- 
nancial assistance principally in the 
form of teaching assistantships to 
outstanding graduate students. 
These positions, which vary in num- 
ber according to the availability of 
funds and of which there were 54 in 
the academic year 1977-78, are 
awarded to advanced students work- 
ing toward the Ph.D. or M.A. degree. 
Appointment as a teaching assistant 
provides students an opportunity to 
work closely with faculty members 
in the teaching of undergraduate 
survey courses in history. 
Additional Information 
Complete descriptions of programs 
and requirements may be obtained 
from the History Department. 

Courses 

HIST 400 Independent Study. (1-6) Pre- 
requisite, departmental approval of re- 
search project and consent of the de- 
partment. Available to all students who 
wish to pursue a specific research topic. 

HIST 401 The Scientific Revolution — 
From Copernicus to Newton. (3) Major 
events in the history of physical science 
during the 16th and 17th centuries and 
their relation to philosophy, religion and 
society in western Europe. The attack on 
ancient and medieval scientific theories; 



the transition from geocentric to helio- 
centric astronomy; discoveries of Kepler, 
Galileo and Newton; and the establish- 
ment of the 'mechanical philosophy' that 
dominated early modern science. 

HIST 402 The Development of Modern 
Physical Science — From Newton to 
Einstein. (3) The history of physics in the 
18th and 19th centuries, including some 
of its connections with mathematics, 
technology, chemistry and planetary 
science. Emphasis on internal technical 
developments in physical theory, with 
some discussion of experimental, phi- 
losophical and sociological aspects. This 
is the second part of a three-semester 
sequence (HIST 401, HIST 402, PHYS 
490); each part may be taken in- 
dependently of the others. For HIST 402 
the prerequisites are MATH 110 and 
PHYS 112 or 117, or equivalent compe- 
tence in mathematics and physics. 
HIST 404 History of Modern Biology. (3) 
The internal development of biology in 
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, 
including evolution, cell theory, heredity 
and development, spontaneous genera- 
tion, and mechanism — vitalism con- 
troversies. The philosophical aspects of 
the development of scientific knowledge 
and the interaction of biology with 
chemistry and physics. 

HIST 407 History of Technology. (3) A 

survey course designed for junior, senior 
and graduate students with a solid base 
in either engineering or history; it will 
cover the time span from Greek Antiqui- 
ty to the first World War. Technology will 
be studied as a cultural force controlled 
by laws of its own and operating within 
a distinctive conceptual framework. The 
course will concentrate on the changing 
character of technology in history and on 
the interactions between technology and 
other cultural forces such as science, 
philosophy, art, material culture, and the 
economy. 

HIST 408 Selected Topics in Women's 
History. (3) In-depth study of selected 
topics on women in American society in- 
cluding such areas as women and the 
law, women and politics, the 'feminine 
mystique,' and the 'new feminism.' May 
be repeated to a maximum of six semes- 
ter hours. 

HIST 410 History of Early Medicine: 
From Thaumaturgy and Theurgy to the 
17th Century Theories. (3) A historical 
survey of the development of medicine 
in Europe and Asia from earliest times to 
the eighteenth century. Topic discussed 
include: primitive diseases, Egyptian, 
Chinese, Greek and Medieval medicine, 
epidemics, surgical developments, the 
physician and the development of public 
health administration. Enrollment limited 
to upper division and graduate students. 
HIST 411 History of the Emergence of 
Modern Medicine. (3) Prerequisite, junior 
standing. Development of modern medi- 
cine from the eighteenth century to the 
present with emphasis on the United 
States, including American Indian medi- 
cine, growth of medical professions, hos- 



pitals and public health facilities, 
surgery, clinical medicine, psychiatry and 
modern medical specialization. 

HIST 412 Readings in Psycho-History. (3) 
Application of psychological theories to 
the study of historical personalities and 
collective behavior survey of relevant 
personality theorists, and an evaluation 
of recent contributions. 

HIST 414 History of European Ideas I. (3) 
Review of the basic western intellectual 
traditions as a heritage from the ancient- 
world. Selected important currents of 
thought from the scientific revolution of 
the 16th and 17th centuries down to the 
end of the 18th century. 

HIST 415 History of European Ideas II. (3) 

A continuation of HIST 414 emphasizing 
19th and 20th century thought. 

HIST 416 Modem Jewish Intellectual 
History I. (3) An introduction to the major 
ideas and ideologies of the Jewish 
people form the period of the expulsion 
from Spain in 1492 until the generation 
of Moses Mendelssohn and his contem- 
poraries at the end of the eighteenth 
century. The course will emphasize the 
major intellectual developments within 
the Jewish community shaped by its en- 
counter with major cultural developments 
such as the Renaissance. Reformation 
and religious scepticism as well as by 
the constant threats to its collective 
identity and physical well-being through- 
out this entire period. 

HIST 417 Modern Jewish Intellectual 
History II. (3) An introduction to the ma- 
jor ideas and ideologies of the Jewish 
people from the end of the eighteenth 
century until the present. The course will 
consider the major intellectual responses 
to the problem of Jewish identity in the 
context of the effects of political and 
social emancipation, nationalism and so- 
cialism, secularism and cultural assim- 
ilation, as well as political anti-semitism 
and physical extermination upon the 
Jewish community. 

HIST 419 Special Topics in History. (3) 

May be repeated to a maximum of nine 
hours. 

HIST 420 Ancient Greece. (3) Greek 
history and culture from the bronze age 
to 200 B.C. Concentration of the life and 
institutions of the city-state, poetry and 
society, the Peloponnesian War. and 
Alexander the Great. 

HIST 421 History of Rome. (3) Roman 
history from the foundation of the city to 
the time of Constantine the Great, con- 
centrating on imperialism, the crisis of 
the republic, Augustus and the organiza- 
tion of monarchy, and city life during the 
principate. (Students who have received 
credit for HIFN 410 not admitted.) 

HIST 422 Byzantine Empire I. (3) The 

eastern Roman empire from Constantine 
the Great to the crisis of the ninth cen- 
tury. The development of the late Roman 
state into medieval Christian Byzantine 
empire and the evolution of a distinctive 
Byzantine culture. 



HIST 423 Byzantine Empire II. (3) The 
Byzantine empire from the Macedonian 
Renaissance to the conquest of Constan- 
tinople by the Turks in 1453: the Byzan- 
tine empire at its height, the Crusades. 
Byzantium as a minor power, and its 
contributions to the Renaissance and the 
cultures of Russia and the Balkans. 

HIST 424 History of Russia to 1801. (3) A 
history of Russia from earliest times to 
1917. 

HIST 425 History of Russia from 
1801-1917. (3) A history of Russia from 
earliest times to 1917. 

HIST 426 The History of Spain and Por- 
tugal to 1700. (3) A survey of the ancient, 
medieval, and early modern history of 
the Iberian peninsula with attention to 
Spanish and Portuguese expansion over- 
seas and the role of Spain in Europe 
under the Hapsburg Kings. 

HIST 427 The History of Spain and Por- 
tugal Since 1700. (3) The social, political 
and cultural devlopment of modern Spain 
and Portugal, emphasizing the decline of 
the monarchies. Napoleonic intervention, 
the loss of the main part of the overseas 
empires, civil strife, and the rise of 
strong-man government. 

HIST 430 Tudor England. (3) An examina- 
tion of the political, religious and social 
forces in English life. 1485-1603. with 
special emphasis on Tudor government, 
the English reformation and the Eliza- 
bethan era. 

HIST 431 Stuart England. (3) An examina- 
tion of the political, religious and social 
forces in English life. 1603-1714, with 
special emphasis on puritanism and the 
English revolutions. 

HIST 432 Britain in the 18th Century. (3) 

Developments in Great Britain from the 
revolution of 1688 to the end of the 
Napoleonic wars. 

HIST 433 Modem Britain. (3) A survey of 
British history from the age of the 
French Revolution to World War I with 
emphasis upon such subjects as 
Britain's role in the world, the democrat- 
ization of the state, the problems arising 
from industrialism and urbanism, and 
Irish and imperial problems. 

HIST 434 Constitutional History of Great 
Britain I. (3) Constitutional development 
in England, with emphasis on the history 
of the royal prerogative, the growth of 
the common law. the development of 
parliament, and the emergence of sys- 
tematized government. First semester, to 
1485. 

HIST 435 Constitutional History of Great 
Britain II. (3) Constitutional development 
in England, with emphasis on the history 
of the royal prerogative, the growth of 
the common law. the development of 
parliament, and the emergence of sys- 
tematized government. Second semester, 
since 1485. 

HIST 436 History of the British Empire. 

(3) An analysis of the development of the 



British empire since the American Rev- 
olution. Particular emphasis is given to 
the problems of responsible self-govern- 
ment, the evolution of the British Empire 
into a commonwealth of nations and the 
problems of the dependent empire. 
Recommended prerequisites. HIST 112. 
113. 141. or 254. 

HIST 437 Modem France from Napoleon 
to DeGaulle. (3) The changing political 
and cultural values of French society in 
response to recurrent crises throughout 
the 19th and 20th centuries. Students 
should have had some previous survey 
of either western civilization or European 
history. 

HIST 440 Germany in the Nineteenth 
Century, 1815-1914. (3) The development 
of modern Germany and the rise of na- 
tional socialism. 

HIST 441 Germany in the Twentieth Cen- 
tury, 1914-1945. (3) Germany's aims and 
policies during World War I, its condition 
and policies in the inter-war period, the 
rise of national socialism, and Germany's 
part in World War II. 

HIST 442 The Soviet Union. (3) A history 
of Soviet Russia and the Soviet Union 
from 1917 to the present. Stress on the 
relationship between Marxist theory and 
practice, and the development of 
peculiarly socialist institutions and 
practices. 

HIST 443 Modem Balkan History. (3) A 
political, socio-economic, and cultural 
history of Yugoslav. Bulgaria. Romania, 
Greece, and Albania from the breakdown 
of Ottoman domination to the present. 
Emphasis is on movements for national 
liberation during the nineteenth century 
and on approaches to modernization in 
ihe twentieth century. 

HIST 444 Nineteenth Century European 
Diplomatic History. (3) The development 
and execution of European diplomacy 
from the Congress of Vienna to the out- 
break of World War I. concentrating on 
central and western Europe. 

HIST 445 Twentieth Century European 
Diplomatic History. (3) The development 
and execution of European diplomacy 
from the outbreak of World War I to the 
conclusion of World War II. concen- 
trating on central and western Europe. 

HIST 446 European Economic History to 
1750. (3) Economic development of Eu- 
rope from the manorial economy of med- 
ieval feudalism through the emergence 
of capitalist institutions and overseas 
empires to the advent of the industrial 
revolution. 

HIST 447 European Economic History 
Since 1750. (3) The mainsprings of the in- 
dustrial revolution first in 18th century 
England and then across the rest of 
Europe during the 19th and 20th cen- 
turies. Emphasis on the English, French. 
German. Austro-Hungarian and Russian 
experiences with private capitalism and 
public policy, including facism and com- 
munism. Social consequences of in- 

Graduate Programs / 133 



dustrial development such as urbaniza- 
tion and the rise of labor movements. 

HIST 450 Economic History of the United 
States to 1865. (3) The development of 
the American economy from Columbus 
through the Civil War. 

HIST 451 Economic History of the United 
States after 1865. (3) The development of 
the American economy from the Civil 
War to the present. 

HIST 452 Diplomatic History of the 
United States to 1898. (3) American 
foreign relations from the beginning of 
the American Revolution in 1775 through 
the Spanish-American War of 1898, in- 
cluding both international developments 
and domestic influences that contributed 
to American expansion in world affairs, 
and analyses of significant individuals 
active in American diplomacy and foreign 
policy. 

HIST 453 Diplomatic History of the 
United States Since 1898. (3) American 
foreign relations in the twentieth century 
during the age of imperialism. World War 
I, the Great Depression, World War II, 
and the cold war. A continuation of HIUS 
422. 

HIST 454 Constitutional History of the 
United States — From Colonial Origins 
to 1860. (3) The interaction of govern- 
ment, law, and politics in the constitu- 
tional system. The nature and purpose of 
constitutions and constitutionalism; the 
relationship between the constitution 
and social forces and influences, the 
way in which constitutional principles, 
rules, ideas, and institutions affect 
events and are in turn affected by 
events. The origins of American politics 
and constitutionalism through the con- 
stitutional convention of 1787. Major con- 
stitutional problems such as the origins 
of judicial review, democratization of 
government, slavery in the territories and 
political system as a whole. 

HIST 455 Constitutional History of the 
United States — Since 1860. (3) 

American public law and government, 
with emphasis on the interaction of 
government, law, and politics. Emphasis 
on the political-constitutional system as 
awhole, rather than simply the develop- 
ment of constitutional law by the 
Supreme Court. Major crises in American 
government and politics such as civil 
war, reconstruction, the 1890's, the new 
deal era, the civil disorders of the 1960's. 

HIST 456 History of Ideas in America to 
1865. (3) The ideas, conflicts, myths, and 
realities that shaped American character 
and society from the first settlements to 
the Civil War. 

HIST 457 History of Ideas in America 
Since 1865. (3) A continuation of HIUS 
424. 

HIST 459 Society in America — 
Historical Topics. (3) A consideration of 
selected aspects of American society 
from colonial times to the present. 
Special emphasis on regionalism, im- 



migration, nativism, minorities, urbaniza- 
tion, and social responses to 
technological changes. May be repeated 
to a maximum of six credits if topics are 
different. 

HIST 460 A Cultural and Social History 
of the American Worker. (3) Examines 
the free American working class in terms 
of its composition; its myths and 
Utopias; its social conditions; and its im- 
pact on American institutions. 

HIST 461 Blacks in American Life; 1865 
to Present. (3) The role of the black in 
America since slavery, with emphasis on 
twentieth century developments; the 
migration from farm to city; the growth 
of the civil rights movement; the race 
question as a national problem. 

HIST 463 History of the Old South. (3) 

The golden age of the Chesapeake, the 
institution of slavery, the frontier south, 
the Antebellum Plantation Society, the 
development of regional identity and the 
experiment in independence. 

HIST 464 History of the New South. (3) 

The experience of defeat, the restructur- 
ing of southern society, the impact of in- 
dustrialization and the modern racial 
adjustment. 

HIST 465 History of the American Fron- 
tier — The Trans-Allegheny West. (3) Ma- 
jor historical interpretation of the 
significance to the period of the Trans- 
Allegheny west. Assesses the impact of 
the frontier experience on American 
history. Equal attention is given to 
political, economic, social and cultural 
problems associated with the develop- 
ment of the west. Indian culture, treat- 
ment of the Indians, and Indian-white 
relations are integrated into the course 
through readings and lectures. 
HIST 466 History of the American Fron- 
tier — The Trans-Mississippi West. (3) 
Exploration, settlement and development 
of the Trans-Mississippi west. Assesses 
the impact of the frontier experience on 
American history. Equal attention is 
given to political, economic, social and 
cultural problems associated with the 
development of the west. Indian culture, 
treatment of the Indians, and Indian- 
white relations are integrated into the 
course through readings and lectures. 

HIST 467 History of Maryland. (3) 

Political, social and economic history of 
Maryland from seventeenth century to 
the present. 

HIST 470 Diplomatic History of Latin 
America. (3) A survey of the political, 
economic and cultural relations of the 
Latin American nations with emphasis 
on their relations with the United States 
and the development of the inter- 
American system. 

HIST 471 History of Brazil. (3) The history 
of Brazil with emphasis on the national 
period. 

HIST 472 History of the Argentine 
Republic. (3) Concentration upon the re- 
cent history of Argentina with emphasis 



upon the social and economic develop- 
ment of a third world nation. 

HIST 474 History of Mexico and the 
Caribbean I. (3) History of Mexico, Cen- 
tral America and the Antilles, beginning 
with the pre-Spanish Indian cultures and 
continuing through European contact, 
conquest, and colonial dominance, down 
to the beginning of the Mexican war for 
independence in 1810. 

HIST 475 History of Mexico and the 
Caribbean II. (3) A continuation of HIFN 
406 with emphasis on the political 
development of the Mexican nation. 

HIST 476 History of Canada. (3) Prereq- 
uisites, HIST 241, 242, or 253, 254. A 
history of Canada, with special emphasis 
on the nineteenth century and upon 
Canadian relations with Great Britain and 
the United States. 

HIST 480. History of Traditional China. (3) 

China from earliest times to 1644 A.D. 
Emphasis on the development of tradi- 
tional Chinese culture, society, and 
government. 

HIST 481 A History of Modern China. (3) 

Modern China from 1644 to the People's 
Republic of China. Emphasis on the 
coming of the west to China and the 
various stages of the Chinese reaction. 

HIST 482 History of Japan to 1800. (3) 

Traditional Japanese civilization from the 
age of Shinto mythology and introduc- 
tion of continental learning down to the 
rule of military families, the transition to 
a money economy, and the creation of a 
townsmen's culture. A survey of political, 
economic, religious, and cultural history. 

HIST 483 History of Japan Since 1800. (3) 

Japan's renewed contact with the 
western world and emergence as a 
modern state, industrial society, and 
world power, 1800-1931; and Japan's 
road to war. occupation, and recovery. 
1931 to the present. 

HIST 485 History of Chinese Com- 
munism. (3) An analysis of the various 
factors in modern Chinese history that 
led to the victory of the Chinese Com- 
munist party in 1949 and of the subse- 
quent course of events of the People's 
Republic of China, from ca. 1919 to the 
present. 

HIST 491 History of the Ottoman Empire. 

(3) Survey of the Ottoman Turkish empire 
from 1300 A.D. to its collapse during 
World War I. Emphasis on the empire's 
social and political institutions and its 
expansion into Europe, the Arab East 
and North Africa. 

HIST 492 The Contemporary Middle East. 

(3) This course covers the break-up of 
the Ottoman empire and the emergence 
of contemporary states of the area. 

HIST 495 Twentieth Century Algeria. (3) A 

brief survey of the history of Algeria and 
an mdepth study of twentieth century 
events leading up to and including the 
war of liberation and Algerian inde- 
pendence. Reading knowledge of French 
desirable. 



134 / Graduate Programs 



HIST 496 A History of West Africa. (3) 

West Africa from approximately 4500 
B.C. to the colonial era. The development 
of agricultural and technological achieve- 
ments, which made it possible for West 
African civilizations to emerge and en- 
dure and the development of the 
medieval and early modern state 
systems. The structure of West African 
societies, the people and their cultural 
history. 

HIST 497 Economic History of West 
Africa. (3) The economic history of West 
Africa from neolithic times to the end of 
the colonial era. Reading knowledge of 
French desirable. 

HIST 600 Historiography. (3) 

HIST 601 Methods in Historical 
Research. (3) Techniques of historical 
research and writing, emphasizing arch- 
ival research, evaluation of sources, 
bibliography, and form and style in 
writing. 

HIST 605 The Teaching of History in In- 
stitutions of Higher Learning. (1) 

HIST 608 Occupational Internship. (1-6). 

Prerequisite, permission of department 
chairman. Individually arranged internship 
tailored to individual student needs with 
a cooperating public or private agency in 
the metropolitan, Washington/Baltimore 
area. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 
hours. 

HIST 609 Readings in the History of 
Medicine and Modern Science. (3) 

HIST 618 Readings in the History of 
Women. (3) 

HIST 619 Special Topics in History. (3) 

HIST 628 Readings in Colonial American 
History. (3) 

HIST 629 Readings in the American 
Revolution and the Formative Period. (3) 

HIST 638 Readings in the Middle Period 
and Civil War. (3) 

HIST 639 Readings in Reconstruction 
and the New Nation. (3) 

HIST 648 Readings in Recent American 
History. (3) 

HIST 658 Readings in American Constitu- 
tional History. (3) 

HIST 659 Readings in American Intellec- 
tual History. (3) 

HIST 668 Readings in American Social 
History. (3) 

HIST 669 Readings in the Economic 
History of the United States. (3) An ex- 
amination of the major issues in the 
history of the economy of the United 
States from the 17th century to the pres- 
ent, as these have been discussed by 
the more important economic historians. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 

HIST 678 Readings in American Labor 
History. (3) Social and cultural history of 
the American working class with special 
attention to communities based on 



ethnicity, race, sex, residence and 
ideology; history of the labor movement; 
selected comparisons with working-class 
communities of other countries. 

HIST 679 Readings in the History of 
American Foreign Policy. (3) 

HIST 689 Readings in Southern History. 
(3) 

HIST 698 Readings in the History of the 
American Frontier. (3) The American fron- 
tier experience 1763-1890. Equal em- 
phasis on the Trans-Appalachian and 
Trans-Mississippi west. Repeatable to a 
maximum of 6 credits. 

HIST 718 Readings in Medieval History. 
(3) 

HIST 719 Readings in the History of the 
Renaissance and Reformation. (3) 

HIST 728 Readings in Early Modern Euro- 
pean History. (3) 

HIST 729 Readings in Modern European 
History. (3) Reading knowledge of some 
European language recommended but 
not required. 

HIST 739 Readings in the History of 
Great Britain and the British-Empire 
Commonwealth. (3) 

HIST 748 Readings in Modern French 
History. (3) 

HIST 749 Readings in German History, 
1815 to the Present. (3) Reading knowl- 
edge of German is encouraged, but not 
required. May be repeated for a max- 
imum of nine semester hours. 

HIST 758 Readings in Eastern European 
History. (3) Selected topics in the history 
of the Habsburg monarchy and the suc- 
cessor states, Poland and the Balkans. 
Emphasis on the rise of nationalism dur- 
ing the 19th century and the experience 
with fascism and communism in the 
20th century. 

HIST 759 Readings in Russian History. 
(3) 

HIST 768 Readings in Chinese History. 
(3) 

HIST 769 Readings in Japanese History. 
(3) 

HIST 778 Readings in Latin American 
History. (3) 

HIST 779 Readings in Middle Eastern 
History. (3) 

HIST 788 Readings in European Eco- 
nomic and Labor History. (3) Selected 
topics in European economic history 
from 1648 to the second world war. At- 
tention to the mainsprings of in- 
dustrialization, the economic conse- 
quences of war and revolution, and the 
variety of European labor movements. An 
introduction to the use of quantitative 
methods is provided. 
HIST 789 Readings in Modern European 
Intellectual History. (3) 

HIST 798 Readings in Jewish History. (3) 

Readings on selected topics in Jewish 



history. Emphasis on analysis of primary 
sources. Reading knowledge of Hebrew 
recommended. May be repeated to a 
maximum of 6 credits. 

HIST 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

HIST 808 Seminar in the History of 
Medicine and Modern Science. (3) Prereq- 
uisite, HIST 708 or consent of instructor. 

HIST 809 Seminar in the History of 
Women. (3) 

HIST 818 Seminar in Historical Editing. 

(3) An apprenticeship in the editing of 
documentary sources and scholarly arti- 
cles for publication. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six hours. 

HIST 820 Seminar in Chinese History. (3) 

HIST 821 Seminar in Japanese History. 
(3) 

HIST 828 Seminar in Middle Eastern 
History. (3) 

HIST 829 Seminar in Latin American 
History. (3) 

HIST 839 Seminar in Medieval and Early 
Modern European History. (3) 

HIST 840 Seminar in Greek History. (3) 

HIST 841 Seminar in Roman History. (3) 

HIST 844 Seminar in the History of the 
Rennaisance and Reformation. (3) 

HIST 848 Seminar in Modern European 
History. (3) 

HIST 849 Seminar in Russian History. (3) 

HIST 850 Seminar in East European 
History. (3) Research papers on the 
history of the lands which are now 
Austria, Hungary, Czechoslovakia, Poland 
and the Balkan States, from the 18th 
century to the present. 

HIST 851 Seminar in German History. (3) 

Prerequisite HIFN 798, or consent of in- 
structor. Reading knowledge of German 
is required. May be repeated to a max- 
imum of six semester hours. 

HIST 852 Seminar in Modern French 
History. (3) 

HIST 853 Seminar in Nineteenth Century 
Europe. (3) 

HIST 854 Seminar in 20th Century Euro- 
pean History. (3) Seminar in 20th Euro- 
pean history, 1914 to present. Prereq- 
uisite, HIFN 758, or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

HIST 855 Seminar in Modern European 
Intellectual History. (3) 

HIST 856 Seminar in Modern European 
Diplomatic History. (3) Prerequisite, 
reading ability of either French or Ger- 
man; a course in modern European his- 
tory. May be repeated for a maximum of 
nine semester hours. 

HIST 857 Seminar in the Social and 
Cultural History of Europe. (3) Research 
methods for multi-generational family 
history, the comparative study of folk 
cultures, and the study of creative 



Graduate Programs / 135 



minorities. Includes a general intro- 
duction to research in European society 
and culture. 

HIST 858 Seminar in the History of Great 
Britain and the British Empire- 
Commonwealth. (3) 

HIST 859 Seminar in History of Modern 
Wars. (3) 

HIST 860 Seminar in Tudor and Stuart 
England. (3) 

HIST 861 Seminar in English Law and 
Government, 1550-1760. (3) Prerequisites, 
one of the following courses; HIFN 423, 
434, 435, 436 or consent of instructor. 
From the accession of Elizabeth I to the 
death of George II. 

HIST 878 Seminar in Colonial American 
History. (3) 

HIST 879 Seminar in the American 
Revolution and Formative Period. (3) 

HIST 880 Seminar in Southern History. 
(3) 

HIST 881 Seminar in American Frontier 
History. (3) A research-writing seminar 
dealing with selected topics related to 
the American frontier, especially the 
Trans-Appalachian and Trans-Mississippi 
west, 1774 to the 20th century. Repeat- 
able to a maximum of six semester 
hours. 

HIST 882 Seminar in the History of 
Maryland. (3) 

HIST 888 Seminar in the Middle Period 
and Civil War. (3) 

HIST 889 Seminar in Reconstruction and 
the New Nation. (3) 

HIST 890 Seminar in American Intellec- 
tual History. (3) 

HIST 892 Seminar in American Social 
History. (3) 

HIST 893 Seminar in the Economic 
History of the United States. (3) A 

research-writing seminar dealing with 
selected topics in American economic 
development from the colonial period to 
the present. Repeatable to a maximum 
of six semester hours. 

HIST 894 Seminar in American Labor 
History. (3) Advanced research and 
writing on selected topics in the history 
of American workers, their conditions, 
communities, organizations and ideas. 

HIST 895 Seminar in American Constitu- 
tional History. (3) 

HIST 896 Seminar in the History of 
American Foreign Policy. (3) 

HIST 898 Seminar in Recent American 
History. (3) 

HIST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
d-8) 



Concentration in the 
History and Philosophy of 
Science 



The Committee on the History and 
Philosophy of Science supervises 
graduate study leading to the M.A. 
and Ph.D. degrees in History or Phi- 
losophy. Courses are offered in a 
wide range of subjects in the history 
and philosophy of science, medi- 
cine, and technology, and research 
facilities are available on the College 
Park campus and in the Washington 
area. For advanced research the em- 
phasis is on the history and philos- 
ophy of physical and biological 
science in the 19th and 20th cen- 
turies; history of the philosophy of 
science and scientific ideas; genet- 
ics, computer science, geophysics 
and astronomy; scientific institu- 
tions, medicine and public health in 
the United States. Integration of his- 
torical and philosophical interpreta- 
tions of science is stressed in both 
teaching and research. 

Students should apply for admis- 
sion to either the History Depart- 
ment or the Philosophy Department, 
indicating History and Philosophy of 
Science as the field of specializa- 
tion. Since people with diverse back- 
grounds can be successful in this 
field, there are no rigid requirements 
for admission; the quality of a stu- 
dent's work in science, history, and 
philosophy, as demonstrated not 
only by grades and test scores but 
also by papers and independent 
projects, is more important than the 
numbers of credit hours in these 
subjects. But prospective students 
should also be warned that the min- 
imum requirement for doing re- 
search in the history and philosophy 
of science covers substantially more 
areas than normally expected of 
Ph.D.'s in any one of the traditional 
fields of history or philosophy or a 
science; it includes training in a 
science equivalent to a B.S. (pref- 
erably M.S.) degree, proficiency in 
both oral and written expression, 
and ability to read at least one for- 
eign language (preferably both 
French and German). 

The Committee also encourages 
applications from students who do 
not intend to obtain a Ph.D. in his- 
tory and philosophy of science but 
desire only the M.A. as preparation 
for careers in science teaching, gov- 
ernment service, technical adminis- 
tration, museum work, etc., or who 
plan to proceed to the Ph.D. in 
another field. 



A few teaching assistantships are 
available in the History and Philos- 
ophy departments for students who 
have adequate backgrounds in those 
subjects. 

Detailed information may be ob- 
tained by writing to: Chairperson, 
Committee on the History and Phi- 
losophy of Science, Skinner Build- 
ing, University of Maryland. 



Course of Directed Study 
Leading to the M.A. in 
History and the M.L.S. 

The Department of History and the 
College of Library and Information 
Services collaborate in offering 
courses that lead to the two 
master's degrees. They have under- 
taken this collaboration to meet the 
need for graduate training for archi- 
vists, manuscript curators, rare book 
librarians, and those wishing to be- 
come subject specialists in aca- 
demic, special, and/or research li- 
braries. Because of the University's 
proximity to a variety of immensely 
rich research collections, students 
are able through internships to gain 
first-hand experiences that reinforce 
their classroom instruction. 

The aim of the sequence of 
courses leading to the *wo degrees 
is to prepare students to understand 
the intellectual approach of the re- 
search scholar through historical 
training and to meet those research 
needs through the information ser- 
vices offered in CLIS. The fifty-four 
hours required for the degrees com- 
bine twenty-four hours in each com- 
ponent, plus six elective hours. The 
M.A.-M.L.S. is a non-thesis plan, but 
a student may write a thesis if he 
chooses. 

Students may apply for admission 
under the rubric HILS (History- 
Library Science) either through the 
Department of History or CLIS. Each 
has a co-ordinator who serves as an 
advisor for students. Since many of 
these courses are offered in se- 
quence, it is important for students 
to work closely with these advisors. 
The two degrees are awarded simul- 
taneously, and a student who fails 
to complete either portion of the 
program may not receive either de- 
gree. If the student subsequently 
wishes to receive only one degree, 
he must transfer from HILS either to 
the graduate program in History 
(HIST) or to the College of Library 
and Information Services (LBSC). 

A few teaching assistantships are 
available in the Department of His- 



136 / Graduate Programs 



tory and the College of Library and 
Information Services has some fel- 
lowship aid for students in the 
Course of Directed Study. These are 
awarded on a competitive basis in 
both components. 

Detailed information may be ob- 
tained by writing to the Co-ordinator, 
Advanced Studies in Archives, Man- 
uscripts, and Historical Collections, 
in either the Department of History 
or the College of Library and Infor- 
mation Services. 



Horticulture Program 

Professor and Chairman: Twigg 
Professors: Kramer, Link, Reynolds, 

Rogers, Scott (emeritus), Shanks. 

Stark, Thompson, Wiley 
Adjunct Professor: Galletta 
Associate Professors: Baker. Beste, 

Bouwkamp, Gouin, Schales 
Assistant Professors: Funt, Gould, 

Kissida, McClurg, Ng, Pitt, Solomos, 

Stiles 

The Department of Horticulture of- 
fers graduate study leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. The Master of 
Science degree is offered with both 
thesis and non-thesis options. Can- 
didates place major emphasis in the 
areas of pomology, olericulture, flori- 
culture, or ornamental horticulture. 
Within these commodity areas, stu- 
dents may direct their studies and 
research efforts to mineral nutrition, 
postharvest physiology, plant 
breeding, chemical growth regula- 
tion, water relations, plant propaga- 
tion, histochemistry, photoperiodism 
and environmental control, and other 
factors affecting production, post- 
harvest handling, and preservation of 
horticultural crops. The candidate's 
program may be directed toward a 
career in research, teaching, exten- 
sion education, or industry. The 
research activities required for the 
thesis or dissertation are normally 
carried out in conjunction with the 
research programs of the depart- 
mental staff. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students entering with a B.S. degree 
in Horticulture can normally com- 
plete all requirements for the M.S. in 
2 years on a half-time basis, 4 years 
for the Ph.D. Full-time students 
should complete the requirements in 
a shorter time. Students seeking ad- 
mission should present undergrad- 
uate preparation in horticulture, 



botany, chemistry, and supporting 
agricultural disciplines. Those with- 
out this background are advised to 
enroll as undergraduate students to 
correct these deficiencies. The 
Graduate Record Examination is not 
required. 

Students entering the doctoral 
program should have, or plan on 
completing, a Master of Science de- 
gree in Horticulture, although pre- 
sentation of the M.S. in a related 
plant science field may be 
acceptable. 

Upon admission, the student se- 
lects a faculty advisor and an ad- 
visory committee is appointed. It is 
an early function of the committee 
to work with the candidate in devel- 
oping a program of courses and 
research, to meet the goals and 
aspirations of the students. The 
Department requires no foreign 
language proficiency. A comprehen- 
sive, oral examination is given each 
candidate for the M.S.; candidates 
for the Ph.D. take an oral qualifying 
examination covering the 
dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Modern laboratory and greenhouse 
facilities are located at the College 
Park campus. Laboratory instrumen- 
tation provides for chromatography, 
spectrometry, elemental analysis, 
histology, and other procedures. A 
system for automatically monitoring 
respiratory gases and volatiles is 
available in connection with con- 
trolled atmosphere chambers. 
Controlled-temperature storages and 
growth chambers provide facilities 
for postharvest and environmental 
control studies. Greenhouse and 
plot areas are available for research 
with floricultural and ornamental 
plants. Orchards for research with 
fruits are located at the Plant Re- 
search Farm 7 miles from the cam- 
pus. Other research studies are con- 
ducted cooperatively with fruit 
growers in the western part of the 
state. Field research with vegetable 
crops is carr